Cisco 3750 Switch Command Reference
Uploaded by
Remko DalhuisenCisco 3750 Switch Command Reference
Uploaded by
Remko DalhuisenCatalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
Cisco IOS Release 12.1(14)EA1
July 2003
Corporate Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 526-4100
Customer Order Number: DOC-7815165=
Text Part Number: 78-15165-02
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL
STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT
SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE
OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.
The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public
domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH
ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF
DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO
OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
CCIP, CCSP, the Cisco Arrow logo, the Cisco Powered Network mark, Cisco Unity, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, and StackWise are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.;
Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn, and iQuick Study are service marks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Aironet, ASIST, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE,
CCNA, CCNP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, the Cisco IOS logo, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems
logo, Empowering the Internet Generation, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, GigaStack, Internet Quotient, IOS, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ
Net Readiness Scorecard, LightStream, MGX, MICA, the Networkers logo, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, Packet, PIX, Post-Routing, Pre-Routing, RateMUX,
Registrar, ScriptShare, SlideCast, SMARTnet, StrataView Plus, Stratm, SwitchProbe, TeleRouter, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, TransPath, and VCO
are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and certain other countries.
All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Web site are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship
between Cisco and any other company. (0304R)
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
Copyright © 2003, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
C O N T E N T S
Preface xv
Audience xv
Purpose xv
Conventions xvi
Related Publications xvii
Obtaining Documentation xvii
Cisco.com xvii
Documentation CD-ROM xvii
Ordering Documentation xviii
Documentation Feedback xviii
Obtaining Technical Assistance xviii
Cisco TAC Website xviii
Opening a TAC Case xix
TAC Case Priority Definitions xix
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information xix
CHAPTER 1 Using the Command-Line Interface 1-1
Accessing the Switch 1-1
CLI Command Modes 1-2
User EXEC Mode 1-3
Privileged EXEC Mode 1-3
Global Configuration Mode 1-4
Interface Configuration Mode 1-4
config-vlan Mode 1-5
VLAN Configuration Mode 1-5
Line Configuration Mode 1-6
CHAPTER 2 Cisco IOS Commands 2-1
aaa authentication dot1x 2-1
action 2-3
archive copy-sw 2-5
archive download-sw 2-7
archive tar 2-10
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 iii
Contents
archive upload-sw 2-13
auto qos voip 2-15
boot auto-copy-sw 2-19
boot boothlpr 2-20
boot config-file 2-21
boot enable-break 2-22
boot helper 2-23
boot helper-config-file 2-24
boot manual 2-25
boot private-config-file 2-26
boot system 2-27
channel-group 2-28
channel-protocol 2-32
class 2-33
class-map 2-35
clear lacp 2-37
clear mac-address-table 2-38
clear pagp 2-39
clear setup express 2-40
clear spanning-tree counters 2-41
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols 2-42
clear vmps statistics 2-43
clear vtp counters 2-44
cluster commander-address 2-45
cluster discovery hop-count 2-47
cluster enable 2-48
cluster holdtime 2-50
cluster member 2-51
cluster outside-interface 2-53
cluster run 2-54
cluster standby-group 2-55
cluster timer 2-57
define interface-range 2-58
delete 2-60
deny 2-62
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
iv 78-15165-02
Contents
dot1x default 2-65
dot1x guest-vlan 2-66
dot1x host-mode 2-67
dot1x initialize 2-69
dot1x max-req 2-70
dot1x multiple-hosts 2-71
dot1x port-control 2-72
dot1x re-authenticate 2-74
dot1x re-authentication 2-75
dot1x reauthentication 2-76
dot1x system-auth-control 2-77
dot1x timeout 2-78
duplex 2-80
errdisable detect cause 2-82
errdisable recovery 2-84
flowcontrol 2-86
interface port-channel 2-88
interface range 2-90
interface vlan 2-93
ip access-group 2-95
ip address 2-98
ip igmp filter 2-100
ip igmp max-groups 2-101
ip igmp profile 2-102
ip igmp snooping 2-104
lacp port-priority 2-107
lacp system-priority 2-109
logging file 2-111
mac access-group 2-113
mac access-list extended 2-115
mac-address-table aging-time 2-117
mac-address-table notification 2-118
mac-address-table static 2-120
match (access-map configuration) 2-121
match (class-map configuration) 2-123
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 v
Contents
mdix auto 2-125
mls qos 2-127
mls qos aggregate-policer 2-129
mls qos cos 2-131
mls qos dscp-mutation 2-133
mls qos map 2-135
mls qos queue-set output buffers 2-138
mls qos queue-set output threshold 2-140
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth 2-142
mls qos srr-queue input buffers 2-144
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map 2-146
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map 2-148
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue 2-150
mls qos srr-queue input threshold 2-152
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map 2-154
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map 2-156
mls qos trust 2-158
monitor session 2-160
mvr (global configuration) 2-165
mvr (interface configuration) 2-168
pagp learn-method 2-171
pagp port-priority 2-173
permit 2-175
police 2-178
police aggregate 2-180
policy-map 2-182
port-channel load-balance 2-184
queue-set 2-186
rcommand 2-187
reload 2-189
remote command 2-190
remote-span 2-191
rmon collection stats 2-193
sdm prefer 2-194
service password-recovery 2-197
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
vi 78-15165-02
Contents
service-policy 2-199
session 2-201
set 2-202
setup 2-204
setup express 2-207
show access-lists 2-209
show auto qos 2-212
show boot 2-215
show class-map 2-217
show cluster 2-218
show cluster candidates 2-220
show cluster members 2-222
show controllers cpu-interface 2-224
show controllers ethernet-controller 2-226
show controllers tcam 2-230
show dot1x 2-232
show dtp 2-235
show env 2-237
show errdisable detect 2-239
show errdisable flap-values 2-241
show errdisable recovery 2-243
show etherchannel 2-245
show interfaces 2-248
show interfaces counters 2-254
show ip igmp profile 2-257
show ip igmp snooping 2-258
show ip igmp snooping mrouter 2-260
show ip igmp snooping multicast 2-261
show lacp 2-263
show mac access-group 2-267
show mac-address-table 2-269
show mac-address-table address 2-271
show mac-address-table aging-time 2-273
show mac-address-table count 2-275
show mac-address-table dynamic 2-277
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 vii
Contents
show mac-address-table interface 2-279
show mac-address-table multicast 2-281
show mac-address-table notification 2-283
show mac-address-table static 2-285
show mac-address-table vlan 2-287
show mls qos 2-289
show mls qos aggregate-policer 2-290
show mls qos input-queue 2-291
show mls qos interface 2-293
show mls qos maps 2-296
show mls qos queue-set 2-299
show monitor 2-301
show mvr 2-304
show mvr interface 2-306
show mvr members 2-308
show pagp 2-310
show policy-map 2-312
show port-security 2-314
show running-config vlan 2-317
show sdm prefer 2-319
show setup express 2-322
show spanning-tree 2-323
show storm-control 2-329
show switch 2-331
show system mtu 2-334
show udld 2-335
show version 2-338
show vlan 2-340
show vlan access-map 2-344
show vlan filter 2-345
show vmps 2-346
show vtp 2-349
shutdown 2-353
shutdown vlan 2-354
snmp-server enable traps 2-355
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
viii 78-15165-02
Contents
snmp-server host 2-358
snmp trap mac-notification 2-362
spanning-tree backbonefast 2-364
spanning-tree bpdufilter 2-365
spanning-tree bpduguard 2-367
spanning-tree cost 2-369
spanning-tree extend system-id 2-371
spanning-tree guard 2-373
spanning-tree link-type 2-375
spanning-tree loopguard default 2-377
spanning-tree mode 2-379
spanning-tree mst configuration 2-381
spanning-tree mst cost 2-383
spanning-tree mst forward-time 2-385
spanning-tree mst hello-time 2-386
spanning-tree mst max-age 2-387
spanning-tree mst max-hops 2-389
spanning-tree mst port-priority 2-391
spanning-tree mst priority 2-393
spanning-tree mst root 2-394
spanning-tree port-priority 2-396
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration) 2-398
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration) 2-400
spanning-tree uplinkfast 2-402
spanning-tree vlan 2-404
speed 2-407
srr-queue bandwidth limit 2-409
srr-queue bandwidth shape 2-411
srr-queue bandwidth share 2-413
storm-control 2-415
switch priority 2-417
switch renumber 2-418
switchport 2-420
switchport access 2-422
switchport block 2-424
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 ix
Contents
switchport host 2-425
switchport mode 2-426
switchport nonegotiate 2-428
switchport port-security 2-430
switchport port-security aging 2-434
switchport priority extend 2-436
switchport protected 2-438
switchport trunk 2-440
switchport voice vlan 2-443
system mtu 2-445
traceroute mac 2-447
traceroute mac ip 2-450
trust 2-453
udld (global configuration) 2-455
udld (interface configuration) 2-457
udld reset 2-459
vlan (global configuration) 2-460
vlan (VLAN configuration) 2-466
vlan access-map 2-472
vlan database 2-474
vlan filter 2-477
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC) 2-479
vmps reconfirm (global configuration) 2-480
vmps retry 2-481
vmps server 2-482
vtp (global configuration) 2-484
vtp (VLAN configuration) 2-488
APPENDIX A Boot Loader Commands A-1
boot A-2
cat A-4
copy A-5
delete A-6
dir A-7
flash_init A-9
format A-10
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
x 78-15165-02
Contents
fsck A-11
help A-12
load_helper A-13
memory A-14
mkdir A-16
more A-17
rename A-18
reset A-19
rmdir A-20
set A-21
type A-24
unset A-25
version A-27
APPENDIX B Debug Commands B-1
debug autoqos B-2
debug cluster B-4
debug dot1x B-6
debug dtp B-7
debug etherchannel B-8
debug interface B-9
debug ip igmp filter B-10
debug ip igmp max-groups B-11
debug ip igmp snooping B-12
debug lacp B-13
debug mac-notification B-14
debug matm B-15
debug monitor B-16
debug mvrdbg B-17
debug nvram B-18
debug pagp B-19
debug platform acl B-20
debug platform cli-redirection main B-21
debug platform configuration B-22
debug platform cpu-queues B-23
debug platform device-manager B-25
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 xi
Contents
debug platform dot1x B-26
debug platform etherchannel B-27
debug platform fallback-bridging B-28
debug platform forw-tcam B-29
debug platform ip igmp snooping B-30
debug platform ip multicast B-32
debug platform ip unicast B-34
debug platform ipc B-36
debug platform led B-37
debug platform matm B-38
debug platform messaging application B-39
debug platform phy B-40
debug platform pm B-42
debug platform port-asic B-44
debug platform port-security B-45
debug platform qos-acl-tcam B-46
debug platform remote-commands B-47
debug platform resource-manager B-48
debug platform snmp B-49
debug platform span B-50
debug platform stack-manager B-51
debug platform supervisor-asic B-52
debug platform sw-bridge B-53
debug platform tcam B-54
debug platform udld B-57
debug platform vlan B-58
debug pm B-59
debug port-security B-61
debug qos-manager B-62
debug spanning-tree B-63
debug spanning-tree backbonefast B-65
debug spanning-tree bpdu B-66
debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt B-67
debug spanning-tree mstp B-68
debug spanning-tree switch B-70
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
xii 78-15165-02
Contents
debug spanning-tree uplinkfast B-72
debug sw-vlan B-73
debug sw-vlan ifs B-75
debug sw-vlan notification B-76
debug sw-vlan vtp B-78
debug udld B-80
debug vqpc B-82
APPENDIX C Show Platform Commands C-1
show platform acl C-2
show platform configuration C-3
show platform etherchannel C-4
show platform forward C-5
show platform ip igmp snooping C-7
show platform ip multicast C-9
show platform ip unicast C-10
show platform ipc trace C-12
show platform layer4op C-13
show platform mac-address-table C-14
show platform messaging C-15
show platform monitor C-16
show platform mvr table C-17
show platform pm C-18
show platform port-asic C-19
show platform port-security C-24
show platform qos C-25
show platform resource-manager C-26
show platform snmp counters C-28
show platform spanning-tree C-29
show platform stp-instance C-30
show platform stack-manager C-31
show platform tb C-33
show platform tcam C-35
show platform vlan C-38
INDEX
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 xiii
Contents
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
xiv 78-15165-02
Preface
Audience
This guide is for the networking professional using the Cisco IOS command-line interface (CLI) to
manage the Catalyst 3750 switch, hereafter referred to as the switch. Before using this guide, you should
have experience working with the Cisco IOS commands and the switch software features. Before using
this guide, you should have experience working with the concepts and terminology of Ethernet and local
area networking.
Purpose
The Catalyst 3750 switch is supported by either the standard multilayer image (SMI) or the enhanced
multilayer image (EMI). The SMI provides Layer 2+ features including access control lists (ACLs),
quality of service (QoS), static routing, and the Routing Information Protocol (RIP). The EMI provides
a richer set of enterprise-class features. It includes Layer 2+ features and full Layer 3 routing (IP unicast
routing, IP multicast routing, and fallback bridging). To distinguish it from the Layer 2+ static routing
and RIP, the EMI includes protocols such as the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP)
and Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) Protocol.
This guide provides the information you need about the Layer 2 and Layer 3 commands that have been
created or changed for use with the Catalyst 3750 switches. For information about the standard IOS
Release 12.1 commands, refer to the IOS documentation set available from the Cisco.com home page by
selecting Service and Support > Technical Documents. On the Cisco Product Documentation home page,
select Release 12.1 from the Cisco IOS Software drop-down list.
This guide does not provide procedures for configuring your switch. For detailed configuration
procedures, refer to the software configuration guide for this release.
This guide does not describe system messages you might encounter. For more information, refer to the
system message guide for this release.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 xv
Preface
Conventions
Conventions
This publication uses these conventions to convey instructions and information:
Command descriptions use these conventions:
• Commands and keywords are in boldface text.
• Arguments for which you supply values are in italic.
• Square brackets ([ ]) means optional elements.
• Braces ({ }) group required choices, and vertical bars ( | ) separate the alternative elements.
• Braces and vertical bars within square brackets ([{ | }]) mean a required choice within an optional
element.
Interactive examples use these conventions:
• Terminal sessions and system displays are in screen font.
• Information you enter is in boldface screen font.
• Nonprinting characters, such as passwords or tabs, are in angle brackets (< >).
Notes, cautions, and warnings use these conventions and symbols:
Note Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to materials not contained in
this manual.
Caution Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might do something that could result in equipment
damage or loss of data.
Timesaver Means the following will help you solve a problem. The tips information might not be troubleshooting
or even an action, but could be useful information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
xvi 78-15165-02
Preface
Related Publications
Related Publications
These documents provide complete information about the switch and are available from this Cisco.com
site:
http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/lan/cat3750/index.htm
You can order printed copies of documents with a DOC-xxxxxx= number from the Cisco.com site and
from the telephone numbers listed in the “Ordering Documentation” section on page xviii.
• Release Notes for the Catalyst 3750 Switch (not orderable but available on Cisco.com)
• Catalyst 3750 Switch Software Configuration Guide (order number DOC-7815164=)
• Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference (order number DOC-7815165=)
• Catalyst 3750 Switch System Message Guide (order number DOC-7815166=)
• Cluster Management Suite (CMS) online help (available only from the switch CMS software)
• Catalyst 3750 Switch Hardware Installation Guide (order number DOC-7815136=)
• Cisco Small Form-Factor Pluggable Modules Installation Notes (not orderable but available on
Cisco.com)
Obtaining Documentation
Cisco provides several ways to obtain documentation, technical assistance, and other technical
resources. These sections explain how to obtain technical information from Cisco Systems.
Cisco.com
You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/univercd/home/home.htm
You can access the Cisco website at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com
International Cisco websites can be accessed from this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/public/countries_languages.shtml
Documentation CD-ROM
Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a Cisco Documentation CD-ROM
package, which may have shipped with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM is updated regularly
and may be more current than printed documentation. The CD-ROM package is available as a single unit
or through an annual or quarterly subscription.
Registered Cisco.com users can order a single Documentation CD-ROM (product number
DOC-CONDOCCD=) through the Cisco Ordering tool:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/ordering/ordering_place_order_ordering_tool_launch.html
All users can order annual or quarterly subscriptions through the online Subscription Store:
http://www.cisco.com/go/subscription
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 xvii
Preface
Obtaining Technical Assistance
Ordering Documentation
You can find instructions for ordering documentation at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/es_inpck/pdi.htm
You can order Cisco documentation in these ways:
• Registered Cisco.com users (Cisco direct customers) can order Cisco product documentation from
the Networking Products MarketPlace:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/ordering/index.shtml
• Nonregistered Cisco.com users can order documentation through a local account representative by
calling Cisco Systems Corporate Headquarters (California, USA.) at 408 526-7208 or, elsewhere in
North America, by calling 800 553-NETS (6387).
Documentation Feedback
You can submit comments electronically on Cisco.com. On the Cisco Documentation home page, click
Feedback at the top of the page.
You can send your comments in e-mail to [email protected].
You can submit comments by using the response card (if present) behind the front cover of your
document or by writing to the following address:
Cisco Systems
Attn: Customer Document Ordering
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-9883
We appreciate your comments.
Obtaining Technical Assistance
For all customers, partners, resellers, and distributors who hold valid Cisco service contracts, the Cisco
Technical Assistance Center (TAC) provides 24-hour, award-winning technical support services, online
and over the phone. Cisco.com features the Cisco TAC website as an online starting point for technical
assistance.
Cisco TAC Website
The Cisco TAC website (http://www.cisco.com/tac) provides online documents and tools for
troubleshooting and resolving technical issues with Cisco products and technologies. The Cisco TAC
website is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
Accessing all the tools on the Cisco TAC website requires a Cisco.com user ID and password. If you
have a valid service contract but do not have a login ID or password, register at this URL:
http://tools.cisco.com/RPF/register/register.do
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
xviii 78-15165-02
Preface
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information
Opening a TAC Case
The online TAC Case Open Tool (http://www.cisco.com/tac/caseopen) is the fastest way to open P3 and
P4 cases. (Your network is minimally impaired or you require product information). After you describe
your situation, the TAC Case Open Tool automatically recommends resources for an immediate solution.
If your issue is not resolved using these recommendations, your case will be assigned to a Cisco TAC
engineer.
For P1 or P2 cases (your production network is down or severely degraded) or if you do not have Internet
access, contact Cisco TAC by telephone. Cisco TAC engineers are assigned immediately to P1 and P2
cases to help keep your business operations running smoothly.
To open a case by telephone, use one of the following numbers:
Asia-Pacific: +61 2 8446 7411 (Australia: 1 800 805 227)
EMEA: +32 2 704 55 55
USA: 1 800 553-2447
For a complete listing of Cisco TAC contacts, go to this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml
TAC Case Priority Definitions
To ensure that all cases are reported in a standard format, Cisco has established case priority definitions.
Priority 1 (P1)—Your network is “down” or there is a critical impact to your business operations. You
and Cisco will commit all necessary resources around the clock to resolve the situation.
Priority 2 (P2)—Operation of an existing network is severely degraded, or significant aspects of your
business operation are negatively affected by inadequate performance of Cisco products. You and Cisco
will commit full-time resources during normal business hours to resolve the situation.
Priority 3 (P3)—Operational performance of your network is impaired, but most business operations
remain functional. You and Cisco will commit resources during normal business hours to restore service
to satisfactory levels.
Priority 4 (P4)—You require information or assistance with Cisco product capabilities, installation, or
configuration. There is little or no effect on your business operations.
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information
Information about Cisco products, technologies, and network solutions is available from various online
and printed sources.
• The Cisco Product Catalog describes the networking products offered by Cisco Systems, as well as
ordering and customer support services. Access the Cisco Product Catalog at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/products_catalog_links_launch.html
• Cisco Press publishes a wide range of networking publications. Cisco suggests these titles for new
and experienced users: Internetworking Terms and Acronyms Dictionary, Internetworking
Technology Handbook, Internetworking Troubleshooting Guide, and the Internetworking Design
Guide. For current Cisco Press titles and other information, go to Cisco Press online at this URL:
http://www.ciscopress.com
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 xix
Preface
Obtaining Additional Publications and Information
• Packet magazine is the Cisco quarterly publication that provides the latest networking trends,
technology breakthroughs, and Cisco products and solutions to help industry professionals get the
most from their networking investment. Included are networking deployment and troubleshooting
tips, configuration examples, customer case studies, tutorials and training, certification information,
and links to numerous in-depth online resources. You can access Packet magazine at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/go/packet
• iQ Magazine is the Cisco bimonthly publication that delivers the latest information about Internet
business strategies for executives. You can access iQ Magazine at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/go/iqmagazine
• Internet Protocol Journal is a quarterly journal published by Cisco Systems for engineering
professionals involved in designing, developing, and operating public and private internets and
intranets. You can access the Internet Protocol Journal at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/about/ac123/ac147/about_cisco_the_internet_protocol_journal.html
• Training—Cisco offers world-class networking training. Current offerings in network training are
listed at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/learning/le31/learning_recommended_training_list.html
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
xx 78-15165-02
C H A P T E R 1
Using the Command-Line Interface
The Catalyst 3750 switch is supported by Cisco IOS software. This chapter describes how to use the
switch command-line interface (CLI) to configure software features.
For a complete description of the commands that support these features, see Chapter 2, “Cisco IOS
Commands.” For information on the boot loader commands, see Appendix A, “Boot Loader
Commands.” For information on the debug commands, see Appendix B, “Debug Commands.” For
information on the show platform commands, see Appendix C, “Show Platform Commands.” For more
information on Cisco IOS Release 12.1, refer to the Cisco IOS Release 12.1 Command Summary.
For task-oriented configuration steps, refer to the software configuration guide for this release.
Accessing the Switch
You manage the switch stack and the stack member interfaces through the stack master. You cannot
manage stack members on an individual switch basis. You can connect to the stack master through the
console port of one or more stack members. Be careful with using multiple CLI sessions to the stack
master. Commands you enter in one session are not displayed in the other sessions. Therefore, it is
possible to lose track of the session from which you entered commands.
Note We recommend using one CLI session when managing the switch stack.
If you want to configure a specific stack member port, you must include the stack member number in the
CLI command interface notation. For more information about interface notations, refer to the
“Configuring Interfaces” chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
To debug a specific stack member, you can access it from the stack master by using the session
stack-member-number privileged EXEC command. The stack member number is appended to the system
prompt. For example, Switch-2# is the prompt in privileged EXEC mode for stack member 2, and the
system prompt for the stack master is Switch. Only the show and debug commands are available in a
CLI session to a specific stack member.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 1-1
Chapter 1 Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
CLI Command Modes
This section describes the CLI command mode structure. Command modes support specific Cisco IOS
commands. For example, the interface interface-id command only works when entered in global
configuration mode.
These are the main command modes for the switch:
• User EXEC
• Privileged EXEC
• Global configuration
• Interface configuration
• Config-vlan
• VLAN configuration
• Line configuration
Table 1-1 lists the main command modes, how to access each mode, the prompt you see in that mode,
and how to exit that mode. The prompts listed use the default name Switch.
Table 1-1 Command Modes Summary
Command Mode Access Method Prompt Exit or Access Next Mode
User EXEC This is the first level of access. Switch> Enter the logout command.
(For the switch) Change terminal To enter privileged EXEC mode, enter
settings, perform basic tasks, and the enable command.
list system information.
Privileged EXEC From user EXEC mode, enter the Switch# To exit to user EXEC mode, enter the
enable command. disable command.
To enter global configuration mode,
enter the configure command.
Global From privileged EXEC mode, Switch(config)# To exit to privileged EXEC mode,
configuration enter the configure command. enter the exit or end command, or
press Ctrl-Z.
To enter interface configuration mode,
enter the interface configuration
command.
Interface From global configuration mode, Switch(config-if)# To exit to privileged EXEC mode,
configuration specify an interface by entering enter the end command, or press
the interface command followed Ctrl-Z.
by an interface identification. To exit to global configuration mode,
enter the exit command.
Config-vlan In global configuration mode, Switch(config-vlan)# To exit to global configuration mode,
enter the vlan vlan-id command. enter the exit command.
To return to privileged EXEC mode,
enter the end command, or press
Ctrl-Z.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
1-2 78-15165-02
Chapter 1 Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
Table 1-1 Command Modes Summary (continued)
Command Mode Access Method Prompt Exit or Access Next Mode
VLAN From privileged EXEC mode, Switch(vlan)# To exit to privileged EXEC mode,
configuration enter the vlan database enter the exit command.
command.
Line configuration From global configuration mode, Switch(config-line)# To exit to global configuration mode,
specify a line by entering the line enter the exit command.
command.
To return to privileged EXEC mode,
enter the end command, or press
Ctrl-Z.
User EXEC Mode
After you access the device, you are automatically in user EXEC command mode. The EXEC commands
available at the user level are a subset of those available at the privileged level. In general, use the user
EXEC commands to temporarily change terminal settings, perform basic tests, and list system
information.
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To view a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch> ?
Privileged EXEC Mode
Because many of the privileged commands configure operating parameters, privileged access should be
password-protected to prevent unauthorized use. The privileged command set includes those commands
contained in user EXEC mode, as well as the configure privileged EXEC command through which you
access the remaining command modes.
If your system administrator has set a password, you are prompted to enter it before being granted access
to privileged EXEC mode. The password does not appear on the screen and is case sensitive.
The privileged EXEC mode prompt is the device name followed by the pound sign ( #).
Switch#
Enter the enable command to access privileged EXEC mode:
Switch> enable
Switch#
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To view a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch# ?
To return to user EXEC mode, enter the disable privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 1-3
Chapter 1 Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
Global Configuration Mode
Global configuration commands apply to features that affect the device as a whole. Use the configure
privileged EXEC command to enter global configuration mode. The default is to enter commands from
the management console.
When you enter the configure command, a message prompts you for the source of the configuration
commands:
Switch# configure
Configuring from terminal, memory, or network [terminal]?
You can specify either the terminal or nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM) as the source of configuration
commands.
This example shows you how to access global configuration mode:
Switch# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To view a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(config)# ?
To exit global configuration command mode and to return to privileged EXEC mode, enter the end or
exit command, or press Ctrl-Z.
Interface Configuration Mode
Interface configuration commands modify the operation of the interface. Interface configuration
commands always follow a global configuration command, which defines the interface type.
Use the interface interface-id command to access interface configuration mode. The new prompt means
interface configuration mode.
Switch(config-if)#
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To view a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(config-if)# ?
To exit interface configuration mode and to return to global configuration mode, enter the exit command.
To exit interface configuration mode and to return to privileged EXEC mode, enter the end command,
or press Ctrl-Z.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
1-4 78-15165-02
Chapter 1 Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
config-vlan Mode
Use this mode to configure normal-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1 to 1005) or, when VTP mode is
transparent, to configure extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1006 to 4094). When VTP mode is
transparent, the VLAN and VTP configuration is saved in the running configuration file, and you can
save it to the switch startup configuration file by using the copy running-config startup-config
privileged EXEC command. The configurations of VLAN IDs 1 to 1005 are saved in the VLAN database
if VTP is in transparent or server mode. The extended-range VLAN configurations are not saved in the
VLAN database.
Enter the vlan vlan-id global configuration command to access config-vlan mode:
Switch(config)# vlan 2000
Switch(config-vlan)#
The supported keywords can vary but are similar to the commands available in VLAN configuration
mode. To view a comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(config-vlan)# ?
For extended-range VLANs, all characteristics except the MTU size must remain at the default setting.
To return to global configuration mode, enter exit; to return to privileged EXEC mode, enter end. All
the commands except shutdown take effect when you exit config-vlan mode.
VLAN Configuration Mode
You can use the VLAN configuration commands to create or modify VLAN parameters for VLAN IDs
1 to 1005.
Enter the vlan database privileged EXEC command to access VLAN configuration mode:
Switch# vlan database
Switch(vlan)#
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To view a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(vlan)# ?
To return to privileged EXEC mode, enter the abort VLAN configuration command to abandon the
proposed database. Otherwise, enter exit to implement the proposed new VLAN database and to return
to privileged EXEC mode. When you enter exit or apply, the configuration is saved in the VLAN
database; configuration from VLAN configuration mode cannot be saved in the switch configuration file.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 1-5
Chapter 1 Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
Line Configuration Mode
Line configuration commands modify the operation of a terminal line. Line configuration commands
always follow a line command, which defines a line number. Use these commands to change terminal
parameter settings line-by-line or for a range of lines.
Use the line vty line_number [ending_line_number] command to enter line configuration mode. The
new prompt means line configuration mode. The following example shows how to enter line
configuration mode for virtual terminal line 7:
Switch(config)# line vty 0 7
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To view a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(config-line)# ?
To exit line configuration mode and to return to global configuration mode, use the exit command. To
exit line configuration mode and to return to privileged EXEC mode, enter the end command, or press
Ctrl-Z.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
1-6 78-15165-02
C H A P T E R 2
Cisco IOS Commands
aaa authentication dot1x
Use the aaa authentication dot1x global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to specify one or more authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) methods for use on
interfaces running IEEE 802.1X. Use the no form of this command to disable authentication.
aaa authentication dot1x {default} method1 [method2...]
no aaa authentication dot1x {default}
Syntax Description default Use the listed authentication methods that follow this argument as the default
list of methods when a user logs in.
method1 At least one of the these keywords:
[method2...]
• enable—Use the enable password for authentication.
• group radius—Use the list of all Remote Authentication Dial-In User
Service (RADIUS) servers for authentication.
• line—Use the line password for authentication.
• local—Use the local username database for authentication.
• local-case—Use the case-sensitive local username database for
authentication.
• none—Use no authentication. The client is automatically authenticated by
the switch without using the information supplied by the client.
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the group tacacs+ keyword is not supported.
Defaults No authentication is performed.
Command Modes Global configuration
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-1
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
aaa authentication dot1x
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The method argument identifies the list of methods that the authentication algorithm tries in the given
sequence to validate the password provided by the client. The only method that is truly
802.1X-compliant is the group radius method, in which the client data is validated against a RADIUS
authentication server. The remaining methods enable AAA to authenticate the client by using locally
configured data. For example, the local and local-case methods use the username and password that are
saved in the IOS configuration file. The enable and line methods use the enable and line passwords for
authentication.
If you specify group radius, you must configure the RADIUS server by entering the radius-server host
global configuration command.
If you are not using a RADIUS server, you can use the local or local-case methods, which access the
local username database to perform authentication. By specifying the enable or line methods, you can
supply the clients with a password to provide access to the switch.
Use the show running-config privileged EXEC command to display the configured lists of
authentication methods.
Examples This example shows how to enable AAA and how to create an authentication list for 802.1X. This
authentication first tries to contact a RADIUS server. If this action returns an error, the user is allowed
access with no authentication.
Switch(config)# aaa new-model
Switch(config)# aaa authentication dot1x default group radius none
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
aaa new-model Enables the AAA access control model. For syntax information, refer to the
Cisco IOS Security Command Reference for Release 12.1 >
Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting > Authentication
Commands.
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for Release
12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration File
Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-2 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
action
action
Use the action access map configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to set
the action for the VLAN access map entry. Use the no form of this command to set the action to the
default value, which is to forward.
action {drop | forward}
no action
Syntax Description drop Drop the packet when the specified conditions are matched.
forward Forward the packet when the specified conditions are matched.
Defaults The default action is to forward packets.
Command Modes Access-map configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You enter access-map configuration mode by using the vlan access-map global configuration command.
If the action is drop, you should define the access map, including configuring any access control list
(ACL) names in match clauses, before applying the map to a VLAN, or all packets could be dropped.
In access map configuration mode, use the match access map configuration command to define the
match conditions for a VLAN map. Use the action command to set the action that occurs when a packet
matches the conditions.
The drop and forward parameters are not used in the no form of the command.
Examples This example shows how to identify and apply a VLAN access map vmap4 to VLANs 5 and 6 that causes
the VLAN to forward an IP packet if the packet matches the conditions defined in access list al2:
Switch(config)# vlan access-map vmap4
Switch(config-access-map)# match ip address al2
Switch(config-access-map)# action forward
Switch(config-access-map)# exit
Switch(config)# vlan filter vmap4 vlan-list 5-6
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan access-map privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-3
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
action
Related Commands Command Description
access-list {deny | permit} Configures a standard numbered ACL. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS IP and IP Routing Command Reference for IOS
Release 12.1 > IP Addressing and Services > IP Services
Commands.
ip access-list Creates a named access list. For syntax information, select Cisco
IOS IP and IP Routing Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1
> IP Addressing and Services > IP Services Commands.
mac access-list extended Creates a named MAC address access list.
match (access-map Defines the match conditions for a VLAN map.
configuration)
show vlan access-map Displays the VLAN access maps created on the switch.
vlan access-map Creates a VLAN access map.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-4 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
archive copy-sw
archive copy-sw
Use the archive copy-sw privileged EXEC command on the stack master to copy the running image
from the Flash memory on one stack member to the Flash memory on one or more other stack members.
archive copy-sw source stack-member-number /destination-system {/force-reload | /leave-old-sw
| /no-set-boot | overwrite | /reload | /safe} destination-stack-member-number
Syntax Description /destination-system The number of the stack member to which to copy the running image. The
destination-stack- range is 1 to 9.
member-number
/force-reload Unconditionally force a system reload after successfully downloading the
software image.
/leave-old-sw Keep the old software version after a successful download.
/no-set-boot Do not alter the setting of the BOOT environment variable to point to the
new software image after it is successfully downloaded.
/overwrite Overwrite the software image in Flash memory with the downloaded one.
/reload Reload the system after successfully downloading the image unless the
configuration has been changed and not been saved.
/safe Keep the current software image; do not delete it to make room for the new
software image before the new image is downloaded. The current image is
deleted after the download.
source-stack-member- The number of the stack member from which to copy the running image. The
number range is 1 to 9.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-5
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
archive copy-sw
Usage Guidelines The current software image is not overwritten with the downloaded image.
Both the software image and HTML files are downloaded.
The new image is downloaded to the flash: file system.
The BOOT environment variable is changed to point to the new software image on the flash: file system.
Image names are case sensitive; the image file is provided in tar format.
You can copy the image to more than one specific stack member by repeating the /destination-system
destination-stack-member-number option in the command for each stack member to be upgraded. If you
do not specify the destination-stack-member-number, the default is to copy the running image file to all
stack members.
Using the /safe or /leave-old-sw option can cause the new image download to fail if there is insufficient
Flash memory. If leaving the software in place would prevent the new image from fitting in Flash
memory due to space constraints, an error results.
If you used the /leave-old-sw option and did not overwrite the old image when you downloaded the new
one, you can remove the old image by using the delete privileged EXEC command. For more
information, see the “delete” section on page 2-60.
Use the /overwrite option to overwrite the image on the Flash device with the downloaded one.
If you specify the command without the /overwrite option, the download algorithm verifies that the new
image is not the same as the one on the switch Flash device or is not running on any stack members. If
the images are the same, the download does not occur. If the images are different, the old image is
deleted, and the new one is downloaded.
After downloading a new image, enter the reload privileged EXEC command to begin using the new
image, or specify the /reload or /force-reload option in the archive download-sw command.
Examples This example shows how to copy the running image from stack member 6 to stack member 8:
Switch# archive copy-sw 6 /destination-system 8
Related Commands Command Description
archive download-sw Downloads a new image to the switch.
archive tar Creates a tar file, lists the files in a tar file, or extracts the files from a tar file.
archive upload-sw Uploads an existing image on the switch to a server.
delete Deletes a file or directory on the Flash memory device.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-6 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
archive download-sw
archive download-sw
Use the archive download-sw privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to download a new image to the switch or switch stack and to overwrite or keep the existing image.
archive download-sw {/force-reload | /imageonly | /leave-old-sw | /no-set-boot |
/no-version-check | /destination-system stack-member-number | /only-system-type
system-type | /overwrite | /reload | /safe} source-url
Syntax Description /force-reload Unconditionally force a system reload after successfully downloading the
software image.
/imageonly Download only the software image but not the HTML files associated with
the Cluster Management Suite (CMS). The HTML files for the existing
version are deleted only if the existing version is being overwritten or
removed.
/leave-old-sw Keep the old software version after a successful download.
/no-set-boot Do not alter the setting of the BOOT environment variable to point to the
new software image after it is successfully downloaded.
/no-version-check Download the software image without checking the compatibility of the
stack protocol version on the image and on the switch stack.
/destination-system Specify the specific stack member to be upgraded. The range is 1 to 9.
stack-member-number
/only-system-type Specify the specific system type to be upgraded. The range is 0 to
system-type FFFFFFFF.
/overwrite Overwrite the software image in Flash memory with the downloaded one.
/reload Reload the system after successfully downloading the image unless the
configuration has been changed and not been saved.
/safe Keep the current software image; do not delete it to make room for the new
software image before the new image is downloaded. The current image is
deleted after the download.
source-url The source URL alias for a local or network file system. These options are
supported:
• The syntax for the local Flash file system on the standalone switch or the
stack master:
flash:
The syntax for the local Flash file system on a stack member:
flash member number:
• The syntax for the File Transfer Protocol (FTP):
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/image-name.tar
• The syntax for the Remote Copy Protocol (RCP):
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/image-name.tar
• The syntax for the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP):
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/image-name.tar
The image-name.tar is the software image to download and install on the
switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-7
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
archive download-sw
Defaults The current software image is not overwritten with the downloaded image.
Both the software image and HTML files are downloaded.
The new image is downloaded to the flash: file system.
The BOOT environment variable is changed to point to the new software image on the flash: file system.
Image names are case sensitive; the image file is provided in tar format.
Compatibility of the stack protocol version on the image to be downloaded is checked with the version
on the switch stack.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The /imageonly option removes the HTML files for the existing image if the existing image is being
removed or replaced. Only the IOS image (without the HTML files) is downloaded.
Using the /safe or /leave-old-sw option can cause the new image download to fail if there is insufficient
Flash memory. If leaving the software in place prevents the new image from fitting in Flash memory due
to space constraints, an error results.
If you used the /leave-old-sw option and did not overwrite the old image when you downloaded the new
one, you can remove the old image by using the delete privileged EXEC command. For more
information, see the “delete” section on page 2-60.
Use the /no-version-check option if you want to download an image that has a different stack protocol
version than the one existing on the switch stack. You must use this option with the /destination-system
option to specify the specific stack member to be upgraded with the image.
Note Use the /no-version-check option with care. All stack members, including the stack master, must have
the same stack protocol version to be in the same switch stack. This option allows an image to be
downloaded without first confirming the compatibility of its stack protocol version with the version of
the switch stack.
You can upgrade more than one specific stack member by repeating the /destination-system option in
the command for each stack member to be upgraded.
Use the /overwrite option to overwrite the image on the Flash device with the downloaded one.
If you specify the command without the /overwrite option, the download algorithm verifies that the new
image is not the same as the one on the switch Flash device or is not running on any stack members. If
the images are the same, the download does not occur. If the images are different, the old image is
deleted, and the new one is downloaded.
After downloading a new image, enter the reload privileged EXEC command to begin using the new
image, or specify the /reload or /force-reload option in the archive download-sw command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-8 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
archive download-sw
Examples This example shows how to download a new image from a TFTP server at 172.20.129.10 and overwrite
the image on the switch:
Switch# archive download-sw /overwrite tftp://172.20.129.10/test-image.tar
This example shows how to download only the software image from a TFTP server at 172.20.129.10 to
the switch:
Switch# archive download-sw /image-only tftp://172.20.129.10/test-image.tar
This example shows how to keep the old software version after a successful download:
Switch# archive download-sw /leave-old-sw tftp://172.20.129.10/test-image.tar
This example shows how to specifically upgrade stack members 6 and 8:
Switch# archive download-sw /image-only tftp://172.20.129.10/test-image.tar
/destination-system 6 /destination-system 8
Related Commands Command Description
archive copy-sw Copies the running image from the Flash memory on one stack member to
the Flash memory on one or more other stack members.
archive tar Creates a tar file, lists the files in a tar file, or extracts the files from a tar file.
archive upload-sw Uploads an existing image on the switch to a server.
delete Deletes a file or directory on the Flash memory device.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-9
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
archive tar
archive tar
Use the archive tar privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to create
a tar file, list files in a tar file, or extract the files from a tar file.
archive tar {/create destination-url flash:/file-url} | {/table source-url} | {/xtract source-url
flash:/file-url}
Syntax Description /create destination-url Create a new tar file on the local or network file system.
flash:/file-url For destination-url, specify the destination URL alias for the local or
network file system and the name of the tar file to create. These options
are supported:
• The syntax for the local Flash filesystem:
flash:
• The syntax for the File Transfer Protocol (FTP):
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
• The syntax for the Remote Copy Protocol (RCP) is:
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
• The syntax for the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP):
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
The tar-filename.tar is the tar file to be created.
For flash:/file-url, specify the location on the local Flash file system from
which the new tar file is created.
An optional list of files or directories within the source directory can be
specified to write to the new tar file. If none are specified, all files and
directories at this level are written to the newly created tar file.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-10 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
archive tar
/table source-url Display the contents of an existing tar file to the screen.
For source-url, specify the source URL alias for the local or network file
system. These options are supported:
• The syntax for the local Flash file system:
flash:
• The syntax for the File Transfer Protocol (FTP)
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
• The syntax for the Remote Copy Protocol (RCP):
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
• The syntax for the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP):
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
The tar-filename.tar is the tar file to display.
/xtract source-url Extract files from a tar file to the local or network file system.
flash:/file-url For source-url, specify the source URL alias for the local or network file
system. These options are supported:
• The syntax for the local Flash file system:
flash:
• The syntax for the File Transfer Protocol (FTP):
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
• The syntax for the Remote Copy Protocol (RCP):
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
• The syntax for the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP):
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
The tar-filename.tar is the tar file from which to extract.
For flash:/file-url, specify the location on the local Flash file system into
which the tar file is extracted.
An optional list of files or directories within the tar file can be specified
for extraction. If none are specified, all files and directories are extracted.
Defaults None
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-11
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
archive tar
Usage Guidelines Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
Image names are case sensitive.
Examples This example shows how to create a tar file. The command writes the contents of the new-configs
directory on the local Flash device to a file named saved.tar on the TFTP server at 172.20.10.30:
Switch# archive tar /create tftp:172.20.10.30/saved.tar flash:/new-configs
This example shows how to display the contents of the c3750-tv0-m.tar file that is in Flash memory. The
contents of the tar file are displayed on the screen:
Switch# archive tar /table flash:c3750-tv0-m.tar
info (219 bytes)
c3750-tv0-mz-121/ (directory)
c3750-tv0-mz-121/html/ (directory)
c3750-tv0-mz-121/html/foo.html (0 bytes)
c3750-tv0-mz-121/vegas-tv0-mz-121.bin (610856 bytes)
c3750-tv0-mz-121/info (219 bytes)
info.ver (219 bytes)
This example shows how to display only the c3750-tv0-mz-121/html directory and its contents:
Switch# archive tar /table flash:c3750-tv0-m.tar c3750-tv0-mz-121/html
c3750-tv0-mz-121/html/ (directory)
c3750-tv0-mz-121/html/foo.html (0 bytes)
This example shows how to extract the contents of a tar file on the TFTP server at 172.20.10.30. This
command extracts just the new-configs directory into the root directory on the local Flash file system.
The remaining files in the saved.tar file are ignored.
Switch# archive tar /xtract tftp:/172.20.10.30/saved.tar flash:/ new-configs
Related Commands Command Description
archive copy-sw Copies the running image from the Flash memory on one stack member to
the Flash memory on one or more other stack members.
archive download-sw Downloads a new image to the switch.
archive upload-sw Uploads an existing image on the switch to a server.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-12 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
archive upload-sw
archive upload-sw
Use the archive upload-sw privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
upload an existing switch image to a server.
archive upload-sw [/source-system-num stack member number | /version version_string]
destination-url
Syntax Description /source-system-num Specify the specific stack member containing the image that is to be
stack member number uploaded.
/version version_string (Optional) Specify the specific version string of the image to be uploaded.
destination-url The destination URL alias for a local or network file system. These options
are supported:
• The syntax for the local Flash file system on the standalone switch or
the stack master:
flash:
The syntax for the local Flash file system on a stack member:
flash member number:
• The syntax for the File Transfer Protocol (FTP):
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/image-name.tar
• The syntax for the Remote Copy Protocol (RCP):
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/image-name.tar
• The syntax for the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP):
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/image-name.tar
The image-name.tar is the name of software image to be stored on the
server.
Defaults Uploads the currently running image from the flash: file system.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-13
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
archive upload-sw
Usage Guidelines You must specify the /source-system-num option to use the /version option. Using these options
together uploads the specified image, not the running image, of a specific stack member.
The upload feature is available only if the HTML files associated with the Cluster Management Suite
(CMS) have been installed with the existing image.
The files are uploaded in this sequence: the IOS image, the HTML files, and info. After these files are
uploaded, the software creates the tar file.
Image names are case sensitive.
Examples This example shows how to upload the currently running on stack member 6 image to a TFTP server at
172.20.140.2:
Switch# archive upload-sw /source-system-num 6 tftp://172.20.140.2/test-image.tar
Related Commands Command Description
archive copy-sw Copies the running image from the Flash memory on one stack member to
the Flash memory on one or more other stack members.
archive download-sw Downloads a new image to the switch.
archive tar Creates a tar file, lists the files in a tar file, or extracts the files from a tar file.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-14 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
auto qos voip
auto qos voip
Use the auto qos voip interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to automatically configure quality of service (QoS) for voice over IP (VoIP) within a QoS domain. Use
the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
auto qos voip {cisco-phone | trust}
no auto qos voip [cisco-phone | trust]
Syntax Description cisco-phone Identify this interface as connected to a Cisco IP phone, and automatically configure
QoS for VoIP. The QoS labels of incoming packets are trusted only when the phone
is detected.
trust Identify this interface as connected to a trusted switch or router, and automatically
configure QoS for VoIP. The QoS labels of incoming packets are trusted. For
nonrouted interfaces, the CoS value of the incoming packet is trusted. For routed
interfaces, the DSCP value of the incoming packet is trusted.
Defaults Auto-QoS is disabled on the interface.
When auto-QoS is enabled, it uses the ingress packet label to categorize traffic, to assign packet labels,
and to configure the ingress and egress queues as shown in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1 Traffic Types, Ingress Packet Labels, Assigned Packet Labels, and Queues
VoIP Data VoIP Control Routing Protocol STP1 BPDU2
Traffic Traffic Traffic Traffic All Other Traffic
3
Ingress DSCP 46 26 – – –
4
Ingress CoS 5 3 6 7 –
DiffServ EF AF31 – – –
Assigned DSCP 46 26 48 56 0
Assigned CoS 5 3 6 7 0
CoS-to-Ingress 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 (queue 2) 0, 1 (queue 1)
Queue Map
CoS-to-Egress 5 (queue 1) 3, 6, 7 (queue 2) 2, 4 0, 1
Queue Map (queue 3) (queue 4)
1. STP = Spanning Tree Protocol
2. BPDU = bridge protocol data unit
3. DSCP = Differentiated Services Code Point
4. CoS = class of service
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-15
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
auto qos voip
Table 2-2 shows the generated auto-QoS configuration for the ingress queues.
Table 2-2 Auto-QoS Configuration for the Ingress Queues
Queue Weight Queue (Buffer)
Ingress Queue Queue Number CoS-to-Queue Map (Bandwidth) Size
SRR1 shared 1 0, 1 90 percent 90 percent
Priority 2 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 10 percent 10 percent
1. SRR = shaped round robin. Ingress queues support shared mode only.
Table 2-3 shows the generated auto-QoS configuration for the egress queues.
Table 2-3 Auto-QoS Configuration for the Egress Queues
Queue Weight Queue (Buffer)
Egress Queue Queue Number CoS-to-Queue Map (Bandwidth) Size
Priority (shaped) 1 5 10 percent 20 percent
SRR shared 2 3, 6, 7 10 percent 20 percent
SRR shared 3 2, 4 60 percent 20 percent
SRR shared 4 0, 1 20 percent 40 percent
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Use this command to configure the QoS appropriate for VoIP traffic within the QoS domain. The QoS
domain includes the switch, the interior of the network, and edge devices that can classify incoming
traffic for QoS.
To take advantage of the auto-QoS defaults, you should enable auto-QoS before you configure other QoS
commands. You can fine-tune the auto-QoS configuration after you enable auto-QoS.
Note The switch applies the auto-QoS-generated commands as if the commands were entered from the
command-line interface (CLI). An existing user configuration can cause the application of the generated
commands to fail or to be overridden by the generated commands. These actions occur without warning.
If all the generated commands are successfully applied, any user-entered configuration that was not
overridden remains in the running configuration. Any user-entered configuration that was overridden
can be retrieved by reloading the switch without saving the current configuration to memory. If the
generated commands fail to be applied, the previous running configuration is restored.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-16 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
auto qos voip
If this is the first interface on which you have enabled auto-QoS, the auto-QoS-generated global
configuration commands are executed followed by the interface configuration commands. If you enable
auto-QoS on another interface, only the auto-QoS-generated interface configuration commands for that
interface are executed.
When you enable the auto-QoS feature on the first interface, these automatic actions occur:
• QoS is globally enabled (mls qos global configuration command), and other global configuration
commands are added.
• When you enter the auto qos voip cisco-phone interface configuration command on a port at the
edge of the network that is connected to a Cisco IP phone, the switch enables the trusted boundary
feature. The switch uses the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) to detect the presence or absence of a
Cisco IP phone. When a Cisco IP phone is detected, the ingress classification on the interface is set
to trust the QoS label received in the packet. When a Cisco IP phone is absent, the ingress
classification is set to not trust the QoS label in the packet. The switch configures ingress and egress
queues on the interface according to the settings in Table 2-2 and Table 2-3.
• When you enter the auto qos voip trust interface configuration command on a port connected to
the interior of the network, the switch trusts the CoS value for nonrouted interfaces or the DSCP
value for routed interfaces in ingress packets (the assumption is that traffic has already been
classified by other edge devices). The switch configures the ingress and egress queues on the
interface according to the settings in Table 2-2 and Table 2-3.
You can enable auto-QoS on static, dynamic-access, and voice VLAN access, and trunk ports.
To display the QoS configuration that is automatically generated when auto-QoS is enabled, enable
debugging before you enable auto-QoS. Use the debug autoqos privileged EXEC command to enable
auto-QoS debugging. For more information, see the “debug autoqos” section on page B-2.
To disable auto-QoS on an interface, use the no auto qos voip interface configuration command. Only
the auto-QoS-generated interface configuration commands for this interface are removed. If this is the
last interface on which auto-QoS is enabled and you enter the no auto qos voip command, auto-QoS is
considered disabled even though the auto-QoS-generated global configuration commands remain (to
avoid disrupting traffic on other interfaces affected by the global configuration). You can use the no mls
qos global configuration command to disable the auto-QoS-generated global configuration commands.
With QoS disabled, there is no concept of trusted or untrusted ports because the packets are not modified
(the CoS, DSCP, and IP precedence values in the packet are not changed). Traffic is switched in
pass-through mode (packets are switched without any rewrites and classified as best effort without any
policing).
Examples This example shows how to enable auto-QoS and to trust the QoS labels received in incoming packets
when the switch or router connected to Gigabit Ethernet interface 0/1 on stack member 2 is a trusted
device:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# auto qos voip trust
You can verify your settings by entering the show auto qos interface interface-id privileged EXEC
command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-17
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
auto qos voip
Related Commands Command Description
debug autoqos Enables debugging of the auto-QoS feature.
mls qos cos Defines the default CoS value of a port or assigns the default
CoS to all incoming packets on the port.
mls qos map {cos-dscp dscp1 ... dscp8 Defines the CoS-to-DSCP map or the DSCP-to-CoS map.
| dscp-cos dscp-list to cos}
mls qos queue-set output buffers Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map Maps CoS values to an ingress queue or maps CoS values to
a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map Maps DSCP values to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values
to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
priority-queue bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map Maps CoS values to an egress queue or maps CoS values to
a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map Maps DSCP values to an egress queue or maps DSCP values
to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos trust Configures the port trust state.
queue-set Maps a port to a queue-set.
show auto qos Displays the initial configuration that is generated by the
auto-QoS feature.
show mls qos interface Displays QoS information at the interface level.
srr-queue bandwidth shape Assigns the shaped weights and enables bandwidth shaping
on the four egress queues mapped to a port.
srr-queue bandwidth share Assigns the shared weights and enables bandwidth sharing
on the four egress queues mapped to a port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-18 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
boot auto-copy-sw
boot auto-copy-sw
Use the boot auto-copy-sw global configuration command from the stack master to automatically
upgrade switches in version-mismatch (VM) mode with the switch stack image. Use the no form of this
command to not automatically upgrade switches in VM mode.
boot auto-copy-sw
no boot auto-copy-sw
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Enabled.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines A switch in version-mismatch (VM) mode is a switch that has a different stack protocol version than the
version on the switch stack. Switches in VM mode cannot join the switch stack. If the switch stack has
an image that can be copied to a switch in VM mode, this command automatically copies the switch in
VM mode with the image from another stack member. The switch then exits VM mode, reboots, and
joins the switch stack.
This command affects only switches in VM mode. It does not affect existing stack members.
Related Commands Command Description
show boot Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
show version Displays version information for the hardware and firmware.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-19
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
boot boothlpr
boot boothlpr
Use the boot boothlpr global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
load a special IOS image, which when loaded into memory, can load a second IOS image into memory
and launch it. This variable is used only for internal development and testing. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
boot boothlpr filesystem:/file-url
no boot boothlpr
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/file-url The path (directory) and name of a bootable helper image.
Defaults No helper image is loaded.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
This command changes the setting of the BOOTHLPR environment variable. For more information, see
Appendix A, “Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands Command Description
show boot Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-20 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
boot config-file
boot config-file
Use the boot config-file global configuration command on a standalone switch to specify the filename
that IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the system configuration. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
boot config-file flash:/file-url
no boot config-file
Syntax Description flash:/file-url The path (directory) and name of the configuration file.
Defaults The default configuration file is flash:config.text.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command works properly only from a standalone switch.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
This command changes the setting of the CONFIG_FILE environment variable. For more information,
see Appendix A, “Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands Command Description
show boot Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-21
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
boot enable-break
boot enable-break
Use the boot enable-break global configuration command on a standalone switch to enable interrupting
the automatic boot process. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
boot enable-break
no boot enable-break
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Disabled. The automatic boot process cannot be interrupted by pressing the Break key on the console.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command works properly only from a standalone switch.
When you enter this command, you can interrupt the automatic boot process by pressing the Break key
on the console after the Flash file system is initialized.
Note Despite the setting of this command, you can interrupt the automatic boot process at any time by pressing
the MODE button on the switch front panel.
This command changes the setting of the ENABLE_BREAK environment variable. For more
information, see Appendix A, “Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands Command Description
show boot Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-22 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
boot helper
boot helper
Use the boot helper global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
dynamically load files during boot loader initialization to extend or patch the functionality of the boot
loader. Use the no form of this command to return to the default.
boot helper filesystem:/file-url ...
no boot helper
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/file-url The path (directory) and a list of loadable files to dynamically load during
loader initialization. Separate each image name with a semicolon.
Defaults No helper files are loaded.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This variable is used only for internal development and testing.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
This command changes the setting of the HELPER environment variable. For more information, see
Appendix A, “Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands Command Description
show boot Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-23
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
boot helper-config-file
boot helper-config-file
Use the boot helper-config-file global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to specify the name of the configuration file to be used by the IOS helper image. If this is not set,
the file specified by the CONFIG_FILE environment variable is used by all versions of IOS that are
loaded. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
boot helper-config-file filesystem:/file-url
no boot helper-config file
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash
device.
/file-url The path (directory) and helper configuration file to load.
Defaults No helper configuration file is specified.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This variable is used only for internal development and testing.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
This command changes the setting of the HELPER_CONFIG_FILE environment variable. For more
information, see Appendix A, “Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands Command Description
show boot Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-24 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
boot manual
boot manual
Use the boot manual global configuration command on a standalone switch to enable manually booting
the switch during the next boot cycle. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
boot manual
no boot manual
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Manual booting is disabled.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command works properly only from a standalone switch.
The next time you reboot the system, the switch is in boot loader mode, which is shown by the switch:
prompt. To boot the system, use the boot boot loader command, and specify the name of the bootable
image.
This command changes the setting of the MANUAL_BOOT environment variable. For more
information, see Appendix A, “Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands Command Description
show boot Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-25
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
boot private-config-file
boot private-config-file
Use the boot private-config-file global configuration command on a standalone switch to specify the
filename that IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the private configuration. Use the no form
of this command to return to the default setting.
boot private-config-file filename
no boot private-config-file
Syntax Description filename The name of the private configuration file.
Defaults The default configuration file is private-config.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command works properly only from a standalone switch.
Filenames are case sensitive.
Examples This example shows how to specify the name of the private configuration file to be pconfig:
Switch(config)# boot private-config-file pconfig
Related Commands Command Description
show boot Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-26 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
boot system
boot system
Use the boot system global configuration command on a standalone switch to specify the IOS image to
load during the next boot cycle. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
boot system filesystem:/file-url ...
no boot system
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/file-url The path (directory) and name of a bootable image. Separate image names
with a semicolon.
Defaults The switch attempts to automatically boot the system by using information in the BOOT environment
variable. If this variable is not set, the switch attempts to load and execute the first executable image it
can by performing a recursive, depth-first search throughout the Flash file system. In a depth-first search
of a directory, each encountered subdirectory is completely searched before continuing the search in the
original directory.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command works properly only from a standalone switch.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
If you are using the archive download-sw privileged EXEC command to maintain system images, you never
need to use the boot system command. The boot system command is automatically manipulated to load the
downloaded image.
This command changes the setting of the BOOT environment variable. For more information, see
Appendix A, “Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands Command Description
show boot Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-27
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
channel-group
channel-group
Use the channel-group interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to assign an Ethernet interface to an EtherChannel group. Use the no form of this command to remove
an Ethernet interface from an EtherChannel group.
channel-group channel-group-number mode {active | {auto [non-silent] | desirable [non-silent]
| on} | passive}
no channel-group
Syntax Description channel-group-number Specify the channel group number. The range is 1 to 12.
mode Specify the EtherChannel mode of the interface.
active Unconditionally enable Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP).
Active mode places an interface into a negotiating state in which the
interface initiates negotiations with other interfaces by sending LACP
packets. A channel is formed with another port group in either the active or
passive mode.
auto Enable the Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) only if a PAgP device is
detected.
Auto mode places an interface into a passive negotiating state in which the
interface responds to PAgP packets it receives but does not start PAgP
packet negotiation. A channel is formed only with another port group in
desirable mode. When auto is enabled, silent operation is the default.
desirable Unconditionally enable PAgP.
Desirable mode places an interface into an active negotiating state in which
the interface starts negotiations with other interfaces by sending PAgP
packets. A channel is formed with another port group in either the desirable
or auto mode. When desirable is enabled, silent operation is the default.
non-silent (Optional) Used with the auto or desirable keyword when traffic is
expected from the other device.
on Force the interface to channel without PAgP or the LACP.
With the on mode, a usable EtherChannel exists only when an interface
group in the on mode is connected to another interface group in the on
mode.
passive Enable LACP only if a LACP device is detected.
Passive mode places an interface into a negotiating state in which the
interface responds to LACP packets it receives but does not initiate LACP
packet negotiation. A channel is formed only with another port group in
active mode.
Defaults No channel groups are assigned.
No mode is configured.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-28 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
channel-group
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The active and passive keywords were added.
Usage Guidelines For Layer 2 EtherChannels, you do not have to create a port-channel interface first by using the interface
port-channel global configuration command before assigning a physical interface to a channel group.
Instead, you can use the channel-group interface configuration command. It automatically creates the
port-channel interface when the channel group gets its first physical interface if the logical interface is
not already created. If you create the port-channel interface first, the channel-group-number can be the
same as the port-channel-number, or you can use a new number. If you use a new number, the
channel-group command dynamically creates a new port channel.
You do not have to disable the IP address that is assigned to a physical interface that is part of a channel
group, but we strongly recommend that you do so.
You create Layer 3 port channels by using the interface port-channel command followed by the no
switchport interface configuration command. You should manually configure the port-channel logical
interface before putting the interface into the channel group.
After you configure an EtherChannel, configuration changes that you make on the port-channel interface
apply to all the physical interfaces assigned to the port-channel interface. Configuration changes applied
to the physical interface affect only the interface where you apply the configuration. To change the
parameters of all ports in an EtherChannel, apply configuration commands to the port-channel interface,
for example, spanning-tree commands or commands to configure a Layer 2 EtherChannel as a trunk.
If you do not specify non-silent with the auto or desirable mode, silent is assumed. The silent mode is
used when the switch is connected to a device that is not PAgP-capable and seldom, if ever, sends
packets. A example of a silent partner is a file server or a packet analyzer that is not generating traffic.
In this case, running PAgP on a physical port prevents that port from ever becoming operational.
However, it allows PAgP to operate, to attach the interface to a channel group, and to use the interface
for transmission. Both ends of the link cannot be set to silent.
With the on mode, a usable EtherChannel exists only when a port group in the on mode is connected to
another port group in the on mode. The on keyword is the only setting that is supported when the
EtherChannel members are from different switches in the switch stack (cross-stack EtherChannel).
Caution You should exercise care when setting the mode to on (manual configuration). All ports configured in
the on mode are bundled together in the same group and are forced to have similar characteristics. If the
group is misconfigured, packet loss or spanning-tree loops might occur.
Do not configure an EtherChannel in both the PAgP and LACP modes. EtherChannel groups running
PAgP and LACP can coexist on the same switch or on different switches in the stack (but not in a
cross-stack configuration). Individual EtherChannel groups can run either PAgP or LACP, but they
cannot interoperate.
If you set the protocol by using the channel-protocol interface configuration command, the setting is
not overridden by the channel-group interface configuration command
Do not configure a port that is an active member of an EtherChannel as an 802.1X port. If 802.1X is
enabled on a not-yet active port of an EtherChannel, the port does not join the EtherChannel.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-29
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
channel-group
Do not configure a secure port as part of an EtherChannel or an EtherChannel port as a secure port.
For a complete list of configuration guidelines, refer to the “Configuring EtherChannels” chapter in the
software guide for this release.
Caution Do not enable Layer 3 addresses on the physical EtherChannel interfaces. Do not assign bridge groups
on the physical EtherChannel interfaces because it creates loops.
Examples This example shows how to configure EtherChannel on a single switch in the stack. It assigns Gigabit
Ethernet interfaces 0/4 and 0/5 on stack member 2 as static-access ports in VLAN 10 to channel 5 with
the PAgP mode desirable:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface range gigabitethernet2/0/4 -5
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport mode access
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport access vlan 10
Switch(config-if-range)# channel-group 5 mode desirable
Switch(config-if-range)# end
This example shows how to configure EtherChannel on a single switch in the stack. It assigns Gigabit
Ethernet interfaces 0/4 and 0/5 on stack member 2 as static-access ports in VLAN 10 to channel 5 with
the LACP mode active:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface range gigabitethernet2/0/4 -5
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport mode access
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport access vlan 10
Switch(config-if-range)# channel-group 5 mode active
Switch(config-if-range)# end
This example shows how to configure cross-stack EtherChannel. It assigns Gigabit Ethernet interfaces
0/4 and 0/5 on stack member 2 and Gigabit Ethernet interface 0/3 on stack member 3 as static-access
ports in VLAN 10 to channel 5 with the PAgP and LACP modes disabled (on):
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface range gigabitethernet2/0/4 -5
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport mode access
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport access vlan 10
Switch(config-if-range)# channel-group 5 mode on
Switch(config-if-range)# exit
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet3/0/3
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode access
Switch(config-if)# switchport access vlan 10
Switch(config-if)# channel-group 5 mode on
Switch(config-if)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
channel-protocol Restricts the protocol used on an interface to manage channeling.
interface port-channel Accesses or creates the port channel.
show etherchannel Displays EtherChannel information for a channel.
show lacp Displays LACP channel-group information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-30 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
channel-group
Command Description
show pagp Displays PAgP channel-group information.
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command
Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management
Commands > Configuration File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-31
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
channel-protocol
channel-protocol
Use the channel-protocol interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to restrict the protocol used on an interface to manage channeling. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
channel-protocol {lacp | pagp}
no channel-protocol
Syntax Description lacp Configure an EtherChannel with the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).
pagp Configure an EtherChannel with the Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP).
Defaults No protocol is assigned to the EtherChannel.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Use the channel-protocol command only to restrict a channel to LACP or PAgP. If you set the protocol
by using the channel-protocol command, the setting is not overridden by the channel-group interface
configuration command.
You must use the channel-group interface configuration command to configure the EtherChannel
parameters. The channel-group command also can set the mode for the EtherChannel.
You cannot enable both the PAgP and LACP modes on an EtherChannel group.
PAgP and LACP are not compatible; both ends of a channel must use the same protocol.
Examples This example shows how to specify LACP as the protocol that manages the EtherChannel:
Switch(config-if)# channel-protocol lacp
You can verify your settings by entering the show etherchannel [channel-group-number] protocol
privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
channel-group Assigns an Ethernet interface to an EtherChannel group.
show etherchannel protocol Displays protocol information the EtherChannel.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-32 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
class
class
Use the class policy-map configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to define
a traffic classification match criteria (through the police, set, and trust policy-map class configuration
commands) for the specified class-map name. Use the no form of this command to delete an existing
class map.
class class-map-name
no class class-map-name
Syntax Description class-map-name Name of the class map.
Defaults No policy map class-maps are defined.
Command Modes Policy-map configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Before using the class command, you must use the policy-map global configuration command to
identify the policy map and to enter policy-map configuration mode. After specifying a policy map, you
can configure a policy for new classes or modify a policy for any existing classes in that policy map.
You attach the policy map to an interface by using the service-policy interface configuration command.
After entering the class command, you enter policy-map class configuration mode, and these
configuration commands are available:
• bandwidth: Although this command is displayed, it is not supported on Catalyst 3750 switches.
• exit: exits policy-map class configuration mode and returns to policy-map configuration mode.
• no: returns a command to its default setting.
• police: defines a policer or aggregate policer for the classified traffic. The policer specifies the
bandwidth limitations and the action to take when the limits are exceeded. For more information,
see the police and police aggregate policy-map class commands.
• set: specifies a value to be assigned to the classified traffic. For more information, see the set
command.
• trust: defines a trust state for traffic classified with the class or the class-map command. For more
information, see the trust command.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
The class command performs the same function as the class-map global configuration command. Use
the class command when a new classification, which is not shared with any other ports, is needed. Use
the class-map command when the map is shared among many ports.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-33
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
class
Examples This example shows how to create a policy map called policy1. When attached to the ingress direction,
it matches all the incoming traffic defined in class1, sets the IP Differentiated Services Code Point
(DSCP) to 10, and polices the traffic at an average rate of 1 Mbps and bursts at 20 KB. Traffic exceeding
the profile is marked down to a DSCP value obtained from the policed-DSCP map and then sent.
Switch(config)# policy-map policy1
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set ip dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 20000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
class-map Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name
you specify.
police Defines a policer for classified traffic.
policy-map Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple interfaces
to specify a service policy.
set Classifies IP traffic by setting a DSCP or IP-precedence value in the packet.
show policy-map Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
trust Defines a trust state for the traffic classified through the class policy-map
configuration command or the class-map global configuration command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-34 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
class-map
class-map
Use the class-map global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to create
a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name you specify and to enter class-map
configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to delete an existing class map and to return to
global configuration mode.
class-map [match-all | match-any] class-map-name
no class-map [match-all | match-any] class-map-name
Syntax Description match-all (Optional) Perform a logical-AND of all matching statements under this class
map. All criteria in the class map must be matched.
match-any (Optional) Perform a logical-OR of the matching statements under this class
map. One or more criteria must be matched.
class-map-name Name of the class map.
Defaults No class maps are defined.
If neither the match-all or match-any keyword is specified, the default is match-all.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Use this command to specify the name of the class for which you want to create or modify class-map
match criteria and to enter class-map configuration mode.
The class-map command and its subcommands are used to define packet classification, marking, and
aggregate policing as part of a globally named service policy applied on a per-interface basis.
After you are in quality of service (QoS) class-map configuration mode, these configuration commands
are available:
• description: describes the class map (up to 200 characters). The show class-map privileged EXEC
command displays the description and the name of the class-map.
• exit: exits from QoS class-map configuration mode.
• match: configures classification criteria. For more information, see the match (class-map
configuration) command.
• no: removes a match statement from a class map.
• rename: renames the current class map. If you rename a class map with a name that is already used,
the message A class-map with this name already exists appears.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-35
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
class-map
To define packet classification on a physical-port basis, only one match command per class map is
supported. In this situation, the match-all and match-any keywords are equivalent.
Only one access control list (ACL) can be configured in a class map. The ACL can have multiple access
control entries (ACEs).
Examples This example shows how to configure the class map called class1 with one match criterion, which is an
access list called 103:
Switch(config)# access-list 103 permit any any dscp 10
Switch(config)# class-map class1
Switch(config-cmap)# match access-group 103
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
This example shows how to delete the class map class1:
Switch(config)# no class-map class1
You can verify your settings by entering the show class-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
class Defines a traffic classification match criteria (through the police,
set, and trust policy-map class configuration commands) for the
specified class-map name.
match (class-map configuration) Defines the match criteria to classify traffic.
policy-map Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
interfaces to specify a service policy.
show class-map Displays QoS class maps.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-36 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
clear lacp
clear lacp
Use the clear lacp privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to clear
Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) channel-group counters.
clear lacp {channel-group-number counters | counters}
Syntax Description channel-group-number (Optional) Channel group number. The range is 1 to 12.
counters Clear traffic counters.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can clear all counters by using the clear lacp counters command, or you can clear only the counters
for the specified channel group by using the clear lacp channel-group-number counters command.
Examples This example shows how to clear all channel-group information:
Switch# clear lacp counters
This example shows how to clear LACP traffic counters for group 4:
Switch# clear lacp 4 counters
You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show lacp counters or the show lacp 4
counters privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show lacp Displays LACP channel-group information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-37
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
clear mac-address-table
clear mac-address-table
Use the clear mac-address-table privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to delete from the MAC address table a specific dynamic address, all dynamic addresses on a
particular interface, all dynamic addresses on stack members, or all dynamic addresses on a particular
VLAN. This command also clears the MAC address notification global counters.
clear mac-address-table {dynamic [address mac-addr | interface interface-id | vlan vlan-id] |
notification}
Syntax Description dynamic Delete all dynamic MAC addresses.
dynamic address (Optional) Delete the specified dynamic MAC address.
mac-addr
dynamic interface (Optional) Delete all dynamic MAC addresses on the specified physical port
interface-id or port channel.
dynamic vlan vlan-id (Optional) Delete all dynamic MAC addresses for the specified VLAN. The
range is 1 to 4096.
notification Clear the notifications in the history table and reset the counters.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to remove a specific MAC address from the dynamic address table:
Switch# clear mac-address-table dynamic address 0008.0070.0007
You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show mac-address-table privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mac-address-table notification Enables the MAC address notification feature.
show mac-address-table Displays the MAC address table static and dynamic entries.
show mac-address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
snmp trap mac-notification Enables the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
MAC address notification trap on a specific interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-38 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
clear pagp
clear pagp
Use the clear pagp privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to clear
Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) channel-group information.
clear pagp {channel-group-number counters | counters}
Syntax Description channel-group-number (Optional) Channel group number. The range is 1 to 12.
counters Clear traffic counters.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can clear all counters by using the clear pagp counters command, or you can clear only the counters
for the specified channel group by using the clear pagp channel-group-number counters command.
Examples This example shows how to clear all channel-group information:
Switch# clear pagp counters
This example shows how to clear PAgP traffic counters for group 10:
Switch# clear pagp 10 counters
You can verify that information was deleted by entering the show pagp privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show pagp Displays PAgP channel-group information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-39
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
clear setup express
clear setup express
Use the clear setup express privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to exit Express Setup mode without saving the current configuration.
clear setup express
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can use the clear setup express command to exit Express Setup mode. For example, if you activate
Express Setup and then decide to connect to the switch through the console port instead of through an
Ethernet port, enter the clear setup express command. The switch exits Express Setup mode. The IP
address 10.0.0.1 is no longer valid on the switch, and your connection using this IP address is ended.
This command is available only when the switch is in Express Setup mode.
Examples This example shows how to exit Express Setup mode:
Switch# clear setup express
You can verify that the switch has exited Express Setup mode by entering the show express setup
privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
setup express Enables Express Setup mode.
show setup express Displays if Express Setup mode is active.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-40 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
clear spanning-tree counters
clear spanning-tree counters
Use the clear spanning-tree counters privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to clear the spanning-tree counters.
clear spanning-tree counters [interface interface-id]
Syntax Description interface interface-id (Optional) Clear all spanning-tree counters on the specified interface. Valid
interfaces include physical ports, VLANs, and port channels. The VLAN
range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1 to 12.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If the interface-id is not specified, spanning-tree counters are cleared for all interfaces.
Examples This example shows how to clear spanning-tree counters for all interfaces:
Switch# clear spanning-tree counters
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree Displays spanning-tree state information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-41
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Use the clear spanning-tree detected-protocols privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on
a standalone switch to restart the protocol migration process (force the renegotiation with neighboring
switches) on all interfaces or on the specified interface.
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [interface interface-id]
Syntax Description interface interface-id (Optional) Restart the protocol migration process on the specified interface.
Valid interfaces include physical ports, VLANs, and port channels. The
VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1 to 12.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines A switch running the rapid per-VLAN spanning-tree plus (rapid-PVST+) protocol or the Multiple
Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) supports a built-in protocol migration mechanism that enables it to
interoperate with legacy 802.1D switches. If a rapid-PVST+ switch or an MSTP switch receives a legacy
802.1D configuration bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) with the protocol version set to 0, it sends only
802.1D BPDUs on that port. A multiple spanning-tree (MST) switch can also detect that a port is at the
boundary of a region when it receives a legacy BPDU, an MST BPDU (version 3) associated with a
different region, or a rapid spanning-tree (RST) BPDU (version 2).
However, the switch does not automatically revert to the rapid-PVST+ or the MSTP mode if it no longer
receives 802.1D BPDUs because it cannot determine whether the legacy switch has been removed from
the link unless the legacy switch is the designated switch. Use the clear spanning-tree
detected-protocols command in this situation.
Examples This example shows how to restart the protocol migration process on an interface of stack member 2:
Switch# clear spanning-tree detected-protocols interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree Displays spanning-tree state information.
spanning-tree link-type Overrides the default link-type setting and enables rapid spanning-tree
transitions to the forwarding state.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-42 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
clear vmps statistics
clear vmps statistics
Use the clear vmps statistics privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to clear the statistics maintained by the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) client.
clear vmps statistics
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to clear VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) statistics:
Switch# clear vmps statistics
You can verify that information was deleted by entering the show vmps statistics privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show vmps Displays the VQP version, reconfirmation interval, retry count, VMPS IP
addresses, and the current and primary servers.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-43
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
clear vtp counters
clear vtp counters
Use the clear vtp counters privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
clear the VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) and pruning counters.
clear vtp counters
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to clear the VTP counters:
Switch# clear vtp counters
You can verify that information was deleted by entering the show vtp counters privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show vtp Displays general information about the VTP management domain, status,
and counters.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-44 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster commander-address
cluster commander-address
You do not need to enter this command from the switch stack or from a standalone cluster member switch.
The cluster command switch automatically provides its MAC address to cluster member switches when
these switches join the cluster. The cluster member switch adds this information and other cluster
information to its running configuration file. Use the no form of this global configuration command from
the cluster member switch console port to remove the switch from a cluster only during debugging or
recovery procedures.
cluster commander-address mac-address [member number name name]
no cluster commander-address
Syntax Description mac-address MAC address of the cluster command switch.
member number (Optional) Number of a configured cluster member switch. The range is 0 to
15.
name name (Optional) Name of the configured cluster up to 31 characters.
Defaults The switch is not a member of any cluster.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command is available only on the cluster command switch stack or the cluster command switch.
A cluster member can have only one cluster command switch.
The cluster member switch retains the identity of the cluster command switch during a system reload by
using the mac-address parameter.
You can enter the no form on a cluster member switch to remove it from the cluster during debugging
or recovery procedures. You would normally use this command from the cluster member switch console
port only when the member has lost communication with the cluster command switch. With normal
switch configuration, we recommend that you remove cluster member switches only by entering the no
cluster member n global configuration command on the cluster command switch.
When a standby cluster command switch becomes active (becomes the cluster command switch), it
removes the cluster commander address line from its configuration.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-45
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster commander-address
Examples This is partial sample output from the running configuration of a cluster member.
Switch(config)# show running-configuration
<output truncated>
cluster commander-address 00e0.9bc0.a500 member 4 name my_cluster
<output truncated>
This example shows how to remove a member from the cluster by using the cluster member console.
Switch # configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Switch(config)# no cluster commander-address
You can verify your settings by entering the show cluster privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show cluster Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the switch
belongs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-46 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster discovery hop-count
cluster discovery hop-count
Use the cluster discovery hop-count global configuration command on the switch stack or on the a cluster
command switch on the cluster command switch to set the hop-count limit for extended discovery of
candidate switches. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
cluster discovery hop-count number
no cluster discovery hop-count
Syntax Description number Number of hops from the cluster edge that the cluster command switch limits
the discovery of candidates. The range is 1 to 7.
Defaults The hop count is set to 3.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command is available only on the cluster command switch stack or cluster command switch. This
command does not operate on cluster member switches.
If the hop count is set to 1, it disables extended discovery. The cluster command switch discovers only
candidates that are one hop from the edge of the cluster. The edge of the cluster is the point between the
last discovered cluster member switch and the first discovered candidate switch.
Examples This example shows how to set hop count limit to 4. This command is executed on the cluster command
switch.
Switch(config)# cluster discovery hop-count 4
You can verify your setting by entering the show cluster privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show cluster Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the
switch belongs.
show cluster candidates Displays a list of candidate switches.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-47
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster enable
cluster enable
Use the cluster enable global configuration command on a command-capable switch or switch stack to
enable it as the cluster command switch, assign a cluster name, and to optionally assign a member
number to it. Use the no form of the command to remove all members and to make the cluster command
switch a candidate switch.
cluster enable name [command-switch-member-number]
no cluster enable
Syntax Description name Name of the cluster up to 31 characters. Valid characters include
only alphanumerics, dashes, and underscores.
command-switch-member-number (Optional) Assign a member number to the cluster command
switch of the cluster. The range is 0 to 15.
Defaults The switch is not a cluster command switch.
No cluster name is defined.
The member number is 0 when the switch is the cluster command switch.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Enter this command on any command-capable switch that is not part of any cluster. This command fails
if a device is already configured as a member of the cluster.
You must name the cluster when you enable the cluster command switch. If the switch is already
configured as the cluster command switch, this command changes the cluster name if it is different from
the previous cluster name.
Examples This example shows how to enable the cluster command switch, name the cluster, and set the cluster
command switch member number to 4.
Switch(config)# cluster enable Engineering-IDF4 4
You can verify your setting by entering the show cluster privileged EXEC command on the cluster
command switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-48 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster enable
Related Commands Command Description
show cluster Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the switch
belongs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-49
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster holdtime
cluster holdtime
Use the cluster holdtime global configuration command on the switch stack or on the a cluster command
switch to set the duration in seconds before a switch (either the command or cluster member switch)
declares the other switch down after not receiving heartbeat messages. Use the no form of this command
to set the duration to the default value.
cluster holdtime holdtime-in-secs
no cluster holdtime
Syntax Description holdtime-in-secs Duration in seconds before a switch (either a command or cluster member
switch) declares the other switch down. The range is 1 to 300 seconds.
Defaults The default holdtime is 80 seconds.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Enter this command with the cluster timer global configuration command only on the cluster command
switch. The cluster command switch propagates the values to all its cluster members so that the setting
is consistent among all switches in the cluster.
The holdtime is typically set as a multiple of the interval timer (cluster timer). For example, it takes
(holdtime-in-secs divided by the interval-in-secs) number of heartbeat messages to be missed in a row
to declare a switch down.
Examples This example shows how to change the interval timer and the duration on the cluster command switch.
Switch(config)# cluster timer 3
Switch(config)# cluster holdtime 30
You can verify your settings by entering the show cluster privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show cluster Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the switch
belongs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-50 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster member
cluster member
Use the cluster member global configuration command on the cluster command switch to add
candidates to a cluster. Use the no form of the command to remove members from the cluster.
cluster member [n] mac-address H.H.H [password enable-password] [vlan vlan-id]
no cluster member n
Syntax Description n The number that identifies a cluster member. The range is 0 to 15.
mac-address H.H.H MAC address of the cluster member switch in hexadecimal format.
password enable-password Enable password of the candidate switch. The password is not
required if there is no password on the candidate switch.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) VLAN ID through which the candidate is added to the
cluster by the cluster command switch. The range is 1 to 4094.
Defaults A newly enabled cluster command switch has no associated cluster members.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Enter this command only on the cluster command switch to add a candidate to or remove a member from
the cluster. If you enter this command on a switch other than the cluster command switch, the switch
rejects the command and displays an error message.
You must enter a member number to remove a switch from the cluster. However, you do not need to enter
a member number to add a switch to the cluster. The cluster command switch selects the next available
member number and assigns it to the switch that is joining the cluster.
You must enter the enable password of the candidate switch for authentication when it joins the cluster.
The password is not saved in the running or startup configuration. After a candidate switch becomes a
member of the cluster, its password becomes the same as the cluster command-switch password.
If a switch does not have a configured host name, the cluster command switch appends a member number
to the cluster command-switch host name and assigns it to the cluster member switch.
If you do not specify a VLAN ID, the cluster command switch automatically chooses a VLAN and adds
the candidate to the cluster.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-51
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster member
Examples This example shows how to add a switch as member 2 with MAC address 00E0.1E00.2222 and the
password key to a cluster. The cluster command switch adds the candidate to the cluster through VLAN
3.
Switch(config)# cluster member 2 mac-address 00E0.1E00.2222 password key vlan 3
This example shows how to add a switch with MAC address 00E0.1E00.3333 to the cluster. This switch
does not have a password. The cluster command switch selects the next available member number and
assigns it to the switch that is joining the cluster.
Switch(config)# cluster member mac-address 00E0.1E00.3333
You can verify your settings by entering the show cluster members privileged EXEC command on the
cluster command switch.
Related Commands Command Description
show cluster Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the
switch belongs.
show cluster candidates Displays a list of candidate switches.
show cluster members Displays information about the cluster members.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-52 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster outside-interface
cluster outside-interface
Use the cluster outside-interface global configuration command on the switch stack or on the a cluster
command switch to configure the outside interface for cluster Network Address Translation (NAT) so
that a member without an IP address can communicate with devices outside the cluster. Use the no form
of this command to return to the default setting.
cluster outside-interface interface-id
no cluster outside-interface
Syntax Description interface-id Interface to serve as the outside interface. Valid interfaces include
physical interfaces, port-channels, or VLANs. The port-channel
range is 1 to 12. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094.
Defaults The default outside interface is automatically selected by the cluster command switch.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Enter this command only on the cluster command switch. If you enter this command on a cluster member
switch, an error message appears.
Examples This example shows how to set the outside interface to VLAN 1:
Switch(config)# cluster outside-interface vlan 1
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information,
select the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command
Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands
> Configuration File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-53
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster run
cluster run
Use the cluster run global configuration command to enable clustering on a switch. Use the no form of
this command to disable clustering on a switch.
cluster run
no cluster run
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Clustering is enabled on all switches.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When you enter the no cluster run command on a cluster command switch or cluster command switch
stack, the cluster command switch is disabled. Clustering is disabled, and the switch cannot become a
candidate switch.
When you enter the no cluster run command on a cluster member switch, it is removed from the cluster.
Clustering is disabled, and the switch cannot become a candidate switch.
When you enter the no cluster run command on a switch that is not part of a cluster, clustering is
disabled on this switch. This switch cannot then become a candidate switch.
Examples This example shows how to disable clustering on the cluster command switch:
Switch(config)# no cluster run
You can verify your setting by entering the show cluster privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show cluster Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the switch
belongs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-54 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster standby-group
cluster standby-group
Use the cluster standby-group global configuration command to enable cluster command-switch
redundancy by binding the cluster to an existing Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP). Entering the
routing-redundancy keyword enables the same HSRP group to be used for cluster command-switch
redundancy and routing redundancy. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
cluster standby-group HSRP-group-name [routing-redundancy]
no cluster standby-group
Syntax Description HSRP-group-name Name of the HSRP group that is bound to the cluster. The group name is
limited to 32 characters.
routing-redundancy (Optional) Enable the same HSRP standby group to be used for cluster
command-switch redundancy and routing redundancy.
Defaults The cluster is not bound to any HSRP group.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Enter this command only on the cluster command switch. If you enter it on a cluster member switch, an
error message appears.
The cluster command switch propagates the cluster-HSRP binding information to all cluster-HSRP
capable members. Each cluster member switch stores the binding information in its nonvolatile RAM
(NVRAM).
The HSRP group name must be a valid standby group; otherwise, the command exits with an error.
The same group name should be used on all members of the HSRP standby group that is to be bound to
the cluster. The same HSRP group name should also be used on all cluster-HSRP capable members for
the HSRP group that is to be bound. (When not binding a cluster to an HSRP group, you can use different
names on the cluster commander and the members.)
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-55
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster standby-group
Examples This example shows how to bind the HSRP group named my_hsrp to the cluster. This command is
executed on the cluster command switch.
Switch(config)# cluster standby-group my_hsrp
This example shows how to use the same HSRP group named my_hsrp for routing redundancy and
cluster redundancy.
Switch(config)# cluster standby-group my_hsrp routing-redundancy
This example shows the error message when this command is executed on a cluster command switch and
the specified HSRP standby group does not exist:
Switch(config)# cluster standby-group my_hsrp
%ERROR: Standby (my_hsrp) group does not exist
This example shows the error message when this command is executed on a cluster member switch:
Switch(config)# cluster standby-group my_hsrp routing-redundancy
%ERROR: This command runs on a cluster command switch
You can verify your settings by entering the show cluster privileged EXEC command. The output shows
whether redundancy is enabled in the cluster.
Related Commands Command Description
standby ip Enables HSRP on the interface. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS IP
and IP Routing Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > IP
Addressing and Services > IP Services Commands.
show cluster Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the switch
belongs.
show standby Displays standby group information. For syntax information, select Cisco
IOS IP and IP Routing Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > IP
Addressing and Services > IP Services Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-56 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
cluster timer
cluster timer
Use the cluster timer global configuration command on the switch stack or on the a cluster command
switch to set the interval in seconds between heartbeat messages. Use the no form of this command to
set the interval to the default value.
cluster timer interval-in-secs
no cluster timer
Syntax Description interval-in-secs Interval in seconds between heartbeat messages. The range is 1 to 300
seconds.
Defaults The interval is 8 seconds.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Enter this command with the cluster holdtime global configuration command only on the cluster
command switch. The cluster command switch propagates the values to all its cluster members so that
the setting is consistent among all switches in the cluster.
The holdtime is typically set as a multiple of the heartbeat interval timer (cluster timer). For example,
it takes (holdtime-in-secs divided by the interval-in-secs) number of heartbeat messages to be missed in
a row to declare a switch down.
Examples This example shows how to change the heartbeat interval timer and the duration on the cluster command
switch:
Switch(config)# cluster timer 3
Switch(config)# cluster holdtime 30
You can verify your settings by entering the show cluster privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show cluster Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the switch
belongs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-57
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
define interface-range
define interface-range
Use the define interface-range global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to create an interface-range macro. Use the no form of this command to delete the defined macro.
define interface-range macro-name interface-range
no define interface-range macro-name interface-range
Syntax Description macro-name Name of the interface-range macro; up to 32 characters.
interface-range Interface range; for valid values for interface ranges, see “Usage Guidelines.”
Defaults This command has no default setting.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The macro name is a 32-character maximum character string.
A macro can contain up to five ranges.
All interfaces in a range must be the same type; that is, all Fast Ethernet ports, all Gigabit Ethernet ports,
all EtherChannel ports, or all VLANs, but you can combine multiple interface types in a macro.
When entering the interface-range, use this format:
• type {first-interface} - {last-interface}
• You must add a space between the first interface number and the hyphen when entering an
interface-range. For example, gigabitethernet1/0/1 -5 is a valid range; gigabitethernet1/0/1-5 is
not a valid range.
Valid values for type and interface:
• vlan vlan-id, where vlan-id is from 1 to 4094
VLAN interfaces must have been configured with the interface vlan command (the show
running-config privileged EXEC command displays the configured VLAN interfaces). VLAN
interfaces not displayed by the show running-config command cannot be used in interface-ranges.
• port-channel port-channel-number, where port-channel-number is from 1 to 12
• fastethernet stack member/module/{first port} - {last port}
• gigabitethernet stack member/module/{first port} - {last port}
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-58 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
define interface-range
For physical interfaces:
• stack member is the number used to identify the switch within the stack. The number ranges from 1
to 9 and is assigned to the switch the first time the stack member initializes.
• module is always 0
• the range is type stack member/0/number - number (for example, gigabitethernet 1/0/1 - 2)
When you define a range, you must enter a space before the hyphen (-), for example:
gigabitethernet1/0/1 - 2
You can also enter multiple ranges. When you define multiple ranges, you must enter a space after the
first entry before the comma (,). The space after the comma is optional, for example:
fastethernet1/0/3 ,gigabitethernet1/0/1 - 2
fastethernet1/0/3 -4 , gigabitethernet1/0/1 - 2
Examples This example shows how to create a multiple-interface macro:
Switch(config)# define interface-range macro1 gigabitethernet1/0/1 -2 ,
gigabitethernet1/0/5
Related Commands Command Description
interface range Executes a command on multiple ports at the same time.
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration, including defined
macros. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration
Fundamentals Command Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS
File Management Commands > Configuration File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-59
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
delete
delete
Use the delete privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to delete a file
or directory on the Flash memory device.
delete [/force] [/recursive] filesystem:/file-url
Syntax Description /force (Optional) Suppress the prompt that confirms the deletion.
/recursive (Optional) Delete the named directory and all subdirectories and the files
contained in it.
filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system.
The syntax for the local Flash file system on the stack member or the stack master:
flash:
From the stack master, the syntax for the local Flash file system on a stack
member:
flash member number:
/file-url The path (directory) and filename to delete.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If you use the /force keyword, you are prompted once at the beginning of the deletion process to confirm
the deletion.
If you use the /recursive keyword without the /force keyword, you are prompted to confirm the deletion
of every file.
The prompting behavior depends on the setting of the file prompt global configuration command. By
default, the switch prompts for confirmation on destructive file operations. For more information about
this command, refer to the Cisco IOS Command Reference for Release 12.1.
Examples This example shows how to remove the directory that contains the old software image after a successful
download of a new image:
Switch# delete /force /recursive flash:/old-image
You can verify that the directory was removed by entering the dir filesystem: privileged EXEC
command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-60 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
delete
Related Commands Command Description
archive download-sw Downloads a new image to the switch and overwrites or keeps the existing
image.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-61
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
deny
deny
Use the deny MAC access list configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
prevent non-IP traffic from being forwarded if the conditions are matched. Use the no form of this
command to remove a deny condition from the named MAC access list.
{deny | permit} {any | host src-MAC-addr | src-MAC-addr mask} {any | host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask} [type mask | aarp | amber | cos cos | dec-spanning | decnet-iv |
diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000 | etype-8042 | lat | lavc-sca | lsap lsap mask |mop-console |
mop-dump | msdos | mumps | netbios | vines-echo | vines-ip | xns-idp]
no {deny | permit} {any | host src-MAC-addr | src-MAC-addr mask} {any | host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask} [type mask | aarp | amber | cos cos | dec-spanning | decnet-iv |
diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000 | etype-8042 | lat | lavc-sca | lsap lsap mask | mop-console |
mop-dump | msdos | mumps | netbios | vines-echo | vines-ip | xns-idp]
Syntax Description any Keyword to specify to deny any source or destination MAC address.
host src MAC-addr | Define a host MAC address and optional subnet mask. If the source
src-MAC-addr mask address for a packet matches the defined address, non-IP traffic from that
address is denied.
host dst-MAC-addr | Define a destination MAC address and optional subnet mask. If the
dst-MAC-addr mask destination address for a packet matches the defined address, non-IP
traffic to that address is denied.
type mask (Optional) Use the Ethertype number of a packet with Ethernet II or
SNAP encapsulation to identify the protocol of the packet.
The type is 0 to 65535, specified in hexadecimal.
The mask is a mask of don’t care bits applied to the Ethertype before
testing for a match.
aarp (Optional) Select Ethertype AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol that
maps a data-link address to a network address.
amber (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-Amber.
cos cos (Optional) Select a class of service (CoS) number from 0 to 7 to set
priority. Filtering on CoS can be performed only in hardware. A warning
message reminds the user if the cos option is configured.
dec-spanning (Optional) Select EtherType Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC)
spanning tree.
decnet-iv (Optional) Select EtherType DECnet Phase IV protocol.
diagnostic (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-Diagnostic.
dsm (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-DSM.
etype-6000 (Optional) Select EtherType 0x6000.
etype-8042 (Optional) Select EtherType 0x8042.
lat (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-LAT.
lavc-sca (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-LAVC-SCA.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-62 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
deny
lsap lsap-number mask (Optional) Use the LSAP number (0 to 65535) of a packet with 802.2
encapsulation to identify the protocol of the packet.
mask is a mask of don’t care bits applied to the LSAP number before
testing for a match.
mop-console (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MOP Remote Console.
mop-dump (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MOP Dump.
msdos (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MSDOS.
mumps (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MUMPS.
netbios (Optional) Select EtherType DEC- Network Basic Input/Output System
(NETBIOS).
vines-echo (Optional) Select EtherType Virtual Integrated Network Service (VINES)
Echo from Banyan Systems.
vines-ip (Optional) Select EtherType VINES IP.
xns-idp (Optional) Select EtherType Xerox Network Systems (XNS) protocol
suite (0 to 65535), an arbitrary Ethertype in decimal, hexadecimal, or
octal.
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, appletalk is not supported as a matching condition.
To filter IPX traffic, you use the type mask or lsap lsap mask keywords, depending on the type of IPX
encapsulation being used. Filter criteria for IPX encapsulation types as specified in Novell terminology
and Cisco IOS terminology are listed in Table 2-4.
Table 2-4 IPX Filtering Criteria
IPX Encapsulation Type
Cisco IOS Name Novel Name Filter Criterion
arpa Ethernet II Ethertype 0x8137
snap Ethernet-snap Ethertype 0x8137
sap Ethernet 802.2 LSAP 0xE0E0
novell-ether Ethernet 802.3 LSAP 0xFFFF
Defaults This command has no defaults. However; the default action for a MAC-named ACL is to deny.
Command Modes MAC-access list configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-63
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
deny
Usage Guidelines You enter MAC-access list configuration mode by using the mac access-list extended global
configuration command.
If you use the host keyword, you cannot enter an address mask; if you do not use the host keyword, you
must enter an address mask.
When an access control entry (ACE) is added to an access control list, an implied deny-any-any
condition exists at the end of the list. That is, if there are no matches, the packets are denied. However,
before the first ACE is added, the list permits all packets.
Note For more information about named MAC extended access lists, refer to the software configuration guide
for this release.
Examples This example shows how to define the named MAC extended access list to deny NETBIOS traffic from
any source to MAC address 00c0.00a0.03fa. Traffic matching this list is denied.
Switch(config-ext-macl)# deny any host 00c0.00a0.03fa netbios.
This example shows how to remove the deny condition from the named MAC extended access list:
Switch(config-ext-macl)# no deny any 00c0.00a0.03fa 0000.0000.0000 netbios.
This example denies all packets with Ethertype 0x4321:
Switch(config-ext-macl)# deny any any 0x4321 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mac access-list extended Creates an access list based on MAC addresses for non-IP traffic.
permit Permits non-IP traffic to be forwarded if conditions are matched.
show access-lists Displays access control lists configured on a switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-64 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x default
dot1x default
Use the dot1x default interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to reset the configurable 802.1X parameters to their default values.
dot1x default
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults These are the default values:
• The per-interface 802.1X protocol enable state is disabled (force-authorized).
• The number of seconds between re-authentication attempts is 3600 seconds.
• The periodic re-authentication is disabled.
• The quiet period is 60 seconds.
• The retransmission time is 30 seconds.
• The maximum retransmission number is 2 times.
• The host mode is single host.
• The client timeout period is 30 seconds.
• The authentication server timeout period is 30 seconds.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 This command was changed to the interface configuration mode.
Examples This example shows how to reset the configurable 802.1X parameters on an interface:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x default
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show dot1x [interface interface-id] Displays 802.1X status for the specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-65
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x guest-vlan
dot1x guest-vlan
Use the dot1x guest-vlan interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to specify an active VLAN as an 802.1X guest VLAN. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id
no dot1x guest-vlan
Syntax Description vlan-id Specify an active VLAN as an 802.1X guest VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
Defaults No guest VLAN is configured.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When you configure a guest VLAN, clients that are not 802.1X-capable are put into the guest VLAN
when the server does not receive a response to its Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN
(EAPOL) request/identity frame. Clients that are 802.1X-capable but fail authentication are not granted
access to the network.
Guest VLANs are supported on 802.1X ports in single-host mode and multiple-hosts mode.
You can configure any active VLAN except an RSPAN VLAN or a voice VLAN as an 802.1X guest
VLAN. The guest VLAN feature is not supported on internal VLANs (routed ports) or trunk ports; it is
supported only on access ports.
Examples This example shows how to specify VLAN 5 as an 802.1X guest VLAN:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x guest-vlan 5
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show dot1x [interface interface-id] Displays 802.1X status for the specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-66 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x host-mode
dot1x host-mode
Use the dot1x host-mode interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to allow a single host (client) or multiple hosts on an 802.1X-authorized port that has the dot1x
port-control interface configuration command set to auto. Use the no form of this command to return
to the default setting.
dot1x host-mode {multi-host | single-host}
no dot1x host-mode [multi-host | single-host]
Syntax Description multi-host Enable multiple-hosts mode on the switch.
single-host Enable single-host mode on the switch.
Defaults The default is single-host mode.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced. It replaces the dot1x multiple-hosts
interface configuration command.
Usage Guidelines Use this command to limit an 802.1X-enabled port to a single client or to attach multiple clients to an
802.1X-enabled port. In multiple-hosts mode, only one of the attached hosts must be successfully
authorized for all hosts to be granted network access. If the port becomes unauthorized
(re-authentication fails or an Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN [EAPOL]-logoff message is
received), all attached clients are denied access to the network.
Before entering this command, make sure that the dot1x port-control interface configuration command
is set to auto for the specified interface.
Examples This example shows how to enable 802.1X globally, enable 802.1X on Gigabit Ethernet interface 0/1 on
stack member 2, and enable multiple-hosts mode:
Switch(config)# dot1x system-auth-control
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# dot1x port-control auto
Switch(config-if)# dot1x host-mode multi-host
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-67
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x host-mode
Related Commands Command Description
show dot1x [interface interface-id] Displays 802.1X status for the specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-68 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x initialize
dot1x initialize
Use the dot1x initialize privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
manually return the specified 802.1X-enabled interface to an unauthorized state before initiating a new
authentication session on the interface.
dot1x initialize interface interface-id
Syntax Description interface interface-id Interface to be initialized.
Defaults There is no default setting.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Use this command to initialize the 802.1X state machines and to set up a fresh environment for
authentication. After you enter this command, the port status becomes unauthorized.
There is no no form of this command.
Examples This example shows how to manually initialize Gigabit Ethernet interface 0/3 on stack member 2:
Switch# dot1x initialize interface gigabitethernet2/0/3
You can verify the unauthorized port status by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id]
privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show dot1x [interface Displays 802.1X status for the specified interface.
interface-id]
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-69
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x max-req
dot1x max-req
Use the dot1x max-req interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to set the maximum number of times that the switch sends an Extensible Authentication Protocol
(EAP)-request/identity frame (assuming that no response is received) to the client before restarting the
authentication process. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x max-req count
no dot1x max-req
Syntax Description count Number of times that the switch sends an EAP-request/identity frame before
restarting the authentication process. The range is 1 to 10.
Defaults The default is 2 times.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 This command was changed to the interface configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines You should change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances such as
unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers.
Examples This example shows how to set 5 as the number of times that the switch sends an EAP-request/identity
frame before restarting the authentication process:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x max-req 5
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
dot1x timeout tx-period Sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame from the client before resending the
request.
show dot1x [interface Displays 802.1X status for the specified interface.
interface-id]
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-70 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x multiple-hosts
dot1x multiple-hosts
This is an obsolete command.
In past releases, the dot1x multiple-hosts interface configuration command was used on the switch
stack or on a standalone switch to allow multiple hosts (clients) on an 802.1X-authorized port.
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The dot1x multiple-hosts interface configuration command was replaced by
the dot1x host-mode interface configuration command.
Related Commands Command Description
dot1x host-mode Sets the 802.1X host mode on an interface.
show dot1x Displays 802.1X statistics, administrative status, and operational status for
the switch or for the specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-71
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x port-control
dot1x port-control
Use the dot1x port-control interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to enable manual control of the authorization state of the port. Use the no form of this command
to return to the default setting.
dot1x port-control {auto | force-authorized | force-unauthorized}
no dot1x port-control
Syntax Description auto Enable 802.1X authentication on the interface and cause the port to transition
to the authorized or unauthorized state based on the 802.1X authentication
exchange between the switch and the client.
force-authorized Disable 802.1X authentication on the interface and cause the port to transition
to the authorized state without any authentication exchange required. The port
sends and receives normal traffic without 802.1X-based authentication of the
client.
force-unauthorized Deny all access through this interface by forcing the port to transition to the
unauthorized state, ignoring all attempts by the client to authenticate. The
switch cannot provide authentication services to the client through the interface.
Defaults The default is force-authorized.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You must globally enable 802.1X on the switch by using the dot1x system-auth-control global
configuration command before enabling 802.1X on a specific interface.
The 802.1X protocol is supported on Layer 2 static-access ports, voice VLAN ports, and Layer 3 routed
ports.
You can use the auto keyword only if the port is not configured as one of these:
• Trunk port—If you try to enable 802.1X on a trunk port, an error message appears, and 802.1X is
not enabled. If you try to change the mode of an 802.1X-enabled port to trunk, an error message
appears, and the port mode is not changed.
• Dynamic ports—A port in dynamic mode can negotiate with its neighbor to become a trunk port. If
you try to enable 802.1X on a dynamic port, an error message appears, and 802.1X is not enabled.
If you try to change the mode of an 802.1X-enabled port to dynamic, an error message appears, and
the port mode is not changed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-72 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x port-control
• Dynamic-access ports—If you try to enable 802.1X on a dynamic-access (VLAN Query Protocol
[VQP]) port, an error message appears, and 802.1X is not enabled. If you try to change an
802.1X-enabled port to dynamic VLAN assignment, an error message appears, and the VLAN
configuration is not changed.
• EtherChannel port—Before enabling 802.1X on the port, you must first remove it from the
EtherChannel. If you try to enable 802.1X on an EtherChannel or on an active port in an
EtherChannel, an error message appears, and 802.1X is not enabled. If you enable 802.1X on a
not-yet active port of an EtherChannel, the port does not join the EtherChannel.
• Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) and Remote SPAN (RSPAN) destination ports—You can enable
802.1X on a port that is a SPAN or RSPAN destination port. However, 802.1X is disabled until the
port is removed as a SPAN or RSPAN destination. You can enable 802.1X on a SPAN or RSPAN
source port.
To globally disable 802.1X on the switch, use the no dot1x system-auth-control global configuration
command. To disable 802.1X on a specific interface, use the no dot1x port-control interface
configuration command.
Examples This example shows how to enable 802.1X on Fast Ethernet interface 0/1 on stack member 2:
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# dot1x port-control auto
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show dot1x [interface interface-id] Displays 802.1X status for the specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-73
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x re-authenticate
dot1x re-authenticate
Use the dot1x re-authenticate privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to manually initiate a re-authentication of all 802.1X-enabled ports or the specified 802.1X-enabled port.
dot1x re-authenticate interface interface-id
Syntax Description interface interface-id Stack switch number, module, and port number of the interface to
re-authenticate.
Defaults There is no default setting.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can use this command to re-authenticate a client without waiting for the configured number of
seconds between re-authentication attempts (re-authperiod) and automatic re-authentication.
Examples This example shows how to manually re-authenticate the device connected to Fast Ethernet interface 0/1
on stack member 2:
Switch# dot1x re-authenticate interface fastethernet2/0/1
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-74 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x re-authentication
dot1x re-authentication
This is an obsolete command.
In past releases, the dot1x re-authentication global configuration command was used on the switch
stack or on a standalone switch to set the amount of time between periodic re-authentication attempts.
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The dot1x reauthentication interface configuration command replaced the
dot1x re-authentication global configuration command.
Related Commands Command Description
dot1x reauthentication Sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts.
show dot1x Displays 802.1X statistics, administrative status, and operational
status for the switch or for the specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-75
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x reauthentication
dot1x reauthentication
Use the dot1x reauthentication interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to enable periodic re-authentication of the client. Use the no form of this command to return to
the default setting.
dot1x reauthentication
no dot1x reauthentication
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Periodic re-authentication is disabled.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced. It replaces the dot1x re-authentication
global configuration command (with the hyphen).
Usage Guidelines You configure the amount of time between periodic re-authentication attempts by using the dot1x
timeout reauth-period interface configuration command.
Examples This example shows how to disable periodic re-authentication of the client:
Switch(config-if)# no dot1x reauthentication
This example shows how to enable periodic re-authentication and to set the number of seconds between
re-authentication attempts to 4000 seconds:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x reauthentication
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout reauth-period 4000
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
dot1x timeout reauth-period Sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts.
show dot1x [interface Displays 802.1X status for the specified interface.
interface-id]
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-76 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x system-auth-control
dot1x system-auth-control
Use the dot1x system-auth-control global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to globally enable 802.1X. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
dot1x system-auth-control
no dot1x system-auth-control
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults 802.1X is disabled.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You must enable authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) and specify the authentication
method list before globally enabling 802.1X. A method list describes the sequence and authentication
methods to be queried to authenticate a user.
Examples This example shows how to globally enable 802.1X on a switch:
Switch(config)# dot1x system-auth-control
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
dot1x port-control Enables manual control of the authorization state of the port.
show dot1x [interface Displays 802.1X status for the specified interface.
interface-id]
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-77
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x timeout
dot1x timeout
Use the dot1x timeout interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to set 802.1X timers. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x timeout {quiet-period seconds | reauth-period seconds | server-timeout seconds |
supp-timeout seconds | tx-period seconds}
no dot1x timeout {quiet-period | reauth-period | server-timeout | supp-timeout | tx-period}
Syntax Description quiet-period seconds Number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a
failed authentication exchange with the client. The range is 1 to 65535.
reauth-period seconds Number of seconds between re-authentication attempts. The range is 1 to
65535.
server-timeout seconds Number of seconds that the switch waits for the retransmission of packets
by the switch to the authentication server. The range is 1 to 65535.
supp-timeout seconds Number of seconds that the switch waits for the retransmission of packets
by the switch to the 802.1X client. The range is 1 to 65535.
tx-period seconds Number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame from the client before retransmitting the
request. The range is 1 to 65535.
Defaults These are the default settings:
reauth-period is 3600 seconds.
quiet-period is 60 seconds.
tx-period is 30 seconds.
supp-timeout is 30 seconds.
server-timeout is 30 seconds.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The supp-timeout and server-timeout keywords were added, and the
command was changed to the interface configuration mode.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-78 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x timeout
Usage Guidelines You should change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances such as
unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers.
The dot1x timeout reauth-period interface configuration command affects the behavior of the switch
only if you have enabled periodic re-authentication by using the dot1x reauthentication interface
configuration command.
During the quiet period, the switch does not accept or initiate any authentication requests. If you want
to provide a faster response time to the user, enter a smaller number than the default.
Examples This example shows how to enable periodic re-authentication and to set 4000 as the number of seconds
between re-authentication attempts:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x reauthentication
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout reauth-period 4000
This example shows how to set 30 seconds as the quiet time on the switch:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout quiet-period 30
This example shows how to set 25 seconds as the switch-to-authentication server retransmission time:
Switch(config)# dot1x timeout server-timeout 25
This example shows how to set 25 seconds as the switch-to-client retransmission time for the EAP
request frame:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout supp-timeout 25
This example shows how to set 60 as the number of seconds to wait for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame from the client before re-transmitting the request:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout tx-period 60
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
dot1x max-req Sets the maximum number of times that the switch sends an
EAP-request/identity frame before restarting the authentication process.
dot1x reauthentication Enables periodic re-authentication of the client.
show dot1x Displays 802.1X status for all interfaces.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-79
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
duplex
duplex
Use the duplex interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to specify
the duplex mode of operation for Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet ports. Use the no form of this
command to return the port to its default value.
duplex {auto | full | half}
no duplex
Syntax Description auto Enable automatic duplex configuration; port automatically detects whether it
should run in full- or half-duplex mode, depending on the attached device mode.
full Enable full-duplex mode.
half Enable half-duplex mode (for Fast Ethernet ports only).
Defaults The default is auto.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command is not available on small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module ports unless a
1000BASE-T SFP module is in the port. All other SFP modules operate only in full-duplex mode.
Certain ports can be configured to be either full duplex or half duplex. Applicability of this command
depends on the device to which the switch is attached.
For Fast Ethernet ports, setting the port to auto has the same effect as specifying half if the attached
device does not autonegotiate the duplex parameter.
For Gigabit Ethernet ports, setting the port to auto has the same effect as specifying full if the attached
device does not autonegotiate the duplex parameter.
You cannot configure duplex mode on SFP module interfaces. However, when a 1000BASE-T SFP
module is in the SFP module port, you can configure duplex mode to auto or full.
If both ends of the line support autonegotiation, we highly recommend using the default autonegotiation
settings. If one interface supports autonegotiation and the other end does not, configure duplex and speed
on both interfaces; do use the auto setting on the supported side.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-80 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
duplex
If the speed is set to auto, the switch negotiates with the device at the other end of the link for the speed
setting and then forces the speed setting to the negotiated value. The duplex setting remains as
configured on each end of the link, which could result in a duplex setting mismatch.
For 10/100/1000 Mbps ports, if both the speed and duplex are set to specific values, autonegotiation is
disabled.
For 10/100 Mbps ports, if both speed and duplex are set to specific values, the link operates at the
negotiated speed and duplex value.
Caution Changing the interface speed and duplex mode configuration might shut down and reenable the interface
during the reconfiguration.
Note For guidelines on setting the switch speed and duplex parameters, refer to the software configuration
guide for this release.
Examples This example shows how to configure an interface for full duplex operation:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Switch(config-if)# duplex full
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces Displays the interface settings on the switch.
speed Sets the speed on a 10/100 or 10/100/1000 Mbps interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-81
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable detect cause
errdisable detect cause
Use the errdisable detect cause global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to enable error disable detection for a specific cause or all causes. Use the no form of this
command to disable the error disable detection feature.
errdisable detect cause {all | dtp-flap | gbic-invalid | link-flap | loopback | pagp-flap}
no errdisable detect cause {all | dtp-flap | gbic-invalid | link-flap | pagp-flap}
Syntax Description all Enable error detection for all error-disable cases.
dtp-flap Enable error detection for the Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) flapping.
gbic-invalid Enable error detection for an invalid GBIC.
Note On the Catalyst 3750 switch, this error refers to an invalid small form-factor
pluggable (SFP) module interface cause.
link-flap Enable error detection for link-state flapping.
loopback Enable error detection for detected loopbacks.
pagp-flap Enable error detection for the Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) flap-error disable
cause.
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the dhcp-rate-limit keyword is not supported.
Defaults Detection is enabled for all causes.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines A cause (dtp-flap, gbic-invalid, link-flap, loopback, and pagp-flap) is the reason why the
error-disabled state occurred. When a cause is detected on an interface, the interface is placed in an
error-disabled state, an operational state similar to link-down state.
If you set a recovery mechanism for the cause by entering the errdisable recovery global configuration
command for the cause, the interface is brought out of the error-disabled state and allowed to retry the
operation when all causes have timed out. If you do not set a recovery mechanism, you must enter the
shutdown and then the no shutdown commands to manually recover an interface from the
error-disabled state.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-82 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable detect cause
Examples This example shows how to enable error disable detection for the link-flap error-disable cause:
Switch(config)# errdisable detect cause link-flap
You can verify your setting by entering the show errdisable detect privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show errdisable detect Displays errdisable detection information.
show interfaces status err-disabled Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in the
error-disabled state.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-83
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable recovery
errdisable recovery
Use the errdisable recovery global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to configure the recover mechanism variables. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
errdisable recovery {cause {all | bpduguard | dtp-flap | gbic-invalid | link-flap | loopback |
pagp-flap | psecure-violation | security-violation | udld | vmps} | {interval interval}
no errdisable recovery {cause {all | bpduguard | dtp-flap | gbic-invalid | link-flap | loopback |
pagp-flap | psecure-violation | security-violation | udld | vmps} | {interval interval}
Syntax Description cause Enable error disable to recover from a specific cause.
all Enable the timer to recover from all error-disable causes.
bpduguard Enable the timer to recover from the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard
error-disable state.
dtp-flap Enable the timer to recover from the Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) flap
error-disable state.
gbic-invalid Enable the timer to recover from an invalid GBIC error-disable state.
Note On the Catalyst 3750 switch, this error refers to an invalid small
form-factor pluggable (SFP) interface state.
link-flap Enable the timer to recover from the link-flap error-disable state.
loopback Enable the timer to recover from a loopback error-disable state.
pagp-flap Enable the timer to recover from the Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP)-flap
error-disable state.
psecure-violation Enable the timer to recover from a port security violation disable state.
security-violation Enable the timer to recover from an 802.1X violation disable state
udld Enable the timer to recover from the UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD)
error-disable state.
vmps Enable the timer to recover from the VLAN Membership Policy Server
(VMPS) error-disable state.
interval interval Specify the time to recover from the specified error-disable state. The range
is 30 to 86400 seconds. The same interval is applied to all causes. The default
interval is 300 seconds.
Note The errdisable recovery timer is initialized at a random differential from
the configured interval value. The difference between the actual timeout
value and the configured value can be up to 15 percent of the configured
interval.
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the dhcp-rate-limit, unicast-flood, and
channel-misconfig keywords are not supported.
Defaults Recovery is disabled for all causes.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-84 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable recovery
The default recovery interval is 300 seconds.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The security-violation keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines A cause (bpduguard, dtp-flap, gbic-invalid, link-flap, loopback, pagp-flap, psecure-violation,
security-violation, udld, vmps) is defined as the reason why the error-disabled state occurred. When a
cause is detected on an interface, the interface is placed in error-disabled state, an operational state
similar to link-down state. If you do not enable errdisable recovery for the cause, the interface stays in
error-disabled state until you enter a shutdown and no shutdown interface configuration command. If
you enable the recovery for a cause, the interface is brought out of the error-disabled state and allowed
to retry the operation again when all the causes have timed out.
Otherwise, you must enter the shutdown then no shutdown commands to manually recover an interface
from the error-disabled state.
Examples This example shows how to enable the recovery timer for the BPDU guard error-disable cause:
Switch(config)# errdisable recovery cause bpduguard
This example shows how to set the timer to 500 seconds:
Switch(config)# errdisable recovery interval 500
You can verify your settings by entering the show errdisable recovery privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show errdisable recovery Displays errdisable recovery timer information.
show interfaces status Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled
err-disabled state.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-85
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
flowcontrol
flowcontrol
Use the flowcontrol interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
set the receive flow-control state for an interface. When flow control send is operable and on for a device
and it detects any congestion at its end, it notifies the link partner or the remote device of the congestion
by sending a pause frame. When flow control receive is on for a device and it receives a pause frame, it
stops sending any data packets. This prevents any loss of data packets during the congestion period.
Use the receive off keywords to disable flow control.
flowcontrol receive {desired | off | on}
Note The Catalyst 3750 switch can only receive pause frames.
Syntax Description receive Sets whether the interface can receive flow-control packets from a remote device.
desired Allows an interface to operate with an attached device that is required to send
flow-control packets or with an attached device that is not required to but can send
flow-control packets.
off Turns off an attached device’s ability to send flow-control packets to an interface.
on Allows an interface to operate with an attached device that is required to send
flow-control packets or with an attached device that is not required to but can send
flow-control packets.
Defaults The default is flowcontrol receive off.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The switch does not support sending flow-control pause frames.
Note that the on and desired keywords have the same result.
When you use the flowcontrol command to set a port to control traffic rates during congestion, you are
setting flow control on a port to one of these conditions:
• receive on or desired: The port cannot send out pause frames, but can operate with an attached
device that is required to or is able to send pause frames; the port is able to receive pause frames.
• receive off: Flow control does not operate in either direction. In case of congestion, no indication
is given to the link partner and no pause frames are sent or received by either device.
Table 2-5 shows the flow control results on local and remote ports for a combination of settings. The
table assumes that receive desired has the same results as using the receive on keywords.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-86 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
flowcontrol
Table 2-5 Flow Control Settings and Local and Remote Port Flow Control Resolution
Flow Control Settings Flow Control Resolution
Local Device Remote Device Local Device Remote Device
send off/receive on send on/receive on Receives only Sends and receives
send on/receive off Receives only Sends only
send desired/receive on Receives only Sends and receives
send desired/receive off Receives only Sends only
send off/receive on Receives only Receives only
send off/receive off Does not send or receive Does not send or receive
send off/receive off send on/receive on Does not send or receive Does not send or receive
send on/receive off Does not send or receive Does not send or receive
send desired/receive on Does not send or receive Does not send or receive
send desired/receive off Does not send or receive Does not send or receive
send off/receive on Does not send or receive Does not send or receive
send off/receive off Does not send or receive Does not send or receive
Examples This example shows how to configure the local port to not support flow control by the remote port:
Switch(config-if)# flowcontrol receive off
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces Displays the interface settings on the switch, including input and output flow
control.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-87
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
interface port-channel
interface port-channel
Use the interface port-channel global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to access or create the port-channel logical interface. Use the no form of this command to remove
the port-channel.
interface port-channel port-channel-number
no interface port-channel port-channel-number
Syntax Description port-channel-number Port-channel number. The range is 1 to12.
Defaults No port-channel logical interfaces are defined.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines For Layer 2 EtherChannels, you do not have to create a port-channel interface first before assigning a
physical interface to a channel group. Instead, you can use the channel-group interface configuration
command. It automatically creates the port-channel interface when the channel group gets its first
physical interface. If you create the port-channel interface first, the channel-group-number can be the
same as the port-channel-number, or you can use a new number. If you use a new number, the
channel-group command dynamically creates a new port channel.
You create Layer 3 port channels by using the interface port-channel command followed by the no
switchport interface configuration command. You should manually configure the port-channel logical
interface before putting the interface into the channel group.
Only one port channel in a channel group is allowed.
Caution When using a port-channel interface as a routed interface, do not assign Layer 3 addresses on the
physical interfaces that are assigned to the channel group.
Caution Do not assign bridge groups on the physical interfaces in a channel group used as a Layer 3 port-channel
interface because it creates loops. You must also disable spanning tree.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-88 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
interface port-channel
Follow these guidelines when you use the interface port-channel command:
• If you want to use the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), you must configure it only on the physical
interface and not on the port-channel interface.
• Do not configure a port that is an active member of an EtherChannel as an 802.1X port. If 802.1X
is enabled on a not-yet active port of an EtherChannel, the port does not join the EtherChannel.
For a complete list of configuration guidelines, refer to the “Configuring EtherChannels” chapter in the
software guide for this release.
Examples This example shows how to create a port-channel interface with a port channel number of 5:
Switch(config)# interface port-channel 5
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC or show
etherchannel channel-group-number detail privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
channel-group Assigns an Ethernet interface to an EtherChannel group.
show etherchannel Displays EtherChannel information for a channel.
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for
Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration
File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-89
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
interface range
interface range
Use the interface range global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
enter interface range configuration mode and to execute a command on multiple ports at the same time.
Use the no form of this command to remove an interface range.
interface range {port-range | macro name}
no interface range {port-range | macro name}
Syntax Description port-range Port range. For a list of valid values for port-range, see the “Usage Guidelines”
section.
macro name Specify the name of a macro.
Defaults This command has no default setting.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When you enter interface range configuration mode, all interface parameters you enter are attributed to
all interfaces within the range.
For VLANs, you can use the interface range command only on existing VLAN switch virtual interfaces
(SVIs). To display VLAN SVIs, enter the show running-config privileged EXEC command. VLANs
not displayed cannot be used in the interface range command. The commands entered under interface
range command are applied to all existing VLAN SVIs in the range.
All configuration changes made to an interface range are saved to nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM), but the
interface range itself is not saved to NVRAM.
You can enter the interface range in two ways:
• Specifying up to five interface ranges
• Specifying a previously defined interface-range macro
All interfaces in a range must be the same type; that is, all Fast Ethernet ports, all Gigabit Ethernet ports,
all EtherChannel ports, or all VLANs. However, you can define up to five interface ranges with a single
command, with each range separated by a comma.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-90 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
interface range
Valid values for port-range type and interface:
• vlan vlan-ID - vlan-ID, where VLAN ID is from 1 to 4094
• fastethernet stack member/module/{first port} - {last port}, where switch is the switch number and
module is 0
• gigabitethernet stack member/module/{first port} - {last port}, where switch is the switch number
and module is 0
For physical interfaces:
– stack member is the number used to identify the switch within the stack. The number ranges
from 1 to 9 and is assigned to the switch the first time the stack member initializes.
– module is always 0
– the range is type stack member/0/number - number (for example, gigabitethernet1/0/1 - 2)
• port-channel port-channel-number - port-channel-number, where port-channel-number is from 1
to 12
Note When you use the interface range command with port channels, the first and last port channel number
in the range must be active port channels.
When you define a range, you must enter a space between the first entry and the hyphen (-):
interface range gigabitethernet1/0/1 -2
When you define multiple ranges, you must still enter a space after the first entry, before the comma (,):
interface range fastethernet1/0/3 , gigabitethernet1/0/1 - 2
interface range gigabitethernet1/0/3 -5, gigabitethernet1/0/7 -8
You cannot specify both a macro and an interface range in the same command.
A single interface can also be specified in port-range (this would make the command similar to the
interface interface-id global configuration command).
Note For more information about configuring interface ranges, refer to the software configuration guide for
this release.
Examples This example shows how to use the interface range command to enter interface range configuration
mode to apply commands to two ports:
Switch(config)# interface range gigabitethernet1/0/1 - 2
Switch(config-if-range)#
This example shows how to use a port-range macro macro1 for the same function. The advantage is that
you can reuse macro1 until you delete it.
Switch(config)# define interface-range macro1 gigabitethernet1/0/1 - 2
Switch(config)# interface range macro macro1
Switch(config-if-range)#
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-91
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
interface range
Related Commands Command Description
define interface-range Creates an interface range macro.
show running-config Displays the configuration information currently running on the switch. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management
Commands > Configuration File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-92 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
interface vlan
interface vlan
Use the interface vlan global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
create or access a dynamic switch virtual interface (SVI) and to enter interface configuration mode. Use the
no form of this command to delete an SVI.
interface vlan vlan-id
no interface vlan vlan-id
Syntax Description vlan-id VLAN number. The range is 1 to 4094.
Defaults The default VLAN interface is VLAN 1.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You cannot delete the VLAN 1 interface.
SVIs are created the first time that you enter the interface vlan vlan-id command for a particular vlan.
The vlan-id corresponds to the VLAN-tag associated with data frames on an ISL or 802.1Q encapsulated
trunk or the VLAN ID configured for an access port.
Note When you create an SVI, it does not become active until it is associated with a physical port.
If you delete an SVI by entering the no interface vlan vlan-id command, the deleted interface is no
longer visible in the output from the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
You can reinstate a deleted SVI by entering the interface vlan vlan-id command for the deleted
interface. The interface comes back up, but much of the previous configuration will be gone.
The interrelationship between the number of SVIs configured on a switch stack and the number of other
features being configured might have an impact on CPU utilization due to hardware limitations. You can
use the sdm prefer global configuration command to reallocate system hardware resources based on
templates and feature tables. For more information, see the sdm prefer command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-93
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
interface vlan
Examples This example shows how to create a new SVI with VLAN ID 23 and enter interface configuration mode:
Switch(config)# interface vlan 23
Switch(config-if)#
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces and show interfaces vlan vlan-id privileged
EXEC commands.
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces vlan vlan-id Displays the administrative and operational status of all
interfaces or the specified VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-94 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
ip access-group
ip access-group
Use the ip access-group interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to control access to a Layer 2 or Layer 3 interface. Use the no form of this command to remove all access
groups or the specified access group from the interface.
ip access-group {access-list-number | name} {in | out}
no ip access-group [access-list-number | name] {in | out}
Syntax Description access-list-number The number of the IP access control list (ACL). The range is 1 to 199 or
1300 to 2699.
name The name of an IP ACL, specified in the ip access-list global configuration
command.
in Specify filtering on inbound packets.
out Specify filtering on outbound packets. This keyword is valid only on
Layer 3 interfaces.
Defaults No access list is applied to the interface.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 This command support was extended to Layer 2 interfaces.
Usage Guidelines You can apply named or numbered standard or extended IP access lists to an interface. To define an
access list by name, use the ip access-list global configuration command. To define a numbered access
list, use the access list global configuration command. You can used numbered standard access lists
ranging from 1 to 99 and 1300 to 1999 or extended access lists ranging from 100 to 199 and 2000 to
2699.
You can use this command to apply an access list to a Layer 2 or Layer 3 interface. However, note these
limitations for Layer 2 interfaces (port ACLs):
• You can only apply ACLs in the inbound direction; the out keyword is not supported for Layer 2
interfaces.
• You can only apply one IP ACL and one MAC ACL per interface.
• Layer 2 interfaces do not support logging; if the log keyword is specified in the IP ACL, it is
ignored.
• An IP ACL applied to a Layer 2 interface only filters IP packets. To filter non-IP packets, use the
mac access-group interface configuration command with MAC extended ACLs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-95
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
ip access-group
You can use router ACLs, input port ACLs, and VLAN maps on the same switch. However, a port ACL
takes precedence over a router ACL or VLAN map.
• When an input port ACL is applied to an interface and a VLAN map is applied to a VLAN that the
interface is a member of, incoming packets received on ports with the ACL applied are filtered by
the port ACL. Other packets are filtered by the VLAN map.
• When an input router ACL and input port ACLs exist in an switch virtual interface (SVI), incoming
packets received on ports to which a port ACL is applied are filtered by the port ACL. Incoming
routed IP packets received on other ports are filtered by the router ACL. Other packets are not
filtered.
• When an output router ACL and input port ACLs exist in an SVI, incoming packets received on the
ports to which a port ACL is applied are filtered by the port ACL. Outgoing routed IP packets are
filtered by the router ACL. Other packets are not filtered.
• When a VLAN map, input router ACLs, and input port ACLs exist in an SVI, incoming packets
received on the ports to which a port ACL is applied are only filtered by the port ACL. Incoming
routed IP packets received on other ports are filtered by both the VLAN map and the router ACL.
Other packets are filtered only by the VLAN map.
• When a VLAN map, output router ACLs, and input port ACLs exist in an SVI, incoming packets
received on the ports to which a port ACL is applied are only filtered by the port ACL. Outgoing
routed IP packets are filtered by both the VLAN map and the router ACL. Other packets are filtered
only by the VLAN map.
You can apply IP ACLs to both outbound or inbound Layer 3 interfaces.
A Layer 3 interface can have one IP ACL applied in each direction.
You can configure only one VLAN map and one router ACL in each direction (input/output) on a VLAN
interface.
For standard inbound access lists, after the switch receives a packet, it checks the source address of the
packet against the access list. IP extended access lists can optionally check other fields in the packet,
such as the destination IP address, protocol type, or port numbers. If the access list permits the packet,
the switch continues to process the packet. If the access list denies the packet, the switch discards the
packet. If the access list has been applied to a Layer 3 interface, discarding a packet (by default) causes
the generation of an Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) Host Unreachable message. ICMP Host
Unreachable messages are not generated for packets discarded on a Layer 2 interface.
For standard outbound access lists, after receiving a packet and sending it to a controlled interface, the
switch checks the packet against the access list. If the access list permits the packet, the switch sends the
packet. If the access list denies the packet, the switch discards the packet and, by default, generates an
ICMP Host Unreachable message.
If the specified access list does not exist, all packets are passed.
Examples This example shows how to apply IP access list 101 to inbound packets on Gigabit Ethernet interface
0/1 on stack member 1:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Switch(config-if)# ip access-group 101 in
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip interface, show access-lists, or show ip
access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-96 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
ip access-group
Related Commands Command Description
access list Configures a numbered ACL. For syntax information, select Cisco
IOS IP and IP Routing Command Reference for IOS Release
12.1 > IP Addressing and Services > IP Services Commands.
ip access-list Configures a named ACL. For syntax information, select Cisco
IOS IP and IP Routing Command Reference for IOS Release
12.1 > IP Addressing and Services > IP Services Commands.
show access-lists Displays ACLs configured on the switch.
show ip access-lists Displays IP ACLs configured on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS IP and IP Routing Command
Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > IP Addressing and Services >
IP Services Commands.
show ip interface Displays information about interface status and configuration. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS IP and IP Routing
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > IP Addressing and
Services > IP Addressing Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-97
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
ip address
ip address
Use the ip address interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
set an IP address for the Layer 2 switch or an IP address for each switch virtual interface (SVI) or routed
port on the Layer 3 switch. Use the no form of this command to remove an IP address or to disable IP
processing.
ip address ip-address subnet-mask [secondary]
no ip address [ip-address subnet-mask] [secondary]
Syntax Description ip-address IP address.
subnet-mask Mask for the associated IP subnet.
secondary (Optional) Specifies that the configured address is a secondary IP address. If
this keyword is omitted, the configured address is the primary IP address.
Defaults No IP address is defined.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If you remove the switch IP address through a Telnet session, your connection to the switch will be lost.
Hosts can determine subnet masks using the Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) Mask Request
message. Routers respond to this request with an ICMP Mask Reply message.
You can disable IP processing on a particular interface by removing its IP address with the no ip address
command. If the switch detects another host using one of its IP addresses, it will send an error message
to the console.
You can use the optional keyword secondary to specify an unlimited number of secondary addresses.
Secondary addresses are treated like primary addresses, except the system never generates datagrams
other than routing updates with secondary source addresses. IP broadcasts and ARP requests are handled
properly, as are interface routes in the IP routing table.
Note If any router on a network segment uses a secondary address, all other devices on that same segment
must also use a secondary address from the same network or subnet. Inconsistent use of secondary
addresses on a network segment can very quickly cause routing loops.
When you are routing Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), ensure that all secondary addresses of an
interface fall into the same OSPF area as the primary addresses.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-98 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
ip address
If your switch receives its IP address from a Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) or Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server and you remove the switch IP address by using the no ip address
command, IP processing is disabled, and the BOOTP or DHCP server cannot reassign the address.
A Layer 3 switch can have an IP address assigned to each routed port and SVI. The number of routed
ports and SVIs that you can configure is not limited by software; however, the interrelationship between
this number and the number of other features being configured might have an impact on CPU utilization
due to hardware limitations. You can use the sdm prefer global configuration command to reallocate
system hardware resources based on templates and feature tables. For more information, see the sdm
prefer command.
Examples This example shows how to configure the IP address for the Layer 2 switch on a subnetted network:
Switch(config)# interface vlan 1
Switch(config-if)# ip address 172.20.128.2 255.255.255.0
This example shows how to configure the IP address for a port on the Layer 3 switch:
Switch(config)# ip multicast-routing
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet6/0/1
Switch(config-if)# no switchport
Switch(config-if)# ip address 172.20.128.2 255.255.255.0
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for
Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration
File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-99
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp filter
ip igmp filter
Use the ip igmp filter interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to control whether or not all hosts on a Layer 2 interface can join one or more IP multicast groups by
applying an Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) profile to the interface. Use the no form of
this command to remove the specified profile from the interface.
ip igmp filter profile number
no ip igmp filter
Syntax Description profile number The IGMP profile number to be applied. The range is 1 to 4294967295.
Defaults No IGMP filters are applied.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can apply IGMP filters only to Layer 2 physical interfaces; you cannot apply IGMP filters to routed
ports, switch virtual interfaces (SVIs), or ports that belong to an EtherChannel group.
An IGMP profile can be applied to one or more switch port interfaces, but one port can have only one
profile applied to it.
Examples This example shows how to apply IGMP profile 22 to an interface.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/12
Switch(config-if)# ip igmp filter 22
You can verify your setting by using the show running-config privileged EXEC command and by
specifying an interface.
Related Commands Command Description
ip igmp profile Configures the specified IGMP profile number.
show ip igmp profile Displays the characteristics of the specified IGMP profile.
show running-config interface Displays the running configuration on the switch interface, including
interface-id the IGMP profile (if any) that is applied to an interface. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management
Commands > Configuration File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-100 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp max-groups
ip igmp max-groups
Use the ip igmp max-groups interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to set the maximum number of Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) groups that a
Layer 2 interface can join. Use the no form of this command to set the maximum back to the default,
which is to have no maximum limit.
ip igmp max-groups number
no ip igmp max-groups
Syntax Description number The maximum number of IGMP groups that an interface can join. The range is 0 to
4294967294. The default is no limit.
Defaults No limit.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can use this command only on Layer 2 physical interfaces; you cannot set IGMP maximum groups
for routed ports, switch virtual interfaces (SVIs), or ports that belong to an EtherChannel group.
Examples This example shows how to limit the number of IGMP groups that an interface can join to 25.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/12
Switch(config-if)# ip igmp max-groups 25
You can verify your setting by using the show running-config privileged EXEC command and by
specifying an interface.
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config interface Displays the running configuration on the switch interface, including
interface-id the maximum number of IGMP groups that an interface can join. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management
Commands > Configuration File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-101
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp profile
ip igmp profile
Use the ip igmp profile global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
create an Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) profile and enter IGMP profile configuration
mode. From this mode, you can specify the configuration of the IGMP profile to be used for filtering
IGMP membership reports from a switchport. Use the no form of this command to delete the IGMP
profile.
ip igmp profile profile number
no ip igmp profile profile number
Syntax Description profile number The IGMP profile number being configured. The range is 1 to 4294967295.
Defaults No IGMP profiles are defined. When configured, the default action for matching an IGMP profile is to
deny matching addresses.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When you are in IGMP profile configuration mode, you can create the profile by using these commands:
• deny: specifies that matching addresses are denied; this is the default condition.
• exit: exits from igmp-profile configuration mode.
• no: negates a command or resets to its defaults.
• permit: specifies that matching addresses are permitted.
• range: specifies a range of IP addresses for the profile. This can be a single IP address or a range
with a start and an end address.
When entering a range, enter the low IP multicast address, a space, and the high IP multicast address.
You can apply an IGMP profile to one or more Layer 2 interfaces, but each interface can have only one
profile applied to it.
Examples This example shows how to configure IGMP profile 40 that permits the specified range of IP multicast
addresses.
Switch(config)# ip igmp profile 40
Switch(config-igmp-profile)# permit
Switch(config-igmp-profile)# range 233.1.1.1 233.255.255.255
You can verify your settings by using the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-102 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp profile
Related Commands Command Description
ip igmp filter Applies the IGMP profile to the specified interface.
show ip igmp profile Displays the characteristics of all IGMP profiles or the specified
IGMP profile number.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-103
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping
ip igmp snooping
Use the ip igmp snooping global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to globally enable Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping on the switch or to enable it
on a VLAN. Use the command with keywords to enable and configure IGMP snooping on a VLAN
interface. Use the no form of this command to disable IGMP snooping or to reset the parameters to the
default settings.
ip igmp snooping [vlan vlan-id [immediate-leave | mrouter {interface interface-id | learn {cgmp
| pim-dvmrp}} | static ip-address interface interface-id]]
no ip igmp snooping [vlan vlan-id [immediate-leave | mrouter {interface interface-id | learn
{cgmp | pim-dvmrp}} | static ip-address interface interface-id]]
Syntax Description vlan vlan-id (Optional) When used with other keywords, enable IGMP snooping on a
VLAN interface. Use the no form of this command to disable IGMP
snooping on a VLAN interface. The range is 1 to 4094.
immediate-leave (Optional) Enable IGMP immediate-leave processing on a VLAN interface.
Use the no form of the command to disable the Immediate Leave feature on
the interface.
mrouter (Optional) Add a multicast router port or configure the multicast router
learning method. The no form of the command removes the configuration.
interface interface-id (Optional) With mrouter, specify the next-hop interface to the multicast
router.
With static, specify the interface of the member port. It can be one of these
values:
• fastethernet interface number—a Fast Ethernet 802.3 interface.
• gigabitethernet interface number—a Gigabit Ethernet 802.3Z interface.
• port-channel interface number—a channel interface. The range is 0 to
12.
learn (Optional) With mrouter, specify the multicast router learning method.
cgmp Set the switch to learn multicast router ports by snooping on Cisco Group
Management Protocol (CGMP) packets.
pim-dvmrp Set the switch to learn multicast router ports by snooping on IGMP queries
and Protocol-Independent Multicast-Distance Vector Multicast Routing
Protocol (PIM-DVMRP) packets.
static ip-address (Optional) Add a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast group with the
specified group IP address.
Note Though visible in the command-line help string, the report-suppression, source-only-learning, and tcn
keywords are not supported.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-104 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping
Defaults IGMP snooping is globally enabled on the switch.
IGMP snooping is enabled on VLAN interfaces.
IGMP immediate-leave processing is disabled.
The default learning method is pim-dvmrp—to snoop IGMP queries and PIM-DVMRP packets.
By default, there are no ports specified as members of a static multicast group.
By default, there are no multicast router ports.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When IGMP snooping is enabled globally, it is enabled in all the existing VLAN interfaces. When IGMP
snooping is disabled globally, it is disabled on all the existing VLAN interfaces.
You should only configure the Immediate Leave feature when there is a maximum of one receiver on
every port in the VLAN. The configuration is saved in nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM).
The Immediate Leave feature is supported only with IGMP version 2 hosts.
The CGMP learn method is useful for reducing control traffic.
The static keyword is used for configuring the IGMP member ports statically.
The enabled configuration (globally or per VLAN), the learn method, and the static ports and groups are
saved in nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM).
Examples This example shows how to globally enable IGMP snooping:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping
This example shows how to globally disable IGMP snooping:
Switch(config)# no ip igmp snooping
This example shows how to enable IGMP snooping on VLAN 1:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1
This example shows how to disable IGMP snooping on VLAN 1:
Switch(config)# no ip igmp snooping vlan 1
This example shows how to enable IGMP immediate-leave processing on VLAN 1:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 immediate-leave
This example shows how to disable IGMP immediate-leave processing on VLAN 1:
Switch(config)# no ip igmp snooping vlan 1 immediate-leave
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-105
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping
This example shows how to configure Gigabit Ethernet interface 2 on stack member 1 as a multicast
router port:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 mrouter interface gigabitethernet1/0/2
This example shows how to specify the multicast router learning method as CGMP:
Switch(config)# no ip igmp snooping vlan 1 mrouter learn cgmp
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show ip igmp snooping Displays the snooping configuration.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter Displays the IGMP snooping router ports.
show ip igmp snooping multicast Displays IGMP snooping multicast information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-106 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
lacp port-priority
lacp port-priority
Use the lacp port-priority interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to configure the port priority for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP). Use the no form
of this command to return to the default setting.
lacp port-priority priority
no lacp port-priority
Syntax Description priority Port priority for LACP. The range is 1 to 65535.
Defaults The default is 32768.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command takes effect only on EtherChannel interfaces that are already configured for LACP.
The software assigns to every link between systems that operate LACP a unique priority made up of the
system priority, system ID, port priority, and the port number. In priority comparisons, numerically
lower values have higher priority. The priority determines which ports should be put in standby mode
when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating.
Ports are considered for active use in aggregation in link-priority order starting with the port attached to
the highest priority link. Each port is selected for active use if the preceding higher priority selections
can also be maintained. Otherwise, the port is selected for standby mode. Use the show etherchannel
summary privileged EXEC command to see which ports are in the hot-standby mode (denoted with an
H port-state flag).
The lower the priority, the more likely that the interface will be used for LACP transmission.
For information about configuring LACP on physical interfaces, refer to the “Configuring
EtherChannels” chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples This example shows how to configure the LACP port priority on Gigabit Ethernet interface 0/1 on stack
member 2:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# lacp port-priority 1000
You can verify your settings by entering the show lacp [channel-group-number] internal privileged
EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-107
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
lacp port-priority
Related Commands Command Description
channel-group Assigns an Ethernet interface to an EtherChannel group.
lacp system-priority Configures the LACP system priority.
show lacp [channel-group-number] Displays internal information for all channel groups or for
internal the specified channel group.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-108 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
lacp system-priority
lacp system-priority
Use the lacp system-priority global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to configure the system priority for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP). Use the no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
lacp system-priority priority
no lacp system-priority
Syntax Description priority System priority for LACP. The range is 1 to 65535.
Defaults The default is 32768.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Although this is a global configuration command, the priority takes effect only on EtherChannels that
have physical interfaces that are already configured for LACP.
The software assigns to every link between systems that operate LACP a unique priority made up of the
system priority, system ID, port priority, and the port number. In priority comparisons, numerically
lower values have higher priority. The priority determines which ports should be put in standby mode
when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating.
Ports are considered for active use in aggregation in link-priority order, starting with the port attached
to the highest priority link. Each port is selected for active use if the preceding higher priority selections
can also be maintained. Otherwise, the port is selected for standby mode. Use the show etherchannel
summary privileged EXEC command to see which ports are in the hot-standby mode (denoted with an
H port-state flag).
The lower the priority, the more likely that the interface will be used for LACP transmission.
For more information about configuring LACP on physical interfaces, refer to the “Configuring
EtherChannels” chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples This example shows how to set the LACP system priority:
Switch(config)# lacp system-priority 20000
You can verify your settings by entering the show lacp sys-id privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-109
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
lacp system-priority
Related Commands Command Description
channel-group Assigns an Ethernet interface to an EtherChannel group.
lacp port-priority Configures the LACP port priority.
show lacp sys-id Display the system identifier that is being used by LACP.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-110 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
logging file
logging file
Use the logging file global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to set
logging file parameters. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
logging file filesystem:filename [max-file-size [min-file-size]] [severity-level-number | type]
no logging file filesystem:filename [severity-level-number | type]
Syntax Description filesystem:filename Alias for a Flash file system. Contains the path and name of the file that
contains the log messages.
The syntax for the local Flash file system on the stack member or the stack
master:
flash:
From the stack master, the syntax for the local Flash file system on a stack
member:
flash member number
max-file-size (Optional) Specify the maximum logging file size. The range is 4096 to
2147483647.
min-file-size (Optional) Specify the minimum logging file size. The range is 1024 to
2147483647.
severity-level-number (Optional) Specify the logging severity level. The range is 0 to 7. See the
type option for the meaning of each level.
type (Optional) Specify the logging type. These keywords are valid:
• emergencies—System is unusable (severity 0).
• alerts—Immediate action needed (severity 1).
• critical—Critical conditions (severity 2).
• errors—Error conditions (severity 3).
• warnings—Warning conditions (severity 4).
• notifications—Normal but significant messages (severity 5).
• information—Information messages (severity 6).
• debugging—Debugging messages (severity 7).
Defaults The minimum file size is 2048 bytes; the maximum file size is 4096 bytes.
The default severity level is 7 (debugging messages and numerically lower levels).
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-111
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
logging file
Usage Guidelines The log file is stored in ASCII text format in an internal buffer on a standalone switch, and in the case
of a switch stack, on the stack master. If a standalone switch or the stack master fails, the log is lost
unless you had previously saved it to Flash memory by using the logging file flash:filename global
configuration command.
After saving the log to Flash memory by using the logging file flash:filename global configuration
command, you can use the more flash:filename privileged EXEC command to display its contents.
The command rejects the minimum file size if it is greater than the maximum file size minus 1024; the
minimum file size then becomes the maximum file size minus 1024.
Specifying a level causes messages at that level and numerically lower levels to be displayed.
Examples This example shows how to save informational log messages to a file in Flash memory:
Switch(config)# logging file flash:logfile informational
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for
Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration
File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-112 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mac access-group
mac access-group
Use the mac access-group interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to apply a MAC access control list (ACL) to a Layer 2 interface. Use the no form of this command
to remove all MAC ACLs or the specified MAC ACL from the interface. You create the MAC ACL by
using the mac access-list extended global configuration command.
mac access-group {name} in
no mac access-group {name}
Syntax Description name Specify a named MAC access list.
in Specify that the ACL is applied in the ingress direction. Outbound ACLs are not
supported on Layer 2 interfaces.
Defaults No MAC ACL is applied to the interface.
Command Modes Interface configuration (Layer 2 interfaces only)
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can apply MAC ACLs only to ingress Layer 2 interfaces. You cannot apply MAC ACLs to Layer 3
interfaces.
On Layer 2 interfaces, you can filter IP traffic by using IP access lists and non-IP traffic by using MAC
access lists. You can filter both IP and non-IP traffic on the same Layer 2 interface by applying both an
IP ACL and a MAC ACL to the interface. You can apply no more than one IP access list and one MAC
access list to the same Layer 2 interface.
If a MAC ACL is already configured on a Layer 2 interface and you apply a new MAC ACL to the
interface, the new ACL replaces the previously configured one.
If you apply an ACL to a Layer 2 interface on a switch, and the switch has an input Layer 3 ACL or a
VLAN map applied to a VLAN that the interface is a member of, the ACL applied to the Layer 2
interface takes precedence.
When an inbound packet is received on an interface with a MAC ACL applied, the switch checks the
match conditions in the ACL. If the conditions are matched, the switch forwards or drops the packet,
according to the ACL.
If the specified ACL does not exist, the switch forwards all packets.
Note For more information about configuring MAC extended ACLs, refer to the “Configuring Network
Security with ACLs” chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-113
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mac access-group
Examples This example shows how to apply a MAC extended ACL named macacl2 to an interface:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Switch(config-if)# mac access-group macacl2 in
You can verify your settings by entering the show mac access-group privileged EXEC command. You
can view configured ACLs on the switch by entering the show access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show access-lists Displays the ACLs configured on the switch.
show mac access-group Displays the MAC ACLs configured on the switch.
show running-config Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management
Commands > Configuration File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-114 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mac access-list extended
mac access-list extended
Use the mac access-list extended global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to create an access list based on MAC addresses for non-IP traffic. Using this command puts you
in the extended MAC access list configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
Note You cannot apply named MAC extended ACLs to Layer 3 interfaces.
mac access-list extended name
no mac access-list extended name
Syntax Description name Assign a name to the MAC extended access list.
Defaults By default, there are no MAC access lists created.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines MAC named extended lists are used with VLAN maps and class maps.
You can apply named MAC extended ACLs to VLAN maps or to Layer 2 interfaces; you cannot apply
named MAC extended ACLs to Layer 3 interfaces.
Entering the mac access-list extended command enables the MAC-access list configuration mode.
These configuration commands are available:
• default: sets a command to its default.
• deny: specifies packets to reject. For more information, see the deny MAC-access list configuration
command.
• exit: exits from MAC-access list configuration mode.
• no: negates a command or sets its defaults.
• permit: specifies packets to forward. For more information, see the permit command.
Note For more information about MAC extended access lists, refer to the software configuration guide for this
release.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-115
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mac access-list extended
Examples This example shows how to create a MAC named extended access list named mac1 and to enter extended
MAC access list configuration mode:
Switch(config)# mac access-list extended mac1
Switch(config-ext-macl)#
This example shows how to delete MAC named extended access list mac1:
Switch(config)# no mac access-list extended mac1
You can verify your settings by entering the show access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
deny Configures the MAC ACL (in extended MAC-access list configuration
permit mode).
show access-lists Displays the access lists configured on the switch.
vlan access-map Defines a VLAN map and enters access-map configuration mode where you
can specify a MAC ACL to match and the action to be taken.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-116 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mac-address-table aging-time
mac-address-table aging-time
Use the mac-address-table aging-time global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to set the length of time that a dynamic entry remains in the MAC address table after
the entry is used or updated. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting. The aging
time applies to all VLANs or a specified VLAN.
mac-address-table aging-time {0 | 10-1000000} [vlan vlan-id]
no mac-address-table aging-time {0 | 10-1000000} [vlan vlan-id]
Syntax Description 0 This value disables aging. Static address entries are never aged or removed from
the table.
10-100000 Aging time in seconds. The range is 10 to 1000000 seconds.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Specify the VLAN ID to which to apply the aging time. The range is
1 to 4094.
Defaults The default is 300 seconds.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If hosts do not send continuously, increase the aging time to record the dynamic entries for a longer time.
Increasing the time can reduce the possibility of flooding when the hosts send again.
If you do not specify a specific VLAN, this command sets the aging time for all VLANs.
Examples This example shows how to set the aging time to 200 seconds for all VLANs:
Switch(config)# mac-address-table aging-time 200
You can verify your setting by entering the show mac-address-table aging-time privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show mac-address-table aging-time Displays the MAC address table aging time for all VLANs
or the specified VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-117
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mac-address-table notification
mac-address-table notification
Use the mac-address-table notification global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to enable the MAC address notification feature on the switch stack. Use the no form
of this command to return to the default setting.
mac-address-table notification [history-size value] | [interval value]
no mac-address-table notification [history-size | interval]
Syntax Description history-size value (Optional) Configure the maximum number of entries in the MAC
notification history table. The range is 1 to 500 entries.
interval value (Optional) Set the notification trap interval. The switch stack sends the
notification traps when this amount of time has elapsed. The range is 0 to
2147483647 seconds.
Defaults By default, the MAC address notification feature is disabled.
The default trap interval value is 1 second.
The default number of entries in the history table is 1.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The MAC address notification feature sends Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps to the
network management system (NMS) whenever a new MAC address is added or an old address is deleted
from the forwarding tables. MAC notifications are generated only for dynamic and secure MAC
addresses. Events are not generated for self addresses, multicast addresses, or other static addresses.
When you configure the history-size option, the existing MAC address history table is deleted, and a
new table is created.
You enable the MAC address notification feature by using the mac-address-table notification
command. You must also enable MAC address notification traps on an interface by using the snmp trap
mac-notification interface configuration command and configure the switch to send MAC address traps
to the NMS by using the snmp-server enable traps mac-notification global configuration command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-118 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mac-address-table notification
Examples This example shows how to enable the mac-address-table notification feature, set the interval time to
60 seconds, and set the history-size to 100 entries:
Switch(config)# mac-address-table notification
Switch(config)# mac-address-table notification interval 60
Switch(config)# mac-address-table notification history-size 100
You can verify your settings by entering the show mac-address-table notification privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
clear mac-address-table notification Clears the MAC address notification global counters.
show mac-address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings on all
interfaces or on the specified interface.
snmp-server enable traps Sends the SNMP MAC notification traps when the
mac-notification keyword is appended.
snmp trap mac-notification Enables the SNMP MAC notification trap on a specific
interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-119
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mac-address-table static
mac-address-table static
Use the mac-address-table static global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to add static addresses to the MAC address table. Use the no form of this command to remove
static entries from the table.
mac-address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id interface interface-id
no mac-address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id interface interface-id
Syntax Description mac-addr Destination MAC address (unicast or multicast) to add to the address
table. Packets with this destination address received in the specified
VLAN are forwarded to the specified interface.
vlan vlan-id Specify the VLAN for which the packet with the specified MAC address
is received. The range is 1 to 4094.
interface interface-id Interface to which the received packet is forwarded. Valid interfaces
include physical ports and port channels.
Defaults No static addresses are configured.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to add the static address c2f3.220a.12f4 to the MAC address table. When a
packet is received in VLAN 4 with this MAC address as its destination, the packet is forwarded to the
specified interface:
Switch(config)# mac-address-table static c2f3.220a.12f4 vlan 4 interface
gigabitethernet6/0/1
You can verify your setting by entering the show mac-address-table privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show mac-address-table static Displays static MAC address table entries only.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-120 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
match (access-map configuration)
match (access-map configuration)
Use the match access-map configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to set
the VLAN map to match packets against one or more access lists. Use the no form of this command to
remove the match parameters.
match {ip address {name | number} [name | number] [name | number]...} | {mac address {name}
[name] [name]...}
no match {ip address {name | number} [name | number] [name | number]...} | {mac address
{name} [name] [name]...}
Syntax Description ip address Set the access map to match packets against an IP address access list.
mac address Set the access map to match packets against a MAC address access list.
name Name of the access list to match packets against.
number Number of the access list to match packets against. This option is not valid for MAC
access lists.
Defaults The default action is to have no match parameters applied to a VLAN map.
Command Modes Access-map configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You enter access-map configuration mode by using the vlan access-map global configuration command.
You must enter one access list name or number; others are optional. You can match packets against one
or more access lists. Matching any of the lists counts as a match of the entry.
In access-map configuration mode, use the match command to define the match conditions for a VLAN
map applied to a VLAN. Use the action command to set the action that occurs when the packet matches
the conditions.
Packets are matched only against access lists of the same protocol type; IP packets are matched against
IP access lists, and all other packets are matched against MAC access lists.
Both IP and MAC addresses can be specified for the same map entry.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-121
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
match (access-map configuration)
Examples This example shows how to define and apply a VLAN access map vmap4 to VLANs 5 and 6 that will
cause the interface to drop an IP packet if the packet matches the conditions defined in access list al2.
Switch(config)# vlan access-map vmap4
Switch(config-access-map)# match ip address al2
Switch(config-access-map)# action drop
Switch(config-access-map)# exit
Switch(config)# vlan filter vmap4 vlan-list 5-6
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan access-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
access-list Configures a standard numbered ACL. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS IP and IP Routing Command Reference for IOS Release
12.1 > IP Addressing and Services > IP Services Commands.
action Specifies the action to be taken if the packet matches an entry in an
access control list (ACL).
ip access list Creates a named access list. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS
IP and IP Routing Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > IP
Addressing and Services > IP Services Commands.
mac access-list extended Creates a named MAC address access list.
show vlan access-map Displays the VLAN access maps created on the switch.
vlan access-map Creates a VLAN access map.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-122 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
match (class-map configuration)
match (class-map configuration)
Use the match class-map configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to define
the match criteria to classify traffic. Use the no form of this command to remove the match criteria.
match {access-group acl-index-or-name | ip dscp dscp-list | ip precedence ip-precedence-list}
no match {access-group acl-index-or-name | ip dscp dscp-list | ip precedence ip-precedence-list}
Syntax Description access-group Number or name of an IP standard or extended access control list (ACL) or
acl-index-or-name MAC ACL. For an IP standard ACL, the ACL index range is 1 to 99 and 1300
to 1999. For an IP extended ACL, the ACL index range is 100 to 199 and
2000 to 2699.
ip dscp dscp-list List of up to eight IP Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to
match against incoming packets. Separate each value with a space. The range
is 0 to 63. You also can enter a mnemonic name for a commonly-used value.
ip precedence List of up to eight IP-precedence values to match against incoming packets.
ip-precedence-list Separate each value with a space. The range is 0 to 7. You also can enter a
mnemonic name for a commonly-used value
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the any, class-map, destination-address,
input-interface, mpls, not, protocol, and source-address keywords are not supported.
Defaults No match criteria are defined.
Command Modes Class-map configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-123
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
match (class-map configuration)
Usage Guidelines The match command is used to specify which fields in the incoming packets are examined to classify
the packets. Only the IP access group or the MAC access group matching to the Ether Type/Len are
supported.
To define packet classification on a physical-port basis, only one match command per class map is
supported. In this situation, the match-all and match-any keywords are equivalent.
For the match ip dscp dscp-list or the match ip precedence ip-precedence-list command, you can enter
a mnemonic name for a commonly-used value. For example, you can enter the match ip dscp af11
command, which is the same as entering the match ip dscp 10 command. You can enter the match ip
precedence critical command, which is the same as entering the match ip precedence 5 command. For
a list of supported mnemonics, enter the match ip dscp ? or the match ip precedence ? command to
see the command-line help strings.
This example shows how to create a class map called class2, which matches all the incoming traffic with
DSCP values of 10, 11, and 12:
Switch(config)# class-map class2
Switch(config-cmap)# match ip dscp 10 11 12
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
This example shows how to create a class map called class3, which matches all the incoming traffic with
IP-precedence values of 5, 6, and 7:
Switch(config)# class-map class3
Switch(config-cmap)# match ip precedence 5 6 7
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
This example shows how to delete the IP-precedence match criteria and to classify traffic using acl1:
Switch(config)# class-map class2
Switch(config-cmap)# match ip precedence 5 6 7
Switch(config-cmap)# no match ip precedence
Switch(config-cmap)# match access-group acl1
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show class-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
class-map Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name
you specify.
show class-map Displays quality of service (QoS) class maps.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-124 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mdix auto
mdix auto
Use the mdix auto interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
enable the automatic media-dependent-interface crossover (Auto-MDIX) feature on the interface. When
Auto-MDIX is enabled, the interface automatically detects the required cable connection type
(straight-through or crossover) and configures the connection appropriately. Use the no form of this
command to disable Auto-MDIX.
mdix auto
no mdix auto
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults The default is Auto-MDIX disabled.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When you enable Auto-MDIX on an interface, you must also set the speed and duplex on the interface
to auto so that the feature operates correctly.
When Auto-MDIX (along with autonegotiation of speed and duplex) is enabled on one or both of
connected interfaces, link up occurs, even if the cable type (straight through or crossover) is incorrect.
Auto-MDIX is supported on all 10/100 and 10/100/1000-Mbps interfaces and on
10/100/1000BASE-T/TX small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module interfaces. It is not supported on
1000BASE-SX or -LX SFP module interfaces.
Examples This example shows how to enable Auto-MDIX on Gigabit Ethernet interface 0/1 on stack member 1:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Switch(config-if)# speed auto
Switch(config-if)# duplex auto
Switch(config-if)# mdix auto
Switch(config-if)# end
You can verify the operational state of Auto-MDIX on the interface by entering the show controllers
ethernet-controller interface-id phy privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-125
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mdix auto
Related Commands Command Description
show controllers Displays general information about internal registers of an interface,
ethernet-controller including the operational state of Auto-MDIX.
interface-id phy
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-126 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos
mls qos
Use the mls qos global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to enable
quality of service (QoS) for the entire switch. When the mls qos command is entered, QoS is enabled
with the default parameters on all ports in the system. Use the no form of this command to reset all the
QoS-related statistics and to disable the QoS features for the entire switch.
mls qos
no mls qos
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults QoS is disabled. There is no concept of trusted or untrusted ports because the packets are not modified
(the CoS, DSCP, and IP precedence values in the packet are not changed). Traffic is switched in
pass-through mode (packets are switched without any rewrites and classified as best effort without any
policing).
When QoS is enabled with the mls qos global configuration command and all other QoS settings are set
to their defaults, traffic is classified as best effort (the DSCP and CoS value is set to 0) without any
policing. No policy maps are configured. The default port trust state on all ports is untrusted. The default
ingress and egress queue settings are in effect.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines QoS must be globally enabled to use QoS classification, policing, mark down or drop, queueing, and
traffic shaping features. You can create a policy-map and attach it to a port before entering the mls qos
command. However, until you enter the mls qos command, QoS processing is disabled.
Policy-maps and class-maps used to configure QoS are not deleted from the configuration by the no mls
qos command, but entries corresponding to policy maps are removed from the switch hardware to save
system resources. To re-enable QoS with the previous configurations, use the mls qos command.
Toggling the QoS status of the switch with this command modifies (reallocates) the sizes of the queues.
During the queue size modification, the queue is temporarily shut down during the hardware
reconfiguration, and the switch drops newly arrived packets for this queue.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-127
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos
Examples This example shows how to enable QoS on the switch:
Switch(config)# mls qos
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show mls qos Displays QoS information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-128 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos aggregate-policer
mls qos aggregate-policer
Use the mls qos aggregate-policer global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to define policer parameters, which can be shared by multiple classes within the same policy map.
A policer defines a maximum permissible rate of transmission, a maximum burst size for transmissions,
and an action to take if either maximum is exceeded. Use the no form of this command to delete an
aggregate policer.
mls qos aggregate-policer aggregate-policer-name rate-bps burst-byte exceed-action {drop |
policed-dscp-transmit}
no mls qos aggregate-policer aggregate-policer-name
Syntax Description aggregate-policer-name Name of the aggregate policer referenced by the police aggregate
policy-map class configuration command.
rate-bps Specify the average traffic rate in bits per second (bps). The range is
8000 to 1000000000.
burst-byte Specify the normal burst size in bytes. The range is 8000 to 1000000.
exceed-action drop When the specified rate is exceeded, specify that the switch drop the
packet.
exceed-action When the specified rate is exceeded, specify that the switch change the
policed-dscp-transmit Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) of the packet to that
specified in the policed-DSCP map and then send the packet.
Defaults No aggregate policers are defined.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Define an aggregate policer if the policer is shared with multiple classes.
Policers for a port cannot be shared with other policers for another port; traffic from two different ports
cannot be aggregated for policing purposes.
The port ASIC supports 256 policers (255 policers plus 1 no policer). The maximum number of policers
supported per port is 64. Policers are allocated on demand by the software and are constrained by the
hardware and ASIC boundaries. You cannot reserve policers per port (there is no guarantee that a port
will be assigned to any policer).
You apply an aggregate policer to multiple classes in the same policy map; you cannot use an aggregate
policer across different policy maps.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-129
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos aggregate-policer
You cannot delete an aggregate policer if it is being used in a policy map. You must first use the no police
aggregate aggregate-policer-name policy-map class configuration command to delete the aggregate
policer from all policy maps before using the no mls qos aggregate-policer aggregate-policer-name
command.
Policing uses a token-bucket algorithm. You configure the bucket depth (the maximum burst that is
tolerated before the bucket overflows) by using the burst-byte option of the police policy-map class
configuration command or the mls qos aggregate-policer global configuration command. You
configure how fast (the average rate) that the tokens are removed from the bucket by using the rate-bps
option of the police policy-map class configuration command or the mls qos aggregate-policer global
configuration command. For more information, refer to the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples This example shows how to define the aggregate policer parameters and how to apply the policer to
multiple classes in a policy map:
Switch(config)# mls qos aggregate-policer agg_policer1 10000 1000000 exceed-action drop
Switch(config)# policy-map policy2
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set ip dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# trust dscp
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos aggregate-policer privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
police aggregate Creates a policer that is shared by different classes.
show mls qos aggregate-policer Displays the quality of service (QoS) aggregate policer
configuration.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-130 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos cos
mls qos cos
Use the mls qos cos interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
define the default class of service (CoS) value of a port or to assign the default CoS to all incoming
packets on the port. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos cos {default-cos | override}
no mls qos cos {default-cos | override}
Syntax Description default-cos Assign a default CoS value to a port. If packets are untagged, the default CoS value
becomes the packet CoS value. The CoS range is 0 to 7.
override Override the CoS of the incoming packets, and apply the default CoS value on the
port to all incoming packets.
Defaults The default CoS value for a port is 0.
CoS override is disabled.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can use the default value to assign a CoS and Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value to
all incoming packets that are untagged (if the incoming packet does not have a CoS value). You also can
assign a default CoS and DSCP value to all incoming packets by using the override keyword.
Use the override keyword when all incoming packets on certain ports deserve higher or lower priority
than packets entering from other ports. Even if a port is previously set to trust DSCP, CoS, or IP
precedence, this command overrides the previously configured trust state, and all the incoming CoS
values are assigned the default CoS value configured with the mls qos cos command. If an incoming
packet is tagged, the CoS value of the packet is modified with the default CoS of the port at the ingress
port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-131
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos cos
Examples This example shows how to configure the default port CoS to 4 on Gigabit Ethernet interface 0/1 of stack
member 2:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# mls qos trust cos
Switch(config-if)# mls qos cos 4
This example shows how to assign all the packets entering a port to the default port CoS value of 4 on
Gigabit Ethernet interface 0/1 of stack member 2:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# mls qos cos 4
Switch(config-if)# mls qos cos override
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show mls qos interface Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-132 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos dscp-mutation
mls qos dscp-mutation
Use the mls qos dscp-mutation interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to apply a Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP)-to-DSCP-mutation map to a DSCP-trusted
port. Use the no form of this command to return the map to the default settings (no DSCP mutation).
mls qos dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name
no mls qos dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name
Syntax Description dscp-mutation-name Name of the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map. This map was previously
defined with the mls qos map dscp-mutation global configuration
command.
Defaults The default DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map is a null map, which maps incoming DSCPs to the same
DSCP values.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If two quality of service (QoS) domains have different DSCP definitions, use the
DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map to translate one set of DSCP values to match the definition of another
domain. You apply the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map to the receiving interface (ingress mutation) at the
boundary of a quality of service (QoS) administrative domain.
With ingress mutation, the new DSCP value overwrites the one in the packet, and QoS handles the packet
with this new value. The switch sends the packet out the interface with the new DSCP value.
You can configure multiple DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation maps on ingress ports.
You apply the map only to DSCP-trusted ports. If you apply the DSCP mutation map to an untrusted
port, to class of service (CoS) or IP-precedence trusted port, the command has no immediate effect until
the port becomes DSCP-trusted.
Examples This example shows how to define the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map named dscpmutation1and to apply
the map to a port on stack member 3:
Switch(config)# mls qos map dscp-mutation dscpmutation1 10 11 12 13 to 30
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet3/0/1
Switch(config-if)# mls qos trust dscp
Switch(config-if)# mls qos dscp-mutation dscpmutation1
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-133
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos dscp-mutation
This example show how to remove the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map name dscpmutation1 from the port
and to reset the map to the default:
Switch(config-if)# no mls qos dscp-mutation dscpmutation1
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos maps privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos map dscp-mutation Defines the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map.
mls qos trust Configures the port trust state.
show mls qos maps Displays QoS mapping information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-134 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos map
mls qos map
Use the mls qos map global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
define the class of service (CoS)-to-Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) map, DSCP-to-CoS
map, the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map, the IP-precedence-to-DSCP map, and the policed-DSCP map.
Use the no form of this command to return to the default map.
mls qos map {cos-dscp dscp1...dscp8 | dscp-cos dscp-list to cos | dscp-mutation
dscp-mutation-name in-dscp to out-dscp | ip-prec-dscp dscp1...dscp8 | policed-dscp dscp-list
to mark-down-dscp}
no mls qos map {cos-dscp | dscp-cos | dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name | ip-prec-dscp |
policed-dscp}
Syntax Description cos-dscp dscp1...dscp8 Define the CoS-to-DSCP map.
For dscp1...dscp8, enter eight DSCP values that correspond to CoS values 0
to 7. Separate each DSCP value with a space. The range is 0 to 63.
dscp-cos dscp-list to Define the DSCP-to-CoS map.
cos For dscp-list, enter up to eight DSCP values, with each value separated by a
space. The range is 0 to 63. Then enter the to keyword.
For cos, enter a single CoS value to which the DSCP values correspond. The
range is 0 to 7.
dscp-mutation Define the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map.
dscp-mutation-name
For dscp-mutation-name, enter the mutation map name.
in-dscp to out-dscp
For in-dscp, enter up to eight DSCP values, with each value separated by a
space. Then enter the to keyword.
For out-dscp, enter a single DSCP value.
The range is 0 to 63.
ip-prec-dscp Define the IP-precedence-to-DSCP map.
dscp1...dscp8
For dscp1...dscp8, enter eight DSCP values that correspond to the IP
precedence values 0 to 7. Separate each DSCP value with a space. The range
is 0 to 63.
policed-dscp dscp-list Define the policed-DSCP map.
to mark-down-dscp For dscp-list, enter up to eight DSCP values, with each value separated by a
space. Then enter the to keyword.
For mark-down-dscp, enter the corresponding policed (marked down) DSCP
value.
The range is 0 to 63.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-135
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos map
Defaults Table 2-6 shows the default CoS-to-DSCP map:
Table 2-6 Default CoS-to-DSCP Map
CoS Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
DSCP Value 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
Table 2-7 shows the default DSCP-to-CoS map:
Table 2-7 Default DSCP-to-CoS Map
DSCP Value 0–7 8–15 16–23 24–31 32–39 40–47 48–55 56–63
CoS Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Table 2-8 shows the default IP-precedence-to-DSCP map:
Table 2-8 Default IP-Precedence-to-DSCP Map
IP Precedence Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
DSCP Value 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
The default DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map is a null map, which maps an incoming DSCP value to the
same DSCP value.
The default policed-DSCP map is a null map, which maps an incoming DSCP value to the same DSCP
value.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines All the maps are globally defined. All the maps, except the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map, are applied
to all ports. The DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map is applied to a specific port.
Examples This example shows how to define the IP-precedence-to-DSCP map and to map IP-precedence values 0
to 7 to DSCP values of 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 55, and 60:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# mls qos map ip-prec-dscp 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 60
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-136 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos map
This example shows how to define the policed-DSCP map. DSCP values 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 are marked
down to DSCP value 0. Marked DSCP values that not explicitly configured are not modified:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# mls qos map policed-dscp 1 2 3 4 5 6 to 0
This example shows how to define the DSCP-to-CoS map. DSCP values 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24 are
mapped to CoS 1. DSCP values 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17 are mapped to CoS 0:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# mls qos map dscp-cos 20 21 22 23 24 to 1
Switch(config)# mls qos map dscp-cos 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 to 0
This example shows how to define the CoS-to-DSCP map. CoS values 0 to 7 are mapped to DSCP values
0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, and 35:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# mls qos map cos-dscp 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
This example shows how to define the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map. All the entries that are not
explicitly configured are not modified (remain as specified in the null map):
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# mls qos map dscp-mutation mutation1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 to 10
Switch(config)# mls qos map dscp-mutation mutation1 8 9 10 11 12 13 to 10
Switch(config)# mls qos map dscp-mutation mutation1 20 21 22 to 20
Switch(config)# mls qos map dscp-mutation mutation1 0 31 32 33 34 to 30
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos maps privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos dscp-mutation Applies a DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map to a DSCP-trusted port.
show mls qos maps Displays quality of service (QoS) mapping information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-137
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos queue-set output buffers
mls qos queue-set output buffers
Use the mls qos queue-set output buffers global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to allocate buffers to a queue-set (four egress queues per port). Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
mls qos queue-set output qset-id buffers allocation1 ... allocation4
no mls qos queue-set output qset-id buffers
Syntax Description qset-id ID of the queue-set. Each port belongs to a queue-set, which defines all the
characteristics of the four egress queues per port. The range is 1 to 2.
allocation1 ... Buffer space allocation (percentage) for each queue (four values for queues 1 to 4).
allocation4 The range is 0 to 100. Separate each value with a space.
Defaults All allocation values are equally mapped among the four queues (25, 25, 25, 25). Each queue has 1/4 of
the buffer space.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Specify four allocation values, and separate each with a space.
Allocate buffers according to the importance of the traffic; for example, give a large percentage of the
buffer to the queue with the highest-priority traffic.
To configure different classes of traffic with different characteristics, use this command with the mls qos
queue-set output qset-id threshold global configuration command.
Note The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your QoS
solution.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-138 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos queue-set output buffers
Examples This example shows how to map Fast Ethernet interface 0/1 on stack member 2 to queue-set 2. It
allocates 40 percent of the buffer space to egress queue 1 and 20 percent to egress queues 2, 3, and 4:
Switch(config)# mls qos queue-set output 2 buffers 40 20 20 20
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# queue-set 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] buffers or the show
mls qos queue-set privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos queue-set output threshold Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation to a queue-set.
queue-set Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface buffers Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
show mls qos queue-set Displays egress queue settings for the queue-set.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-139
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos queue-set output threshold
mls qos queue-set output threshold
Use the mls qos queue-set output threshold global configuration command on the switch stack or on
a standalone switch to configure the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds, to guarantee the availability
of buffers, and to configure the maximum memory allocation to a queue-set (four egress queues per
port). Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos queue-set output qset-id threshold queue-id drop-threshold1 drop-threshold2
reserved-threshold maximum-threshold
no mls qos queue-set output qset-id threshold [queue-id]
Syntax Description qset-id ID of the queue-set. Each port belongs to a queue-set, which defines all the
characteristics of the four egress queues per port. The range is 1 to 2.
queue-id Specific queue in the queue-set on which the command is performed. The
range is 1 to 4.
drop-threshold1 Two WTD thresholds expressed as a percentage of the queue’s allocated
drop-threshold2 memory. The range is 1 to 400 percent.
reserved-threshold Amount of memory to be guaranteed (reserved) for the queue and expressed
as a percentage of the allocated memory. The range is 1 to 100 percent.
maximum-threshold Enable a queue in the full condition to obtain more buffers than are reserved
for it. This is the maximum memory the queue can have before the packets
are dropped. The range is 1 to 400 percent.
Defaults When quality of service (QoS) is enabled, WTD is enabled.
Table 2-9 shows the default WTD threshold settings.
Table 2-9 Default Egress Queue WTD Threshold Settings
Feature Queue 1 Queue 2 Queue 3 Queue 4
WTD Drop Threshold 1 100 percent 50 percent 100 percent 100 percent
WTD Drop Threshold 2 100 percent 50 percent 100 percent 100 percent
Reserved Threshold 50 percent 100 percent 50 percent 50 percent
Maximum Threshold 400 percent 400 percent 400 percent 400 percent
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-140 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos queue-set output threshold
Usage Guidelines Use the mls qos queue-set output qset-id buffers global configuration command to allocate a fixed
number of buffers to the four queues in a queue-set.
The drop-threshold percentages can exceed 100 percent and can be up to the maximum (if the maximum
threshold exceeds 100 percent).
Note The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your QoS
solution.
The switch uses a buffer allocation scheme to reserve a minimum amount of buffers for each egress
queue, to prevent any queue or port from consuming all the buffers and depriving other queues, and to
determine whether to grant buffer space to a requesting queue. The switch determines whether the target
queue has not consumed more buffers than its reserved amount (under-limit), whether it has consumed
all of its maximum buffers (over-limit), and whether the common pool is empty (no free buffers) or not
empty (free buffers). If the queue is not over-limit, the switch can allocate buffer space from the reserved
pool or from the common pool (if it is not empty). If there are no free buffers in the common pool or if
the queue is over-limit, the switch drops the frame.
Examples This example shows how to map Fast Ethernet interface 0/1 on stack member 2 to queue-set 2. It
configures the drop thresholds for queue 2 to 40 and 60 percent of the allocated memory, guarantees
(reserves) 100 percent of the allocated memory, and configures 200 percent as the maximum memory
this queue can have before packets are dropped:
Switch(config)# mls qos queue-set output 2 threshold 2 40 60 100 200
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# queue-set 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] buffers or the show
mls qos queue-set privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
queue-set Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface buffers Displays QoS information.
show mls qos queue-set Displays egress queue settings for the queue-set.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-141
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
Use the mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth global configuration command on the switch stack or on
a standalone switch to assign shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress queue. The ratio of the
weights is the ratio of the frequency in which the SRR scheduler dequeues packets from each queue. Use
the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth weight1 weight2
no mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
Syntax Description weight1 weight2 Ratio of weight1 and weight2 determines the ratio of the frequency in which the
SRR scheduler dequeues packets from ingress queues 1 and 2. The range is 1 to
100. Separate each value with a space.
Defaults Weight1 and weight2 are 4 (1/2 of the bandwidth is equally shared between the two queues).
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines SRR services the priority queue for its configured weight as specified by the bandwidth keyword in the
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue queue-id bandwidth weight global configuration command.
Then SRR shares the remaining bandwidth with both ingress queues and services them as specified by
the weights configured with the mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth weight1 weight2 global
configuration command.
You specify which ingress queue is the priority queue by using the mls qos srr-queue input
priority-queue global configuration command.
Examples This example shows how to assign the ingress bandwidth for the queues in the stack. Priority queueing
is disabled, and the shared bandwidth ratio allocated to queue 1 is 25/(25+75) and to queue 2 is
75/(25+75):
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue 2 bandwidth 0
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth 25 75
In this example, queue 2 has three times the bandwidth of queue 1; queue 2 is serviced three times as
often as queue 1.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-142 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
This example shows how to assign the ingress bandwidths for the queues in the stack. Queue 1 is the
priority queue with 10 percent of the bandwidth allocated to it. The bandwidth ratio allocated to queues
1 and 2 is 4/(4+4). SRR services queue 1 (the priority queue) first for its configured 10 percent
bandwidth. Then SRR equally shares the remaining 90 percent of the bandwidth between queues 1 and
2 by allocating 45 percent to each queue:
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue 1 bandwidth 10
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth 4 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] queueing or the show
mls qos input-queue privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos srr-queue input buffers Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map Maps class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue or
maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values
to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and
to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold Assigns weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages
to an ingress queue.
show mls qos input-queue Displays ingress queue settings.
show mls qos interface queueing Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-143
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Use the mls qos srr-queue input buffers global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to allocate the buffers between the ingress queues. Use the no form of this command
to return to the default setting.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers percentage1 percentage2
no mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Syntax Description percentage1 Percentage of buffers allocated to ingress queues 1 and 2. The range is 0 to
percentage2 100. Separate each value with a space.
Defaults Ninety percent of the buffers is allocated to queue 1, and 10 percent of the buffers is allocated to queue 2.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should allocate the buffers so that the queues can handle any incoming bursty traffic.
Examples This example shows how to allocate 60 percent of the buffer space to ingress queue 1 and 40 percent of
the buffer space to ingress queue 2:
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input buffers 60 40
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] buffers or the show
mls qos input-queue privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-144 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input buffers
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map Maps class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue
or maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values
to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and
to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold Assigns weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold
percentages to an ingress queue.
show mls qos input-queue Displays ingress queue settings.
show mls qos interface buffers Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-145
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Use the mls qos srr-queue input cos-map global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to map class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue or to map CoS values to a
queue and to a threshold ID. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue queue-id {cos1...cos8 | threshold threshold-id
cos1...cos8}
no mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Syntax Description queue queue-id Specify a queue number.
For queue-id, the range is 1 to 2.
cos1...cos8 Map CoS values to an ingress queue.
For cos1...cos8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 7.
threshold threshold-id Map CoS values to a queue threshold ID.
cos1...cos8
For threshold-id, the range is 1 to 3.
For cos1...cos8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 7.
Defaults Table 2-10 shows the default CoS input queue threshold map:
Table 2-10 Default CoS Input Queue Threshold Map
CoS Value 0–4 5 6, 7
Queue ID - Threshold ID 1-1 2-1 1-1
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The CoS assigned at the ingress port selects an ingress or egress queue and threshold.
The drop-threshold percentage for threshold 3 is predefined. It is set to the queue-full state. You can
assign two weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an ingress queue by using the mls qos
srr-queue input threshold global configuration command.
You can map each CoS value to a different queue and threshold combination, allowing the frame to
follow different behavior.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-146 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
Examples This example shows how to map CoS values 0 to 3 to ingress queue 1 and to threshold ID 1 with a drop
threshold of 50 percent. It maps CoS values 4 and 5 to ingress queue 1 and to threshold ID 2 with a drop
threshold of 70 percent:
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 1 0 1 2 3
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 2 4 5
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input threshold 1 50 70
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos maps privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values
to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and
to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold Assigns WTD threshold percentages to an ingress queue.
show mls qos maps Displays QoS mapping information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-147
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Use the mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to map Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an ingress queue or to
map DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold ID. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue queue-id {dscp1...dscp8 | threshold threshold-id
dscp1...dscp8}
no mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Syntax Description queue queue-id Specify a queue number.
For queue-id, the range is 1 to 2.
dscp1...dscp8 Map DSCP values to an ingress queue.
For dscp1...dscp8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 63.
threshold threshold-id Map DSCP values to a queue threshold ID.
dscp1...dscp8
For threshold-id, the range is 1 to 3.
For dscp1...dscp8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 63.
Defaults Table 2-11 shows the default DSCP input queue threshold map:
Table 2-11 Default DSCP Input Queue Threshold Map
DSCP Value 0–39 40–47 48–63
Queue ID - Threshold ID 1-1 2-1 1-1
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-148 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
Usage Guidelines The DSCP assigned at the ingress port selects an ingress or egress queue and threshold.
The drop-threshold percentage for threshold 3 is predefined. It is set to the queue-full state. You can
assign two weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an ingress queue by using the mls qos
srr-queue input threshold global configuration command.
You can map each DSCP value to a different queue and threshold combination, allowing the frame to
follow different behavior.
You can map up to eight DSCP values per command.
Examples This example shows how to map DSCP values 0 to 6 to ingress queue 1 and to threshold 1 with a drop
threshold of 50 percent. It maps DSCP values 20 to 26 to ingress queue 1 and to threshold 2 with a drop
threshold of 70 percent:
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 2 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input threshold 1 50 70
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos maps privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map Maps class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue
or maps CoS values to a queue and to threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold Assigns WTD threshold percentages to an ingress queue.
show mls qos maps Displays QoS mapping information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-149
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue
Use the mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue global configuration command on the switch stack or
on a standalone switch to configure the ingress priority queue and to guarantee bandwidth on the stack
ring if the ring is congested. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue queue-id bandwidth weight
no mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue queue-id
Syntax Description queue-id Ingress queue ID. The range is 1 to 2.
bandwidth weight Bandwidth percentage of the stack ring. The range is 0 to 40.
Defaults The priority queue is queue 2, and 10 percent of the bandwidth is allocated to it.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use the priority queue only for traffic that needs to be expedited (for example, voice traffic,
which needs minimum delay and jitter).
The priority queue is guaranteed part of the bandwidth on the stack ring, which reduces the delay and
jitter under heavy network traffic on an oversubscribed stack (when there is more traffic than the
backplane can carry, and the queues are full and dropping frames).
The amount of bandwidth that can be guaranteed is restricted because a large value affects the entire
stack and can degrade the stack performance.
Shaped round robin (SRR) services the priority queue for its configured weight as specified by the
bandwidth keyword in the mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue queue-id bandwidth weight global
configuration command. Then SRR shares the remaining bandwidth with both ingress queues and
services them as specified by the weights configured with the mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth
weight1 weight2 global configuration command.
To disable priority queueing, set the bandwidth weigh to 0, for example, mls qos srr-queue input
priority-queue queue-id bandwidth 0.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-150 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue
Examples This example shows how to assign the ingress bandwidths for the queues in the stack. Queue 1 is the
priority queue with 10 percent of the bandwidth allocated to it. The bandwidth ratio allocated to queues
1 and 2 is 4/(4+4). SRR services queue 1 (the priority queue) first for its configured 10 percent
bandwidth. Then SRR equally shares the remaining 90 percent of the bandwidth between queues 1 and
2 by allocating 45 percent to each queue:
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue 1 bandwidth 10
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth 4 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] queueing or the show
mls qos input-queue privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map Maps class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue or
maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an
ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a
threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold Assigns weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an
ingress queue.
show mls qos input-queue Displays ingress queue settings.
show mls qos interface queueing Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-151
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
Use the mls qos srr-queue input threshold global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to assign weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an ingress queue. Use
the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold queue-id threshold-percentage1 threshold-percentage2
no mls qos srr-queue input threshold queue-id
Syntax Description queue-id ID of the ingress queue. The range is 1 to 2.
threshold-percentage1 Two WTD threshold percentage values. Each threshold value is a
threshold-percentage2 percentage of the total number of queue descriptors allocated for the
queue. Separate each value with a space. The range is 1 to 100.
Defaults When quality of service (QoS) is enabled, WTD is enabled.
The two WTD thresholds are set to 100 percent.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines QoS uses the CoS-to-threshold map or the DSCP-to-threshold map to determine which class of service
(CoS) or Differentiated Services Code Points (DSCPs) values are mapped to threshold 1 and to threshold
2. If threshold 1 is exceeded, packets with CoS or DSCPs assigned to this threshold are dropped until
the threshold is no longer exceeded. However, packets assigned to threshold 2 continue to be queued and
sent as long as the second threshold is not exceeded.
Each queue has two configurable (explicit) drop threshold and one preset (implicit) drop threshold (full).
You configure the CoS-to-threshold map by using the mls qos srr-queue input cos-map global
configuration command. You configure the DSCP-to-threshold map by using the mls qos srr-queue
input dscp-map global configuration command.
Examples This example shows how to configure the tail-drop thresholds for the two queues. The queue 1
thresholds are 50 percent and 100 percent, and the queue 2 thresholds are 70 percent and 100 percent:
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input threshold 1 50 100
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue input threshold 2 70 100
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] buffers or the show
mls qos input-queue privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-152 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue input threshold
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map Maps class of service (CoS) values to an ingress queue
or maps CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values
to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and
to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
show mls qos input-queue Displays ingress queue settings.
show mls qos interface buffers Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-153
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Use the mls qos srr-queue output cos-map global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to map class of service (CoS) values to an egress queue or to map CoS values to a
queue and to a threshold ID. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue queue-id {cos1...cos8 | threshold threshold-id
cos1...cos8}
no mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Syntax Description queue queue-id Specify a queue number.
For queue-id, the range is 1 to 4.
cos1...cos8 Map CoS values to an egress queue.
For cos1...cos8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 7.
threshold threshold-id Map CoS values to a queue threshold ID.
cos1...cos8
For threshold-id, the range is 1 to 3.
For cos1...cos8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 7.
Defaults Table 2-12 shows the default CoS output queue threshold map:
Table 2-12 Default CoS Output Queue Threshold Map
CoS Value 0, 1 2, 3 4 5 6, 7
Queue ID - Threshold ID 2-1 3-1 4-1 1 -1 4-1
Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-154 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
Usage Guidelines The drop-threshold percentage for threshold 3 is predefined. It is set to the queue-full state.
Note The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your quality
of service (QoS) solution.
You can assign two weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an egress queue by using the mls
qos queue-set output qset-id threshold global configuration command.
You can map each CoS value to a different queue and threshold combination, allowing the frame to
follow different behavior.
Examples This example shows how to map Fast Ethernet interface 0/1 on stack member 2 to queue-set 1. It maps
CoS values 0 to 3 to egress queue 1 and to threshold ID 1. It configures the drop thresholds for queue 1
to 50 and 70 percent of the allocated memory, guarantees (reserves) 100 percent of the allocated memory,
and configures 200 percent as the maximum memory that this queue can have before packets are
dropped.
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 1 threshold 1 0 1 2 3
Switch(config)# mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 1 50 70 100 200
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# queue-set 1
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos maps, the show mls qos interface
[interface-id] buffers, or the show mls qos queue-set privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an
egress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a
threshold ID.
mls qos queue-set output threshold Configures the WTD thresholds, guarantees the availability of
buffers, and configures the maximum memory allocation to a
queue-set.
queue-set Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface buffers Displays QoS information.
show mls qos maps Displays QoS mapping information.
show mls qos queue-set Displays egress queue settings for the queue-set.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-155
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
Use the mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map global configuration command on the switch stack or on
a standalone switch to map Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an egress or to map
DSCP values to a queue and to a threshold ID. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue queue-id {dscp1...dscp8 | threshold threshold-id
dscp1...dscp8}
no mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
Syntax Description queue queue-id Specify a queue number.
For queue-id, the range is 1 to 4.
dscp1...dscp8 Map DSCP values to an egress queue.
For dscp1...dscp8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 63.
threshold threshold-id Map DSCP values to a queue threshold ID.
dscp1...dscp8
For threshold-id, the range is 1 to 3.
For dscp1...dscp8, enter up to eight values, and separate each value with a
space. The range is 0 to 63.
Defaults Table 2-13 shows the default DSCP output queue threshold map:
Table 2-13 Default DSCP Output Queue Threshold Map
DSCP Value 0–15 16–31 32–39 40–47 48–63
Queue ID - Threshold ID 2-1 3-1 4-1 1-1 4-1
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-156 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
Usage Guidelines The drop-threshold percentage for threshold 3 is predefined. It is set to the queue-full state.
Note The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your QoS
solution.
You can assign two weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to an egress queue by using the mls
qos queue-set output qset-id threshold global configuration command.
You can map each DSCP value to a different queue and threshold combination, allowing the frame to
follow different behavior.
You can map up to eight DSCP values per command.
Examples This example shows how to map Fast Ethernet interface 0/1 on stack member 2 to queue-set 1. It maps
DSCP values 0 to 3 to egress queue 1 and to threshold ID 1. It configures the drop thresholds for queue 1
to 50 and 70 percent of the allocated memory, guarantees (reserves) 100 percent of the allocated memory,
and configures 200 percent as the maximum memory that this queue can have before packets are
dropped.
Switch(config)# mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 1 threshold 1 0 1 2 3
Switch(config)# mls qos queue-set output 1 threshold 1 50 70 100 200
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# queue-set 1
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos maps, the show mls qos interface
[interface-id] buffers, or the show mls qos queue-set privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map Maps class of service (CoS) values to an egress queue or maps
CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos queue-set output threshold Configures the WTD thresholds, guarantees the availability of
buffers, and configures the maximum memory allocation to a
queue-set.
queue-set Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface buffers Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
show mls qos maps Displays QoS mapping information.
show mls qos queue-set Displays egress queue settings for the queue-set.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-157
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos trust
mls qos trust
Use the mls qos trust interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
configure the port trust state. Ingress traffic can be trusted, and classification is performed by examining
the packet Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP), class of service (CoS), or IP-precedence field.
Use the no form of this command to return a port to its untrusted state.
mls qos trust [cos | device cisco-phone | dscp | ip-precedence]
no mls qos trust [cos | device | dscp | ip-precedence]
Syntax Description cos (Optional) Classify an ingress packet by using the packet CoS value. For an
untagged packet, use the port default CoS value.
device cisco-phone (Optional) Classify ingress packets by trusting the value sent from the Cisco
IP phone (trusted boundary).
dscp (Optional) Classify an ingress packet by using the packet DSCP value (most
significant 6 bits of 8-bit service-type field). For a non-IP packet, the packet
CoS is used if the packet is tagged. For an untagged packet, the default port
CoS value is used.
ip-precedence (Optional) Classify an ingress packet by using the packet IP-precedence value
(most significant 3 bits of 8-bit service-type field). For a non-IP packet, the
packet CoS is used if the packet is tagged. For an untagged packet, the port
default CoS value is used.
Defaults The port is not trusted. If no keyword is specified when the command is entered, the default is dscp.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The device cisco-phone keywords were added.
Usage Guidelines Packets entering a quality of service (QoS) domain are classified at the edge of the domain. When the
packets are classified at the edge, the switch port within the QoS domain can be configured to one of the
trusted states because there is no need to classify the packets at every switch within the domain. Use this
command to specify whether the port is trusted and which fields of the packet to use to classify traffic.
When a port is configured with trust DSCP or trust IP precedence and the incoming packet is a non-IP
packet, the CoS-to-DSCP map is used to derive the corresponding DSCP value from the CoS value. The
CoS can be the packet CoS for trunk ports or the port default CoS for nontrunk ports.
If the DSCP is trusted, the DSCP field of the IP packet is not modified. However, it is still possible that
the CoS value of the packet is modified (according to DSCP-to-CoS map).
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-158 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mls qos trust
If the CoS is trusted, the CoS field of the packet is not modified, but the DSCP can be modified
(according to CoS-to-DSCP map) if the packet is an IP packet.
The trusted boundary feature prevents security problems if users disconnect their PCs from networked
Cisco IP phones and connect them to the switch port to take advantage of trusted CoS settings. You must
globally enable the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) on the switch and on the interface connected to the
IP phone. If the phone is not detected, trusted boundary disables the trusted setting on the switch port
and prevents misuse of a high-priority queue. If you configure the trust setting for DSCP or IP
precedence, the DSCP or IP precedence values in the incoming packets are trusted. If you configure the
mls qos cos override interface configuration command on the switch port connected to the IP phone,
the switch overrides the CoS of the incoming voice and data packets and assigns the default CoS value
to them.
For an inter-QoS domain boundary, you can configure the port to the DSCP-trusted state and apply the
DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map if the DSCP values are different between the QoS domains.
Classification using a port trust state (for example, mls qos trust [cos | dscp | ip-precedence] and a
policy map (for example, service-policy input policy-map-name) are mutually exclusive. The last one
configured overwrites the previous configuration.
Examples This example shows how to configure a port on stack member 2 to trust the IP precedence field in the
incoming packet:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# mls qos trust ip-precedence
This example shows how to specify that the Cisco IP phone connected on a port on stack member 2 is a
trusted device:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# mls qos trust device cisco-phone
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos cos Defines the default CoS value of a port or assigns the default CoS to all
incoming packets on the port.
mls qos dscp-mutation Applies a DSCP-to DSCP-mutation map to a DSCP-trusted port.
mls qos map Defines the CoS-to-DSCP map, DSCP-to-CoS map, the
DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map, the IP-precedence-to-DSCP map, and the
policed-DSCP map.
show mls qos interface Displays QoS information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-159
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
monitor session
Use the monitor session global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to start a new Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) session or Remote SPAN (RSPAN) source or destination
session, to enable ingress traffic on the destination port for a network security device (such as a Cisco
IDS Sensor Appliance), to add or delete interfaces or VLANs to or from an existing SPAN or RSPAN
session, and to limit (filter) SPAN source traffic to specific VLANs. Use the no form of this command
to remove the SPAN or RSPAN session or to remove source or destination interfaces or filters from the
SPAN or RSPAN session. For destination interfaces, the encapsulation replicate keywords are ignored
with the no form of the command.
monitor session session_number destination {interface interface-id [, | -] [encapsulation
replicate] [ingress {dot1q vlan vlan-id | isl | untagged vlan vlan-id | vlan vlan-id}]} | {remote
vlan vlan-id}
monitor session session_number filter vlan vlan-id [, | -]
monitor session session_number source {interface interface-id [, | -] [both | rx | tx]} | {vlan
vlan-id [, | -] [both | rx | tx]}| {remote vlan vlan-id}
no monitor session {session_number | all | local | remote}
no monitor session session_number destination {interface interface-id [, | -] [encapsulation
replicate] [ingress {dot1q vlan vlan-id | isl | untagged vlan vlan-id | vlan vlan-id}]} | {remote
vlan vlan-id}
no monitor session session_number filter vlan vlan-id [, | -]
no monitor session session_number source {interface interface-id [, | -] [both | rx | tx]} | {vlan
vlan-id [, | -] [both | rx | tx]} | {remote vlan vlan-id}
Syntax Description. session_number Specify the session number identified with the SPAN or RSPAN session.
The range is 1 to 66.
destination Specify the SPAN or RSPAN destination. A destination must be a physical
port.
interface interface-id Specify the destination or source interface for a SPAN or RSPAN session.
Valid interfaces are physical ports (including type, stack member, module,
and port number). For source interface, port channel is also a valid
interface type, and the valid range is 1 to 12.
encapsulation replicate (Optional) Specify that the destination interface replicates the source
interface encapsulation method. If not selected, the default is to send
packets in native form (untagged).
Note Entering these keywords is valid only for local SPAN; for RSPAN,
the RSPAN VLAN ID overwrites the original VLAN ID; therefore
packets are always sent untagged.
ingress (Optional) Enable ingress traffic forwarding.
dot1q vlan vlan-id Specify ingress forwarding using 802.1Q encapsulation with the specified
VLAN as the default VLAN for ingress traffic.
isl Specify ingress forwarding using ISL encapsulation.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-160 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
untagged vlan vlan-id Specify ingress forwarding using untagged encapsulation with the specified
VLAN as the default VLAN for ingress traffic
vlan vlan-id When used with only the ingress keyword, set default VLAN for ingress
traffic.
remote vlan vlan-id Specify the remote VLAN for an RSPAN source or destination session. The
range is 2 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
Note The RSPAN VLAN cannot be VLAN 1 (the default VLAN) or
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 (reserved for Token Ring and FDDI
VLANs).
, (Optional) Specify a series of interfaces or VLANs, or separate a range of
interfaces or VLANs from a previous range. Enter a space before and after
the comma.
- (Optional) Specify a range of interfaces or VLANs. Enter a space before
and after the hyphen.
filter vlan vlan-id Specify a list of VLANs as filters on trunk source ports to limit SPAN
source traffic to specific VLANs. The vlan-id range is 1 to 4094.
source Specify the SPAN or RSPAN source. A source can be a physical port, a port
channel, or a VLAN.
both, rx, tx (Optional) Specify the traffic direction to monitor. If you do not specify a
traffic direction, the source interface sends both transmitted and received
traffic.
source vlan vlan-id Specify the SPAN source interface as a VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094.
all, local, remote Specify all, local, or remote with the no monitor session command to clear
all SPAN and RSPAN, all local SPAN, or all RSPAN sessions.
Defaults No monitor sessions are configured.
On a source interface, the default is to monitor both received and transmitted traffic.
On a trunk interface used as a source port, all VLANs are monitored.
If encapsulation replicate is not specified on a local SPAN destination port, packets are sent in native
form with no encapsulation tag.
Ingress forwarding is disabled on destination ports.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The ingress {dot1q vlan vlan-id | isl | untagged vlan vlan-id | vlan vlan-id}
keywords were added.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-161
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
Usage Guidelines Traffic that enters or leaves source ports or source VLANs can be monitored by using SPAN or RSPAN.
Traffic routed to source ports or source VLANs cannot be monitored.
You can set a combined maximum of two local SPAN sessions and RSPAN source sessions. You can
have a total of 66 SPAN and RSPAN sessions on a switch or switch stack.
You can have a maximum of 64 destination ports on a switch stack.
Each session can include multiple ingress or egress source ports or VLANs, but you cannot combine
source ports and source VLANs in a single session. Each session can include multiple destination ports.
When you use VLAN-based SPAN (VSPAN) to analyze network traffic in a VLAN or set of VLANs, all
active ports in the source VLANs become source ports for the SPAN or RSPAN session. Trunk ports are
included as source ports for VSPAN, and only packets with the monitored VLAN ID are sent to the
destination port.
You can monitor traffic on a single port or VLAN or on a series or range of ports or VLANs. You select
a series or range of interfaces or VLANs by using the [, | -] options.
If you specify a series of VLANs or interfaces, you must enter a space before and after the comma. If
you specify a range of VLANs or interfaces, you must enter a space before and after the hyphen (-).
EtherChannel ports cannot be configured as SPAN or RSPAN destination ports. A physical port that is
a member of an EtherChannel group can be used as a destination port, but it cannot participate in the
EtherChannel group while it is as a SPAN destination.
You can monitor individual ports while they participate in an EtherChannel, or you can monitor the
entire EtherChannel bundle by specifying the port-channel number as the RSPAN source interface.
A port used as a destination port cannot be a SPAN or RSPAN source, nor can a port be a destination
port for more than one session at a time.
You can enable 802.1X on a port that is a SPAN or RSPAN destination port; however, 802.1X is disabled
until the port is removed as a SPAN destination. (If 802.1X is not available on the port, the switch returns
an error message.) You can enable 802.1X on a SPAN or RSPAN source port.
VLAN filtering refers to analyzing network traffic on a selected set of VLANs on trunk source ports. By
default, all VLANs are monitored on trunk source ports. You can use the monitor session
session_number filter vlan vlan-id command to limit SPAN traffic on trunk source ports to only the
specified VLANs.
VLAN monitoring and VLAN filtering are mutually exclusive. If a VLAN is a source, VLAN filtering
cannot be enabled. If VLAN filtering is configured, a VLAN cannot become a source.
If ingress traffic forwarding is enabled for a network security device, the destination port forwards traffic
at Layer 2.
Destination ports can be configured to act in these ways:
• When you enter monitor session session_number destination interface interface-id with no other
keywords, egress encapsulation is untagged, and ingress forwarding is not enabled.
• When you enter monitor session session_number destination interface interface-id encapsulation
replicate with no other keywords, egress encapsulation replicates the source interface
encapsulation; ingress forwarding is not enabled. (This applies to local SPAN only; RSPAN does
not support encapsulation replication.)
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-162 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
• When you enter monitor session session_number destination interface interface-id encapsulation
replicate ingress, egress encapsulation replicates the source interface encapsulation; ingress
encapsulation depends on the keywords that follow—dot1q, isl, or untagged. (This applies to local
SPAN only; RSPAN does not support encapsulation replication.)
• When you enter monitor session session_number destination interface interface-id ingress, egress
encapsulation is untagged; ingress encapsulation depends on the keywords that follow—dot1q, isl,
or untagged.
Examples This example shows how to create a local SPAN session 1 to monitor both sent and received traffic on
source interface Gigabit Ethernet 1 on stack member 1 to destination interface Gigabit Ethernet 8 on
stack member 2:
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 source interface gigabitethernet1/0/1 both
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 destination interface gigabitethernet2/0/8
This example shows how to delete a destination port from an existing local SPAN session:
Switch(config)# no monitor session 2 destination gigabitethernet1/0/4
This example shows how to limit SPAN traffic in an existing session only to specific VLANs:
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 filter vlan 100 - 304
This example shows how to configure RSPAN source session 1 to monitor multiple source interfaces and
to configure the destination RSPAN VLAN 900.
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 source interface gigabitethernet1/0/10 ,
gigabitethernet1/0/12
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 source interface gigabitethernet2/0/2 rx
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 source interface port-channel 2 tx
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 destination remote vlan 900
Switch(config)# end
This example shows how to configure an RSPAN destination session 10 in the switch receiving the
monitored traffic.
Switch(config)# monitor session 10 source remote vlan 900
Switch(config)# monitor session 10 destination interface gigabitethernet1/0/10
This example shows how to configure the destination port for ingress traffic on VLAN 5 by using a
security device that supports 802.1Q encapsulation. Egress traffic replicates the source; ingress traffic
uses 802.1Q encapsulation.
Switch(config)# monitor session 2 destination interface gigabitethernet1/0/5 encapsulation
replicate ingress dot1q vlan 5
This example shows how to configure the destination port for ingress traffic on VLAN 5 by using a
security device that does not support encapsulation. Egress traffic replicates the source encapsulation;
ingress traffic is untagged.
Switch(config)# monitor session 2 destination interface gigabitethernet1/0/5 encapsulation
replicate ingress untagged vlan 5
You can verify your settings by entering the show monitor privileged EXEC command. You can view
SPAN and RSPAN configuration on the switch by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command. SPAN information appears near the end of the output.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-163
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
Related Commands Command Description
remote-span Configures an RSPAN VLAN in vlan configuration mode.
show monitor Displays SPAN and RSPAN session information.
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference
for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands >
Configuration File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-164 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (global configuration)
mvr (global configuration)
Use the mvr global configuration command without keywords on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to enable the multicast VLAN registration (MVR) feature on the switch. Use the command with
keywords to set the MVR mode for a switch, configure the MVR IP multicast address, set the maximum
time to wait for a query reply before removing a port from group membership, and to specify the MVR
multicast VLAN. Use the no form of this command to return to the default settings.
mvr [group ip-address [count] | mode [compatible | dynamic] | querytime value | vlan vlan-id]
no mvr [group ip-address | mode [compatible | dynamic] | querytime value | vlan vlan-id]
Syntax Description group ip-address Statically configure an MVR group IP multicast address on the switch.
Use the no form of this command to remove a statically configured IP
multicast address or contiguous addresses or, when no IP address is entered,
to remove all statically configured MVR IP multicast addresses.
count (Optional) Configure multiple contiguous MVR group addresses. The range
is 1 to 256; the default is 1.
mode (Optional) Specify the MVR mode of operation.
The default is compatible mode.
compatible Set MVR mode to provide compatibility with Catalyst 2900 XL and
3500 XL switches. This mode does not allow dynamic membership joins on
source ports.
dynamic Set MVR mode to allow dynamic MVR membership on source ports.
querytime value (Optional) Set the maximum time to wait for IGMP report memberships on
a receiver port. This time applies only to receiver-port leave processing.
When an IGMP query is sent from a receiver port, the switch waits for the
default or configured MVR querytime for an IGMP group membership
report before removing the port from multicast group membership.
The value is the response time in units of tenths of a second. The range is 1
to 100; the default is 5 tenths or one-half second.
Use the no form of the command to return to the default setting.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Specify the VLAN on which MVR multicast data is expected to
be received. This is also the VLAN to which all the source ports belong. The
range is 1 to 4094; the default is VLAN 1.
Defaults MVR is disabled by default.
The default MVR mode is compatible mode.
No IP multicast addresses are configured on the switch by default.
The default group ip address count is 0.
The default query response time is 5 tenths of or one-half second.
The default multicast VLAN for MVR is VLAN 1.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-165
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (global configuration)
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines A maximum of 256 MVR multicast groups can be configured on a switch.
Use the mvr group command to statically set up all the IP multicast addresses that will take part in
MVR. Any multicast data sent to a configured multicast address is sent to all the source ports on the
switch and to all receiver ports that have registered to receive data on that IP multicast address.
MVR supports aliased IP multicast addresses on the switch. However, if the switch is interoperating with
Catalyst 3550 or Catalyst 3500 XL switches, you should not configure IP addresses that alias between
themselves or with the reserved IP multicast addresses (in the range 224.0.0.xxx).
The mvr querytime command applies only to receiver ports.
If the switch MVR is interoperating with Catalyst 2900 XL or Catalyst 3500 XL switches, set the
multicast mode to compatible.
When operating in compatible mode, MVR does not support IGMP dynamic joins on MVR source ports.
MVR can coexist with IGMP snooping on a switch.
Multicast routing and MVR cannot coexist on a switch. If you enable multicast routing and a multicast
routing protocol while MVR is enabled, MVR is disabled and a warning message is displayed. If you try
to enable MVR while multicast routing and a multicast routing protocol are enabled, the operation to
enable MVR is cancelled with an Error message.
Examples This example shows how to enable MVR:
Switch(config)# mvr
This example shows how to disable MVR:
Switch(config)# no mvr
Use the show mvr privileged EXEC command to display the current setting for maximum multicast
groups.
This example shows how to configure 228.1.23.4 as an IP multicast address:
Switch(config)# mvr group 228.1.23.4
This example shows how to configure ten contiguous IP multicast groups with multicast addresses from
228.1.23.1 to 228.1.23.10:
Switch(config)# mvr group 228.1.23.1 10
This example shows how to delete the previously configured ten IP multicast addresses:
Switch(config)# no mvr group 228.1.23.1 10
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-166 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (global configuration)
This example shows how to delete all previously configured IP multicast addresses:
Switch(config)# no mvr group
Use the show mvr members privileged EXEC command to display the IP multicast group addresses
configured on the switch.
This example shows how to set the maximum query response time as one second (10 tenths):
Switch(config)# mvr querytime 10
This example shows how to return the maximum query response time to the default setting of one-half
second:
Switch(config)# no mvr querytime
This example shows how to set VLAN 2 as the multicast VLAN:
Switch(config)# mvr vlan 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show mvr privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mvr (interface configuration) Configures MVR ports.
show mvr Displays MVR global parameters or port parameters.
show mvr interface Displays the configured MVR interfaces with their type, status,
and Immediate Leave configuration. Also displays all MVR
groups of which the interface is a member.
show mvr members Displays all ports that are members of an MVR multicast group;
if the group has no members, its status is shown as Inactive.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-167
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (interface configuration)
mvr (interface configuration)
Use the mvr interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to configure
a Layer 2 port as a multicast VLAN registration (MVR) receiver or source port and set the immediate
leave feature, and statically assign a port to an IP multicast VLAN and IP address. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default settings.
mvr [immediate | type {receiver | source} | vlan vlan-id group [ip-address]]
no mvr [immediate | type {source | receiver}| vlan vlan-id group [ip-address]]
Syntax Description immediate (Optional) Enable the Immediate Leave feature of MVR on a port. Use
the no mvr immediate command to disable the feature.
type (Optional) Configure the port as an MVR receiver port or source port.
The default port type is neither an MVR source nor receiver port. The no
mvr type command resets the port as neither a source or receiver port.
receiver Configure the port as a subscriber port that can only receive multicast
data. Receiver ports cannot belong to the multicast VLAN.
source Configure the port as an uplink port that can send and receive multicast
data for the configured multicast groups. All source ports on a switch
belong to a single multicast VLAN.
vlan vlan-id group (Optional) Add the port as a static member of the multicast group with
the specified VLAN ID.
The no mvr vlan vlan-id group command removes a port on a VLAN
from membership in an IP multicast address group.
ip-address (Optional) Statically configure the specified MVR IP multicast group
address for the specified multicast VLAN ID. This is the IP address of
the multicast group that the port is joining.
Defaults A port is configured as neither receiver nor source by default.
The Immediate Leave feature is disabled on all ports by default.
No receiver port is a member of any configured multicast group by default.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-168 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (interface configuration)
Usage Guidelines Configure a port as a source port if that port should be able to both send and receive multicast data bound
for the configured multicast groups. Multicast data is received on all ports configured as source ports.
Receiver ports cannot be trunk ports. Receiver ports on a switch can be in different VLANs, but should
not belong to the multicast VLAN.
A port that is not taking part in MVR should not be configured as an MVR receiver port or source port.
A non-MVR port is a normal switch port, able to send and receive multicast data with normal switch
behavior.
When Immediate Leave is enabled, a receiver port leaves a multicast group more quickly. Without
Immediate Leave, when the switch receives an IGMP leave message from a group on a receiver port, it
sends out an IGMP MAC-based query on that port and waits for IGMP group membership reports. If no
reports are received in a configured time period, the receiver port is removed from multicast group
membership. With Immediate Leave, an IGMP MAC-based query is not sent from the receiver port on
which the IGMP leave was received. As soon as the leave message is received, the receiver port is
removed from multicast group membership, which speeds up leave latency.
The Immediate Leave feature should be enabled only on receiver ports to which a single receiver device
is connected.
The mvr vlan group command statically configures ports to receive multicast traffic sent to the IP
multicast address. A port statically configured as a member of group remains a member of the group
until statically removed. In compatible mode, this command applies only to receiver ports; in dynamic
mode, it can also apply to source ports. Receiver ports can also dynamically join multicast groups by
using IGMP join messages.
When operating in compatible mode, MVR does not support IGMP dynamic joins on MVR source ports.
Examples This example shows how to configure Gigabit Ethernet port 0/1 on stack member 1 as an MVR receiver
port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Switch(config-if)# mvr type receiver
This example shows how to configure Gigabit Ethernet port 0/2 on stack member 1 as an MVR source
port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/2
Switch(config-if)# mvr type source
This example shows how to remove port 0/1 on stack member 1 as an MVR port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Switch(config-if))# no mvr
This example shows how to display configured receiver ports and source ports.
Switch# show mvr interface
Port Type Status Immediate Leave
---- ---- ------- ---------------
Gi1/0/1 SOURCE ACTIVE/UP DISABLED
Gi1/0/2 RECEIVER ACTIVE/DOWN DISABLED
Gi1/0/5 RECEIVER ACTIVE/UP ENABLED
This example shows how to enable Immediate Leave on Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Switch(config-if)# mvr immediate
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-169
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (interface configuration)
This example shows how to disable Immediate Leave on Gigabit Ethernet port 0/1on stack member 1:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Switch(config-if)# no mvr immediate
This example shows how to add Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2 on VLAN 1 as a static member of IP
multicast group 228.1.23.4:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/2
Switch(config-if)# mvr vlan1 group 230.1.23.4
This example shows how to remove this port from membership:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Switch(config-if)# no mvr vlan5 group 228.1.23.4
This example shows how to remove this port from all IP multicast groups:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Switch(config-if)# no mvr vlan5 group
This example shows the result if Gigabit Ethernet port 0/2 on stack member 1 is not a receiver port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/2
Switch(config-if)# mvr vlan 1 group 230.1.23.4
Interface Gi1/0/2 not configured as a receiver interface
You can verify your settings by entering the show mvr members privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mvr (global configuration) Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the switch.
show mvr Displays MVR global parameters or port parameters.
show mvr interface Displays the configured MVR interfaces or displays the multicast
groups to which a receiver port belongs. Also displays all MVR
groups of which the interface is a member.
show mvr members Displays all receiver ports that are members of an MVR multicast
group.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-170 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
pagp learn-method
pagp learn-method
Use the pagp learn-method interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to learn the source address of incoming packets received from an EtherChannel port. Use the no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
pagp learn-method {aggregation-port | physical-port}
no pagp learn-method
Syntax Description aggregation-port Specify address learning on the logical port-channel. The switch sends
packets to the source using any of the interfaces in the EtherChannel. This
setting is the default. With aggregate-port learning, it is not important on
which physical port the packet arrives.
physical-port Specify address learning on the physical port within the EtherChannel. The
switch sends packets to the source using the same interface in the
EtherChannel from which it learned the source address. The other end of the
channel uses the same port in the channel for a particular destination MAC or
IP address.
Defaults The default is aggregation-port (logical port channel).
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The learn method must be configured the same at both ends of the link.
Note The Catalyst 3750 switch supports address learning only on aggregate ports even though the
physical-port keyword is provided in the command-line interface (CLI). The pagp learn-method and
the pagp port-priority interface configuration commands have no effect on the switch hardware, but
they are required for PAgP interoperability with devices that only support address learning by physical
ports, such as the Catalyst 1900 switch.
When the link partner to the Catalyst 3750 switch is a physical learner, we recommend that you configure
the switch as a physical-port learner by using the pagp learn-method physical-port interface
configuration command and to set the load-distribution method based on the source MAC address by
using the port-channel load-balance src-mac global configuration command. Use the pagp
learn-method interface configuration command only in this situation.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-171
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
pagp learn-method
Examples This example shows how to set the learning method to learn the address on the physical port within the
EtherChannel:
Switch(config-if)# pagp learn-method physical-port
This example shows how to set the learning method to learn the address on the port-channel within the
EtherChannel:
Switch(config-if)# pagp learn-method aggregation-port
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command or the
show pagp channel-group-number internal privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
pagp port-priority Selects an interface over which all traffic through the EtherChannel is sent.
show pagp Displays PAgP channel-group information.
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for Release
12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration File
Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-172 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
pagp port-priority
pagp port-priority
Use the pagp port-priority interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to select an interface over which all Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) traffic through the
EtherChannel is sent. If all unused interfaces in the EtherChannel are in hot-standby mode, they can be
placed into operation if the currently selected interface and link fails. Use the no form of this command
to return to the default setting.
pagp port-priority priority
no pagp port-priority
Syntax Description priority A priority number ranging from 0 to 255.
Defaults The default is 128.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The physical port with the highest priority that is operational and has membership in the same
EtherChannel is the one selected for PAgP transmission.
Note The Catalyst 3750 switch supports address learning only on aggregate ports even though the
physical-port keyword is provided in the command-line interface (CLI). The pagp learn-method and
the pagp port-priority interface configuration commands have no effect on the switch hardware, but
they are required for PAgP interoperability with devices that only support address learning by physical
ports, such as the Catalyst 1900 switch.
When the link partner to the Catalyst 3750 switch is a physical learner, we recommend that you configure
the switch as a physical-port learner by using the pagp learn-method physical-port interface
configuration command and to set the load-distribution method based on the source MAC address by
using the port-channel load-balance src-mac global configuration command. Use the pagp
learn-method interface configuration command only in this situation.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-173
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
pagp port-priority
Examples This example shows how to set the port priority to 200:
Switch(config-if)# pagp port-priority 200
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command or the
show pagp channel-group-number internal privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
pagp learn-method Provides the ability to learn the source address of incoming packets.
show pagp Displays PAgP channel-group information.
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for Release
12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration File
Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-174 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
permit
permit
Use the permit MAC-access list configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to allow non-IP traffic to be forwarded if the conditions are matched. Use the no form of this command
to remove a permit condition from the extended MAC access list.
{permit | deny} {any | host src-MAC-addr | src-MAC-addr mask} {any | host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask} [type mask | cos cos | aarp | amber | dec-spanning | decnet-iv |
diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000 | etype-8042 | lat | lavc-sca | lsap lsap mask | mop-console |
mop-dump | msdos | mumps | netbios | vines-echo | vines-ip | xns-idp]
no {permit | deny} {any | host src-MAC-addr | src-MAC-addr mask} {any | host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask} [type mask | cos cos | aarp | amber | dec-spanning | decnet-iv |
diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000 | etype-8042 | lat | lavc-sca | lsap lsap mask | mop-console |
mop-dump | msdos | mumps | netbios | vines-echo |vines-ip | xns-idp]
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, appletalk is not supported as a matching condition.
Syntax Description any Keyword to specify to deny any source or destination MAC address.
host src-MAC-addr | Define a host MAC address and optional subnet mask. If the source
src-MAC-addr mask address for a packet matches the defined address, non-IP traffic from that
address is denied.
host dst-MAC-addr | Define a destination MAC address and optional subnet mask. If the
dst-MAC-addr mask destination address for a packet matches the defined address, non-IP
traffic to that address is denied.
type mask (Optional) Use the Ethertype number of a packet with Ethernet II or
SNAP encapsulation to identify the protocol of the packet.
• type is 0 to 65535, specified in hexadecimal.
• mask is a mask of don’t care bits applied to the Ethertype before
testing for a match.
aarp (Optional) Select Ethertype AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol that
maps a data-link address to a network address.
amber (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-Amber.
cos cos (Optional) Select an arbitrary class of service (CoS) number from 0 to 7
to set priority. Filtering on CoS can be performed only in hardware. A
warning message appears if the cos option is configured.
dec-spanning (Optional) Select EtherType Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC)
spanning tree.
decnet-iv (Optional) Select EtherType DECnet Phase IV protocol.
diagnostic (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-Diagnostic.
dsm (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-DSM.
etype-6000 (Optional) Select EtherType 0x6000.
etype-8042 (Optional) Select EtherType 0x8042.
lat (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-LAT.
lavc-sca (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-LAVC-SCA.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-175
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
permit
lsap lsap-number mask (Optional) Use the LSAP number (0 to 65535) of a packet with 802.2
encapsulation to identify the protocol of the packet.
The mask is a mask of don’t care bits applied to the LSAP number before
testing for a match.
mop-console (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MOP Remote Console.
mop-dump (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MOP Dump.
msdos (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MSDOS.
mumps (Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MUMPS.
netbios (Optional) Select EtherType DEC- Network Basic Input/Output System
(NETBIOS).
vines-echo (Optional) Select EtherType Virtual Integrated Network Service (VINES)
Echo from Banyan Systems.
vines-ip (Optional) Select EtherType VINES IP.
xns-idp (Optional) Select EtherType Xerox Network Systems (XNS) protocol
suite.
To filter IPX traffic, you use the type mask or lsap lsap mask keywords, depending on the type of IPX
encapsulation being used. Filter criteria for IPX encapsulation types as specified in Novell terminology
and Cisco IOS terminology are listed in Table 2-14.
Table 2-14 IPX Filtering Criteria
IPX Encapsulation Type
Cisco IOS Name Novell Name Filter Criterion
arpa Ethernet II Ethertype 0x8137
snap Ethernet-snap Ethertype 0x8137
sap Ethernet 802.2 LSAP 0xE0E0
novell-ether Ethernet 802.3 LSAP 0xFFFF
Defaults This command has no defaults. However; the default action for a MAC-named ACL is to deny.
Command Modes MAC-access list configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-176 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
permit
Usage Guidelines You enter MAC-access list configuration mode by using the mac access-list extended global
configuration command.
If you use the host keyword, you cannot enter an address mask; if you do not use the any or host
keywords, you must enter an address mask.
After an access control entry (ACE) is added to an access control list, an implied deny-any-any
condition exists at the end of the list. That is, if there are no matches, the packets are denied. However,
before the first ACE is added, the list permits all packets.
Note For more information about MAC named extended access lists, refer to the software configuration guide
for this release.
Examples This example shows how to define the MAC name extended access list to allow NETBIOS traffic from
any source to MAC address 00c0.00a0.03fa. Traffic matching this list is allowed.
Switch(config-ext-macl)# permit any host 00c0.00a0.03fa netbios
This example shows how to remove the permit condition from the MAC name extended access list:
Switch(config-ext-macl)# no permit any 00c0.00a0.03fa 0000.0000.0000 netbios
This example permits all packets with Ethertype 0x4321:
Switch(config-ext-macl)# permit any any 0x4321 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
deny Denies non-IP traffic to be forwarded if conditions are matched.
mac access-list extended Creates an access list based on MAC addresses for non-IP traffic.
show access-lists Displays access control lists configured on a switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-177
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
police
police
Use the police policy-map class configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to define a policer for classified traffic. A policer defines a maximum permissible rate of transmission,
a maximum burst size for transmissions, and an action to take if either maximum is exceeded. Use the
no form of this command to remove an existing policer.
police rate-bps burst-byte [exceed-action {drop | policed-dscp-transmit}]
no police rate-bps burst-byte [exceed-action {drop | policed-dscp-transmit}]
Syntax Description rate-bps Specify the average traffic rate in bits per second (bps). The range is 8000 to
1000000000.
burst-byte Specify the normal burst size in bytes. The range is 8000 to 1000000.
exceed-action drop (Optional) When the specified rate is exceeded, specify that the switch drop
the packet.
exceed-action (Optional) When the specified rate is exceeded, specify that the switch
policed-dscp-transmit change the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) of the packet to that
specified in the policed-DSCP map and then send the packet.
Defaults No policers are defined.
Command Modes Policy-map class configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The port ASIC supports 256 policers (255 policers plus 1 no policer). The maximum number of policers
supported per port is 64. Policers are allocated on demand by the software and are constrained by the
hardware and ASIC boundaries. You cannot reserve policers per port. There is no guarantee that a port
will be assigned to any policer.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
Policing uses a token-bucket algorithm. You configure the bucket depth (the maximum burst that is
tolerated before the bucket overflows) by using the burst-byte option of the police policy-map class
configuration command or the mls qos aggregate-policer global configuration command. You
configure how quickly (the average rate) the tokens are removed from the bucket by using the rate-bps
option of the police policy-map class configuration command or the mls qos aggregate-policer global
configuration command. For more information, refer to the software configuration guide for this release.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-178 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
police
Examples This example shows how to configure a policer that drops packets if traffic exceeds 1 Mbps average rate
with a burst size of 20 KB. The DSCPs of incoming packets are trusted, and there is no packet
modification.
Switch(config)# policy-map policy1
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set ip dscp 45
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 20000 exceed-action drop
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
This example shows how to configure a policer, which marks down the DSCPs with the values defined
in policed-DSCP map and sends the packet:
Switch(config)# policy-map policy2
Switch(config-pmap)# class class2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 20000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
class Defines a traffic classification match criteria (through the police, set,
and trust policy-map class configuration commands) for the
specified class-map name.
mls qos map policed-dscp Applies a policed-DSCP map to a DSCP-trusted port.
policy-map Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
interfaces to specify a service policy.
set Classifies IP traffic by setting a DSCP or IP-precedence value in the
packet.
show policy-map Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
trust Defines a trust state for traffic classified through the class
policy-map configuration or the class-map global configuration
command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-179
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
police aggregate
police aggregate
Use the police aggregate policy-map class configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to apply an aggregate policer to multiple classes in the same policy map. A policer
defines a maximum permissible rate of transmission, a maximum burst size for transmissions, and an
action to take if either maximum is exceeded. Use the no form of this command to remove the specified
policer.
police aggregate aggregate-policer-name
no police aggregate aggregate-policer-name
Syntax Description aggregate-policer-name Name of the aggregate policer.
Defaults No aggregate policers are defined.
Command Modes Policy-map class configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The port ASIC supports 256 policers (255 policers plus 1 no policer). The maximum number of policers
supported per port is 64. Policers are allocated on demand by the software and are constrained by the
hardware and ASIC boundaries. You cannot reserve policers per port. There is no guarantee that a port
will be assigned to any policer.
You set aggregate policer parameters by using the mls qos aggregate-policer global configuration
command. You apply an aggregate policer to multiple classes in the same policy map; you cannot use an
aggregate policer across different policy maps.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-180 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
police aggregate
Examples This example shows how to define the aggregate policer parameters and to apply the policer to multiple
classes in a policy map:
Switch(config)# mls qos aggregate-policer agg_policer1 10000 1000000 exceed-action drop
Switch(config)# policy-map policy2
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set ip dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# trust dscp
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos aggregate-policer privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos aggregate-policer Defines policer parameters, which can be shared by multiple
classes within a policy map.
show mls qos aggregate-policer Displays the quality of service (QoS) aggregate policer
configuration.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-181
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
policy-map
policy-map
Use the policy-map global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
create or modify a policy map that can be attached to multiple interfaces and to enter policy-map
configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to delete an existing policy map and to return to
global configuration mode.
policy-map policy-map-name
no policy-map policy-map-name
Syntax Description policy-map-name Name of the policy map.
Defaults No policy maps are defined.
The default behavior is to set the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) to 0 if the packet is an IP
packet and to set the class of service (CoS) to 0 if the packet is tagged. No policing is performed.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines After entering the policy-map command, you enter policy-map configuration mode, and these
configuration commands are available:
• class: defines the classification match criteria for the specified class map. For more information, see
the “class” section on page 2-33.
• description: describes the policy map (up to 200 characters).
• exit: exits policy-map configuration mode and returns you to global configuration mode.
• no: removes a previously defined policy map.
• rename: renames the current policy map.
To return to global configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode, use
the end command.
Before configuring policies for classes whose match criteria are defined in a class map, use the
policy-map command to specify the name of the policy map to be created, added to, or modified.
Entering the policy-map command also enables the policy-map configuration mode in which you can
configure or modify the class policies for that policy map.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-182 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
policy-map
You can configure class policies in a policy map only if the classes have match criteria defined for them.
To configure the match criteria for a class, use the class-map global configuration and match class-map
configuration commands. You define packet classification on a physical-port basis.
Only one policy map per ingress interface is supported. You can apply the same policy map to multiple
interfaces.
Examples This example shows how to create a policy map called policy1. When attached to the ingress direction,
it matches all the incoming traffic defined in class1, sets the IP DSCP to 10, and polices the traffic at an
average rate of 1 Mbps and bursts at 20 KB. Traffic exceeding the profile is marked down to a DSCP
value obtained from the policed-DSCP map and then sent.
Switch(config)# policy-map policy1
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set ip dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 20000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
This example shows how to configure multiple classes in a policy map called policymap2:
Switch(config)# policy-map policymap2
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set ip dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 100000 20000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# trust dscp
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 100000 20000 exceed-action drop
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set ip dscp 0 (no policer)
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
This example shows how to delete policymap2:
Switch(config)# no policy-map policymap2
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
class Defines a traffic classification match criteria (through the police, set, and
trust policy-map class configuration command) for the specified class-map
name.
class-map Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name
you specify.
service-policy Applies a policy map to an interface
show policy-map Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-183
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
port-channel load-balance
port-channel load-balance
Use the port-channel load-balance global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to set the load-distribution method among the ports in the EtherChannel. Use the no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
port-channel load-balance {dst-ip | dst-mac | src-dst-ip | src-dst-mac | src-ip | src-mac}
no port-channel load-balance
Syntax Description dst-ip Load distribution is based on the destination host IP address.
dst-mac Load distribution is based on the destination host MAC address. Packets to the same
destination are sent on the same port, but packets to different destinations are sent on
different ports in the channel.
src-dst-ip Load distribution is based on the source and destination host IP address.
src-dst-mac Load distribution is based on the source and destination host MAC address.
src-ip Load distribution is based on the source host IP address.
src-mac Load distribution is based on the source MAC address. Packets from different hosts use
different ports in the channel, but packets from the same host use the same port.
Defaults The default is src-mac.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines For information about when to use these forwarding methods, refer to the “Configuring EtherChannels”
chapter in the software guide for this release.
Examples This example shows how to set the load-distribution method to dst-mac:
Switch(config)# port-channel load-balance dst-mac
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command or the
show etherchannel load-balance privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-184 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
port-channel load-balance
Related Commands Command Description
interface port-channel Accesses or creates the port channel.
show etherchannel Displays EtherChannel information for a channel.
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for Release
12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration File
Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-185
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
queue-set
queue-set
Use the queue-set interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to map
a port to a queue-set. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
queue-set qset-id
no queue-set qset-id
Syntax Description qset-id ID of the queue-set. Each port belongs to a queue-set, which defines all the
characteristics of the four egress queues per port. The range is 1 to 2.
Defaults The queue-set ID is 1.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to map Fast Ethernet port 0/1 on stack member 2 to queue-set 2:
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# queue-set 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] buffers privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
mls qos queue-set output threshold Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface buffers Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-186 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
rcommand
rcommand
Use the rcommand user EXEC command on the switch stack or on the cluster command switch to start a
Telnet session and to execute commands on a cluster member switch from the cluster command switch
or the switch stack. To end the session, enter the exit command.
rcommand {n | commander | mac-address hw-addr}
Syntax Description n Provide the number that identifies a cluster member. The range is 0 to 15.
commander Provide access to the cluster command switch from a cluster member
switch.
mac-address hw-addr MAC address of the cluster member switch.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command is available only on the cluster command switch stack or cluster command switch.
If the switch is the cluster command switch but the cluster member switch n does not exist, an error
message appears. To obtain the switch number, enter the show cluster members privileged EXEC
command on the cluster command switch.
You can use this command to access a cluster member switch from the cluster command-switch prompt
or to access a cluster command switch from the member-switch prompt.
For Catalyst 2900 XL, 3500 XL, 2950, 2970, 3550, and 3750 switches, the Telnet session accesses the
member-switch command-line interface (CLI) at the same privilege level as on the cluster command
switch. For example, if you execute this command at user level on the cluster command switch, the
cluster member switch is accessed at user level. If you use this command on the cluster command switch
at privileged level, the command accesses the remote device at privileged level. If you use an
intermediate enable-level lower than privileged, access to the cluster member switch is at user level.
For Catalyst 1900 and 2820 switches running standard edition software, the Telnet session accesses the
menu console (the menu-driven interface) if the cluster command switch is at privilege level 15. If the
cluster command switch is at privilege level 1, you are prompted for the password before being able to
access the menu console. Cluster command switch privilege levels map to the cluster member switches
running standard edition software as follows:
• If the cluster command switch privilege level is from 1 to 14, the cluster member switch is accessed
at privilege level 1.
• If the cluster command switch privilege level is 15, the cluster member switch is accessed at
privilege level 15.
The Catalyst 1900 and 2820 CLI is available only on switches running Enterprise Edition Software.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-187
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
rcommand
This command will not work if the vty lines of the cluster command switch have access-class
configurations.
You are not prompted for a password because the cluster member switches inherited the password of the
cluster command switch when they joined the cluster.
Examples This example shows how to start a session with member 3. All subsequent commands are directed to
member 3 until you enter the exit command or close the session.
Switch# rcommand 3
Switch-3# show version
Cisco Internet Operating System Software ...
...
Switch-3# exit
Switch#
Related Commands Command Description
show cluster members Displays information about the cluster members.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-188 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
reload
reload
Use the reload privileged EXEC command to reset the stack member and applies a configuration change
into effect.
reload [LINE | at | cancel | in | slot stack-member-number | standby-cpu]
Syntax Description LINE Specify the reason for the reload.
at Specify the time in hh:mm for the reload to occur.
cancel Cancel the pending reload.
in Specify a time interval in mmm or hhh:mm for reloads to occur.
slot stack-member-number Save the changes on the specified stack member and restart it.
standby-cpu Reload the standby route processor (RP).
Defaults Immediately resets the stack member and puts a configuration change into effect.
Command Modes Privilege EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to reload the switch stack:
Switch(config)# reload
System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: y
Proceed to reload the whole Stack? [confirm] y
This example shows how to reload a specific stack member:
Switch(config)# reload slot 6
Proceed with reload? [confirm]y
Related Commands Command Description
reload Accesses a specific stack member.
switch priority Changes the stack member priority value.
switch renumber Changes the stack member number.
show switch Displays information about the switch stack and its stack members.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-189
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
remote command
remote command
Use the remote command privileged EXEC command to monitor all or specified stack members.
remote command [all | stack-member-number] LINE
Syntax Description stack-member-number Specify the stack member. The range is 1 to 9.
all Apply to all stack members.
LINE Specify the command to execute.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The commands (such as debug, show, or clear) you use in the LINE command-to-execute string apply
to a specific stack member or to the switch stack.
Examples This example shows how to execute the undebug command on the switch stack:
Switch(config)# remote command all undebug all
Switch :1 :
------------
All possible debugging has been turned off
Switch :5 :
------------
All possible debugging has been turned off
Switch :9 :
------------
All possible debugging has been turned off
This example shows how to execute the debug udld event command on stack member 5:
Switch(config)# remote command 5 undebug all
Switch :5 :
------------
UDLD events debugging is on
Related Commands Command Description
reload Accesses a specific stack member.
switch priority Changes the stack member priority value.
switch renumber Changes the stack member number.
show switch Displays information about the switch stack and its stack members.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-190 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
remote-span
remote-span
Use the remote-span VLAN configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
configure a VLAN as a Remote Switched Port Analyzer (RSPAN) VLAN. Use the no form of this
command to remove the RSPAN designation from the VLAN.
remote-span
no remote-span
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults No RSPAN VLANs are defined.
Command Modes VLAN configuration (config-VLAN)
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can configure RSPAN VLANs only in config-VLAN mode (entered by using the vlan global
configuration command), not the VLAN configuration mode entered by using the vlan database
privileged EXEC command.
If VTP is enabled, the RSPAN feature is propagated by VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) for VLAN-IDs
that are lower than 1005. If the RSPAN VLAN ID is in the extended range, you must manually configure
intermediate switches (those in the RSPAN VLAN between the source switch and the destination
switch).
Before you configure the RSPAN remote-span command, use the vlan (global configuration) command
to create the VLAN.
The RSPAN VLAN has these characteristics:
• No MAC address learning occurs on it.
• RSPAN VLAN traffic flows only on trunk ports.
• Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) can run in the RSPAN VLAN, but it does not run on RSPAN
destination ports.
When an existing VLAN is configured as an RSPAN VLAN, the VLAN is first deleted and then
recreated as an RSPAN VLAN. Any access ports are made inactive until the RSPAN feature is disabled.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-191
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
remote-span
Examples This example shows how to configure a VLAN as an RSPAN VLAN.
Switch(config)# vlan 901
Switch(config-vlan)# remote-span
This example shows how to remove the RSPAN feature from a VLAN.
Switch(config)# vlan 901
Switch(config-vlan)# no remote-span
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan remote-span user EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
monitor session Enables Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) and RSPAN monitoring on a port
and configures a port as a source or destination port.
vlan (global Changes to config-vlan mode where you can configure VLANs 1 to 4094.
configuration)
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-192 78-15165-02
2
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
rmon collection stats
rmon collection stats
Use the rmon collection stats interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to collect Ethernet group statistics, which include utilization statistics about broadcast and
multicast packets, and error statistics about Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) alignment errors and
collisions. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
rmon collection stats index [owner name]
no rmon collection stats index [owner name]
Syntax Description index Remote Network Monitoring (RMON) collection control index. The range is
1 to 65535.
owner name (Optional) Owner of the RMON collection.
Defaults The RMON statistics collection is disabled.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The RMON statistics collection command is based on hardware counters.
Examples This example shows how to collect RMON statistics for the owner root on Gigabit Ethernet interface 0/1
of stack member 2:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# rmon collection stats 2 owner root
You can verify your setting by entering the show rmon statistics privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show rmon statistics Displays RMON statistics.
For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration
Fundamentals Command Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS
System Management Commands > RMON Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-193
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
sdm prefer
sdm prefer
Use the sdm prefer global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
configure the template used in Switch Database Management (SDM) resource allocation. You can use a
template to allocate system resources to best support the features being used in your application. Use a
template to provide maximum system utilization for unicast routing or for VLAN configuration or to
change an aggregator template (Catalyst 3750-12S only) to a desktop template. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default template.
sdm prefer {default | routing | vlan} [desktop]
no sdm prefer
Syntax Description default Set the switch to use the default template (Catalyst 3750-12S only). This keyword
is not available on switches that do not allow the aggregator template (desktop
switches). On these switches, enter the no sdm prefer command to set the default
template.
routing Provide maximum system utilization for unicast routing. You would typically use
this template for a router or aggregator in the middle of a network.
vlan Provide maximum system utilization for VLANs. This template maximizes system
resources for use as a Layer 2 switch with no routing.
desktop Use only on a Catalyst 3750-12S switch (where aggregator templates are the
default), to select the default, routing, or VLAN desktop template.
Defaults The default template provides a balance to all features.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The aggregator templates were added.
Usage Guidelines You must reload the switch for the configuration to take effect. If you enter the show sdm prefer
command before you enter the reload privileged EXEC command, the show sdm prefer command shows
the template currently in use and the template that will become active after a reload.
Desktop switches support only desktop templates; an aggregator switch (Catalyst 3750-12S) supports
both desktop and aggregator templates. On an aggregator switch, if you do not enter the desktop
keyword, the aggregator templates are selected.
All stack members use the same SDM desktop or aggregator template, stored on the stack master. When
a new switch member is added to a stack, as with the switch configuration file and VLAN database file,
the SDM configuration that is stored on the stack master overrides the template configured on an
individual switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-194 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
sdm prefer
If a stack member cannot support the template that is running on the master switch, the switch goes into
SDM mismatch mode, the master switch does not attempt to change the SDM template, and the switch
cannot be a functioning member of the stack.
• If the master switch is a Catalyst 3750-12S, and you change the template from an aggregator
template to a desktop template and reload the switch, the entire stack operates with the selected
desktop template. This could cause configuration losses if the number of ternary content addressable
memory (TCAM) entries exceeds the desktop template sizes.
• If you change the template on a Catalyst 3750-12S master from a desktop template to an aggregator
template and reload the switch, any desktop switches that were part of the stack go into SDM
mismatch mode.
• If you add a Catalyst 3750-12S switch that is running the aggregator template to a stack that has a
desktop switch as the stack master, the stack operates with the desktop template selected on the stack
master. This could cause configuration losses on the Catalyst 3750-12S stack member if the number
of TCAM entries on it exceeds desktop template sizes.
Note For more information about stacking, refer to the “Managing Switch Stacks” chapter in the software
configuration guide.
Use the sdm prefer vlan [desktop] global configuration command only on switches intended for Layer
2 switching with no routing. When you use the VLAN template, no system resources are reserved for
routing entries and any routing is done through software. This overloads the central processing unit
(CPU) and severely degrades routing performance.
Do not use the routing template if you do not have routing enabled on your switch. Entering the sdm
prefer routing [desktop] global configuration command prevents other features from using the memory
allocated to unicast routing in the routing template.
Table 2-15 lists the approximate number of each resource supported in each of the three templates for a
desktop or aggregator switch. The first eight rows in the tables (unicast MAC addresses through security
ACEs) represent approximate hardware boundaries set when a template is selected. If a section of a
hardware resource is full, all processing overflow is sent to the CPU, seriously impacting switch
performance. The last row is a guideline used to calculate hardware resource consumption related to the
number of Layer 3 VLANs configured.
.
Table 2-15 Approximate Number of Feature Resources Allowed by Each Template
Desktop Templates Aggregator Templates
Resource Default Routing VLAN Default Routing VLAN
Unicast MAC addresses 6K 3K 12 K 6K 6K 12 K
Internet Group Management Protocol 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K
(IGMP) groups and multicast routes
Unicast routes 8K 11 K 0 12 K 20 K 0
• Directly connected hosts 6K 3K 0 6K 6K 0
• Indirect routes 2K 8K 0 6K 14 K 0
Policy-based routing access control 0 512 0 0 512 0
entries (ACEs)
QoS classification ACEs 512 512 512 896 512 896
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-195
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
sdm prefer
Table 2-15 Approximate Number of Feature Resources Allowed by Each Template (continued)
Desktop Templates Aggregator Templates
Resource Default Routing VLAN Default Routing VLAN
Security ACEs 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K
Layer 2 VLANs 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K
Examples This example shows how to configure the routing template on a desktop switch:
Switch(config)# sdm prefer routing
Switch(config)# exit
Switch# reload
This example shows how to configure the desktop routing template on an aggregator switch:
Switch(config)# sdm prefer routing desktop
Switch(config)# exit
Switch# reload
This example shows how to change a switch template to the default template. On an aggregator switch,
this is the default aggregator template; on a desktop switch, this is the default desktop template.
Switch(config)# no sdm prefer
Switch(config)# exit
Switch# reload
This example shows how to configure the desktop default template on an aggregator switch:
Switch(config)# sdm prefer default desktop
Switch(config)# exit
Switch# reload
You can verify your settings by entering the show sdm prefer privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show sdm prefer Displays the current SDM template in use or displays the templates that can
be used, with approximate resource allocation per feature.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-196 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
service password-recovery
service password-recovery
Use the service password-recovery global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to enable the password-recovery mechanism (the default). This mechanism allows a user with
physical access to the switch to hold down the Mode button and interrupt the boot process while the
switch is powering up and to assign a new password. Use the no form of this command to disable part
of the password-recovery functionality. When the password-recovery mechanism is disabled,
interrupting the boot process is allowed only if the user agrees to set the system back to the default
configuration.
service password-recovery
no service password-recovery
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults The default action is for the password-recovery mechanism to be enabled.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines As a system administrator, you can use the no service password-recovery command to disable some of
the functionality of the password recovery feature by allowing an end user to reset a password only by
agreeing to return to the default configuration.
To use the password-recovery procedure, a user with physical access to the switch holds down the Mode
button while the unit powers up and for a second or two after the LED above port 1X goes off. When the
button is released, the system continues with initialization. If the password-recovery mechanism is disabled,
this message is displayed:
The password-recovery mechanism has been triggered, but
is currently disabled. Access to the boot loader prompt
through the password-recovery mechanism is disallowed at
this point. However, if you agree to let the system be
reset back to the default system configuration, access
to the boot loader prompt can still be allowed.
Would you like to reset the system back to the default configuration (y/n)?
If the user chooses not to reset the system back to the default configuration, the normal boot process
continues, as if the Mode button had not been pressed. If you choose to reset the system back to the default
configuration, the configuration file in flash memory is deleted and the VLAN database file, flash:vlan.dat
(if present) is deleted.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-197
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
service password-recovery
Note If you use the no service password-recovery command to control end user access to passwords, we
recommend that you save a copy of the config file in a location away from the switch in case the end
user uses the password recovery procedure and sets the system back to defaults. Do not keep a backup
copy of the config file on the switch.
If the switch is operating in VTP transparent mode, we recommend that you also save a copy of the
vlan.dat file in a location away from the switch.
When you enter the service password-recovery or no service password-recovery command on the
stack master, it is propagated throughout the stack and applied to all switches in the stack.
You can verify if password recovery is enabled or disabled by entering the show version privileged
EXEC command.
Examples This example shows how to disable password recovery on a switch or switch stack so that a user can
only reset a password by agreeing to return to the default configuration.
Switch(config)# no service-password recovery
Switch(config)# exit
Related Commands Command Description
show version Displays version information for the hardware and firmware.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-198 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
service-policy
service-policy
Use the service-policy interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to apply a policy map defined by the policy-map command to the input of a particular interface. Use the
no form of this command to remove the policy map and interface association.
service-policy input policy-map-name
no service-policy input policy-map-name
Syntax Description input policy-map-name Apply the specified policy-map to the input of an interface.
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the history keyword is not supported, and you should
ignore the statistics it gathers. The output keyword is also not supported.
Defaults No policy maps are attached to the interface.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Only one policy map per ingress interface is supported.
Classification using a port trust state (for example, mls qos trust [cos | dscp | ip-precedence] and a
policy map (for example, service-policy input policy-map-name) are mutually exclusive. The last one
configured overwrites the previous configuration.
Examples This example shows how to apply plcmap1 to an ingress interface on stack member 2:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy input plcmap1
This example shows how to detach plcmap2 from an interface on stack member 2:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/2
Switch(config-if)# no service-policy input plcmap2
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-199
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
service-policy
Related Commands Command Description
policy-map Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple interfaces
to specify a service policy.
show policy-map Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-200 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
session
session
Use the session privileged EXEC command on the stack master to access a specific stack member.
session stack-member-number
Syntax Description stack-member-number Specify the current stack member number. The stack member number is
in the range from 1 through 9.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When you access the stack member, its stack member number is appended to the system prompt.
Examples This example shows how to access stack member 6:
Switch(config)# session 6
Switch-6#
Related Commands Command Description
reload Saves the configuration change and restarts the stack member.
switch priority Changes the stack member priority value.
switch renumber Changes the stack member number.
show switch Displays information about the switch stack and its stack members.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-201
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
set
set
Use the set policy-map class configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
classify IP traffic by setting a Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) or IP-precedence value in the
packet. Use the no form of this command to remove traffic classification.
set {ip dscp new-dscp | ip precedence new-precedence}
no set {ip dscp new-dscp | ip precedence new-precedence}
Syntax Description ip dscp new-dscp New DSCP value assigned to the classified traffic. The range is
0 to 63. You also can enter a mnemonic name for a commonly-used
value.
ip precedence new-precedence New IP-precedence value assigned to the classified traffic. The
range is 0 to 7. You also can enter a mnemonic name for a
commonly-used value.
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the mpls keyword is not supported.
Defaults No traffic classification is defined.
Command Modes Policy-map class configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The set command is mutually exclusive with the trust policy-map class configuration command within
the same policy map.
For the set ip dscp new-dscp or the set ip precedence new-precedence command, you can enter a
mnemonic name for a commonly-used value. For example, you can enter the set ip dscp af11 command,
which is the as same entering the set ip dscp 10 command. You can enter the set ip precedence critical
command, which is the same as entering the set ip precedence 5 command. For a list of supported
mnemonics, enter the set ip dscp ? or the set ip precedence ? command to see the command-line help
strings.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-202 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
set
Examples This example shows how to assign DSCP 10 to all FTP traffic without any policers:
Switch(config)# policy-map policy_ftp
Switch(config-pmap)# class ftp_class
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set ip dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
class Defines a traffic classification match criteria (through the police, set, and trust
policy-map class configuration commands) for the specified class-map name.
police Defines a policer for classified traffic.
policy-map Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple interfaces to
specify a service policy.
show policy-map Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
trust Defines a trust state for traffic classified through the class policy-map
configuration command or the class-map global configuration command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-203
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
setup
setup
Use the setup privileged EXEC command to configure the switch with its initial configuration.
setup
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When you use the setup command, make sure that you have this information:
• IP address and network mask
• Password strategy for your environment
• Whether the switch will be used as the cluster command switch and the cluster name
When you enter the setup command, an interactive dialog, called the System Configuration Dialog,
appears. It guides you through the configuration process and prompts you for information. The values
shown in brackets next to each prompt are the default values last set by using either the setup command
facility or the configure privileged EXEC command.
Help text is provided for each prompt. To access help text, press the question mark (?) key at a prompt.
To return to the privileged EXEC prompt without making changes and without running through the
entire System Configuration Dialog, press Ctrl-C.
When you complete your changes, the setup program shows you the configuration command script that
was created during the setup session. You can save the configuration in nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM),
return to the setup program without saving, or return to the command-line prompt without saving the
configuration.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-204 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
setup
Examples This is an example of output from the setup command:
Switch# setup
--- System Configuration Dialog ---
Continue with configuration dialog? [yes/no]: yes
At any point you may enter a question mark '?' for help.
Use ctrl-c to abort configuration dialog at any prompt.
Default settings are in square brackets '[]'.
Basic management setup configures only enough connectivity
for management of the system, extended setup will ask you
to configure each interface on the system.
Would you like to enter basic management setup? [yes/no]: yes
Configuring global parameters:
Enter host name [Switch]:host-name
The enable secret is a password used to protect access to
privileged EXEC and configuration modes. This password, after
entered, becomes encrypted in the configuration.
Enter enable secret: enable-secret-password
The enable password is used when you do not specify an
enable secret password, with some older software versions, and
some boot images.
Enter enable password: enable-password
The virtual terminal password is used to protect
access to the router over a network interface.
Enter virtual terminal password: terminal-password
Configure SNMP Network Management? [no]: yes
Community string [public]:
Current interface summary
Any interface listed with OK? value "NO" does not have a valid configuration
Interface IP-Address OK? Method Status Protocol
Vlan1 172.20.135.202 YES NVRAM up up
GigabitEthernet6/0/1 unassigned YES unset up up
GigabitEthernet6/0/2 unassigned YES unset up down
GigabitEthernet6/0/3 unassigned YES unset administratively down down
GigabitEthernet6/0/4 unassigned YES unset up down
GigabitEthernet6/0/5 unassigned YES NVRAM up down
GigabitEthernet6/0/6 unassigned YES NVRAM up down
GigabitEthernet6/0/7 unassigned YES unset up down
GigabitEthernet6/0/8 unassigned YES unset up down
GigabitEthernet6/0/9 unassigned YES unset administratively down down
GigabitEthernet6/0/10 10.1.2.3 YES NVRAM up down
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-205
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
setup
GigabitEthernet6/0/11 unassigned YES unset up down
GigabitEthernet6/0/12 unassigned YES unset up down
Port-channel1 unassigned YES unset up down
Enter interface name used to connect to the
management network from the above interface summary: vlan1
Configuring interface vlan1:
Configure IP on this interface? [yes]: yes
IP address for this interface: ip_address
Subnet mask for this interface [255.0.0.0]: subnet_mask
Would you like to enable as a cluster command switch? [yes/no]: yes
Enter cluster name: cluster-name
The following configuration command script was created:
hostname host-name
enable secret 5 $1$LiBw$0Xc1wyT.PXPkuhFwqyhVi0
enable password enable-password
line vty 0 15
password terminal-password
snmp-server community public
!
no ip routing
!
interface GigabitEthernet6/0/1
no ip address
!
interface GigabitEthernet6/0/2
no ip address
!
...
interface GigabitEthernet6/0/12
no ip address
cluster enable cluster-name
!
end
Use this configuration? [yes/no]: yes
!
[0] Go to the IOS command prompt without saving this config.
[1] Return back to the setup without saving this config.
[2] Save this configuration to nvram and exit.
Enter your selection [2]:
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management
Commands > Configuration File Commands.
show version Displays version information for the hardware and firmware.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-206 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
setup express
setup express
Use the setup express global configuration command to enable Express Setup mode on the switch stack
or on a standalone switch. Use the no form of this command to disable Express Setup mode.
setup express
no setup express
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Express Setup is enabled.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When Express Setup is enabled on a new (unconfigured) switch, pressing the Mode button for 2 seconds
activates Express Setup. You can access the switch through an Ethernet port by using the IP address
10.0.0.1 and then can configure the switch with the web-based Express Setup program or the
command-line interface (CLI)-based setup program.
When you press the Mode button for 2 seconds on a configured switch, the mode LEDs start flashing. If
you press the Mode button for a total of 10 seconds, the switch configuration is deleted, and the switch
reboots. The switch can then be configured like a new switch, either through the web-based Express
Setup program or the CLI-based setup program.
Note As soon as you make any change to the switch configuration (including entering no at the beginning of
the CLI-based setup program), configuration by Express Setup is no longer available. You can only run
Express Setup again by pressing the Mode button for 10 seconds. This deletes the switch configuration
and reboots the switch.
If Express Setup is active on the switch, entering the write memory or copy running-configuration
startup-configuration privileged EXEC commands deactivates Express Setup. The IP address 10.0.0.1
is no longer valid on the switch, and your connection using this IP address ends.
The primary purpose of the no setup express command is to prevent someone from deleting the switch
configuration by pressing the Mode button for 10 seconds.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-207
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
setup express
Examples This example shows how to enable Express Setup mode:
Switch(config)# setup express
You can verify that Express Setup mode is enabled by pressing the Mode button:
• On an unconfigured switch, the mode LEDs turn solid green after 3 seconds.
• On a configured switch, the mode LEDs begin flashing after 2 seconds and turn solid green after 10
seconds.
Caution If you hold the Mode button down for a total of 10 seconds, the configuration is deleted, and the switch
reboots.
This example shows how to disable Express Setup mode:
Switch(config)# no setup express
You can verify that Express Setup mode is disabled by pressing the Mode button. The mode LEDs do
not turn solid green or begin flashing green if Express Setup mode is not enabled on the switch.
Related Commands Command Description
clear setup express Exits Express Setup mode.
show setup express Displays if Express Setup mode is active.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-208 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show access-lists
show access-lists
Use the show access-lists privileged EXEC command to display access control lists (ACLs) configured
on the switch.
show access-lists [name | number | hardware counters | ipc] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description name (Optional) Name of the ACL.
number (Optional) ACL number. The range is 1 to 2699.
hardware counters (Optional) Display global hardware ACL statistics for switched and
routed packets.
ipc (Optional) Display Interprocess Communication (IPC) protocol
access-list configuration download information.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the rate-limit keywords are not supported.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The ipc keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines The switch supports only IP standard and extended access lists. Therefore, the allowed numbers are only
1 to 199 and 1300 to 2699.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-209
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show access-lists
Examples This is an example of output from the show access-lists command:
Switch# show access-lists
Standard IP access list 1
permit 1.1.1.1
permit 2.2.2.2
permit any
permit 0.255.255.255, wildcard bits 12.0.0.0
Standard IP access list videowizard_1-1-1-1
permit 1.1.1.1
Standard IP access list videowizard_10-10-10-10
permit 10.10.10.10
Extended IP access list 121
permit ahp host 10.10.10.10 host 20.20.10.10 precedence routine
Extended IP access list CMP-NAT-ACL
Dynamic Cluster-HSRP deny ip any any
deny ip any host 19.19.11.11
deny ip any host 10.11.12.13
Dynamic Cluster-NAT permit ip any any
permit ip host 10.99.100.128 any
permit ip host 10.46.22.128 any
permit ip host 10.45.101.64 any
permit ip host 10.45.20.64 any
permit ip host 10.213.43.128 any
permit ip host 10.91.28.64 any
permit ip host 10.99.75.128 any
permit ip host 10.38.49.0 any
This is an example of output from the show access-lists hardware counters command:
Switch# show access-lists hardware counters
L2 ACL INPUT Statistics
Drop: All frame count: 855
Drop: All bytes count: 94143
Drop And Log: All frame count: 0
Drop And Log: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All bytes count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All frame count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All bytes count: 0
Forwarded: All frame count: 2121
Forwarded: All bytes count: 180762
Forwarded And Log: All frame count: 0
Forwarded And Log: All bytes count: 0
L3 ACL INPUT Statistics
Drop: All frame count: 0
Drop: All bytes count: 0
Drop And Log: All frame count: 0
Drop And Log: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All bytes count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All frame count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All bytes count: 0
Forwarded: All frame count: 13586
Forwarded: All bytes count: 1236182
Forwarded And Log: All frame count: 0
Forwarded And Log: All bytes count: 0
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-210 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show access-lists
L2 ACL OUTPUT Statistics
Drop: All frame count: 0
Drop: All bytes count: 0
Drop And Log: All frame count: 0
Drop And Log: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All bytes count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All frame count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All bytes count: 0
Forwarded: All frame count: 232983
Forwarded: All bytes count: 16825661
Forwarded And Log: All frame count: 0
Forwarded And Log: All bytes count: 0
L3 ACL OUTPUT Statistics
Drop: All frame count: 0
Drop: All bytes count: 0
Drop And Log: All frame count: 0
Drop And Log: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only: All bytes count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All frame count: 0
Bridge Only And Log: All bytes count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All frame count: 0
Forwarding To CPU: All bytes count: 0
Forwarded: All frame count: 514434
Forwarded: All bytes count: 39048748
Forwarded And Log: All frame count: 0
Forwarded And Log: All bytes count: 0
Related Commands Command Description
access-list Configures a standard or extended numbered access list on the switch.
For syntax information, select Cisco IOS IP and IP Routing
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > IP Addressing and
Services > IP Services Commands.
ip access list Configures a named IP access list on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS IP and IP Routing Command
Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > IP Addressing and Services > IP
Services Commands.
mac access-list extended Configures a named or numbered MAC access list on the switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-211
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show auto qos
show auto qos
Use the show auto qos user EXEC command to display the initial configuration that is generated by the
automatic quality of service (auto-QoS) feature.
show auto qos [interface [interface-id]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description interface [interface-id] (Optional) Display auto-QoS information for the specified
interface or for all interfaces. Valid interfaces include physical
ports.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified
expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The show auto qos [interface [interface-id]] command displays the initial auto-QoS configuration; it
does not display any user changes to the configuration that might be in effect. Use the show
running-config privileged EXEC command to display the auto-QoS configuration and the user
modifications.
To display information about the QoS configuration that might be affected by auto-QoS, use one of these
commands:
• show mls qos
• show mls qos maps cos-dscp
• show mls qos interface [interface-id] [buffers | queueing]
• show mls qos maps [cos-dscp | cos-input-q | cos-output-q | dscp-cos | dscp-input-q |
dscp-output-q]
• show mls qos input-queue
• show running-config
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-212 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show auto qos
Examples This is an example of output from the show auto qos command when auto-QoS is enabled:
Switch# show auto qos
Initial configuration applied by AutoQoS:
mls qos map cos-dscp 0 8 16 26 32 46 48 56
mls qos
no mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
no mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 3 0
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 2 1
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 1 2
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 2 4 6 7
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 3 3 5
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 1 threshold 3 5
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 2 threshold 3 3 6 7
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 3 threshold 3 2 4
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 4 threshold 2 1
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 4 threshold 3 0
no mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
no mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3 32
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 1 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2 26 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 24 25 27 28 29 30 31 40
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 24 25 27 28 29 30 31 48
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 3 threshold 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 3 threshold 3 26 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 3 threshold 3 39
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 1 8
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
no mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue 1
no mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue 2
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth 90 10
no mls qos srr-queue input buffers
mls qos queue-set output 1 buffers 20 20 20 40
!
interface GigabitEthernet2/0/2
mls qos trust device cisco-phone
mls qos trust cos
no queue-set 1
srr-queue bandwidth shape 10 0 0 0
srr-queue bandwidth share 10 10 60 20
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-213
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show auto qos
This is an example of output from the show auto qos interface command after the auto qos voip
cisco-phone interface configuration command is entered:
Switch# show auto qos interface
Initial configuration applied by AutoQoS:
!
interface GigabitEthernet2/0/2
mls qos trust device cisco-phone
mls qos trust cos
no queue-set 1
srr-queue bandwidth shape 10 0 0 0
srr-queue bandwidth share 10 10 60 20
This is an example of output from the show auto qos interface gigabitethernet2/0/2 command after the
auto qos voip cisco-phone interface configuration command is entered:
Switch# show auto qos interface gigabitethernet2/0/2
mls qos trust device cisco-phone
mls qos trust cos
no queue-set 1
srr-queue bandwidth shape 10 0 0 0
srr-queue bandwidth share 10 10 60 20
Related Commands Command Description
auto qos voip Automatically configures QoS for VoIP within a QoS domain.
debug autoqos Enables debugging of the auto-QoS feature.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-214 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show boot
show boot
Use the show boot privileged EXEC command to display the settings of the boot environment variables.
show boot [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show boot command. Table 2-16 describes each field in the
display.
Switch# show boot
BOOT path-list: flash:c3750-i5q3l2-mz-121.11.AX/c3750-i5q3l2-mz-121.11.AX.bin
Config file: flash:config.text
Private Config file: private-config
Enable Break: no
Manual Boot: yes
HELPER path-list:
Auto upgrade : yes
NVRAM/Config file
buffer size: 32768
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-215
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show boot
Table 2-16 show boot Field Descriptions
Field Description
BOOT path-list Displays a semicolon separated list of executable files to try to load and execute when
automatically booting.
If the BOOT environment variable is not set, the system attempts to load and execute
the first executable image it can find by using a recursive, depth-first search through the
Flash file system. In a depth-first search of a directory, each encountered subdirectory
is completely searched before continuing the search in the original directory.
If the BOOT variable is set but the specified images cannot be loaded, the system
attempts to boot the first bootable file that it can find in the Flash file system.
Config file Displays the filename that IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the system
configuration.
Private Config file Displays the filename that IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the system
configuration.
Enable Break Displays whether a break during booting is enabled or disabled. If it is set to yes, on, or
1, you can interrupt the automatic boot process by pressing the Break key on the console
after the Flash file system is initialized.
Manual Boot Displays whether the switch automatically or manually boots. If it is set to no or 0, the
boot loader attempts to automatically boot the system. If it is set to anything else, you
must manually boot the switch from the boot loader mode.
Helper path-list Displays a semicolon separated list of loadable files to dynamically load during the boot
loader initialization. Helper files extend or patch the functionality of the boot loader.
Auto upgrade Displays whether the switch stack is set to automatically copy its software version to an
incompatible switch so that it can join the stack.
A switch in version-mismatch (VM) mode is a switch that has a different stack protocol
version than the version on the switch stack. Switches in VM mode cannot join the
switch stack. If the switch stack has an image that can be copied to a switch in VM
mode, and if the boot auto-copy-sw feature is enabled, the switch stack automatically
copies the image from another stack member to the switch in VM mode. The switch then
exits VM mode, reboots, and joins the switch stack.
NVRAM/Config file buffer size Displays the buffer size that IOS uses to hold a copy of the configuration file in memory.
The configuration file cannot be larger than the buffer size allocation.
Related Commands Command Description
boot auto-copy-sw Automatically upgrade switches in version-mismatch (VM) mode with the
switch stack image.
boot config-file Specifies the filename that IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of
the system configuration.
boot enable-break Enables interrupting the automatic boot process.
boot manual Enables manually booting the switch during the next boot cycle.
boot Specifies the filename that IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of
private-config-file the private configuration.
boot system Specifies the IOS image to load during the next boot cycle.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-216 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show class-map
show class-map
Use the show class-map user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) class maps, which
define the match criteria to classify traffic.
show class-map [class-map-name] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description class-map-name (Optional) Display the contents of the specified class map.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show class-map command:
Switch> show class-map
Class Map match-all videowizard_10-10-10-10 (id 2)
Match access-group name videowizard_10-10-10-10
Class Map match-any class-default (id 0)
Match any
Class Map match-all dscp5 (id 3)
Match ip dscp 5
Related Commands Command Description
class-map Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class
whose name you specify.
match (class-map configuration) Defines the match criteria to classify traffic.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-217
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show cluster
show cluster
Use the show cluster user EXEC command to display the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to
which the switch belongs. This command can be entered on the cluster command switch and cluster
member switches.
show cluster [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If you enter this command on a switch that is not a cluster member, the error message Not a management
cluster member appears.
On a cluster member switch, this command displays the identity of the cluster command switch, the
switch member number, and the state of its connectivity with the cluster command switch.
On a cluster command switch stack or cluster command switch, this command displays the cluster name
and the total number of members. It also shows the cluster status and time since the status changed. If
redundancy is enabled, it displays the primary and secondary command-switch information.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on the active cluster command
switch:
Switch> show cluster
Command switch for cluster "Ajang"
Total number of members: 7
Status: 1 members are unreachable
Time since last status change: 0 days, 0 hours, 2 minutes
Redundancy: Enabled
Standby command switch: Member 1
Standby Group: Ajang_standby
Standby Group Number: 110
Heartbeat interval: 8
Heartbeat hold-time: 80
Extended discovery hop count: 3
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-218 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show cluster
This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on a cluster member switch:
Switch1> show cluster
Member switch for cluster "hapuna"
Member number: 3
Management IP address: 192.192.192.192
Command switch mac address: 0000.0c07.ac14
Heartbeat interval: 8
Heartbeat hold-time: 80
This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on a cluster member switch
that is configured as the standby cluster command switch:
Switch> show cluster
Member switch for cluster "hapuna"
Member number: 3 (Standby command switch)
Management IP address: 192.192.192.192
Command switch mac address: 0000.0c07.ac14
Heartbeat interval: 8
Heartbeat hold-time: 80
This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on the cluster command switch
that has lost connectivity with member 1:
Switch> show cluster
Command switch for cluster "Ajang"
Total number of members: 7
Status: 1 members are unreachable
Time since last status change: 0 days, 0 hours, 5 minutes
Redundancy: Disabled
Heartbeat interval: 8
Heartbeat hold-time: 80
Extended discovery hop count: 3
This is an example of output when the show cluster command is entered on a cluster member switch
that has lost connectivity with the cluster command switch:
Switch> show cluster
Member switch for cluster "hapuna"
Member number: <UNKNOWN>
Management IP address: 192.192.192.192
Command switch mac address: 0000.0c07.ac14
Heartbeat interval: 8
Heartbeat hold-time: 80
Related Commands Command Description
cluster enable Enables a command-capable switch as the cluster command switch,
assigns a cluster name, and optionally assigns a member number to it.
show cluster candidates Displays a list of candidate switches.
show cluster members Displays information about the cluster members.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-219
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show cluster candidates
show cluster candidates
Use the show cluster candidates privileged EXEC command on a switch stack or on a cluster command
switch to display a list of candidate switches.
show cluster candidates [detail | mac-address H.H.H.] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description detail (Optional) Display detailed information for all candidates.
mac-address H.H.H. (Optional) MAC address of the cluster candidate.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command is available only on the cluster command switch stack or cluster command switch.
If the switch is not a cluster command switch, the command displays an empty line at the prompt.
The SN in the display means switch member number. If E appears in the SN column, it means that the
switch is discovered through extended discovery. If E does not appear in the SN column, it means that
the switch member number is the upstream neighbor of the candidate switch. The hop count is the
number of devices the candidate is from the cluster command switch.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show cluster candidates command:
Switch> show cluster candidates
|---Upstream---|
MAC Address Name Device Type PortIf FEC Hops SN PortIf FEC
00d0.7961.c4c0 StLouis-2 WS-C3750-12T Gi6/0/1 2 1 Fa0/11
00d0.bbf5.e900 ldf-dist-128 WS-C3524-XL Fa0/7 1 0 Fa0/24
00e0.1e7e.be80 1900_Switch 1900 3 0 1 0 Fa0/11
00e0.1e9f.7a00 Surfers-24 WS-C2924-XL Fa0/5 1 0 Fa0/3
00e0.1e9f.8c00 Surfers-12-2 WS-C2912-XL Fa0/4 1 0 Fa0/7
00e0.1e9f.8c40 Surfers-12-1 WS-C2912-XL Fa0/1 1 0 Fa0/9
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-220 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show cluster candidates
This is an example of output from the show cluster candidates command that uses the MAC address of
a cluster member switch directly connected to the cluster command switch:
Switch> show cluster candidates mac-address 00d0.7961.c4c0
Device 'Tahiti-12' with mac address number 00d0.7961.c4c0
Device type: cisco WS-C3750-12T
Upstream MAC address: 00d0.796d.2f00 (Cluster Member 0)
Local port: Gi6/0/1 FEC number:
Upstream port: GI6/0/11 FEC Number:
Hops from cluster edge: 1
Hops from command device: 1
This is an example of output from the show cluster candidates command that uses the MAC address of
a cluster member switch three hops from the cluster edge:
Switch> show cluster candidates mac-address 0010.7bb6.1cc0
Device 'Ventura' with mac address number 0010.7bb6.1cc0
Device type: cisco WS-C2912MF-XL
Upstream MAC address: 0010.7bb6.1cd4
Local port: Fa2/1 FEC number:
Upstream port: Fa0/24 FEC Number:
Hops from cluster edge: 3
Hops from command device: -
This is an example of output from the show cluster candidates detail command:
Switch> show cluster candidates detail
Device 'Tahiti-12' with mac address number 00d0.7961.c4c0
Device type: cisco WS-C3512-XL
Upstream MAC address: 00d0.796d.2f00 (Cluster Member 1)
Local port: Fa0/3 FEC number:
Upstream port: Fa0/13 FEC Number:
Hops from cluster edge: 1
Hops from command device: 2
Device '1900_Switch' with mac address number 00e0.1e7e.be80
Device type: cisco 1900
Upstream MAC address: 00d0.796d.2f00 (Cluster Member 2)
Local port: 3 FEC number: 0
Upstream port: Fa0/11 FEC Number:
Hops from cluster edge: 1
Hops from command device: 2
Device 'Surfers-24' with mac address number 00e0.1e9f.7a00
Device type: cisco WS-C2924-XL
Upstream MAC address: 00d0.796d.2f00 (Cluster Member 3)
Local port: Fa0/5 FEC number:
Upstream port: Fa0/3 FEC Number:
Hops from cluster edge: 1
Hops from command device: 2
Related Commands Command Description
show cluster Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the
switch belongs.
show cluster members Displays information about the cluster members.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-221
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show cluster members
show cluster members
Use the show cluster members privileged EXEC command on a switch stack or on a cluster command
switch to display information about the cluster members.
show cluster members [n | detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description n (Optional) Number that identifies a cluster member. The range is 0 to 15.
detail (Optional) Display detailed information for all cluster members.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command is available only on the cluster command switch stack or cluster command switch.
If the cluster has no members, this command displays an empty line at the prompt.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show cluster members command. The SN in the display means
switch number.
Switch# show cluster members
|---Upstream---|
SN MAC Address Name PortIf FEC Hops SN PortIf FEC State
0 0002.4b29.2e00 StLouis1 0 Up (Cmdr)
1 0030.946c.d740 tal-switch-1 Fa0/13 1 0 Gi0/1 Up
2 0002.b922.7180 nms-2820 10 0 2 1 Fa0/18 Up
3 0002.4b29.4400 SanJuan2 Gi0/1 2 1 Fa0/11 Up
4 0002.4b28.c480 GenieTest Gi0/2 2 1 Fa0/9 Up
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-222 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show cluster members
This is an example of output from the show cluster members for cluster member 3:
Switch# show cluster members 3
Device 'SanJuan2' with member number 3
Device type: cisco WS-C3750-12T
MAC address: 0002.4b29.4400
Upstream MAC address: 0030.946c.d740 (Cluster member 1)
Local port: Gi6/0/1 FEC number:
Upstream port: GI6/0/11 FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 2
This is an example of output from the show cluster members detail command:
Switch# show cluster members detail
Device 'StLouis1' with member number 0 (Command Switch)
Device type: cisco WS-C3750-12T
MAC address: 0002.4b29.2e00
Upstream MAC address:
Local port: FEC number:
Upstream port: FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 0
Device 'tal-switch-14' with member number 1
Device type: cisco WS-C3548-XL
MAC address: 0030.946c.d740
Upstream MAC address: 0002.4b29.2e00 (Cluster member 0)
Local port: Fa0/13 FEC number:
Upstream port: Gi0/1 FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 1
Device 'nms-2820' with member number 2
Device type: cisco 2820
MAC address: 0002.b922.7180
Upstream MAC address: 0030.946c.d740 (Cluster member 1)
Local port: 10 FEC number: 0
Upstream port: Fa0/18 FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 2
Device 'SanJuan2' with member number 3
Device type: cisco WS-C3750-12T
MAC address: 0002.4b29.4400
Upstream MAC address: 0030.946c.d740 (Cluster member 1)
Local port: Gi6/0/1 FEC number:
Upstream port: Fa6/0/11 FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 2
Device 'GenieTest' with member number 4
Device type: cisco SeaHorse
MAC address: 0002.4b28.c480
Upstream MAC address: 0030.946c.d740 (Cluster member 1)
Local port: Gi0/2 FEC number:
Upstream port: Fa0/9 FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 2
Device 'Palpatine' with member number 5
Device type: cisco WS-C2924M-XL
MAC address: 00b0.6404.f8c0
Upstream MAC address: 0002.4b29.2e00 (Cluster member 0)
Local port: Gi2/1 FEC number:
Upstream port: Gi0/7 FEC Number:
Hops from command device: 1
Related Commands Command Description
show cluster Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the
switch belongs.
show cluster candidates Displays a list of candidate switches.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-223
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers cpu-interface
show controllers cpu-interface
Use the show controllers cpu-interface privileged EXEC command to display the state of the CPU
network interface application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) and the send and receive statistics for
packets reaching the CPU.
show controllers cpu-interface [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This display provides information that might be useful for Cisco technical support representatives
troubleshooting the switch.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is a partial output example from the show controllers cpu-interface command:
Switch# show controllers cpu-interface
cpu-queue-frames retrieved dropped invalid hol-block
----------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
rpc 4523063 0 0 0
stp 1545035 0 0 0
ipc 1903047 0 0 0
routing protocol 96145 0 0 0
L2 protocol 79596 0 0 0
remote console 0 0 0 0
sw forwarding 5756 0 0 0
host 225646 0 0 0
broadcast 46472 0 0 0
cbt-to-spt 0 0 0 0
igmp snooping 68411 0 0 0
icmp 0 0 0 0
logging 0 0 0 0
rpf-fail 0 0 0 0
queue14 0 0 0 0
cpu heartbeat 1710501 0 0 0
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-224 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers cpu-interface
Supervisor ASIC receive-queue parameters
----------------------------------------
queue 0 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 1419A20 paktail 13EAED4
queue 1 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 15828E0 paktail 157FBFC
queue 2 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 1470D40 paktail 1470FE4
queue 3 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 19CDDD0 paktail 19D02C8
<output truncated>
Supervisor ASIC Mic Registers
------------------------------
MicDirectPollInfo 80000800
MicIndicationsReceived 00000000
MicInterruptsReceived 00000000
MicPcsInfo 0001001F
MicPlbMasterConfiguration 00000000
MicRxFifosAvailable 00000000
MicRxFifosReady 0000BFFF
MicTimeOutPeriod: FrameTOPeriod: 00000EA6 DirectTOPeriod: 00004000
<output truncated>
MicTransmitFifoInfo:
Fifo0: StartPtrs: 038C2800 ReadPtr: 038C2C38
WritePtrs: 038C2C38 Fifo_Flag: 8A800800
Weights: 001E001E
Fifo1: StartPtr: 03A9BC00 ReadPtr: 03A9BC60
WritePtrs: 03A9BC60 Fifo_Flag: 89800400
writeHeaderPtr: 03A9BC60
Fifo2: StartPtr: 038C8800 ReadPtr: 038C88E0
WritePtrs: 038C88E0 Fifo_Flag: 88800200
writeHeaderPtr: 038C88E0
Fifo3: StartPtr: 03C30400 ReadPtr: 03C30638
WritePtrs: 03C30638 Fifo_Flag: 89800400
writeHeaderPtr: 03C30638
Fifo4: StartPtr: 03AD5000 ReadPtr: 03AD50A0
WritePtrs: 03AD50A0 Fifo_Flag: 89800400
writeHeaderPtr: 03AD50A0
Fifo5: StartPtr: 03A7A600 ReadPtr: 03A7A600
WritePtrs: 03A7A600 Fifo_Flag: 88800200
writeHeaderPtr: 03A7A600
Fifo6: StartPtr: 03BF8400 ReadPtr: 03BF87F0
WritePtrs: 03BF87F0 Fifo_Flag: 89800400
<output truncated>
Related Commands Command Description
show controllers Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware or
ethernet-controller the interface internal registers.
show interfaces Displays the administrative and operational status of all interfaces or a
specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-225
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
show controllers ethernet-controller
Use the show controllers ethernet-controller privileged EXEC command without keywords to display
per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware. Use with the phy keyword to display
the interface internal registers or the port-asic keyword to display information about the port
application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
show controllers ethernet-controller [interface-id] [phy[detail]] [port-asic {configuration |
statistics}] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description interface-id The physical interface (including type, stack member, module, and port number).
phy (Optional) Display the status of the internal registers on the switch physical layer
device (PHY) for the device or the interface. This display includes the operational
state of the automatic media-dependent-interface crossover (Auto MDIX) feature
on an interface.
detail (Optional) Display details about the PHY internal registers.
port-asic (Optional) Display information about the port ASIC internal registers.
configuration Display port ASIC internal register configuration.
statistics Display port ASIC statistics, including the Rx/Sup Queue and miscellaneous
statistics.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC (supported with only the interface-id keywords in user EXEC mode)
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This display without keywords provides traffic statistics, basically the RMON statistics for all interfaces
or for the specified interface.
When you enter the phy or port-asic keywords, the displayed information is useful primarily for Cisco
technical support representatives troubleshooting the switch.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-226 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
Examples This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller command for an interface:
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller GigabitEthernet6/0/1
Transmit GigabitEthernet6/0/1 Receive
0 Bytes 0 Bytes
0 Unicast frames 0 Unicast frames
0 Multicast frames 0 Multicast frames
0 Broadcast frames 0 Broadcast frames
0 Too old frames 0 Unicast bytes
0 Deferred frames 0 Multicast bytes
0 MTU exceeded frames 0 Broadcast bytes
0 1 collision frames 0 Alignment errors
0 2 collision frames 0 FCS errors
0 3 collision frames 0 Oversize frames
0 4 collision frames 0 Undersize frames
0 5 collision frames 0 Collision fragments
0 6 collision frames
0 7 collision frames 0 Minimum size frames
0 8 collision frames 0 65 to 127 byte frames
0 9 collision frames 0 128 to 255 byte frames
0 10 collision frames 0 256 to 511 byte frames
0 11 collision frames 0 512 to 1023 byte frames
0 12 collision frames 0 1024 to 1518 byte frames
0 13 collision frames 0 Overrun frames
0 14 collision frames 0 Pause frames
0 15 collision frames 0 Symbol error frames
0 Excessive collisions
0 Late collisions 0 Invalid frames, too large
0 VLAN discard frames 0 Valid frames, too large
0 Excess defer frames 0 Invalid frames, too small
0 64 byte frames 0 Valid frames, too small
0 127 byte frames
0 255 byte frames 0 Too old frames
0 511 byte frames 0 Valid oversize frames
0 1023 byte frames 0 System FCS error frames
0 1518 byte frames 0 RxPortFifoFull drop frame
0 Too large frames
0 Good (1 coll) frames
This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller phy command for a
specific interface. Note that the last line of the display is the setting for automatic
media-dependent-interface crossover (Auto-MDIX) for the interface.
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller gigabitethernet1/0/3 phy
Control Register : 0001 0001 0100 0000
Control STATUS : 0111 1001 0100 1001
Phy ID 1 : 0000 0001 0100 0001
Phy ID 2 : 0000 1100 0010 0100
Auto-Negotiation Advertisement : 0000 0011 1110 0001
Auto-Negotiation Link Partner : 0000 0000 0000 0000
Auto-Negotiation Expansion Reg : 0000 0000 0000 0100
Next Page Transmit Register : 0010 0000 0000 0001
Link Partner Next page Registe : 0000 0000 0000 0000
1000BASE-T Control Register : 0000 1111 0000 0000
1000BASE-T Status Register : 0100 0000 0000 0000
Extended Status Register : 0011 0000 0000 0000
PHY Specific Control Register : 0000 0000 0111 1000
PHY Specific Status Register : 1000 0001 0100 0000
Interrupt Enable : 0000 0000 0000 0000
Interrupt Status : 0000 0000 0100 0000
Extended PHY Specific Control : 0000 1100 0110 1000
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-227
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
Receive Error Counter : 0000 0000 0000 0000
Reserved Register 1 : 0000 0000 0000 0000
Global Status : 0000 0000 0000 0000
LED Control : 0100 0001 0000 0000
Manual LED Override : 0000 1000 0010 1010
Extended PHY Specific Control : 0000 0000 0001 1010
Disable Receiver 1 : 0000 0000 0000 1011
Disable Receiver 2 : 1000 0000 0000 0100
Extended PHY Specific Status : 1000 0100 1000 0000
Auto-MDIX : On [AdminState=1 Flags=0x00052248]
This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic configuration
command:
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic configuration
========================================================================
Switch 4, PortASIC 0 Registers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
DeviceType : 000101BC
Reset : 00000000
PmadMicConfig : 00000001
PmadMicDiag : 00000003
SupervisorReceiveFifoSramInfo : 000007D0 000007D0 40000000
SupervisorTransmitFifoSramInfo : 000001D0 000001D0 40000000
GlobalStatus : 00000800
IndicationStatus : 00000000
IndicationStatusMask : FFFFFFFF
InterruptStatus : 00000000
InterruptStatusMask : 01FFE800
SupervisorDiag : 00000000
SupervisorFrameSizeLimit : 000007C8
SupervisorBroadcast : 000A0F01
GeneralIO : 000003F9 00000000 00000004
StackPcsInfo : FFFF1000 860329BD 5555FFFF FFFFFFFF
FF0FFF00 86020000 5555FFFF 00000000
StackRacInfo : 73001630 00000003 7F001644 00000003
24140003 FD632B00 18E418E0 FFFFFFFF
StackControlStatus : 18E418E0
stackControlStatusMask : FFFFFFFF
TransmitBufferFreeListInfo : 00000854 00000800 00000FF8 00000000
0000088A 0000085D 00000FF8 00000000
TransmitRingFifoInfo : 00000016 00000016 40000000 00000000
0000000C 0000000C 40000000 00000000
TransmitBufferInfo : 00012000 00000FFF 00000000 00000030
TransmitBufferCommonCount : 00000F7A
TransmitBufferCommonCountPeak : 0000001E
TransmitBufferCommonCommonEmpty : 000000FF
NetworkActivity : 00000000 00000000 00000000 02400000
DroppedStatistics : 00000000
FrameLengthDeltaSelect : 00000001
SneakPortFifoInfo : 00000000
MacInfo : 0EC0801C 00000001 0EC0801B 00000001
00C0001D 00000001 00C0001E 00000001
<output truncated>
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-228 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic statistics
command:
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic statistics
===========================================================================
Switch 1, PortASIC 0 Statistics
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 RxQ-0, wt-0 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-0, wt-0 drop frames
4118966 RxQ-0, wt-1 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-0, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-2 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-0, wt-2 drop frames
0 RxQ-1, wt-0 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-1, wt-0 drop frames
296 RxQ-1, wt-1 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-1, wt-1 drop frames
2836036 RxQ-1, wt-2 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-1, wt-2 drop frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-0 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-2, wt-0 drop frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-1 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-2, wt-1 drop frames
158377 RxQ-2, wt-2 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-2, wt-2 drop frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-0 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-3, wt-0 drop frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-1 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-3, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-2 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-3, wt-2 drop frames
15 TxBufferFull Drop Count 0 Rx Fcs Error Frames
0 TxBufferFrameDesc BadCrc16 0 Rx Invalid Oversize Frames
0 TxBuffer Bandwidth Drop Cou 0 Rx Invalid Too Large Frames
0 TxQueue Bandwidth Drop Coun 0 Rx Invalid Too Large Frames
0 TxQueue Missed Drop Statist 0 Rx Invalid Too Small Frames
74 RxBuffer Drop DestIndex Cou 0 Rx Too Old Frames
0 SneakQueue Drop Count 0 Tx Too Old Frames
0 Learning Queue Overflow Fra 0 System Fcs Error Frames
0 Learning Cam Skip Count
15 Sup Queue 0 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 8 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 1 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 9 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 2 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 10 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 3 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 11 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 4 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 12 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 5 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 13 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 6 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 14 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 7 Drop Frames 0 Sup Queue 15 Drop Frames
===========================================================================
Switch 1, PortASIC 1 Statistics
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 RxQ-0, wt-0 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-0, wt-0 drop frames
52 RxQ-0, wt-1 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-0, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-2 enqueue frames 0 RxQ-0, wt-2 drop frames
<output truncated>
Related Commands Command Description
show boot Displays the state of the CPU network ASIC and send and receive statistics
for packets reaching the CPU.
show controllers tcam Displays the state of registers for all ternary content addressable memory
(TCAM) and TCAM ASICs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-229
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers tcam
show controllers tcam
Use the show controllers tcam privileged EXEC command to display the state of the registers for all
ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) in the system and for all TCAM interface
application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs) that are CAM controllers.
show controllers tcam [asic [number]] [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description asic (Optional) Display port ASIC TCAM information.
number (Optional) Display information for the specified port ASIC number. The range is
from 0 to 15.
detail (Optional) Display detailed TCAM register information.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The asic [number] keywords were added.
Usage Guidelines This display provides information that might be useful for Cisco technical support representatives
troubleshooting the switch.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-230 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers tcam
Examples This is an example of output from the show controllers tcam command:
Switch# show controllers tcam
------------------------------------------------------------------------
TCAM-0 Registers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
REV: 00B30103
SIZE: 00080040
ID: 00000000
CCR: 00000000_F0000020
RPID0: 00000000_00000000
RPID1: 00000000_00000000
RPID2: 00000000_00000000
RPID3: 00000000_00000000
HRR0: 00000000_E000CAFC
HRR1: 00000000_00000000
HRR2: 00000000_00000000
HRR3: 00000000_00000000
HRR4: 00000000_00000000
HRR5: 00000000_00000000
HRR6: 00000000_00000000
HRR7: 00000000_00000000
<output truncated>
GMR31: FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF
GMR32: FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF
GMR33: FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF
=============================================================================
TCAM related PortASIC 1 registers
=============================================================================
LookupType: 89A1C67D_24E35F00
LastCamIndex: 0000FFE0
LocalNoMatch: 000069E0
ForwardingRamBaseAddress:
00022A00 0002FE00 00040600 0002FE00 0000D400
00000000 003FBA00 00009000 00009000 00040600
00000000 00012800 00012900
Related Commands Command Description
show controllers Displays the state of the CPU network ASIC and send and receive statistics
cpu-interface for packets reaching the CPU.
show controllers Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware or
ethernet-controller the interface internal registers.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-231
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show dot1x
show dot1x
Use the show dot1x privileged EXEC command to display 802.1X statistics, administrative status, and
operational status for the switch or for the specified interface.
show dot1x [all | interface interface-id | statistics interface interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description all (Optional) Display the 802.1X status for all interfaces.
interface interface-id (Optional) Display the 802.1X status for the specified interface (including
type, stack member, module, and port number).
statistics interface (Optional) Display 802.1X statistics for the specified interface (including
interface-id type, stack member, module, and port number).
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The all keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines If you do not specify an interface, global parameters and a summary are displayed. If you specify an
interface, details for that interface are displayed.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-232 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show dot1x
Examples This is an example of output from the show dot1x and the show dot1x all privileged EXEC commands:
Switch# show dot1x
Sysauthcontrol = Enabled
Dot1x Protocol Version = 1
Dot1x Oper Controlled Directions = Both
Dot1x Admin Controlled Directions = Both
Switch# show dot1x all
Dot1x Info for interface GigabitEthernet1/0/3
----------------------------------------------------
Supplicant MAC 00d0.b71b.35de
AuthSM State = CONNECTING
BendSM State = IDLE
PortStatus = UNAUTHORIZED
MaxReq = 2
HostMode = Single
Port Control = Auto
QuietPeriod = 60 Seconds
Re-authentication = Disabled
ReAuthPeriod = 3600 Seconds
ServerTimeout = 30 Seconds
SuppTimeout = 30 Seconds
TxPeriod = 30 Seconds
Guest-Vlan = 0
Dot1x Info for interface GigabitEthernet1/0/7
----------------------------------------------------
PortStatus = UNAUTHORIZED
MaxReq = 2
HostMode = Multi
Port Control = Auto
QuietPeriod = 60 Seconds
Re-authentication = Disabled
ReAuthPeriod = 3600 Seconds
ServerTimeout = 30 Seconds
SuppTimeout = 30 Seconds
TxPeriod = 30 Seconds
Guest-Vlan = 0
This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface gigabitethernet1/0/3 privileged EXEC
command:
Switch# show dot1x interface gigabitethernet1/0/3
Supplicant MAC 00d0.b71b.35de
AuthSM State = AUTHENTICATED
BendSM State = IDLE
PortStatus = AUTHORIZED
MaxReq = 2
HostMode = Single
Port Control = Auto
QuietPeriod = 60 Seconds
Re-authentication = Disabled
ReAuthPeriod = 3600 Seconds
ServerTimeout = 30 Seconds
SuppTimeout = 30 Seconds
TxPeriod = 30 Seconds
Guest-Vlan = 0
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-233
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show dot1x
This is an example of output from the show dot1x statistics interface gigabitethernet1/0/3 command.
Table 2-17 describes the fields in the display.
Switch# show dot1x statistics interface gigabitethernet1/0/3
PortStatistics Parameters for Dot1x
--------------------------------------------
TxReqId = 15 TxReq = 0 TxTotal = 15
RxStart = 4 RxLogoff = 0 RxRespId = 1 RxResp = 1
RxInvalid = 0 RxLenErr = 0 RxTotal= 6
RxVersion = 1 LastRxSrcMac 00d0.b71b.35de
Table 2-17 show dot1x statistics Field Descriptions
Field Description
TxReqId Number of Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request/identity frames
that have been sent.
TxReq Number of EAP-request frames (other than request/identity frames) that have
been sent.
TxTotal Number of Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) frames of any
type that have been sent.
RxStart Number of valid EAPOL-start frames that have been received.
RxLogoff Number of EAPOL-logoff frames that have been received.
RxRespId Number of EAP-response/identity frames that have been received.
RxResp Number of valid EAP-response frames (other than response/identity frames) that
have been received.
RxInvalid Number of EAPOL frames that have been received and have an unrecognized
frame type.
RxLenError Number of EAPOL frames that have been received in which the packet body
length field is invalid.
RxTotal Number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been received.
RxVersion Number of received packets in the 802.1X version 1 format.
LastRxSrcMac Source MAC address carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame.
Related Commands Command Description
dot1x default Resets the configurable 802.1X parameters to their default values.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-234 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show dtp
show dtp
Use the show dtp privileged EXEC command to display Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) information
for the switch or for a specified interface.
show dtp [interface interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description interface (Optional) Display port security settings for the specified interface. Valid interfaces
interface-id include physical ports (including type, stack member, module, and port number).
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show dtp command:
Switch# show dtp
Global DTP information
Sending DTP Hello packets every 30 seconds
Dynamic Trunk timeout is 300 seconds
21 interfaces using DTP
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-235
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show dtp
This is an example of output from the show dtp interface command:
Switch# show dtp interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
DTP information for GigabitEthernet1/0/1:
TOS/TAS/TNS: ACCESS/AUTO/ACCESS
TOT/TAT/TNT: NATIVE/NEGOTIATE/NATIVE
Neighbor address 1: 000943A7D081
Neighbor address 2: 000000000000
Hello timer expiration (sec/state): 1/RUNNING
Access timer expiration (sec/state): never/STOPPED
Negotiation timer expiration (sec/state): never/STOPPED
Multidrop timer expiration (sec/state): never/STOPPED
FSM state: S2:ACCESS
# times multi & trunk 0
Enabled: yes
In STP: no
Statistics
----------
3160 packets received (3160 good)
0 packets dropped
0 nonegotiate, 0 bad version, 0 domain mismatches, 0 bad TLVs, 0 other
6320 packets output (6320 good)
3160 native, 3160 software encap isl, 0 isl hardware native
0 output errors
0 trunk timeouts
1 link ups, last link up on Mon Mar 01 1993, 01:02:29
0 link downs
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces trunk Displays interface trunking information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-236 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show env
show env
Use the show env user EXEC command to display fan, temperature, redundant power system (RPS)
availability, and power information for the switch being accessed (standalone switch or stack master or
stack member). Use with the stack keyword to display all information for the stack or for a specified
switch in the stack.
show env {all | fan | power | rps | stack [switch-number] | temperature} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description all Display both fan and temperature environmental status.
fan Display the switch fan status.
power Display the switch power status.
rps Display whether an RPS 300 Redundant Power System is connected to the switch.
stack Display all environmental status for each switch in the stack or for the specified
[switch-number] switch. The range is 1 to 9, depending on the switch member numbers in the stack.
temperature Display the switch temperature status.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Use the show access-lists privileged EXEC command to access information from a specific switch other
than the master.
You can use the show env stack [switch-number] command to display information about any switch in
the stack from any switch member.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show env all command entered from the master switch or a
standalone switch:
Switch> show env all
FAN is OK
TEMPERATURE is OK
POWER is OK
RPS is AVAILABLE
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-237
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show env
This is an example of output from the show env fan command:
Switch> show env fan
FAN is OK
This is an example of output from the show env stack command:
Switch> show env stack
SWITCH: 1
FAN is OK
TEMPERATURE is OK
POWER is OK
RPS is NOT PRESENT
SWITCH: 2
FAN is OK
TEMPERATURE is OK
POWER is OK
RPS is NOT PRESENT
SWITCH: 3
FAN is OK
TEMPERATURE is OK
POWER is OK
RPS is NOT PRESENT
SWITCH: 4
FAN is OK
TEMPERATURE is OK
POWER is OK
RPS is NOT PRESENT
SWITCH: 5
FAN is OK
TEMPERATURE is OK
POWER is OK
RPS is NOT PRESENT
SWITCH: 6
FAN is OK
TEMPERATURE is OK
POWER is OK
RPS is NOT PRESENT
This example shows how to display information about stack member 3 from the master switch:
Switch> show env stack 3
SWITCH: 3
FAN is OK
TEMPERATURE is OK
POWER is OK
RPS is NOT PRESENT
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-238 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable detect
show errdisable detect
Use the show errdisable detect user EXEC command to display error-disable detection status.
show errdisable detect [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
On the Catalyst 3750 switch, a displayed gbic-invalid error reason refers to an invalid small form-factor
pluggable (SFP) interface.
Examples This is an example of output from the show errdisable detect command:
Switch> show errdisable detect
ErrDisable Reason Detection status
----------------- ----------------
udld Enabled
bpduguard Enabled
security-violation Enabled
channel-misconfig Enabled
psecure-violation Enabled
dhcp-rate-limit Enabled
unicast-flood Enabled
vmps Enabled
pagp-flap Enabled
dtp-flap Enabled
link-flap Enabled
gbic-invalid Enabled
loopback Enabled
Note Though visible in the output, the dhcp-rate-limit and unicast-flood fields are not valid.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-239
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable detect
Related Commands Command Description
errdisable detect cause Enables error-disable detection for a specific cause or all causes.
show errdisable flap-values Displays error condition recognition information.
show errdisable recovery Displays error-disable recovery timer information.
show interfaces status Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-240 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable flap-values
show errdisable flap-values
Use the show errdisable flap-values user EXEC command to display conditions that cause an error to
be recognized for a cause.
show errdisable flap-values [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The Flaps column in the display shows how many changes to the state within the specified time interval
will cause an error to be detected and a port to be disabled. For example, the display shows that an error
will be assumed and the port shut down if three Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP)-state (port mode
access/trunk) or Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) flap changes occur during a 30-second interval, or if
5 link-state (link up/down) changes occur during a 10-second interval.
ErrDisable Reason Flaps Time (sec)
----------------- ------ ----------
pagp-flap 3 30
dtp-flap 3 30
link-flap 5 10
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show errdisable flap-values command:
Switch> show errdisable flap-values
ErrDisable Reason Flaps Time (sec)
----------------- ------ ----------
pagp-flap 3 30
dtp-flap 3 30
link-flap 5 10
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-241
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable flap-values
Related Commands Command Description
errdisable detect cause Enables error-disable detection for a specific cause or all causes.
show errdisable detect Displays error-disable detection status.
show errdisable recovery Displays error-disable recovery timer information.
show interfaces status Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-242 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable recovery
show errdisable recovery
Use the show errdisable recovery user EXEC command to display the error-disable recovery timer
information.
show errdisable recovery [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
On the Catalyst 3750 switch, a gbic-invalid error-disable reason refers to an invalid small form-factor
pluggable (SFP) interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-243
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable recovery
Examples This is an example of output from the show errdisable recovery command:
Switch> show errdisable recovery
ErrDisable Reason Timer Status
----------------- --------------
udld Disabled
bpduguard Disabled
security-violatio Disabled
channel-misconfig Disabled
vmps Disabled
pagp-flap Disabled
dtp-flap Disabled
link-flap Disabled
gbic-invalid Disabled
psecure-violation Disabled
gbic-invalid Disabled
dhcp-rate-limit Disabled
unicast-flood Disabled
loopback Disabled
Timer interval:300 seconds
Interfaces that will be enabled at the next timeout:
Interface Errdisable reason Time left(sec)
--------- ----------------- --------------
Gi1/0/4 link-flap 279
Related Commands Command Description
errdisable recovery Configures the recover mechanism variables.
show errdisable detect Displays error disable detection status.
show errdisable flap-values Displays error condition recognition information.
show interfaces status Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-244 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show etherchannel
show etherchannel
Use the show etherchannel user EXEC command to display EtherChannel information for a channel.
show etherchannel [channel-group-number {detail | port | port-channel | protocol | summary}]
{detail | load-balance | port | port-channel | protocol | summary} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description channel-group-number (Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 12.
detail Display detailed EtherChannel information.
load-balance Display the load-balance or frame-distribution scheme among ports in the
port channel.
port Display EtherChannel port information.
port-channel Display port-channel information.
protocol Display the protocol that is being used in the EtherChannel.
summary Display a one-line summary per channel-group.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The protocol keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines If you do not specify a channel-group, all channel groups are displayed.
In the output, the Passive port list field is displayed only for Layer 3 port channels. This field means that
the physical interface, which is still not up, is configured to be in the channel group (and indirectly is in
the only port channel in the channel group).
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-245
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show etherchannel
Examples This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 detail command:
Switch> show etherchannel 1 detail
Group state = L2
Ports: 2 Maxports = 16
Port-channels: 1 Max Port-channels = 16
Protocol: LACP
Ports in the group:
-------------------
Port: Gi1/0/1
------------
Port state = Up Mstr In-Bndl
Channel group = 1 Mode = Active Gcchange = -
Port-channel = Po1 GC = - Pseudo port-channel = Po1
Port index = 0 Load = 0x00 Protocol = LACP
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow LACPDUs F - Device is sending fast LACPDU
A - Device is in active mode. P - Device is in passive mode.
Local information:
LACP port Admin Oper Port Port
Port Flags State Priority Key Key Number State
Gi1/0/1 SA bndl 32768 0x1 0x1 0x101 0x3D
Gi1/0/2 SA bndl 32768 0x0 0x1 0x0 0x3D
Age of the port in the current state: 01d:20h:06m:04s
Port-channels in the group:
----------------------
Port-channel: Po1 (Primary Aggregator)
------------
Age of the Port-channel = 01d:20h:20m:26s
Logical slot/port = 10/1 Number of ports = 2
HotStandBy port = null
Port state = Port-channel Ag-Inuse
Protocol = LACP
Ports in the Port-channel:
Index Load Port EC state No of bits
------+------+------+------------------+-----------
0 00 Gi1/0/1 Active 0
0 00 Gi1/0/2 Active 0
Time since last port bundled: 01d:20h:20m:20s Gi1/0/2
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-246 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show etherchannel
This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 summary command:
Switch> show etherchannel 1 summary
Flags: D - down P - in port-channel
I - stand-alone s - suspended
H - Hot-standby (LACP only)
R - Layer3 S - Layer2
u - unsuitable for bundling
U - in use f - failed to allocate aggregator
d - default port
Number of channel-groups in use: 1
Number of aggregators: 1
Group Port-channel Protocol Ports
------+-------------+-----------+----------------------------------------
1 Po1(SU) LACP Gi1/0/1(P) Gi1/0/2(P)
This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 port-channel command:
Switch> show etherchannel 1 port-channel
Port-channels in the group:
----------------------
Port-channel: Po1 (Primary Aggregator)
------------
Age of the Port-channel = 01d:20h:24m:50s
Logical slot/port = 10/1 Number of ports = 2
HotStandBy port = null
Port state = Port-channel Ag-Inuse
Protocol = LACP
Ports in the Port-channel:
Index Load Port EC state No of bits
------+------+------+------------------+-----------
0 00 Gi1/0/1 Active 0
0 00 Gi1/0/2 Active 0
Time since last port bundled: 01d:20h:24m:44s Gi1/0/2
This is an example of output from show etherchannel protocol command:
Switch# show etherchannel protocol
Channel-group listing:
-----------------------
Group: 1
----------
Protocol: LACP
Group: 2
----------
Protocol: PAgP
Related Commands Command Description
channel-group Assigns an Ethernet interface to an EtherChannel group.
channel-protocol Restricts the protocol used on an interface to manage channeling.
interface port-channel Accesses or creates the port channel.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-247
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
show interfaces
Use the show interfaces privileged EXEC command to display the administrative and operational status
of all interfaces or a specified interface.
show interfaces [interface-id | vlan vlan-id] [accounting | capabilities [module number] |
counters | description | etherchannel | flowcontrol | pruning | stats | status [err-disabled] |
switchport | trunk] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description interface-id (Optional) Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, stack member,
module, and port number) and port channels. The valid port-channel range is 1 to
12.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) VLAN identification. The range is 1 to 4094.
accounting (Optional) Display accounting information on the interface, including active
protocols and input and output packets and octets.
capabilities (Optional) Display the capabilities of all interfaces or the specified interface,
including the features and options that you can configure on the interface. Though
visible in the command line help, this option is not available for VLAN IDs.
module number (Optional) Display capabilities of all interfaces on the specified stack member.
The range is from 1 to 9. This option is not available if you enter a specific
interface ID before the capabilities keyword.
counters (Optional) See the show interfaces counters command.
description (Optional) Display the administrative status and description set for an interface.
etherchannel (Optional) Display interface EtherChannel information.
flowcontrol (Optional) Display interface flowcontrol information
pruning (Optional) Display interface trunk VTP pruning information.
stats (Optional) Display the input and output packets by switching path for the
interface.
status (Optional) Display the status of the interface.
err-disabled (Optional) Display interfaces in error-disabled state.
switchport (Optional) Display the administrative and operational status of a switching
(nonrouting) port, including port blocking and port protection settings.
trunk Display interface trunk information. If you do not specify an interface,
information for only active trunking ports is displayed.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the crb, fair-queue, irb, mac-accounting,
precedence, private-vlan mapping, random-detect, rate-limit, and shape keywords are not
supported.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-248 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 Support for the capabilities keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines The show interfaces capabilities command with different keywords has these results:
• Entering show interface capabilities module number displays the capabilities of all interfaces on
that switch in the stack. If there is no switch with that module number in the stack, the output is
blank. Entering show interfaces interface-id capabilities displays the capabilities of the specified
interface.
• Entering show interfaces capabilities (with no module number or interface ID) displays the
capabilities of all interfaces in the stack.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show interfaces command for Gigabit Ethernet interface 3 on
stack member 3:
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet3/0/3
GigabitEthernet3/0/3 is down, line protocol is down
Hardware is Gigabit Ethernet, address is 0009.43a7.d085 (bia 0009.43a7.d085)
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 10000 Kbit, DLY 1000 usec,
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
Keepalive set (10 sec)
Auto-duplex, Auto-speed
input flow-control is off, output flow-control is off
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last input never, output never, output hang never
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0
Queueing strategy: fifo
Output queue :0/40 (size/max)
5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
2 packets input, 1040 bytes, 0 no buffer
Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored
0 watchdog, 0 multicast, 0 pause input
0 input packets with dribble condition detected
4 packets output, 1040 bytes, 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 3 interface resets
0 babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred
0 lost carrier, 0 no carrier, 0 PAUSE output
0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-249
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
This is an example of output from the show interfaces accounting command.
Switch# show interfaces accounting
Vlan1
Protocol Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
IP 1094395 131900022 559555 84077157
Spanning Tree 283896 17033760 42 2520
ARP 63738 3825680 231 13860
Interface Vlan2 is disabled
Vlan7
Protocol Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
Vlan31
Protocol Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
GigabitEthernet1/0/1
Protocol Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
GigabitEthernet1/0/2
Protocol Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
GigabitEthernet1/0/3
Protocol Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show interfaces capabilities command for an interface.
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/3 capabilities
GigabitEthernet1/0/3
Model: WS-C3750G-24TS
Type: 10/100/1000BaseTX
Speed: 10,100,1000,auto
Duplex: full,auto
Trunk encap. type: 802.1Q,ISL
Trunk mode: on,off,desirable,nonegotiate
Channel: yes
Broadcast suppression: percentage(0-100)
Flowcontrol: rx-(off,on,desired),tx-(none)
Fast Start: yes
QoS scheduling: rx-(not configurable on per port basis),tx-(4q2t)
CoS rewrite: yes
ToS rewrite: yes
UDLD: yes
Inline power: no
SPAN: source/destination
PortSecure: yes
Dot1x: yes
Dot1x: yes
This is an example of output from the show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/4 description command
when the interface has been described as Connects to Marketing by using the description interface
configuration command.
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/4 description
Interface Status Protocol Description
Gi1/0/4 up down Connects to Marketing
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-250 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
This is an example of output from the show interfaces etherchannel command when port channels are
configured on the switch:
Switch# show interfaces etherchannel
----
Port-channel1:
Age of the Port-channel = 03d:20h:17m:29s
Logical slot/port = 10/1 Number of ports = 0
GC = 0x00000000 HotStandBy port = null
Port state = Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse
Port-channel2:
Age of the Port-channel = 03d:20h:17m:29s
Logical slot/port = 10/2 Number of ports = 0
GC = 0x00000000 HotStandBy port = null
Port state = Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse
Port-channel3:
Age of the Port-channel = 03d:20h:17m:29s
Logical slot/port = 10/3 Number of ports = 0
GC = 0x00000000 HotStandBy port = null
Port state = Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse
This is an example of output from the show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/6 pruning command when
pruning is enabled in the VTP domain:
Switch# show interfaces gigibitethernet1/0/6 pruning
Port Vlans pruned for lack of request by neighbor
Gi1/0/6 3,4
Port Vlans traffic requested of neighbor
Gi1/0/6 1-3
This is an example of output from the show interfaces stats command for a specified interface.
Switch# show interfaces vlan 1 stats
Switching path Pkts In Chars In Pkts Out Chars Out
Processor 1165354 136205310 570800 91731594
Route cache 0 0 0 0
Total 1165354 136205310 570800 91731594
This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces status command. It displays the status of
all interfaces.
Switch# show interfaces status
Port Name Status Vlan Duplex Speed Type
Fa1/0/1 notconnect 1 auto auto 10/100BaseTX
Fa1/0/2 notconnect 1 auto auto 10/100BaseTX
Fa1/0/3 notconnect 1 auto auto 10/100BaseTX
Fa1/0/4 Test notconnect 1 auto auto 10/100BaseTX
Fa1/0/5 notconnect 1 auto auto 10/100BaseTX
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show interfaces status err-disabled command. It displays the
status of interfaces in the error-disabled state.
Switch# show interfaces status err-disabled
Port Name Status Reason
Gi2/0/26 err-disabled gbic-invalid
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-251
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
This is an example of output from the show interfaces switchport command for a single interface.
Table 2-18 describes the fields in the display.
Note Private VLANs are not supported in this release, so those fields are not applicable.
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet1/0/3 switchport
Name: Gi1/0/3
Switchport: Enabled
Administrative Mode: static access
Operational Mode: down
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate
Negotiation of Trunking: Off
Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Voice VLAN: none
Administrative private-vlan host-association: none
Administrative private-vlan mapping: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1
Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk private VLANs: none
Operational private-vlan: none
Trunking VLANs Enabled: ALL
Pruning VLANs Enabled: 2-1001
Capture Mode Disabled
Capture VLANs Allowed: ALL
Protected: false
Unknown unicast blocked: disabled
Unknown multicast blocked: disabled
Appliance trust: none
Table 2-18 show interfaces switchport Field Descriptions
Field Description
Name Displays the port name.
Switchport Displays the administrative and operational status of the port.
In this display, the port is in switchport mode.
Administrative Mode Displays the administrative and operational modes.
Operational Mode
Administrative Trunking Displays the administrative and operational encapsulation
Encapsulation method and whether trunking negotiation is enabled.
Operational Trunking Encapsulation
Negotiation of Trunking
Access Mode VLAN Displays the VLAN ID to which the port is configured.
Trunking Native Mode VLAN Lists the VLAN ID of the trunk that is in native mode. Lists the
Trunking VLANs Enabled allowed VLANs on the trunk. Lists the active VLANs on the
trunk.
Trunking VLANs Active
Pruning VLANs Enabled Lists the VLANs that are pruning-eligible.
Protected Displays whether or not protected port is enabled (True) or
disabled (False) on the interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-252 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
Table 2-18 show interfaces switchport Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Description
Unknown unicast blocked Displays whether or not unknown multicast and unknown
Unknown multicast blocked unicast traffic is blocked on the interface.
Voice VLAN Displays the VLAN ID on which voice VLAN is enabled.
Appliance trust Displays the CoS setting of the data packets of the IP phone.
This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface trunk command. It displays trunking
information for the interface.
Switch# show interfaces fastethernet1/0/17 trunk
Port Mode Encapsulation Status Native vlan
Fa1/0/17 desirable n-isl trunking 1
Port Vlans allowed on trunk
Fa1/0/17 1-4094
Port Vlans allowed and active in management domain
Fa1/0/17 1-4,20,34-36,38-55,57-58,66-67,100,139,200-201,1000
Port Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
Fa1/0/17 1-4,20,34-36,38-55,57-58,66-67,100,139,200-201,1000
e
Related Commands Command Description
switchport access Configures a port as a static-access or dynamic-access port.
switchport block Blocks unknown unicast or multicast traffic on an interface.
switchport mode Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
switchport protected Isolates unicast, multicast, and broadcast traffic at Layer 2 from other
protected ports on the same switch.
switchport trunk pruning Configures the VLAN pruning-eligible list for ports in trunking mode.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-253
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces counters
show interfaces counters
Use the show interfaces counters privileged EXEC command to display various counters for the switch
or for a specific interface.
show interfaces [interface-id | vlan vlan-id] counters [broadcast | errors | module switch- number
| multicast | trunk | unicast] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Descriptions interface-id (Optional) ID of the physical interface, including type, stack member,
module, and port number.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) VLAN number of the management VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
broadcast (Optional) Display discarded broadcast traffic.
errors (Optional) Display error counters.
module switch- number (Optional) Display counters for the specified stack member. The range is
from 1 to 9, depending upon the switch numbers in the stack.
Note In this command, the module keyword refers to the stack member
number (1–9). In other commands that contain an interface ID, the
module number is always zero.
multicast (Optional) Display discarded multicast traffic.
trunk (Optional) Display trunk counters.
unicast (Optional) Display discarded unicast traffic.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If you do not enter any keywords, all counters for all interfaces are included.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-254 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces counters
Examples This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters command. It displays all
counters for the switch.
Switch# show interfaces counters
Port InOctets InUcastPkts InMcastPkts InBcastPkts
Fa6/0/1 0 0 0 0
Fa6/0/2 0 0 0 0
Fa6/0/3 0 0 0 0
Fa6/0/4 0 0 0 0
Fa6/0/5 0 0 0 0
<output truncated>
Fa6/0/24 0 0 0 0
Gi6/0/1 0 0 0 0
Gi6/0/2 0 0 0 0
Fa8/0/1 0 0 0 0
Fa8/0/2 0 0 0 0
<output truncated>
This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters broadcast command. It displays
dropped broadcast traffic for all interfaces.
Switch# show interfaces counters broadcast
Port BcastSuppDiscards
Fa1/0/1 0
Fa1/0/2 0
Fa1/0/3 0
Fa1/0/4 0
Fa1/0/5 0
Fa1/0/6 0
<output truncated>
This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters module command for stack
member 2. It displays all counters for the specified switch in the stack.
Switch# show interfaces counters module 2
Sauron#show interface counters
Port InOctets InUcastPkts InMcastPkts InBcastPkts
Fa2/0/1 520 2 0 0
Fa2/0/2 520 2 0 0
Fa2/0/3 520 2 0 0
Fa2/0/4 520 2 0 0
Fa2/0/5 520 2 0 0
Fa2/0/6 520 2 0 0
Fa2/0/7 520 2 0 0
Fa2/0/8 520 2 0 0
<output truncated>
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-255
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces counters
This is an example of output from the show interfaces counters trunk command. It displays trunk
counters for all interfaces.
Switch# show interfaces counters trunk
Port TrunkFramesTx TrunkFramesRx WrongEncap
Fa1/0/1 0 0 0
Fa1/0/2 0 0 0
Fa1/0/3 80678 4155 0
Fa1/0/4 82320 126 0
Fa1/0/5 0 0 0
<output truncated>
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces Displays additional interface characteristics.
show storm-control Displays storm-control settings for an interface or all interfaces.
storm-control Sets storm-control broadcast, multicast, and unicast suppression levels for an
interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-256 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp profile
show ip igmp profile
Use the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command to view all configured Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) profiles or a specified IGMP profile.
show ip igmp profile [profile number] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description profile number (Optional) The IGMP profile number to be displayed. The range is 1 to
4294967295. If no profile number is entered, all IGMP profiles are displayed.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples These are examples of output from the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command, with and
without specifying a profile number. If no profile number is entered, the display includes all profiles
configured on the switch.
Switch# show ip igmp profile 40
IGMP Profile 40
permit
range 233.1.1.1 233.255.255.255
Switch# show ip igmp profile
IGMP Profile 3
range 230.9.9.0 230.9.9.0
IGMP Profile 4
permit
range 229.9.9.0 229.255.255.255
Related Commands Command Description
ip igmp profile Configures the specified IGMP profile number.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-257
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping
show ip igmp snooping
Use the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command to display the Internet Group Management
Protocol (IGMP) snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping [mrouter] [multicast] [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description mrouter (Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command.
multicast (Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping multicast command.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Use this command to display snooping configuration for the switch or for a specific VLAN.
Although visible in the output display, output lines related to topology change notification (TCN),
source-only learning, and report suppression are not supported.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping vlan 1 command. It shows snooping
characteristics for a specific VLAN.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping vlan 1
----------
IGMP snooping is globally enabled
IGMP snooping TCN solicit query is globally disabled
IGMP snooping global TCN flood query count is 2
IGMP snooping is enabled on this Vlan
IGMP snooping immediate-leave is disabled on this Vlan
IGMP snooping mrouter learn mode is pim-dvmrp on this Vlan
IGMP snooping source only learning age timer is 10
IGMP snooping is running in IGMP_ONLY mode on this Vlan
IGMP snooping report suppression is enabled on this Vlan
Note TCN, source-only learning, and report suppression are not supported, and information displayed about
these features is not valid.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-258 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping command. It displays snooping
characteristics for all VLANs on the switch.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping
vlan 1
----------
IGMP snooping is globally enabled
IGMP snooping TCN solicit query is globally disabled
IGMP snooping global TCN flood query count is 2
IGMP snooping is enabled on this Vlan
IGMP snooping immediate-leave is disabled on this Vlan
IGMP snooping mrouter learn mode is pim-dvmrp on this Vlan
IGMP snooping source only learning age timer is 10
IGMP snooping is running in IGMP_ONLY mode on this Vlan
IGMP snooping report suppression is enabled on this Vlan
vlan 2
----------
IGMP snooping is globally enabled
IGMP snooping TCN solicit query is globally disabled
IGMP snooping global TCN flood query count is 2
IGMP snooping is enabled on this Vlan
IGMP snooping immediate-leave is disabled on this Vlan
IGMP snooping mrouter learn mode is pim-dvmrp on this Vlan
IGMP snooping source only learning age timer is 10
IGMP snooping is running in IGMP_ONLY mode on this Vlan
IGMP snooping report suppression is enabled on this Vlan
<output truncated>
Related Commands Command Description
ip igmp snooping Enables and configures IGMP snooping on the switch or on a
VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the switch or for
the specified multicast VLAN
show ip igmp snooping multicast Displays IGMP snooping multicast information for the switch or
for the specified parameter.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-259
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Use the show ip igmp snooping mrouter privileged EXEC command to display the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping dynamically learned and manually configured multicast router ports
for the switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description vlan vlan-id (Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12/1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Use this command to display multicast router ports on the switch or for a specific VLAN.
When multicast VLAN registration (MVR) is enabled, the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command
displays MVR multicast router information and IGMP snooping information.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command. It shows how to
display multicast router ports on the switch.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Vlan ports
---- -----
1 Gi2/0/1(dynamic)
Related Commands Command Description
ip igmp snooping Enables and configures IGMP snooping on the switch or on a
VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the
VLAN
show ip igmp snooping multicast Displays IGMP snooping multicast information for the switch or
for the specified parameter.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-260 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping multicast
show ip igmp snooping multicast
Use the show ip igmp snooping multicast privileged EXEC command to display the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping multicast table for the switch or multicast information for the
selected parameter. Use with the vlan keyword to display the multicast table for a specified multicast VLAN
or information about the selected parameter for the VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping multicast [vlan vlan-id] [count | dynamic [count | group ip_address] |
group ip_address | user [count | group ip_address]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description vlan vlan-id (Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
count (Optional) Display the total number of entries for the specified command
options instead of the actual entries.
dynamic (Optional) Display entries learned through IGMP snooping.
group ip_address (Optional) Display characteristics of the multicast group with the specified group
IP address.
user (Optional) Display only the user-configured multicast entries.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Use this command to display multicast information and the multicast table for specified parameters.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping multicast command without any
keywords. It displays the multicast table for the switch.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping multicast
Vlan Group Address Type Ports
---- ------------- ---- -----
1 224.1.2.30 IGMP Fa3/0/31, Fa4/0/1
1 224.1.2.1 IGMP Fa3/0/31, Fa4/0/1
1 224.4.4.4 USER Fa1/0/4, Fa4/0/1
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-261
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping multicast
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping multicast count command. It displays
the total number of multicast groups on the switch.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping multicast count
Total number of multicast groups: 3
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping multicast dynamic command. It shows
only the entries learned through IGMP snooping.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping multicast dynamic
Vlan Group Address Type Ports
---- ------------- ---- -----
1 224.1.2.30 IGMP Fa4/0/1, Fa4/0/37
1 224.1.2.1 IGMP Fa4/0/1, Fa4/0/37
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping multicast group command. It shows the
entries for the group with the specified IP address.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping multicast group 224.1.2.30
Vlan Group Address Type Ports
---- ------------- ---- -----
1 224.1.2.30 IGMP Fa4/0/1, Fa4/0/37
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping multicast vlan command. It displays all
entries belonging to the specified VLAN.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping multicast vlan 1
Vlan Group Address Type Ports
---- ------------- ---- -----
1 224.1.2.30 IGMP Fa4/0/1, Fa4/0/37
1 224.1.2.1 IGMP Fa4/0/1, Fa4/0/37
Related Commands Command Description
ip igmp snooping Enables and configures IGMP snooping on the switch or on a
VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the
VLAN
show ip igmp snooping mrouter Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the switch or for
the specified multicast VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-262 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show lacp
show lacp
Use the show lacp user EXEC command to display Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)
channel-group information.
show lacp [channel-group-number] {counters | internal | neighbor | sys-id} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description channel-group-number (Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 12.
counters Display traffic information.
internal Display internal information.
neighbor Display neighbor information.
sys-id Display the system identifier that is being used by LACP. The system
identifier is made up of the LACP system priority and the switch MAC
address.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can enter any show lacp command to display the active channel-group information. To display
specific channel information, enter the show lacp command with a channel-group number.
If you do not specify a channel group, information for all channel groups appears.
You can enter the channel-group-number option to specify a channel group for all keywords except
sys-id.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-263
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show lacp
Examples This is an example of output from the show lacp counters command user EXEC command. Table 2-19
describes the fields in the display.
Switch> show lacp counters
LACPDUs Marker Marker Response LACPDUs
Port Sent Recv Sent Recv Sent Recv Pkts Err
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Channel group:1
Gi2/0/5 19 10 0 0 0 0 0
Gi2/0/6 14 6 0 0 0 0 0
Gi2/0/7 8 7 0 0 0 0 0
Table 2-19 show lacp counters Field Descriptions
Field Description
LACPDUs Sent and Recv The number of LACP packets sent and received by an interface.
Marker Sent and Recv The number of LACP marker packets sent and received by an
interface.
Marker Response Sent and Recv The number of LACP marker response packets sent and received
by an interface.
LACPDUs Pkts and Err The number of unknown and illegal packets received by LACP
for an interface.
This is an example of output from the show lacp internal command:
Switch> show lacp 1 internal
Flags: S - Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs
F - Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs
A - Device is in Active mode P - Device is in Passive mode
Channel group 1
LACP port Admin Oper Port Port
Port Flags State Priority Key Key Number State
Gi2/0/5 SA bndl 32768 0x3 0x3 0x4 0x3D
Gi2/0/6 SA bndl 32768 0x3 0x3 0x5 0x3D
Gi2/0/7 SA bndl 32768 0x3 0x3 0x6 0x3D
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-264 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show lacp
Table 2-20 describes the fields in the display:
Table 2-20 show lacp internal Field Descriptions
Field Description
State State of the specific port. These are the allowed values:
• – —Port is in an unknown state.
• bndl—Port is attached to an aggregator and bundled with
other ports.
• susp—Port is in a suspended state; it is not attached to any
aggregator.
• hot-sby—Port is in a hot-standby state.
• indiv—Port is incapable of bundling with any other port.
• indep—Port is in an independent state (not bundled but able
to switch data traffic. In this case, LACP is not running on
the partner port).
• down—Port is down.
LACP Port Priority Port priority setting. LACP uses the port priority to put ports s
in standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that
prevents all compatible ports from aggregating.
Admin Key Administrative key assigned to this port. LACP automatically
generates an administrative key value as a hexadecimal number.
The administrative key defines the ability of a port to aggregate
with other ports. A port’s ability to aggregate with other ports is
determined by the port physical characteristics (for example,
data rate and duplex capability) and configuration restrictions
that you establish.
Oper Key Runtime operational key that is being used by this port. LACP
automatically generates this value as a hexadecimal number.
Port Number Port number.
Port State State variables for the port, encoded as individual bits within a
single octet with these meanings:
• bit0: LACP_Activity
• bit1: LACP_Timeout
• bit2: Aggregation
• bit3: Synchronization
• bit4: Collecting
• bit5: Distributing
• bit6: Defaulted
• bit7: Expired
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-265
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show lacp
This is an example of output from the show lacp neighbor command:
Switch> show lacp neighbor
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow LACPDUs F - Device is sending Fast LACPDUs
A - Device is in Active mode P - Device is in Passive mode
Channel group 3 neighbors
Partner’s information:
Partner Partner Partner
Port System ID Port Number Age Flags
Gi2/0/3 32768,0007.eb49.5e80 0xC 19s SP
LACP Partner Partner Partner
Port Priority Oper Key Port State
32768 0x3 0x3C
Partner’s information:
Partner Partner Partner
Port System ID Port Number Age Flags
Gi2/0/4 32768,0007.eb49.5e80 0xD 15s SP
LACP Partner Partner Partner
Port Priority Oper Key Port State
32768 0x3 0x3C
This is an example of output from the show lacp sys-id command:
Switch> show lacp sys-id
32765,0002.4b29.3a00
The system identification is made up of the system priority and the system MAC address. The first two
bytes are the system priority, and the last six bytes are the globally administered individual MAC address
associated to the system.
Related Commands Command Description
clear lacp Clears LACP channel-group information.
lacp port-priority Configures the LACP port priority.
lacp system-priority Configures the LACP system priority.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-266 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac access-group
show mac access-group
Use the show mac access-group user EXEC command to display the MAC access control lists (ACLs)
configured for an interface or a switch.
show mac access-group [interface interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description interface interface-id (Optional) Display the MAC ACLs configured on a specific interface. Valid
interfaces are physical ports and port channels; the port channel range is 1 to
64.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC; the interface keyword is available only in privileged EXEC mode.
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mac-access group user EXEC command. In this display,
Gigabit Ethernet interface 1/0/12 has the MAC access list macl_e1 applied; no MAC ACLs are applied
to other interfaces.
Switch> show mac access-group
Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1:
Inbound access-list is not set
Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/2:
Inbound access-list is macl_e1
Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/3:
Inbound access-list is not set
Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/4:
Inbound access-list is not set
<output truncated>
Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/10:
Inbound access-list is not set
Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/11:
Inbound access-list is not set
Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/12:
Inbound access-list is macl_e1
<output truncated>
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-267
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac access-group
This is an example of output from the show mac access-group interface gigabitethernet1/ 0/12
command:
Switch# show mac access-group interface gigabitethernet1/0/12
Interface GigabitEthernet1/0/12:
Inbound access-list is macl_e1
Related Commands Command Description
mac access-group Applies a MAC access group to an interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-268 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table
show mac-address-table
Use the show mac-address-table user EXEC command to display a specific MAC address table static
and dynamic entry or the MAC address table static and dynamic entries on a specific interface or VLAN.
show mac-address-table [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table command:
Switch> show mac-address-table
Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
All 0000.0000.0001 STATIC CPU
All 0000.0000.0002 STATIC CPU
All 0000.0000.0003 STATIC CPU
All 0000.0000.0009 STATIC CPU
All 0000.0000.0012 STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.000b STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.000c STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.000d STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.000e STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.000f STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0010 STATIC CPU
1 0030.9441.6327 DYNAMIC Gi6/0/23
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 12
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-269
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table
Related Commands Command Description
clear mac-address-table dynamic Deletes from the MAC address table a specific dynamic
address, all dynamic addresses on a particular interface, or all
dynamic addresses on a particular VLAN.
show mac-address-table aging-time Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table count Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table dynamic Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table interface Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac-address-table multicast Displays the Layer 2 multicast entries for all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac-address-table static Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table vlan Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-270 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table address
show mac-address-table address
Use the show mac-address-table address user EXEC command to display MAC address table
information for the specified MAC address.
show mac-address-table address mac-address [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin |
exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description mac-address Specify the 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H.
interface interface-id (Optional) Display information for a specific interface. Valid interfaces
include physical ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Display entries for the specific VLAN only. The range is 1 to
4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table address command:
Switch# show mac-address-table address 0002.4b28.c482
Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
All 0002.4b28.c482 STATIC CPU
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 1
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-271
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table address
Related Commands Command Description
show mac-address-table aging-time Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table count Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table dynamic Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table interface Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac-address-table multicast Displays the Layer 2 multicast entries for all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac-address-table static Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table vlan Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-272 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table aging-time
show mac-address-table aging-time
Use the show mac-address-table aging-time user EXEC command to display the aging time of a
specific address table instance, all address table instances on a specified VLAN or, if a specific VLAN
is not specified, on all VLANs.
show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description vlan vlan-id (Optional) Display aging time information for a specific VLAN. The range
is 1 to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If no VLAN number is specified, then the aging time for all VLANs is displayed.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table aging-time command:
Switch> show mac-address-table aging-time
Vlan Aging Time
---- ----------
1 300
This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table aging-time vlan 10 command:
Switch> show mac-address-table aging-time vlan 10
Vlan Aging Time
---- ----------
10 300
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-273
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table aging-time
Related Commands Command Description
mac-address-table aging-time Sets the length of time that a dynamic entry remains in the MAC
address table after the entry is used or updated.
show mac-address-table address Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC
address.
show mac-address-table count Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table dynamic Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table interface Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac-address-table multicast Displays the Layer 2 multicast entries for all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces
notification or the specified interface.
show mac-address-table static Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table vlan Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-274 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table count
show mac-address-table count
Use the show mac-address-table count user EXEC command to display the number of addresses
present in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table count [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description vlan vlan-id (Optional) Display the number of addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to
4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If no VLAN number is specified, the address count for all VLANs is displayed.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table count command:
Switch# show mac-address-table count
Mac Entries for Vlan : 1
---------------------------
Dynamic Address Count : 2
Static Address Count : 0
Total Mac Addresses : 2
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-275
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table count
Related Commands Command Description
show mac-address-table address Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac-address-table aging-time Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table dynamic Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table interface Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac-address-table multicast Displays the Layer 2 multicast entries for all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
notification interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac-address-table static Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table vlan Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-276 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table dynamic
show mac-address-table dynamic
Use the show mac-address-table dynamic user EXEC command to display only dynamic MAC address
table entries.
show mac-address-table dynamic [address mac-address] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description address mac-address (Optional) Specify a 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H
(available in privileged EXEC mode only).
interface interface-id (Optional) Specify an interface to match; valid interfaces include physical
ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Display entries for a specific VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC; address keyword available only in privileged EXEC mode.
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table dynamic command:
Switch> show mac-address-table dynamic
Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
1 0030.b635.7862 DYNAMIC Gi6/0/2
1 00b0.6496.2741 DYNAMIC Gi6/0/2
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 2
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-277
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table dynamic
Related Commands Command Description
clear mac-address-table dynamic Deletes from the MAC address table a specific dynamic
address, all dynamic addresses on a particular interface, or all
dynamic addresses on a particular VLAN.
show mac-address-table address Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac-address-table aging-time Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table count Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table interface Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac-address-table multicast Displays the Layer 2 multicast entries for all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table static Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table vlan Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-278 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table interface
show mac-address-table interface
Use the show mac-address-table interface user command to display the MAC address table
information for the specified interface in the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table interface interface-id [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description interface-id Specify an interface type; valid interfaces include physical ports and port
channels.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Display entries for a specific VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table interface command:
Switch> show mac-address-table interface gigabitethernet6/0/2
Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
1 0030.b635.7862 DYNAMIC Gi6/0/2
1 00b0.6496.2741 DYNAMIC Gi6/0/2
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 2
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-279
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table interface
Related Commands Command Description
show mac-address-table address Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac-address-table aging-time Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified
VLAN.
show mac-address-table count Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or
the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table dynamic Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table multicast Displays the Layer 2 multicast entries for all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac-address-table static Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table vlan Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-280 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table multicast
show mac-address-table multicast
Use the show mac-address-table multicast user EXEC command to display the Layer 2 multicast
entries for all VLANs. Use the command in privileged EXEC mode to display specific multicast entries.
show mac-address-table multicast [vlan-id] [count | user [count]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description vlan vlan-id (Optional) Display addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
count (Optional) Display the total number of entries for the specified command
options instead of the actual entries.
user (Optional) Display only the user-configured multicast entries.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Note Though visible in the command-line help string, the igmp-snooping keyword is not supported. Use the
show ip igmp snooping multicast privileged EXEC command to display the Internet Group Management
Protocol (IGMP) snooping multicast table.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table multicast command. It shows how to
display all multicast entries for the switch.
Switch> show mac-address-table multicast
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
1 0100.5e00.0128 IGMP Gi1/0/1
This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table multicast count command. It shows
how to display a total count of MAC address entries for the switch.
Switch> show mac-address-table multicast count
Multicast MAC Entries for all vlans: 10
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-281
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table multicast
This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table multicast vlan 1 count command. It
shows how to display a total count of MAC address entries for a VLAN.
Switch> show mac-address-table multicast vlan 1 count
Multicast MAC Entries for vlan 1: 4
Related Commands Command Description
show mac-address-table address Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac-address-table aging-time Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified
VLAN.
show mac-address-table count Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or
the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table dynamic Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table interface Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified interface.
show mac-address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac-address-table static Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table vlan Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-282 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table notification
show mac-address-table notification
Use the show mac-address-table notification user EXEC command to display the MAC address
notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac-address-table notification [interface [interface-id]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description interface (Optional) Display information for all interfaces. Valid interfaces include
physical ports and port channels.
interface-id (Optional) Display information for the specified interface. Valid interfaces
include physical ports and port channels.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(8)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Use the show mac-address-table notification command without any keywords to display whether the
feature is enabled or disabled, the MAC notification interval, the maximum number of entries allowed
in the history table, and the history table contents.
Use the interface keyword to display the flags for all interfaces. If the interface-id is included, only the
flags for that interface are displayed.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-283
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table notification
Examples This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table notification command:
Switch> show mac-address-table notification
MAC Notification Feature is Enabled on the switch
Interval between Notification Traps : 60 secs
Number of MAC Addresses Added : 4
Number of MAC Addresses Removed : 4
Number of Notifications sent to NMS : 3
Maximum Number of entries configured in History Table : 100
Current History Table Length : 3
MAC Notification Traps are Enabled
History Table contents
----------------------
History Index 0, Entry Timestamp 1032254, Despatch Timestamp 1032254
MAC Changed Message :
Operation: Added Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0001 Module: 0 Port: 1
History Index 1, Entry Timestamp 1038254, Despatch Timestamp 1038254
MAC Changed Message :
Operation: Added Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0000 Module: 0 Port: 1
Operation: Added Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0002 Module: 0 Port: 1
Operation: Added Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0003 Module: 0 Port: 1
History Index 2, Entry Timestamp 1074254, Despatch Timestamp 1074254
MAC Changed Message :
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0000 Module: 0 Port: 1
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0001 Module: 0 Port: 1
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0002 Module: 0 Port: 1
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2 MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0003 Module: 0 Port: 1
Related Commands Command Description
clear mac-address-table notification Clears the MAC address notification global counters.
show mac-address-table address Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac-address-table aging-time Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table count Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table dynamic Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table interface Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac-address-table multicast Displays the Layer 2 multicast entries for all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table static Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table vlan Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-284 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table static
show mac-address-table static
Use the show mac-address-table static user EXEC command to display static MAC address table
entries only.
show mac-address-table static [address mac-address] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description address mac-address (Optional) Specify a 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H
(available in privileged EXEC mode only).
interface interface-id (Optional) Specify an interface to match; valid interfaces include physical
ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Display addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC; address keyword available only in privileged EXEC mode.
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table static command:
Switch> show mac-address-table static
Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
All 0100.0ccc.cccc STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0000 STATIC CPU
All 0100.0ccc.cccd STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0001 STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0002 STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0003 STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0004 STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0005 STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0006 STATIC CPU
All 0180.c200.0007 STATIC CPU
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 10
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-285
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table static
Related Commands Command Description
mac-address-table static Adds static addresses to the MAC address table.
show mac-address-table address Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac-address-table aging-time Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified
VLAN.
show mac-address-table count Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or
the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table dynamic Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table interface Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified interface.
show mac-address-table multicast Displays the Layer 2 multicast entries for all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac-address-table vlan Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-286 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table vlan
show mac-address-table vlan
Use the show mac-address-table vlan user EXEC command to display the MAC address table
information for the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table vlan vlan-id [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description vlan-id (Optional) Display addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mac-address-table vlan 1 command:
Switch> show mac-address-table vlan 1
Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports
---- ----------- ---- -----
1 0100.0ccc.cccc STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0000 STATIC CPU
1 0100.0ccc.cccd STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0001 STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0002 STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0003 STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0004 STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0005 STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0006 STATIC CPU
1 0180.c200.0007 STATIC CPU
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 10
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-287
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mac-address-table vlan
Related Commands Command Description
show mac-address-table address Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac-address-table aging-time Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified
VLAN.
show mac-address-table count Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or
the specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table dynamic Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac-address-table interface Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified interface.
show mac-address-table multicast Displays the Layer 2 multicast entries for all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac-address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac-address-table static Displays static MAC address table entries only.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-288 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos
show mls qos
Use the show mls qos user EXEC command to display global quality of service (QoS) configuration
information.
show mls qos [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mls qos command:
Switch> show mls qos
Qos is enabled
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos Enables quality of service (QoS) for the entire switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-289
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos aggregate-policer
show mls qos aggregate-policer
Use the show mls qos aggregate-policer user EXEC command to display the quality of service (QoS)
aggregate policer configuration. A policer defines a maximum permissible rate of transmission, a
maximum burst size for transmissions, and an action to take if either maximum is exceeded.
show mls qos aggregate-policer [aggregate-policer-name] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description aggregate-policer-name (Optional) Display the policer configuration for the specified name.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mls qos aggregate-policer command:
Switch> show mls qos aggregate-policer policer1
aggregate-policer policer1 88000 2000000 exceed-action drop
Not used by any policy map
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos aggregate-policer Defines policer parameters that can be shared by multiple classes
within a policy map.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-290 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos input-queue
show mls qos input-queue
Use the show mls qos input-queue user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) settings
for the ingress queues.
show mls qos input-queue [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mls qos input-queue command:
Switch> show mls qos input-queue
Queue : 1 2
----------------------------------------------
buffers : 90 10
bandwidth : 4 4
priority : 0 10
threshold1: 100 100
threshold2: 100 100
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-291
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos input-queue
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map Maps assigned class of service (CoS) values to an ingress
queue and assigns CoS values to a queue and to a threshold
ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map Maps assigned Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP)
values to an ingress queue and assigns DSCP values to a
queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold Assigns weighted tail-drop (WTD) threshold percentages to
an ingress queue.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-292 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos interface
show mls qos interface
Use the show mls qos interface user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) information
at the interface level.
show mls qos interface [interface-id] [buffers | queueing | statistics]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description interface-id (Optional) Display QoS information for the specified interface. Valid interfaces
include physical ports.
buffers (Optional) Display the buffer allocation among the queues.
queueing (Optional) Display the queueing strategy (shared or shaped) and the weights
corresponding to the queues.
statistics (Optional) Display statistics for sent and received Differentiated Services Code
Points (DSCPs) and class of service (CoS) values, the number of packets
enqueued or dropped per egress queue, and the number of in-profile and
out-of-profile packets for each policer.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Note Though visible in the command-line help string, the policers keyword is not supported.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface command:
Switch# show mls qos interface fastethernet1/0/7
FastEthernet1/0/7
Attached policy-map for Ingress: videowizard_policy
trust state: not trusted
COS override: dis
default COS: 0
DSCP Mutation Map: Default DSCP Mutation Map
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-293
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos interface
This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface fastethernet1/0/7 buffers command:
Switch> show mls qos interface fastethernet1/0/7 buffers
FastEthernet1/0/7
The port is mapped to qset : 1
The allocations between the queues are : 25 25 25 25
This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface fastethernet1/0/7 queueing command:
Switch> show mls qos interface fastethernet1/0/7 queueing
FastEthernet1/0/7
Shaped queue weights (absolute) : 25 0 0 0
Shared queue weights : 25 25 25 25
The port bandwidth is limited to: 100%
The port is mapped to qset : 1
This is an example of output from the show mls qos interface fastethernet1/0/7 statistics command.
Table 2-21 describes the fields in this display.
Switch> show mls qos interface fastethernet1/0/7 statistics
FastEthernet1/0/7
dscp: incoming
-------------------------------
0 - 4 : 4213 0 0 0 0
5 - 9 : 0 0 0 0 0
10 - 14 : 0 0 0 0 0
15 - 19 : 0 0 0 0 0
20 - 24 : 0 0 0 0 0
25 - 29 : 0 0 0 0 0
30 - 34 : 0 0 0 0 0
35 - 39 : 0 0 0 0 0
40 - 44 : 0 0 0 0 0
45 - 49 : 0 0 0 6 0
50 - 54 : 0 0 0 0 0
55 - 59 : 0 0 0 0 0
60 - 64 : 0 0 0 0
dscp: outgoing
-------------------------------
0 - 4 : 363949 0 0 0 0
5 - 9 : 0 0 0 0 0
10 - 14 : 0 0 0 0 0
15 - 19 : 0 0 0 0 0
20 - 24 : 0 0 0 0 0
25 - 29 : 0 0 0 0 0
30 - 34 : 0 0 0 0 0
35 - 39 : 0 0 0 0 0
40 - 44 : 0 0 0 0 0
45 - 49 : 0 0 0 0 0
50 - 54 : 0 0 0 0 0
55 - 59 : 0 0 0 0 0
60 - 64 : 0 0 0 0
cos: incoming
-------------------------------
0 - 4 : 132067 0 0 0 0
5 - 9 : 0 0 0
cos: outgoing
-------------------------------
0 - 4 : 739155 0 0 0 0
5 - 9 : 90 0 0
Policer: Inprofile: 0 OutofProfile: 0
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-294 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos interface
Table 2-21 show mls qos interface statistics Field Descriptions
Field Description
DSCP incoming Number of received packets for each DSCP value.
outgoing Number of sent packets for each DSCP value.
CoS incoming Number of received packets for each CoS value.
outgoing Number of sent packets for each CoS value.
Policer Inprofile Number of in profile packets for each policer.
Outofprofile Number of out of profile packets for each policer.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
mls qos queue-set output threshold Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation to a queue-set.
mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth Assigns shaped round robin (SRR) weights to an ingress
queue.
mls qos srr-queue input buffers Allocates the buffers between the ingress queues.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map Maps CoS values to an ingress queue or maps CoS values
to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map Maps DSCP values to an ingress queue or maps DSCP
values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue Configures the ingress priority queue and guarantees
bandwidth.
mls qos srr-queue input threshold Assigns WTD threshold percentages to an ingress queue.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map Maps CoS values to an egress queue or maps CoS values to
a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map Maps DSCP values to an egress queue or maps DSCP
values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
policy-map Create or modifies a policy map.
queue-set Maps a port to a queue-set.
srr-queue bandwidth limit Limits the maximum output on a port.
srr-queue bandwidth shape Assigns the shaped weights and enables bandwidth shaping
on the four egress queues mapped to a port.
srr-queue bandwidth share Assigns the shared weights and enables bandwidth sharing
on the four egress queues mapped to a port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-295
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos maps
show mls qos maps
Use the show mls qos maps user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) mapping
information. During classification, QoS uses the mapping tables to represent the priority of the traffic
and to derive a corresponding class of service (CoS) or Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value
from the received CoS, DSCP, or IP precedence value.
show mls qos maps [cos-dscp | cos-input-q | cos-output-q | dscp-cos | dscp-input-q |
dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name | dscp-output-q | ip-prec-dscp | policed-dscp] [ | {begin
| exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description cos-dscp (Optional) Display class of service (CoS)-to-DSCP map.
cos-input-q (Optional) Display the CoS input queue threshold map.
cos-output-q (Optional) Display the CoS output queue threshold map.
dscp-cos (Optional) Display DSCP-to-CoS map.
dscp-input-q (Optional) Display the DSCP input queue threshold map.
dscp-mutation dscp-mutation-name (Optional) Display the specified DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation
map.
dscp-output-q (Optional) Display the DSCP output queue threshold map.
ip-prec-dscp (Optional) Display the IP-precedence-to-DSCP map.
policed-dscp (Optional) Display the policed-DSCP map.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the
expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified
expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
The policed-DSCP, DSCP-to-CoS, and the DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation maps are displayed as a matrix.
The d1 column specifies the most-significant digit in the DSCP. The d2 row specifies the least-significant
digit in the DSCP. The intersection of the d1 and d2 values provides the policed-DSCP, the CoS, or the
mutated-DSCP value. For example, in the DSCP-to-CoS map, a DSCP value of 43 corresponds to a CoS
value of 5.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-296 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos maps
The DSCP input queue threshold and the DSCP output queue threshold maps are displayed as a matrix.
The d1 column specifies the most-significant digit of the DSCP number. The d2 row specifies the
least-significant digit in the DSCP number. The intersection of the d1 and the d2 values provides the
queue ID and threshold ID. For example, in the DSCP input queue threshold map, a DSCP value of 43
corresponds to queue 2 and threshold 1 (02-01).
The CoS input queue threshold and the CoS output queue threshold maps show the CoS value in the top
row and the corresponding queue ID and threshold ID in the second row. For example, in the CoS input
queue threshold map, a CoS value of 5 corresponds to queue 2 and threshold 1 (2-1).
Examples This is an example of output from the show mls qos maps command:
Switch> show mls qos maps
Policed-dscp map:
d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
---------------------------------------
0 : 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09
1 : 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2 : 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3 : 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
4 : 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
5 : 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
6 : 60 61 62 63
Dscp-cos map:
d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
---------------------------------------
0 : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 01
1 : 01 01 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 02
2 : 02 02 02 02 03 03 03 03 03 03
3 : 03 03 04 04 04 04 04 04 04 04
4 : 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 06 06
5 : 06 06 06 06 06 06 07 07 07 07
6 : 07 07 07 07
Cos-dscp map:
cos: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
--------------------------------
dscp: 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
IpPrecedence-dscp map:
ipprec: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
--------------------------------
dscp: 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
Dscp-outputq-threshold map:
d1 :d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
--------------------------------------------------------------------
0 : 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01
1 : 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01
2 : 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01 03-01
3 : 03-01 03-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01
4 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 04-01 04-01
5 : 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01
6 : 04-01 04-01 04-01 04-01
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-297
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos maps
Dscp-inputq-threshold map:
d1 :d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
--------------------------------------------------------------------
0 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
1 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
2 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
3 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
4 : 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 02-01 01-01 01-01
5 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
6 : 01-01 01-01 01-01 01-01
Cos-outputq-threshold map:
cos: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------
queue-threshold: 2-1 2-1 3-1 3-1 4-1 1-1 4-1 4-1
Cos-inputq-threshold map:
cos: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------
queue-threshold: 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 2-1 1-1 1-1
Dscp-dscp mutation map:
Default DSCP Mutation Map:
d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
---------------------------------------
0 : 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09
1 : 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2 : 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3 : 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
4 : 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
5 : 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
6 : 60 61 62 63
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos map Defines the CoS-to-DSCP map, DSCP-to-CoS map,
DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map, IP-precedence-to-DSCP map,
and the policed-DSCP map.
mls qos srr-queue input cos-map Maps CoS values to an ingress queue or maps CoS values to a
queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map Maps DSCP values to an ingress queue or maps DSCP values to
a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map Maps CoS values to an egress queue or maps CoS values to a
queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map Maps DSCP values to an egress queue or maps DSCP values to
a queue and to a threshold ID.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-298 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos queue-set
show mls qos queue-set
Use the show mls qos queue-set user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) settings for
the egress queues.
show mls qos queue-set [qset-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description qset-id (Optional) ID of the queue-set. Each port belongs to a queue-set, which defines
all the characteristics of the four egress queues per port. The range is 1 to 2.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mls qos queue-set command:
Switch> show mls qos queue-set
Queueset: 1
Queue : 1 2 3 4
----------------------------------------------
buffers : 25 25 25 25
threshold1: 100 50 100 100
threshold2: 100 50 100 100
reserved : 50 100 50 50
maximum : 400 400 400 400
Queueset: 2
Queue : 1 2 3 4
----------------------------------------------
buffers : 25 25 25 25
threshold1: 100 50 100 100
threshold2: 100 50 100 100
reserved : 50 100 50 50
maximum : 400 400 400 400
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-299
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mls qos queue-set
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers Allocates buffers to the queue-set.
mls qos queue-set output threshold Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation of the queue-set.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-300 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show monitor
show monitor
Use the show monitor user EXEC command to display information about all Switched Port Analyzer
(SPAN) and Remote SPAN (RSPAN) sessions on the switch. Use the command with keywords to show
a specific session, all sessions, all local sessions, or all remote sessions.
show monitor [session {session_number | all | local | range list | remote} [detail]] [ | {begin |
exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description session (Optional) Display information about specified SPAN sessions.
session_number Specify the number of the SPAN or RSPAN session. The range is 1 to 66.
all Display all SPAN sessions.
local Display only local SPAN sessions.
range list Display a range of SPAN sessions, where list is the range of valid sessions,
either a single session or a range of sessions described by two numbers, the
lower one first, separated by a hyphen. Do not enter any spaces between
comma-separated parameters or in hyphen-specified ranges.
Note This keyword is available only in privileged EXEC mode.
remote Display only remote SPAN sessions.
detail (Optional) Display detailed information about the specified sessions.
| begin Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The range list and detail keywords were added.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
The output is the same for the show monitor command and the show monitor session all command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-301
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show monitor
Examples This is an example of output for the show monitor user EXEC command:
Switch# show monitor
Session 1
---------
Type :Local Session
Source Ports:
RX Only: Fa4/0/24
TX Only: None
Both: Fa2/0/1-2,Fa4/0/1-5
Source VLANs:
RX Only: None
TX Only: None
Both: None
Source RSPAN VLAN:None
Destination Ports:Fa2/0/18
Encapsulation:Replicate
Filter VLANs: None
Dest RSPAN VLAN: None
Session 2
---------
Type :Remote Source Session
Source Ports:
RX Only: None
TX Only: None
Both: None
Source VLANs:
RX Only: None
TX Only: 10
Both: 1-9
Source RSPAN VLAN:None
Destination Ports:None
Filter VLANs: None
Dest RSPAN VLAN: 105
This is an example of output for the show monitor user EXEC command for RSPAN source session 1:
Switch# show monitor session 1
Session 1
---------
Type :Local Session
Source Ports:
RX Only: Fa4/0/24
TX Only: None
Both: Fa2/0/1-2,Fa4/0/1-5
Source VLANs:
RX Only: None
TX Only: None
Both: None
Source RSPAN VLAN:None
Destination Ports:Fa2/0/18
Encapsulation:Replicate
Filter VLANs: None
Dest RSPAN VLAN: None
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-302 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show monitor
This is an example of output for the show monitor session all user EXEC command when ingress traffic
forwarding is enabled:
Switch# show monitor session all
Session 1
---------
Type :Local Session
Source Ports :
Both :Fa1/0/2
Destination Ports :Fa2/0/2
Encapsulation :Replicate
Ingress:Enabled, default VLAN = 5
Ingress encapsulation:DOT1Q
Session 2
---------
Type :Local Session
Source Ports :
Both :Fa3/0/2
Destination Ports :Fa3/0/4
Encapsulation :Replicate
Ingress:Enabled
Ingress encapsulation:ISL
Related Commands Command Description
monitor session Starts or modifies a SPAN or RSPAN session.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-303
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr
show mvr
Use the show mvr privileged EXEC command without keywords to display the current Multicast VLAN
Registration (MVR) global parameter values, including whether or not MVR is enabled, the MVR
multicast VLAN, the maximum query response time, the number of multicast groups, and the MVR
mode (dynamic or compatible).
show mvr [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mvr command:
Switch# show mvr
MVR Running: TRUE
MVR multicast VLAN: 1
MVR Max Multicast Groups: 256
MVR Current multicast groups: 0
MVR Global query response time: 5 (tenths of sec)
MVR Mode: compatible
In the preceding display, the maximum number of multicast groups is fixed at 256. The MVR mode is
either compatible (for inter-operability with Catalyst 2900 XL and Catalyst 3500 XL switches) or
dynamic (where operation is consistent with IGMP snooping operation and dynamic MVR membership
on source ports is supported).
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-304 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr
Related Commands Command Description
mvr (global configuration) Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the switch.
mvr (interface configuration) Configures MVR ports.
show mvr interface Displays the configured MVR interfaces, status of the specified
interface, or all multicast groups to which the interface belongs when
the interface and members keywords are appended to the command.
show mvr members Displays all ports that are members of an MVR multicast group or, if
there are no members, means the group is inactive.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-305
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr interface
show mvr interface
Use the show mvr interface privileged EXEC command without keywords to display the Multicast
VLAN Registration (MVR) receiver and source ports. Use the command with keywords to display MVR
parameters for a specific receiver port.
show mvr interface [interface-id [members [vlan vlan-id]]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description interface-id (Optional) Display MVR type, status, and Immediate Leave setting for the
interface.
Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, stack member,
module, and port number.
members (Optional) Display all MVR groups to which the specified interface belongs.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Display all MVR group members on this VLAN. The range is 1
to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If the entered port identification is a non-MVR port or a source port, the command returns an error
message. For receiver ports, it displays the port type, per port status, and Immediate-Leave setting.
If you enter the members keyword, all MVR group members on the interface are displayed. If you enter
a VLAN ID, all MVR group members in the VLAN are displayed.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-306 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr interface
Examples This is an example of output from the show mvr interface command:
Switch# show mvr interface
Port Type Status Immediate Leave
---- ---- ------- ---------------
Gi1/0/1 SOURCE ACTIVE/UP DISABLED
Gi1/0/2 RECEIVER ACTIVE/DOWN DISABLED
Gi1/0/5 RECEIVER ACTIVE/UP ENABLED
In the preceding display, Status is defined as follows:
• Active means the port is part of a VLAN
• Up/Down means that the port is forwarding/nonforwarding
• Inactive means that the port is not yet part of any VLAN.
This is an example of output from the show mvr interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2 command:
Switch# show mvr interface gigabitethernet1/0/2
Type: RECEIVER Status: ACTIVE Immediate Leave: DISABLED
This is an example of output from the show mvr interface gigabitethernet1/0/6 members command:
Switch# show mvr interface gigabitethernet1/0/6 members
239.255.0.0 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.1 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.2 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.3 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.4 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.5 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.6 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.7 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.8 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.9 DYNAMIC ACTIVE
Related Commands Command Description
mvr (global configuration) Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the
switch.
mvr (interface configuration) Configures MVR ports.
show mvr Displays the global MVR configuration on the switch.
show mvr members Displays all receiver ports that are members of an MVR
multicast group.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-307
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr members
show mvr members
Use the show mvr members privileged EXEC command to display all receiver and source ports that are
currently members of an IP multicast group.
show mvr members [ip-address] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description ip-address (Optional) The IP multicast address. If the address is entered, all receiver and
source ports that are members of the multicast group are displayed. If no
address is entered, all members of all Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR)
groups are listed. If a group has no members, the group is listed as Inactive.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The show mvr members command applies to receiver and source ports. For MVR compatible mode, all
source ports are members of all multicast groups.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show mvr members command:
Switch# show mvr members
MVR Group IP Status Members
------------ ------ -------
239.255.0.1 ACTIVE Gi1/0/1(d), Gi1/0/5(s)
239.255.0.2 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.3 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.4 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.5 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.6 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.7 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.8 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.9 INACTIVE None
239.255.0.10 INACTIVE None
<output truncated>
239.255.0.255 INACTIVE None
239.255.1.0 INACTIVE None
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-308 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr members
This is an example of output from the show mvr members 239.255.0.2 command. It shows how to view
the members of the IP multicast group 239.255.0.2:
Switch# show mvr members 239.255.0.2
239.255.003.--22 ACTIVE Gi1/0/1(d), Gi1/0/2(d), Gi1/0/3(d),
Gi1/0/4(d), Gi1/0/5(s)
Related Commands Command Description
mvr (global configuration) Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the
switch.
mvr (interface configuration) Configures MVR ports.
show mvr Displays the global MVR configuration on the switch.
show mvr interface Displays the configured MVR interfaces, status of the specified
interface, or all multicast groups to which the interface belongs
when the members keyword is appended to the command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-309
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show pagp
show pagp
Use the show pagp user EXEC command to display Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) channel-group
information.
show pagp [channel-group-number] {counters | internal | neighbor} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]]
Syntax Description channel-group-number (Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 12.
counters Display traffic information.
internal Display internal information.
neighbor Display neighbor information.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can enter any show pagp command to display the active channel-group information. To display the
nonactive information, enter the show pagp command with a channel-group number.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 counters command:
Switch> show pagp 1 counters
Information Flush
Port Sent Recv Sent Recv
--------------------------------------
Channel group: 1
Gi1/0/1 45 42 0 0
Gi1/0/2 45 41 0 0
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-310 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show pagp
This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 internal command:
Switch> show pagp 1 internal
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello. C - Device is in Consistent state.
A - Device is in Auto mode.
Timers: H - Hello timer is running. Q - Quit timer is running.
S - Switching timer is running. I - Interface timer is running.
Channel group 1
Hello Partner PAgP Learning Group
Port Flags State Timers Interval Count Priority Method Ifindex
Gi1/0/1 SC U6/S7 H 30s 1 128 Any 16
Gi1/0/2 SC U6/S7 H 30s 1 128 Any 16
This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 neighbor command:
Switch> show pagp 1 neighbor
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello. C - Device is in Consistent state.
A - Device is in Auto mode. P - Device learns on physical port.
Channel group 1 neighbors
Partner Partner Partner Partner Group
Port Name Device ID Port Age Flags Cap.
Gi0/1 vegas-p2 0002.4b29.4600 Gi0/1 9s SC 10001
Gi0/2 vegas-p2 0002.4b29.4600 Gi0/2 24s SC 10001
Related Commands Command Description
clear pagp Clears PAgP channel-group information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-311
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show policy-map
show policy-map
Use the show policy-map user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) policy maps, which
define classification criteria for incoming traffic. Policy maps can include policers that specify the
bandwidth limitations and the action to take if the limits are exceeded.
show policy-map [policy-map-name [class class-map-name]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description policy-map-name (Optional) Display the specified policy-map name.
class class-map-name (Optional) Display QoS policy actions for a individual class.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Note Though visible in the command-line help string, the interface keyword is not supported, and the
statistics shown in the display should be ignored.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show policy-map command:
Switch> show policy-map
Policy Map videowizard_policy2
class videowizard_10-10-10-10
set ip dscp 34
police 100000000 2000000 exceed-action drop
Policy Map mypolicy
class dscp5
set ip dscp 6
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-312 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show policy-map
Related Commands Command Description
policy-map Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple interfaces
to specify a service policy.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-313
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show port-security
show port-security
Use the show port-security privileged EXEC command to display port-security settings for an interface
or for the switch.
show port-security [interface interface-id] [address | vlan] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description interface interface-id (Optional) Display port security settings for the specified interface. Valid
interfaces include physical ports (including type, stack member, module,
and port number).
address (Optional) Display all secure MAC addresses on all ports or a specified port.
vlan (Optional) Display port security settings for all VLANs on the specified
interface. This keyword is visible only on interfaces that have the switchport
mode set to trunk.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The vlan keyword was added (visible only on trunk ports).
Usage Guidelines If you enter the command without keywords, the output includes the administrative and operational
status of all secure ports on the switch.
If you enter an interface-id, the command displays port security settings for the interface.
If you enter the address keyword, the show port-security address command displays the secure MAC
addresses for all interfaces and the aging information for each secure address.
If you enter an interface-id and the address keyword, the show port-security interface interface-id
address command displays all the MAC addresses for the interface with aging information for each
secure address. You can also use this command to display all the MAC addresses for an interface even
if you have not enabled port security on it.
If you enter the vlan keyword, the show port-security address interface interface-id vlan command
displays the configured maximum and the current number of secure MAC addresses for all VLANs on
the interface. This option is visible only on interfaces that have the switchport mode set to trunk.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-314 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show port-security
Examples This is an example of the output from the show port-security command:
Switch# show port-security
Secure Port MaxSecureAddr CurrentAddr SecurityViolation Security Action
(Count) (Count) (Count)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gi1/0/1 1 0 0 Shutdown
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port) : 1
Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) : 6272
This is an example of output from the show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/0/1 command:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Port Security : Enabled
Port status : SecureUp
Violation mode : Shutdown
Maximum MAC Addresses : 1
Total MAC Addresses : 0
Configured MAC Addresses : 0
Aging time : 0 mins
Aging type : Absolute
SecureStatic address aging : Disabled
Security Violation count : 0
This is an example of output from the show port-security address command:
Switch# show port-security address
Secure Mac Address Table
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports Remaining Age
(mins)
---- ----------- ---- ----- -------------
1 0006.0700.0800 SecureConfigured Gi1/0/2 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port) : 1
Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) : 6272
This is an example of output from the show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 address
command:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 address
Secure Mac Address Table
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Vlan Mac Address Type Ports Remaining Age
(mins)
---- ----------- ---- ----- -------------
1 0006.0700.0800 SecureConfigured Gi1/0/2 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Addresses: 1
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-315
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show port-security
This is an example of output from the show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 vlan
command:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet1/0/2 vlan
Default maximum:not set, using 5120
VLAN Maximum Current
5 default 1
10 default 54
11 default 101
12 default 101
13 default 201
14 default 501
Related Commands Command Description
switchport port-security Enables port security on a port, restricts the use of the port to a
user-defined group of stations, and configures secure MAC
addresses.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-316 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show running-config vlan
show running-config vlan
Use the show running-config vlan privileged EXEC command to display all or a range of
VLAN-related configurations on the switch.
show running-config vlan [vlan-ids] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description vlan-ids (Optional) Display configuration information for a single VLAN identified by
VLAN ID number or a range of VLANs separated by a hyphen. For vlan-id, the
range is 1 to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show running-config vlan command:
Switch# show running-config vlan 220-2000
Building configuration...
Current configuration:
!
vlan 239
!
vlan 501
!
vlan 1000
!
vlan 1002
tb-vlan1 1
tb-vlan2 1003
!
vlan 1003
tb-vlan1 1
tb-vlan2 1002
!
vlan 1004
bridge 1
end
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-317
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show running-config vlan
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for
Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration File
Commands.
vlan (global Enters config-vlan mode for creating and editing VLANs. When VLAN
configuration) Trunking Protocol (VTP) mode is transparent, you can use this mode to
create extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs greater than 1005).
vlan database Enters VLAN configuration mode for creating and editing normal-range
VLANs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-318 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show sdm prefer
show sdm prefer
Use the show sdm prefer privileged EXEC command to display information about the Switch Database
Management (SDM) templates that can be used to maximize system resources for a particular feature,
or use the command without a keyword to display the template in use.
show sdm prefer [default | routing | vlan [desktop]] [| {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description default (Optional) Display the template that balances system resources among
features.
routing (Optional) Display the template that maximizes system resources for routing.
vlan (Optional) Display the template that maximizes system resources for Layer 2
VLANs.
desktop (Optional) For Catalyst 3750-12S aggregator switches only, display the
desktop templates. For this switch, when you do not enter the desktop
keyword, the aggregator templates appear.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The desktop keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines When you change the SDM template by using the sdm prefer global configuration command, you must
reload the switch for the configuration to take effect. If you enter the show sdm prefer command before
you enter the reload privileged EXEC command, the show sdm prefer command shows the template
currently in use and the template that will become active after a reload.
The numbers displayed for each template represent an approximate maximum number for each feature
resource. The actual number might vary, depending on the actual number of other features configured.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-319
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show sdm prefer
Examples This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer command, displaying the template in use:
Switch# show sdm prefer
The current template is "desktop default" template.
The selected template optimizes the resources in
the switch to support this level of features for
8 routed interfaces and 1024 VLANs.
number of unicast mac addresses: 6K
number of igmp groups + multicast routes: 1K
number of unicast routes: 8K
number of directly connected hosts: 6K
number of indirect routes: 2K
number of policy based routing aces: 0
number of qos aces: 512
number of security aces: 1K
This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer routing command entered on an aggregator
switch:
Switch# show sdm prefer routing
"aggregate routing" template:
The selected template optimizes the resources in
the switch to support this level of features for
8 routed interfaces and 1024 VLANs.
number of unicast mac addresses: 6K
number of igmp groups + multicast routes: 1K
number of unicast routes: 20K
number of directly connected hosts: 6K
number of indirect routes: 14K
number of policy based routing aces: 512
number of qos aces: 512
number of security aces: 1K
This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer routing command entered on a desktop switch:
Switch# show sdm prefer routing
"desktop routing" template:
The selected template optimizes the resources in
the switch to support this level of features for
8 routed interfaces and 1024 VLANs.
number of unicast mac addresses: 3K
number of igmp groups + multicast routes: 1K
number of unicast routes: 11K
number of directly connected hosts: 3K
number of indirect routes: 8K
number of policy based routing aces: 512
number of qos aces: 512
number of security aces: 1K
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-320 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show sdm prefer
This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer command when you have configured a new
template but have not reloaded the switch:
Switch# show sdm prefer
The current template is "desktop routing" template.
The selected template optimizes the resources in
the switch to support this level of features for
8 routed interfaces and 1024 VLANs.
number of unicast mac addresses: 3K
number of igmp groups + multicast routes: 1K
number of unicast routes: 11K
number of directly connected hosts: 3K
number of indirect routes: 8K
number of qos aces: 512
number of security aces: 1K
On next reload, template will be "aggregate routing" template.
Related Commands Command Description
sdm prefer Sets the SDM template to maximize resources for routing or VLANs or to the
default template, or to select the desktop or aggregator templates.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-321
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show setup express
show setup express
Use the show setup express privileged EXEC command to display if Express Setup mode is active on
the switch.
show setup express [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Examples This is an example of output from the show setup express command:
Switch# show setup express
express setup mode is active
Related Commands Command Description
clear setup express Exits Express Setup mode.
setup express Enables Express Setup mode.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-322 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
show spanning-tree
Use the show spanning-tree user EXEC command to display spanning-tree state information.
show spanning-tree [bridge-group | active [detail] | backbonefast | blockedports | bridge | detail
[active] | inconsistentports | interface interface-id | mst | pathcost method | root | summary
[totals] | uplinkfast | vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show spanning-tree bridge-group [active [detail] | blockedports | bridge | detail [active] |
inconsistentports | interface interface-id | root | summary] [| {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
show spanning-tree vlan vlan-id [active [detail] | blockedports | bridge | detail [active] |
inconsistentports | interface interface-id | root | summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
show spanning-tree {vlan vlan-id | bridge-group} bridge [address | detail | forward-time |
hello-time | id | max-age | priority [system-id] | protocol] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
show spanning-tree {vlan vlan-id | bridge-group} root [address | cost | detail | forward-time |
hello-time | id | max-age | port | priority [system-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
show spanning-tree interface interface-id [active [detail] | cost | detail [active] | inconsistency |
portfast | priority | rootcost | state] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show spanning-tree mst [configuration] | [instance-id [detail | interface interface-id [detail]]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description bridge-group (Optional) Specify the bridge group number. The range is 1 to 255.
active [detail] (Optional) Display spanning-tree information only on active interfaces
(available only in privileged EXEC mode).
backbonefast (Optional) Display spanning-tree BackboneFast status.
blockedports (Optional) Display blocked port information (available only in privileged
EXEC mode).
bridge [address | detail | (Optional) Display status and configuration of this switch (optional
forward-time | hello-time | keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode).
id | max-age | priority
[system-id] | protocol]
detail [active] (Optional) Display a detailed summary of interface information (active
keyword available only in privileged EXEC mode).
inconsistentports (Optional) Display inconsistent port information (available only in
privileged EXEC mode).
interface interface-id (Optional) Display spanning-tree information for the specified interface
[active [detail] | cost | (all options except portfast and state available only in privileged EXEC
detail [active] | mode). Enter each interface separated by a space. Ranges are not
inconsistency | portfast | supported. Valid interfaces include physical ports, VLANs, and port
priority | rootcost | state] channels. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1 to
12.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-323
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
mst [configuration | (Optional) Display the multiple spanning-tree (MST) region
[instance-id [detail | configuration and status (available only in privileged EXEC mode). You
interface interface-id can specify a single instance ID, a range of IDs separated by a hyphen, or
[detail]] a series of IDs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 15.
Valid interfaces include physical ports, VLANs, and port channels. The
VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1 to 64.
pathcost method (Optional) Display the default path cost method (available only in
privileged EXEC mode).
root [address | cost | detail (Optional) Display root switch status and configuration (all keywords
| forward-time | hello-time available only in privileged EXEC mode).
| id | max-age | port |
priority [system-id]]
summary [totals] (Optional) Display a summary of port states or the total lines of the
spanning-tree state section.
uplinkfast (Optional) Display spanning-tree UplinkFast status.
vlan vlan-id [active (Optional) Display spanning-tree information for the specified VLAN
[detail] | backbonefast | (some keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode). You can
blockedports | bridge specify a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of
[address | detail | VLANs separated by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a
forward-time | hello-time | comma. The range is 1 to 4094.
id | max-age | priority
[system-id] | protocol]
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC; indicated keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode.
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The mst keyword and options were added.
Usage Guidelines If the vlan-id variable is omitted, the command applies to the spanning-tree instance for all VLANs.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-324 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
Examples This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree active command:
Switch# show spanning-tree active
VLAN0001
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID Priority 32768
Address 0001.42e2.cdd0
Cost 3038
Port 24 (GigabitEthernet2/0/1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID Priority 49153 (priority 49152 sys-id-ext 1)
Address 0003.fd63.9580
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Aging Time 300
Uplinkfast enabled
Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Gi2/0/1 Root FWD 3019 128.24 P2p
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree detail command:
Switch# show spanning-tree detail
VLAN0001 is executing the ieee compatible Spanning Tree protocol
Bridge Identifier has priority 49152, sysid 1, address 0003.fd63.9580
Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Current root has priority 32768, address 0001.42e2.cdd0
Root port is 24 (GigabitEthernet2/0/1), cost of root path is 3038
Topology change flag not set, detected flag not set
Number of topology changes 0 last change occurred 1d16h ago
Times: hold 1, topology change 35, notification 2
hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Timers: hello 0, topology change 0, notification 0, aging 300
Uplinkfast enabled
Port 1 (GigabitEthernet2/0/1) of VLAN0001 is forwarding
Port path cost 3019, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.24.
Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.42e2.cdd0
Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 00d0.bbf5.c680
Designated port id is 128.25, designated path cost 19
Timers: message age 2, forward delay 0, hold 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
Link type is point-to-point by default
BPDU: sent 0, received 72364
<output truncated>
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-325
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree interface gigabitethernet2/0/1 command:
Switch# show spanning-tree interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Vlan Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
VLAN0001 Root FWD 3019 128.24 P2p
Switch# show spanning-tree summary
Switch is in pvst mode
Root bridge for: none
EtherChannel misconfiguration guard is enabled
Extended system ID is enabled
Portfast is disabled by default
PortFast BPDU Guard is disabled by default
Portfast BPDU Filter is disabled by default
Loopguard is disabled by default
UplinkFast is enabled
BackboneFast is enabled
Pathcost method used is short
Name Blocking Listening Learning Forwarding STP Active
---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
VLAN0001 1 0 0 11 12
VLAN0002 3 0 0 1 4
VLAN0004 3 0 0 1 4
VLAN0006 3 0 0 1 4
VLAN0031 3 0 0 1 4
VLAN0032 3 0 0 1 4
<output truncated>
---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
37 vlans 109 0 0 47 156
Station update rate set to 150 packets/sec.
UplinkFast statistics
-----------------------
Number of transitions via uplinkFast (all VLANs) : 0
Number of proxy multicast addresses transmitted (all VLANs) : 0
BackboneFast statistics
-----------------------
Number of transition via backboneFast (all VLANs) : 0
Number of inferior BPDUs received (all VLANs) : 0
Number of RLQ request PDUs received (all VLANs) : 0
Number of RLQ response PDUs received (all VLANs) : 0
Number of RLQ request PDUs sent (all VLANs) : 0
Number of RLQ response PDUs sent (all VLANs) : 0
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst configuration command:
Switch# show spanning-tree mst configuration
Name [region1]
Revision 1
Instance Vlans Mapped
-------- ------------------
0 1-9,21-4094
1 10-20
----------------------------
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-326 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
command:
Switch# show spanning-tree mst interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
GigabitEthernet2/0/1 of MST00 is root forwarding
Edge port: no (default) port guard : none (default)
Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter: disable (default)
Boundary : boundary (STP) bpdu guard : disable (default)
Bpdus sent 5, received 74
Instance role state cost prio vlans mapped
0 root FWD 200000 128 1,12,14-4094
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst 0 command:
Switch# show spanning-tree mst 0
###### MST00 vlans mapped: 1-9,21-4094
Bridge address 0002.4b29.7a00 priority 32768 (32768 sysid 0)
Root address 0001.4297.e000 priority 32768 (32768 sysid 0)
port Gi1/0/1 path cost 200038
IST master *this switch
Operational hello time 2, forward delay 15, max age 20, max hops 20
Configured hello time 2, forward delay 15, max age 20, max hops 20
Interface role state cost prio type
-------------------- ---- ----- --------- ---- --------------------------------
GigabitEthernet2/0/1 root FWD 200000 128 P2P bound(STP)
GigabitEthernet2/0/2 desg FWD 200000 128 P2P bound(STP)
Port-channel1 desg FWD 200000 128 P2P bound(STP)
Related Commands Command Description
clear spanning-tree counters Clears the spanning-tree counters.
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols Restarts the protocol migration process.
spanning-tree backbonefast Enables the BackboneFast feature.
spanning-tree bpdufilter Prevents a port from sending or receiving bridge protocol
data units (BPDUs).
spanning-tree bpduguard Puts a port in the error-disabled state when it receives a
BPDU.
spanning-tree cost Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree extend system-id Enables the extended system ID feature.
spanning-tree guard Enables the root guard or the loop guard feature for all the
VLANs associated with the selected interface.
spanning-tree link-type Overrides the default link-type setting for rapid
spanning-tree transitions to the forwarding state.
spanning-tree loopguard default Prevents alternate or root ports from becoming the
designated port because of a failure that leads to a
unidirectional link.
spanning-tree mst configuration Enters multiple spanning-tree (MST) configuration mode
through which the MST region configuration occurs.
spanning-tree mst cost Sets the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst forward-time Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch
configuration messages.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-327
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
Command Description
spanning-tree mst max-age Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree
receives from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops Sets the number of hops in an MST region before the
BPDU is discarded and the information held for a port is
aged.
spanning-tree mst port-priority Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree mst priority Configures the switch priority for the specified
spanning-tree instance.
spanning-tree mst root Configures the MST root switch priority and timers based
on the network diameter.
spanning-tree port-priority Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree portfast (global Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard
configuration) feature on Port Fast-enabled ports or enables the Port Fast
feature on all nontrunking ports.
spanning-tree portfast (interface Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface and all its
configuration) associated VLANs.
spanning-tree uplinkfast Accelerates the choice of a new root port when a link or
switch fails or when the spanning tree reconfigures itself.
spanning-tree vlan Configures spanning tree on a per-VLAN basis.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-328 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show storm-control
show storm-control
Use the show storm-control user EXEC command to display broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm
control settings on the switch or on the specified interface or to display storm-control history.
show storm-control [interface-id] [broadcast | multicast | unicast] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description interface-id (Optional) Interface ID for the physical port (including type, stack member,
module, and port number).
broadcast (Optional) Display broadcast storm threshold setting.
multicast (Optional) Display multicast storm threshold setting.
unicast (Optional) Display unicast storm threshold setting.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When you enter an interface-id, the storm control thresholds are displayed for the specified interface.
If you do not enter an interface-id, settings are displayed for one traffic type for all ports on the switch.
If you do not enter a traffic type, settings are displayed for broadcast storm control.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of a partial output from the show storm-control command when no keywords are
entered. Because no traffic type keyword was entered, the broadcast storm control settings are displayed.
Switch> show storm-control
Interface Filter State Level Current
--------- ------------- ------- -------
Gi1/0/1 inactive 100.00% N/A
Gi1/0/2 inactive 100.00% N/A
Gi1/0/3 inactive 100.00% N/A
Gi1/0/4 inactive 100.00% N/A
Gi1/0/5 inactive 100.00% N/A
Gi1/0/6 inactive 100.00% N/A
Gi1/0/7 inactive 100.00% N/A
Gi1/0/8 inactive 100.00% N/A
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-329
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show storm-control
Gi1/0/9 inactive 100.00% N/A
Gi1/0/10 inactive 100.00% N/A
Gi1/0/11 inactive 100.00% N/A
Gi1/0/12 inactive 100.00% N/A
Gi1/0/13 inactive 100.00% N/A
Gi1/0/14 inactive 100.00% N/A
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show storm-control command for a specified interface. Because
no traffic type keyword was entered, the broadcast storm control settings are displayed.
Switch> show storm-control gigabitethernet 2/0/1
Interface Filter State Level Current
--------- ------------- ------- -------
Gi2/0/1 inactive 100.00% N/A
This is an example of output from the show storm-control command for a specified interface and traffic
type, where no storm control threshold has been set for that traffic type on the specified interface.
Switch> show storm-control gigabitethernet1/0/5 multicast
Interface Filter State Level Current
--------- ------------- ------- -------
Gi1/0/5 inactive 100.00% N/A
Table 2-22 describes the fields in the show storm-control display.
Table 2-22 show storm-control Field Descriptions
Field Description
Interface Displays the ID of the interface.
Filter State Displays the status of the filter:
• Blocking—Storm control is enabled, and a storm has occurred.
• Forwarding—Storm control is enabled, and no storms have occurred.
• Inactive—Storm control is disabled.
Level Displays the threshold level set on the interface for broadcast traffic or the
specified traffic type (broadcast, multicast, or unicast).
Current Displays the bandwidth utilization of broadcast traffic or the specified traffic
type (broadcast, multicast, or unicast) as a percentage of total available
bandwidth. This field is only valid when storm control is enabled.
Related Commands Command Description
storm-control Sets the broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm control levels for the switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-330 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show switch
show switch
Use the show switch user EXEC command to display information related to the stack member or the
switch stack.
show switch [stack-member-number | detail | neighbors | stack-ports] [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression
Syntax Description stack-member-number (Optional) Display information for the specified stack member. The
range is 1 to 9.
detail (Optional) Display detailed information about the stack ring.
neighbors (Optional) Display the neighbors for the entire switch stack.
stack-ports (Optional) Display port information for the entire switch stack.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The output for this command was expanded to include Switch Database
Management (SDM) mismatch.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
These are the states displayed from this command:
• Waiting—The stage when a switch is booting up and waiting for communication from other switches
in the stack. The switch has not yet determined whether it is a stack master or not.
Stack members not participating in a stack master election remain in the waiting state until the stack
master is elected and ready.
• Initializing—The stage when a switch has determined whether it is the stack master or not. If the
switch is not the stack master, it is receiving its system- and interface-level configuration from the
stack master and loading it.
• Ready—The stage when the stack member has completed loading the system- and interface-level
configuration and is ready to forward traffic.
• Master Re-Init—The stage immediately after a stack master re-election and a different stack
member is elected stack master. The new stack master is re-initializing its configuration. This state
applies only to the new stack master.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-331
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show switch
• Ver Mismatch—The stage of a switch in version mismatch (VM) mode. VM mode is when a switch
joining the switch stack has a different stack protocol minor version number from the stack master.
• SDM Mismatch—The stage of a switch in Switch Database Management (SDM) mismatch mode.
SDM mismatch is when a stack member does not support the SDM template running on the stack
master.
A typical state transition for a stack member (including a stack master) booting up is Waiting ->
Initializing -> Ready.
A typical state transition for a stack member becoming a stack master after a stack master election is
Ready -> Master Re-Init -> Ready.
A typical state transition for a stack member in version mismatch (VM) mode is Waiting ->
Ver Mismatch.
The word slave in the output refers to a stack member other than the stack master.
Examples This example shows how to display summary information about stack member 6:
Switch(config)# show switch 6
Current
Switch# Role Mac Address Priority State
--------------------------------------------------------
6 Slave 0003.e31a.1e00 1 Ready
This example shows how to display summary information about a switch stack:
Switch(config)# show switch
Current
Switch# Role Mac Address Priority State
--------------------------------------------------------
6 Slave 0003.e31a.1e00 1 Ready
*8 Master 0003.e31a.1200 1 Ready
This example shows detailed information about a switch stack:
Switch(config)# show switch detail
Current
Switch# Role Mac Address Priority State
--------------------------------------------------------
6 Slave 0003.e31a.1e00 1 Ready
*8 Master 0003.e31a.1200 1 Ready
Stack Port Status Neighbors
Switch# Port A Port B Port A Port B
--------------------------------------------------------
6 Down Ok None 8
8 Ok Down 6 None
This example shows how to display neighbor information for a switch stack:
Switch(config)# show switch neighbors
Switch # Port A Port B
-------- ------ ------
6 None 8
8 6 None
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-332 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show switch
This example shows how to display stack-port information for a switch stack:
Switch(config)# show switch stack-ports
Switch # Port A Port B
-------- ------ ------
6 Down Ok
8 Ok Down
Related Commands Command Description
reload Saves the configuration change and restarts the stack member.
remote command Monitors all or specified stack members.
session Accesses a specific stack member.
switch priority Changes the stack member priority value.
switch renumber Changes the stack member number.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-333
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show system mtu
show system mtu
Use the show system mtu privileged EXEC command to display the global maximum transmission unit
(MTU) or maximum packet size set for the switch.
show system mtu [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If you have used the system mtu or system mtu jumbo global configuration command to change the
MTU setting, the new setting does not take effect until you reset the switch.
The system MTU refers to 10/100 ports; the system jumbo MTU refers to Gigabit ports.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show system mtu command:
Switch# show system mtu
System MTU size is 1500 bytes
System Jumbo MTU size is 1500 bytes
Related Commands Command Description
system mtu Sets the MTU size for the Fast Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-334 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show udld
show udld
Use the show udld user EXEC command to display UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD)
administrative and operational status for all ports or the specified port.
show udld [interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description interface-id (Optional) ID of the interface and port number. Valid interfaces include
physical ports and VLANs. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If you do not enter an interface-id, administrative and operational UDLD status for all interfaces are
displayed.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show udld gigabitethernet6/0/11 command. For this display,
UDLD is enabled on both ends of the link, and UDLD detects that the link is bidirectional. Table 2-23
describes the fields in this display.
Switch> show udld gigabitethernet6/0/11
Interface gi6/0/11
---
Port enable administrative configuration setting: Follows device default
Port enable operational state: Enabled
Current bidirectional state: Bidirectional
Current operational state: Advertisement - Single Neighbor detected
Message interval: 60
Time out interval: 5
Entry 1
Expiration time: 146
Device ID: 1
Current neighbor state: Bidirectional
Device name: 0050e2826000
Port ID: Gi6/0/12
Neighbor echo 1 device: SAD03160954
Neighbor echo 1 port: Gi6/0/11
Message interval: 5
CDP Device name: 066527791
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-335
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show udld
Table 2-23 show udld Field Descriptions
Field Description
Interface The interface on the local device configured for UDLD.
Port enable administrative How UDLD is configured on the port. If UDLD is enabled or
configuration setting disabled, the port enable configuration setting is the same as the
operational enable state. Otherwise, the enable operational setting
depends on the global enable setting.
Port enable operational state Operational state that shows whether UDLD is actually running on
this port.
Current bidirectional state The bidirectional state of the link. An unknown state is displayed if
the link is down or if it is connected to an UDLD-incapable device.
A bidirectional state is displayed if the link is a normal two-way
connection to a UDLD-capable device. All other values mean
miswiring.
Current operational state The current phase of the UDLD state machine. For a normal
bidirectional link, the state machine is most often in the
Advertisement phase.
Message interval How often advertisement messages are sent from the local device.
Measured in seconds.
Time out interval The time period, in seconds, that UDLD waits for echoes from a
neighbor device during the detection window.
Entry 1 Information from the first cache entry, which contains a copy of echo
information received from the neighbor.
Expiration time The amount of time in seconds remaining before this cache entry is
aged out.
Device ID The neighbor device identification.
Current neighbor state The neighbor’s current state. If both the local and neighbor devices
are running UDLD normally, the neighbor state and local state
should be bidirectional. If the link is down or the neighbor is not
UDLD-capable, no cache entries are displayed.
Device name The neighbor MAC address.
Port ID The neighbor port ID enabled for UDLD.
Neighbor echo 1 device The MAC address of the neighbors’ neighbor from which the echo
originated.
Neighbor echo 1 port The port number ID of the neighbor from which the echo originated.
Message interval The rate, in seconds, at which the neighbor is sending advertisement
messages.
CDP device name CDP name of the device.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-336 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show udld
Related Commands Command Description
udld (global configuration) Enables aggressive or normal mode in UDLD or sets the
configurable message timer time.
udld (interface configuration) Enables UDLD on an individual interface or prevents a fiber-optic
interface from being enabled by the udld global configuration
command.
udld reset Resets all interfaces shutdown by UDLD and permits traffic to begin
passing through them again.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-337
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show version
show version
Use the show version user EXEC command to display version information for the hardware and
firmware.
show version [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show version command:
Switch> show version
Cisco Internetwork Operating System Software
IOS (tm) C3750 Software (C3750-I5-M), Version 12.1(0.0.709)EA1, CISCO DEVELOPMENT TEST
VERSION
Copyright (c) 1986-2003 by cisco Systems, Inc.
Compiled Fri 02-May-03 21:09 by antonino
Image text-base: 0x00003000, data-base: 0x008E36A4
ROM: Bootstrap program is C3750 boot loader
BOOTLDR: C3750 Boot Loader (C3750-HBOOT-M) Version 12.1(0.0.130)EA1, CISCO DEVELOPMENT
TEST VERSION
Switch uptime is 2 days, 11 hours, 16 minutes
System returned to ROM by power-on
System image file is "flash:i5.709"
cisco WS-C3750-48TS (PowerPC405) processor with 120822K/10240K bytes of memory.
Last reset from power-on
Bridging software.
Target IOS Version 12.1(14)EA1
1 Virtual Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s)
48 FastEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s)
32 Gigabit Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s)
The password-recovery mechanism is enabled.
512K bytes of flash-simulated non-volatile configuration memory.
Base ethernet MAC Address : 00:09:43:A7:F2:00
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-338 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show version
Motherboard assembly number : 73-7056-05
Motherboard serial number : CSJ0638004U
Motherboard revision number : 05
Model number : 73-7056-05
Switch Ports Model SW Version SW Image
------ ----- ----- ---------- ----------
1 28 WS-C3750G-24TS 12.1(0.0.709)EA1 C3750-I5-M
* 8 52 WS-C3750-48TS 12.1(0.0.709)EA1 C3750-I5-M
Switch 01
---------
Switch Uptime : 2 days, 11 hours, 17 minutes
Base ethernet MAC Address : 00:0B:46:2E:35:80
Motherboard assembly number : 73-7058-04
Power supply part number : 341-0045-01
Motherboard serial number : CSJ0640010L
Model number : WS-C3750-24TS-SMI
System serial number : CSJ0642U00A
Configuration register is 0xF
<output truncated>
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-339
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
show vlan
Use the show vlan user EXEC command to display the parameters for all configured VLANs or one
VLAN (if the VLAN ID or name is specified) on the switch.
show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | internal usage | name vlan-name | remote-span | summary]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description brief (Optional) Display one line for each VLAN with the VLAN name, status,
and its ports.
id vlan-id (Optional) Display information about a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID
number. For vlan-id, the range is 1 to 4094.
internal usage (Optional) Display list of VLANs being used internally by the switch. These
VLANs are always from the extended range (VLAN IDs 1006 to 4094), and
you cannot create VLANs with these IDS by using the vlan global
configuration command until you remove them from internal use.
name vlan-name (Optional) Display information about a single VLAN identified by VLAN
name. The VLAN name is an ASCII string from 1 to 32 characters.
remote-span (Optional) Display information about Remote SPAN (RSPAN) VLANs.
summary (Optional) Display VLAN summary information.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Note Though visible in the command-line help string, the ifindex and private-vlan keywords are not
supported.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-340 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
Examples This is an example of output from the show vlan command. Table 2-24 describes each field in the
display.
Switch> show vlan
VLAN Name Status Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------
1 default active Fa1/0/1, Fa1/0/2, Fa1/0/3
Fa1/0/4, Fa1/0/5, Fa1/0/6
Fa1/0/7, Fa1/0/8, Fa1/0/9
Fa1/0/10, Fa1/0/11, Fa1/0/12
Fa1/0/13, Fa1/0/14, Fa1/0/15
Fa1/0/16, Fa1/0/17, Fa1/0/18
Fa1/0/19, Fa1/0/20, Fa1/0/21
Fa1/0/22, Fa1/0/23, Fa1/0/24
Fa1/0/25, Fa1/0/26, Fa1/0/27
Fa1/0/28, Fa1/0/29, Fa1/0/30
Fa1/0/31, Fa1/0/32, Fa1/0/33
Fa1/0/34, Fa1/0/35, Fa1/0/36
Fa1/0/46, Gi1/0/1, Gi1/0/2
Gi1/0/3, Gi1/0/4, Gi2/0/1
Gi2/0/2, Gi2/0/3, Gi2/0/4
Gi2/0/5, Gi2/0/6, Gi2/0/7
<output truncated>
2 VLAN0002 active
3 VLAN0003 active
<output truncated>
1000 VLAN1000 active
1002 fddi-default active
1003 token-ring-default active
1004 fddinet-default active
1005 trnet-default active
VLAN Type SAID MTU Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2
---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ ------
1 enet 100001 1500 - - - - - 1002 1003
2 enet 100002 1500 - - - - - 0 0
3 enet 100003 1500 - - - - - 0 0
<output truncated>
1005 trnet 101005 1500 - - - ibm - 0 0
Remote SPAN VLANs
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary Secondary Type Ports
------ --------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------
Table 2-24 show vlan Command Output Fields
Field Description
VLAN VLAN number.
Name Name, if configured, of the VLAN.
Status Status of the VLAN (active or suspend).
Ports Ports that belong to the VLAN.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-341
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
Table 2-24 show vlan Command Output Fields (continued)
Field Description
Type Media type of the VLAN.
SAID Security association ID value for the VLAN.
MTU Maximum transmission unit size for the VLAN.
Parent Parent VLAN, if one exists.
RingNo Ring number for the VLAN, if applicable.
BrdgNo Bridge number for the VLAN, if applicable.
Stp Spanning Tree Protocol type used on the VLAN.
BrdgMode Bridging mode for this VLAN—possible values are source-route bridging
(SRB) and source-route transparent (SRT); the default is SRB.
Trans1 Translation bridge 1.
Trans2 Translation bridge 2.
Remote SPAN VLANs Identifies any RSPAN VLANs that have been configured.
Primary/Secondary/ Not applicable to this release.
Type/Ports
This is an example of output from the show vlan summary command:
Switch> show vlan summary
Number of existing VLANs : 45
Number of existing VTP VLANs : 45
Number of existing extended VLANs : 0
This is an example of output from the show vlan id command.
Switch# show vlan id 2
VLAN Name Status Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------
2 VLAN0200 active Fa1/0/47, Fa1/0/48, Gi2/0/13
Gi3/0/1
VLAN Type SAID MTU Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2
---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ ------
2 enet 100002 1500 - - - - - 0 0
Remote SPAN VLAN
----------------
Disabled
This is an example of output from the show vlan internal usage command. It shows that VLANs 1025
and 1026 are being used as internal VLANs for Fast Ethernet routed ports 23 and 24 on stack member
1. If you want to use one of these VLAN IDs, you must first shut down the routed port, which releases
the internal VLAN, and then create the extended-range VLAN. When you start up the routed port,
another internal VLAN number is assigned to it.
Switch> show vlan internal usage
VLAN Usage
---- -------------
1025 FastEthernet1/0/23
1026 FastEthernet1/0/24
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-342 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
Related Commands Command Description
switchport mode Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
vlan (global Enables config-vlan mode where you can configure VLANs 1 to 4094.
configuration)
vlan (VLAN Configures VLAN characteristics in the VLAN database. Only available for
configuration) normal-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1 to 1005). Do not enter leading zeros.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-343
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan access-map
show vlan access-map
Use the show vlan access-map privileged EXEC command to display information about a particular
VLAN access map or all VLAN access maps.
show vlan access-map [mapname] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description mapname (Optional) Name of a specific VLAN access map.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show vlan access-map command:
Switch# show vlan access-map
Vlan access-map "SecWiz" 10
Match clauses:
ip address: SecWiz_Fa1_0_3_in_ip
Action:
forward
Related Commands Command Description
show vlan filter Displays information about all VLAN filters or about a particular VLAN or
VLAN access map.
vlan access-map Creates a VLAN map entry for VLAN packet filtering.
vlan filter Applies a VLAN map to one or more VLANs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-344 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan filter
show vlan filter
Use the show vlan filter privileged EXEC command to display information about all VLAN filters or
about a particular VLAN or VLAN access map.
show vlan filter [access-map name | vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description access-map name (Optional) Display filtering information for the specified VLAN access map.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Display filtering information for the specified VLAN. The range is
1 to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show vlan filter command:
Switch# show vlan filter
VLAN Map map_1 is filtering VLANs:
20-22
Related Commands Command Description
show vlan access-map Displays information about a particular VLAN access map or all
VLAN access maps.
vlan access-map Creates a VLAN map entry for VLAN packet filtering.
vlan filter Applies a VLAN map to one or more VLANs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-345
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vmps
show vmps
Use the show vmps user EXEC command without keywords to display the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP)
version, reconfirmation interval, retry count, VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) IP addresses,
and the current and primary servers, or use the statistics keyword to display client-side statistics.
show vmps [statistics] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description statistics (Optional) Display VQP client-side statistics and counters.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show vmps command:
Switch> show vmps
VQP Client Status:
--------------------
VMPS VQP Version: 1
Reconfirm Interval: 60 min
Server Retry Count: 3
VMPS domain server:
Reconfirmation status
---------------------
VMPS Action: other
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-346 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vmps
This is an example of output from the show vmps statistics command. Table 2-25 describes each field
in the display.
Switch> show vmps statistics
VMPS Client Statistics
----------------------
VQP Queries: 0
VQP Responses: 0
VMPS Changes: 0
VQP Shutdowns: 0
VQP Denied: 0
VQP Wrong Domain: 0
VQP Wrong Version: 0
VQP Insufficient Resource: 0
Table 2-25 show vmps statistics Field Descriptions
Field Description
VQP Queries Number of queries sent by the client to the VMPS.
VQP Responses Number of responses sent to the client from the VMPS.
VMPS Changes Number of times that the VMPS changed from one server to another.
VQP Shutdowns Number of times the VMPS sent a response to shut down the port. The client
disables the port and removes all dynamic addresses on this port from the
address table. You must administratively re-enable the port to restore
connectivity.
VQP Denied Number of times the VMPS denied the client request for security reasons. When
the VMPS response denies an address, no frame is forwarded to or from the
workstation with that address (broadcast or multicast frames are delivered to the
workstation if the port has been assigned to a VLAN). The client keeps the
denied address in the address table as a blocked address to prevent more queries
from being sent to the VMPS for each new packet received from this
workstation. The client ages the address if no new packets are received from this
workstation on this port within the aging time period.
VQP Wrong Domain Number of times the management domain in the request does not match the one
for the VMPS. Any previous VLAN assignments of the port are not changed.
This response means that the server and the client have not been configured with
the same VTP management domain.
VQP Wrong Version Number of times the version field in the query packet contains a value that is
higher than the version supported by the VMPS. The VLAN assignment of the
port is not changed. The switches send only VMPS version 1 requests.
VQP Insufficient Number of times the VMPS is unable to answer the request because of a
Resource resource availability problem. If the retry limit has not yet been reached, the
client repeats the request with the same server or with the next alternate server,
depending on whether the per-server retry count has been reached.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-347
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vmps
Related Commands Command Description
clear vmps statistics Clears the statistics maintained by the VQP client.
vmps reconfirm Sends VQP queries to reconfirm all dynamic VLAN assignments with the
(privileged EXEC) VMPS.
vmps retry Configures the per-server retry count for the VQP client.
vmps server Configures the primary VMPS and up to three secondary servers.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-348 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vtp
show vtp
Use the show vtp user EXEC command to display general information about the VLAN Trunking
Protocol (VTP) management domain, status, and counters.
show vtp {counters | password | status} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description counters Display the VTP statistics for the switch.
password Display the configured VTP password.
status Display general information about the VTP management domain status.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes User EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The password keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show vtp counters command. Table 2-26 describes each field in
the display.
Switch> show vtp counters
VTP statistics:
Summary advertisements received : 0
Subset advertisements received : 0
Request advertisements received : 0
Summary advertisements transmitted : 0
Subset advertisements transmitted : 0
Request advertisements transmitted : 0
Number of config revision errors : 0
Number of config digest errors : 0
Number of V1 summary errors : 0
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-349
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vtp
VTP pruning statistics:
Trunk Join Transmitted Join Received
Summary advts received from
non-pruning-capable device
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------------------
Fa1/0/47 0 0 0
Fa1/0/48 0 0 0
Gi2/0/13 0 0 0
Gi3/0/1 0 0 0
Table 2-26 show vtp counters Field Descriptions
Field Description
Summary advertisements Number of summary advertisements received by this switch on its trunk
received ports. Summary advertisements contain the management domain name,
the configuration revision number, the update timestamp and identity, the
authentication checksum, and the number of subset advertisements to
follow.
Subset advertisements Number of subset advertisements received by this switch on its trunk
received ports. Subset advertisements contain all the information for one or more
VLANs.
Request advertisements Number of advertisement requests received by this switch on its trunk
received ports. Advertisement requests normally request information on all
VLANs. They can also request information on a subset of VLANs.
Summary advertisements Number of summary advertisements sent by this switch on its trunk
transmitted ports. Summary advertisements contain the management domain name,
the configuration revision number, the update timestamp and identity, the
authentication checksum, and the number of subset advertisements to
follow.
Subset advertisements Number of subset advertisements sent by this switch on its trunk ports.
transmitted Subset advertisements contain all the information for one or more
VLANs.
Request advertisements Number of advertisement requests sent by this switch on its trunk ports.
transmitted Advertisement requests normally request information on all VLANs.
They can also request information on a subset of VLANs.
Number of configuration Number of revision errors.
revision errors
Whenever you define a new VLAN, delete an existing one, suspend or
resume an existing VLAN, or modify the parameters on an existing
VLAN, the configuration revision number of the switch increments.
Revision errors increment whenever the switch receives an
advertisement whose revision number matches the revision number of
the switch, but the MD5 digest values do not match. This error means
that the VTP password in the two switches is different or that the
switches have different configurations.
These errors means that the switch is filtering incoming advertisements,
which causes the VTP database to become unsynchronized across the
network.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-350 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vtp
Table 2-26 show vtp counters Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Description
Number of configuration Number of MD5 digest errors.
digest errors Digest errors increment whenever the MD5 digest in the summary packet
and the MD5 digest of the received advertisement calculated by the
switch do not match. This error usually means that the VTP password in
the two switches is different. To solve this problem, make sure the VTP
password on all switches is the same.
These errors mean that the switch is filtering incoming advertisements,
which causes the VTP database to become unsynchronized across the
network.
Number of V1 summary Number of version 1 errors.
errors Version 1 summary errors increment whenever a switch in VTP V2 mode
receives a VTP version 1 frame. These errors mean that at least one
neighboring switch is either running VTP version 1 or VTP version 2
with V2-mode disabled. To solve this problem, change the configuration
of the switches in VTP V2-mode to disabled.
Join Transmitted Number of VTP pruning messages sent on the trunk.
Join Received Number of VTP pruning messages received on the trunk.
Summary Advts Received Number of VTP summary messages received on the trunk from devices
from non-pruning-capable that do not support pruning.
device
This is an example of output from the show vtp status command. Table 2-27 describes each field in the
display.
Switch> show vtp status
VTP Version : 2
Configuration Revision : 0
Maximum VLANs supported locally : 1005
Number of existing VLANs : 45
VTP Operating Mode : Transparent
VTP Domain Name : shared_testbed1
VTP Pruning Mode : Disabled
VTP V2 Mode : Disabled
VTP Traps Generation : Enabled
MD5 digest : 0x3A 0x29 0x86 0x39 0xB4 0x5D 0x58 0xD7
Table 2-27 show vtp status Field Descriptions
Field Description
VTP Version Displays the VTP version operating on the switch. By default, the switch
implements version 1 but can be set to version 2.
Configuration Revision Current configuration revision number on this switch.
Maximum VLANs Maximum number of VLANs supported locally.
Supported Locally
Number of Existing Number of existing VLANs.
VLANs
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-351
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
show vtp
Table 2-27 show vtp status Field Descriptions (continued)
Field Description
VTP Operating Mode Displays the VTP operating mode, which can be server, client, or
transparent.
Server: a switch in VTP server mode is enabled for VTP and sends
advertisements. You can configure VLANs on it. The switch guarantees
that it can recover all the VLAN information in the current VTP database
from nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM) after reboot. By default, every switch
is a VTP server.
Note The switch automatically changes from VTP server mode to VTP
client mode if it detects a failure while writing the configuration
to NVRAM and cannot return to server mode until the NVRAM
is functioning.
Client: a switch in VTP client mode is enabled for VTP, can send
advertisements, but does not have enough nonvolatile storage to store
VLAN configurations. You cannot configure VLANs on it. When a VTP
client starts up, it does not send VTP advertisements until it receives
advertisements to initialize its VLAN database.
Transparent: a switch in VTP transparent mode is disabled for VTP, does
not send or learn from advertisements sent by other devices, and cannot
affect VLAN configurations on other devices in the network. The switch
receives VTP advertisements and forwards them on all trunk ports except
the one on which the advertisement was received.
VTP Domain Name Name that identifies the administrative domain for the switch.
VTP Pruning Mode Displays whether pruning is enabled or disabled. Enabling pruning on a
VTP server enables pruning for the entire management domain. Pruning
restricts flooded traffic to those trunk links that the traffic must use to
access the appropriate network devices.
VTP V2 Mode Displays if VTP version 2 mode is enabled. All VTP version 2 switches
operate in version 1 mode by default. Each VTP switch automatically
detects the capabilities of all the other VTP devices. A network of VTP
devices should be configured to version 2 only if all VTP switches in the
network can operate in version 2 mode.
VTP Traps Generation Displays whether VTP traps are sent to a network management station.
MD5 Digest A 16-byte checksum of the VTP configuration.
Configuration Last Displays the date and time of the last configuration modification.
Modified Displays the IP address of the switch that caused the configuration change
to the database.
Related Commands Command Description
clear vtp counters Clears the VTP and pruning counters.
vtp (global configuration) Configures the VTP filename, interface name, domain name, and mode.
vtp (VLAN configuration) Configures the VTP domain name, password, pruning, and mode.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-352 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
shutdown
shutdown
Use the shutdown interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
disable an interface. Use the no form of this command to restart a disabled interface.
shutdown
no shutdown
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The shutdown command for a port causes it to stop forwarding. You can enable the port with the no
shutdown command.
The no shutdown command has no effect if the port is a static-access port assigned to a VLAN that has
been deleted, suspended, or shut down. The port must first be a member of an active VLAN before it can
be re-enabled.
The shutdown command disables all functions on the specified interface.
This command also marks the interface as unavailable. To see if an interface is disabled, use the show
interfaces privileged EXEC command. An interface that has been shut down is shown as
administratively down in the display.
Examples These examples show how to disable and re-enable an interface:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/2
Switch(config-if)# shutdown
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/2
Switch(config-if)# no shutdown
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces Displays the statistical information specific to all interfaces or to a specific
interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-353
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
shutdown vlan
shutdown vlan
Use the shutdown vlan global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
shut down (suspend) local traffic on the specified VLAN. Use the no form of this command to restart
local traffic on the VLAN.
shutdown vlan vlan-id
no shutdown vlan vlan-id
Syntax Description vlan-id ID of the VLAN to be locally shut down. The range is 2 to 1001. VLANs defined as
default VLANs under the VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP), as well as
extended-range VLANs (greater than 1005) cannot be shut down. The default
VLANs are 1 and 1002 to 1005.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The shutdown vlan command does not change the VLAN information in the VTP database. It shuts
down traffic locally, but the switch still advertises VTP information.
Examples This example shows how to shutdown traffic on VLAN 2:
Switch(config)# shutdown vlan 2
You can verify your setting by entering the show vlan privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
shutdown Shuts down local traffic on the VLAN when in config-VLAN mode (accessed by the
(config-vlan mode) vlan vlan-id global configuration command).
vlan database Enters VLAN configuration mode.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-354 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server enable traps
snmp-server enable traps
Use the snmp-server enable traps global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to enable the switch to send Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) notifications for
various traps or inform requests to the network management system (NMS). Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
snmp-server enable traps [bgp | bridge | cluster | config | copy-config | entity | envmon [fan |
shutdown | supply | temperature] | flash [insertion | removal] | fru-ctrl | hsrp |
mac-notification | port-security [trap-rate value] | rtr | snmp [authentication | coldstart |
linkdown | linkup | warmstart] | stpx | syslog| vlancreate| vlandelete | vlan-membership |
vtp]
no snmp-server enable traps [bgp | bridge | cluster | config | copy-config | entity | envmon [fan
| shutdown | supply | temperature] | flash [insertion | removal] | fru-ctrl | hsrp |
mac-notification | port-security [trap-rate] | rtr | snmp [authentication | coldstart |
linkdown | linkup | warmstart] | stpx | syslog| vlancreate| vlandelete | vlan-membership |
vtp]
Syntax Description bgp (Optional) Enable Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) state change traps.
Note This keyword is available only when the enhanced multilayer image
is installed on the stack master.
bridge (Optional) Generate STP bridge MIB traps.
cluster (Optional) Enable cluster traps.
config (Optional) Enable SNMP configuration traps.
copy-config (Optional) Enable SNMP copy configuration traps.
entity (Optional) Enable SNMP entity traps.
envmon (Optional) Generate environmental monitor traps.
fan (Optional) Generate environmental fan trap.
shutdown (Optional) Generate environmental monitor shutdown traps.
supply (Optional) Generate environmental monitor power supply traps.
temperature (Optional) Generate environmental monitor temperature traps.
flash (Optional) Enable SNMP FLASH notifications.
insertion (Optional) Generate a trap when a switch (flash) is inserted into a stack,
either physically or because of a power cycle or reload.
removal (Optional) Generate a trap when a switch (flash) is removed from a stack,
either physically or because of a power cycle or reload.
fru-ctrl (Optional) Generate entity FRU control traps. In the Catalyst 3750 switch
stack, this trap refers to the insertion or removal of a switch in the stack.
hsrp (Optional) Enable Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) traps.
mac-notification (Optional) Enable MAC address notification traps.
port-security (Optional) Enable SNMP port security traps.
trap-rate value (Optional) Set the maximum number of port-security traps sent per second.
The range is from 0 to 1000; the default is 0 (no limit imposed; a trap is sent
at every occurrence).
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-355
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server enable traps
rtr (Optional) Enable SNMP Response Time Reporter traps.
snmp (Optional) Enable SNMP traps.
authentication (Optional) Enable authentication trap.
coldstart (Optional) Enable cold start trap.
linkdown (Optional) Enable linkdown trap.
linkup (Optional) Enable linkup trap.
warmstart (Optional) Enable warmstart trap.
stpx (Optional) Enable SNMP STPX MIB traps.
syslog (Optional) Enable SNMP syslog traps.
vlan-membership (Optional) Enable SNMP VLAN membership traps.
vlancreate (Optional) Enable SNMP VLAN-created traps.
vlandelete (Optional) Enable SNMP VLAN-deleted traps.
vtp (Optional) Enable VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) traps.
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the snmp-server enable informs command is not
supported. To enable the sending of SNMP inform notifications, use the snmp-server enable traps
command combined with the snmp-server host host-addr informs command.
Defaults The sending of SNMP traps is disabled.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The bgp, copy-config, envmon, flash, port-security, stpx, syslog,
vlancreate, and vlandelete keywords were added.
Usage Guidelines Specify the host (NMS) that receives the traps by using the snmp-server host global configuration
command. If no trap types are specified, all trap types are sent.
Use the snmp-server enable traps command to enable sending of traps or informs, when supported.
Note Informs are not supported in SNMPv1.
To enable more than one type of trap, you must enter a separate snmp-server enable traps command
for each trap type.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-356 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server enable traps
Examples This example shows how to send VTP traps to the NMS:
Switch(config)# snmp-server enable traps vtp
You can verify your setting by entering the show vtp status or the show running-config privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for
Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration
File Commands.
snmp-server host Specifies the host that receives SNMP traps.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-357
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server host
snmp-server host
Use the snmp-server host global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
specify the recipient (host) of a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) notification operation.
Use the no form of this command to remove the specified host.
snmp-server host host-addr [informs | traps] [version {1 | 2c | 3 [auth | noauth| priv]}]
{community-string [ [bgp ] [bridge] [cluster] [config] [copy-config] [ entity] [ envmon]
[flash] [fru-ctrl] [ hsrp] [mac-notification] [ port-security] [rtr] [ snmp] [stpx] [ syslog]
[tty] [udp-port] [ vlancreate] [ vlandelete] [vlan-membership] [ vtp]] }
no snmp-server host host-addr [informs | traps] [version {1 | 2c | 3 [auth | noauth | priv]}]
community-string
Syntax Description host-addr Name or Internet address of the host (the targeted recipient).
informs | traps (Optional) Send SNMP traps or informs to this host.
version 1 | 2c | 3 (Optional) Version of the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
used to send the traps.
These keywords are supported:
1—SNMPv1. This option is not available with informs.
2c—SNMPv2C.
3—SNMPv3. These optional keywords can follow the version 3 keyword:
• auth (Optional). Enables Message Digest 5 (MD5) and Secure Hash
Algorithm (SHA) packet authentication.
• noauth (Default). The noAuthNoPriv security level. This is the default
if the [auth | noauth | priv] keyword choice is not specified.
• priv (Optional). Enables Data Encryption Standard (DES) packet
encryption (also called privacy).
Note The priv keyword is available only when the crypto (encrypted)
software image is installed.
community-string Password-like community string sent with the notification operation. Though
you can set this string by using the snmp-server host command, we
recommend that you define this string by using the snmp-server community
global configuration command before using the snmp-server host
command.
bgp (Optional) Send Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) state change traps.
Note This keyword is available only when the enhanced multilayer image
is installed on the stack master.
bridge (Optional) Send SNMP Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) bridge MIB traps.
cluster (Optional) Send cluster member status traps.
config (Optional) Send SNMP configuration traps.
copy-config (Optional) Send SNMP copy configuration traps.
entity (Optional) Send SNMP entity traps.
envmon (Optional) Generate environmental monitor traps.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-358 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server host
flash (Optional) Enable SNMP FLASH notifications.
fru-ctrl (Optional) Generate entity FRU control traps. In the Catalyst 3750 switch
stack, this trap refers to the insertion or removal of a switch in the stack.
hsrp (Optional) Send Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) traps.
mac-notification (Optional) Send MAC notification traps.
port-security (Optional) Send port security traps.
rtr (Optional) Send SNMP Response Time Reporter traps.
snmp (Optional) Send SNMP-type traps.
stpx (Optional) Enable SNMP STP extended MIB traps.
syslog (Optional) Enable SNMP syslog traps.
tty (Optional) Send Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connection traps.
udp-port (Optional) Configure the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number of the
host to receive the traps.
vlancreate (Optional) Enable SNMP VLAN-created traps.
vlandelete (Optional) Enable SNMP VLAN-deleted traps.
vlan-membership (Optional) Send SNMP VLAN membership traps.
vtp (Optional) Send VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) traps.
Defaults This command is disabled by default. No notifications are sent.
If you enter this command with no keywords, the default is to send all trap types to the host. No informs
are sent to this host.
If no version keyword is present, the default is version 1.
If version 3 is selected and no authentication keyword is entered, the default is the noauth
(noAuthNoPriv) security level.
Note If the community-string is not defined by using the snmp-server community global configuration
command before using this command, the default form of the snmp-server community command is
automatically inserted into the configuration. The password (community-string) used for this automatic
configuration of the snmp-server community will be the same as that specified in the snmp-server host
command.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The bgp, copy-config, flash, port-security, stpx, syslog, vlancreate, and
vlandelete keywords were added.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-359
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server host
Usage Guidelines SNMP notifications can be sent as traps or inform requests. Traps are unreliable because the receiver
does not send acknowledgments when it receives traps. The sender cannot determine if the traps were
received. However, an SNMP entity that receives an inform request acknowledges the message with an
SNMP response PDU. If the sender never receives the response, the inform request can be sent again.
Thus, informs are more likely to reach their intended destinations.
However, informs consume more resources in the agent and in the network. Unlike a trap, which is
discarded as soon as it is sent, an inform request must be held in memory until a response is received or
the request times out. Traps are also sent only once, but an inform might be retried several times. The
retries increase traffic and contribute to a higher overhead on the network.
If you do not enter an snmp-server host command, no notifications are sent. To configure the switch to
send SNMP notifications, you must enter at least one snmp-server host command. If you enter the
command with no keywords, all trap types are enabled for the host. To enable multiple hosts, you must
enter a separate snmp-server host command for each host. You can specify multiple notification types
in the command for each host.
When multiple snmp-server host commands are given for the same host and kind of notification (trap
or inform), each succeeding command overwrites the previous command. Only the last snmp-server
host command is in effect. For example, if you enter an snmp-server host inform command for a host
and then enter another snmp-server host inform command for the same host, the second command
replaces the first.
The snmp-server host command is used with the snmp-server enable traps global configuration
command. Use the snmp-server enable traps command to specify which SNMP notifications are sent
globally. For a host to receive most notifications, at least one snmp-server enable traps command and
the snmp-server host command for that host must be enabled. Some notification types cannot be
controlled with the snmp-server enable traps command. For example, some notification types are
always enabled. Other notification types are enabled by a different command.
The no snmp-server host command with no keywords disables traps, but not informs, to the host. To
disable informs, use the no snmp-server host informs command.
Examples This example shows how to configure a unique SNMP community string named comaccess for traps and
prevent SNMP polling access with this string through access-list 10:
Switch(config)# snmp-server community comaccess ro 10
Switch(config)# snmp-server host 172.20.2.160 comaccess
Switch(config)# access-list 10 deny any
This example shows how to send the SNMP traps to the host specified by the name myhost.cisco.com.
The community string is defined as comaccess:
Switch(config)# snmp-server enable traps
Switch(config)# snmp-server host myhost.cisco.com comaccess snmp
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-360 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server host
This example shows how to enable the switch to send all traps to the host myhost.cisco.com by using the
community string public:
Switch(config)# snmp-server enable traps
Switch(config)# snmp-server host myhost.cisco.com public
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for
Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration
File Commands.
snmp-server enable traps Enables SNMP notification for various trap types or inform requests.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-361
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
snmp trap mac-notification
snmp trap mac-notification
Use the snmp trap mac-notification interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to enable the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) MAC address
notification trap on a specific Layer 2 interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
snmp trap mac-notification {added | removed}
no snmp trap mac-notification {added | removed}
Syntax Description added Enable the MAC notification trap whenever a MAC address is added on this
interface.
removed Enable the MAC notification trap whenever a MAC address is removed from this
interface.
Defaults By default, the traps for both address addition and address removal are disabled.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Even though you enable the notification trap for a specific interface by using the snmp trap
mac-notification command, the trap is generated only when you enable the snmp-server enable traps
mac-notification and the mac-address-table notification global configuration commands.
Examples This example shows how to enable the MAC notification trap when a MAC address is added to Gigabit
Ethernet interface1/ 0/4 on stack member 1:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/4
Switch(config-if)# snmp trap mac-notification added
You can verify your settings by entering the show mac-address-table notification interface privileged
EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-362 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
snmp trap mac-notification
Related Commands Command Description
clear mac-address-table notification Clears the MAC address notification global counters.
mac-address-table notification Enables the MAC address notification feature.
show mac-address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or on the specified interface when the interface
keyword is appended.
snmp-server enable traps Sends the SNMP MAC notification traps when the
mac-notification keyword is appended.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-363
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree backbonefast
spanning-tree backbonefast
Use the spanning-tree backbonefast global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to enable the BackboneFast feature. Use the no form of the command to return to the
default setting.
spanning-tree backbonefast
no spanning-tree backbonefast
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults BackboneFast is disabled.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The BackboneFast feature is supported only when the switch is running per-VLAN spanning-tree plus
(PVST+). It is not supported when the switch is operating in the rapid-PVST+ or multiple spanning-tree
(MST) mode.
BackboneFast starts when a root port or blocked port on a switch receives inferior BPDUs from its
designated switch. An inferior BPDU identifies a switch that declares itself as both the root bridge and
the designated switch. When a switch receives an inferior BPDU, it means that a link to which the switch
is not directly connected (an indirect link) has failed (that is, the designated switch has lost its connection
to the root switch. If there are alternate paths to the root switch, BackboneFast causes the maximum
aging time on the ports on which it received the inferior BPDU to expire and allows a blocked port to
move immediately to the listening state. BackboneFast then transitions the interface to the forwarding
state. For more information, refer to the software configuration guide for this release.
Enable BackboneFast on all supported switches to allow the detection of indirect link failures and to start
the spanning-tree reconfiguration sooner.
Examples This example shows how to enable BackboneFast on the switch:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree backbonefast
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree summary privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree summary Displays a summary of the spanning-tree port states.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-364 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree bpdufilter
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Use the spanning-tree bpdufilter interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to prevent a port from sending or receiving bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Use
the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree bpdufilter {disable | enable}
no spanning-tree bpdufilter
Syntax Description disable Disable BPDU filtering on the specified interface.
enable Enable BPDU filtering on the specified interface.
Defaults BPDU filtering is disabled.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can enable the BPDU filtering feature when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree
plus (PVST+), rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
Caution Enabling BPDU filtering on an interface is the same as disabling spanning tree on it and can result in
spanning-tree loops.
You can globally enable BPDU filtering on all Port Fast-enabled ports by using the spanning-tree
portfast bpdufilter default global configuration command.
You can use the spanning-tree bpdufilter interface configuration command to override the setting of
the spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default global configuration command.
Examples This example shows how to enable the BPDU filtering feature on a port on stack member 2:
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree bpdufilter enable
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-365
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File
Management Commands > Configuration File Commands.
spanning-tree portfast (global Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature
configuration) on Port Fast-enabled ports or enables the Port Fast feature on all
nontrunking ports.
spanning-tree portfast (interface Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface and all its associated
configuration) VLANs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-366 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree bpduguard
spanning-tree bpduguard
Use the spanning-tree bpduguard interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to put a port in the error-disabled state when it receives a bridge protocol data unit
(BPDU). Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree bpduguard {disable | enable}
no spanning-tree bpduguard
Syntax Description disable Disable BPDU guard on the specified interface.
enable Enable BPDU guard on the specified interface.
Defaults BPDU guard is disabled.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The BPDU guard feature provides a secure response to invalid configurations because you must
manually put the port back in service. Use the BPDU guard feature in a service-provider network to
prevent a port from being included in the spanning-tree topology.
You can enable the BPDU guard feature when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree
plus (PVST+), rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
You can globally enable BPDU guard on all Port Fast-enabled ports by using the spanning-tree portfast
bpduguard default global configuration command.
You can use the spanning-tree bpduguard interface configuration command to override the setting of
the spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default global configuration command.
Examples This example shows how to enable the BPDU guard feature on a port on stack member 2:
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree bpduguard enable
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-367
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree bpduguard
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File
Management Commands > Configuration File Commands.
spanning-tree portfast (global Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature
configuration) on Port Fast-enabled ports or enables the Port Fast feature on all
nontrunking ports.
spanning-tree portfast (interface Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface and all its associated
configuration) VLANs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-368 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree cost
spanning-tree cost
Use the spanning-tree cost interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to set the path cost for spanning-tree calculations. If a loop occurs, spanning tree considers the
path cost when selecting an interface to place in the forwarding state. Use the no form of this command
to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] cost cost
no spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] cost
Syntax Description vlan vlan-id (Optional) VLAN range associated with a spanning-tree instance. You can specify
a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a
hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094.
cost Path cost. The range is 1 to 200000000, with higher values meaning higher costs.
Defaults The default path cost is computed from the interface bandwidth setting. These are the IEEE default path
cost values:
• 1000 Mbps—4
• 100 Mbps—19
• 10 Mbps—100
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The value for the vlan-id variable was changed.
Usage Guidelines When you configure the cost, higher values represent higher costs.
If you configure an interface with both the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id cost cost command and the
spanning-tree cost cost command, the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id cost cost command takes effect.
Examples This example shows how to set the path cost to 250 on an interface on stack member 2:
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/4
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree cost 250
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-369
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree cost
This example shows how to set a path cost to 300 for VLANs 10, 12 to 15, and 20:
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree vlan 10,12-15,20 cost 300
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree interface interface-id privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree interface Displays spanning-tree information for the specified interface.
interface-id
spanning-tree port-priority Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree vlan priority Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-370 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree extend system-id
spanning-tree extend system-id
Use the spanning-tree extend system-id global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to enable the extended system ID feature.
spanning-tree extend system-id
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the no version of this command is not supported.
You cannot disable the extended system ID feature.
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults The extended system ID is enabled.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The Catalyst 3750 switch supports the 802.1T spanning-tree extensions. Some of the bits previously
used for the switch priority are now used for the extended system ID (VLAN identifier for the per-VLAN
spanning-tree plus [PVST+] and rapid PVST+ or an instance identifier for the multiple spanning tree
[MST]).
The spanning tree uses the extended system ID, the switch priority, and the allocated spanning-tree MAC
address to make the bridge ID unique for each VLAN or multiple spanning-tree instance. Because the
Catalyst 3750 switch stack appears as a single switch to the rest of the network, all switches in the stack
use the same bridge ID for a given spanning tree. If the stack master fails, the stack members recalculate
their bridge IDs of all running spanning trees based on the new MAC address of the stack master.
Support for the extended system ID affects how you manually configure the root switch, the secondary
root switch, and the switch priority of a VLAN. For more information, see the “spanning-tree mst root”
and the “spanning-tree vlan” sections.
If your network consists of switches that do not support the extended system ID and switches that do
support it, it is unlikely that the switch with the extended system ID support will become the root switch.
The extended system ID increases the switch priority value every time the VLAN number is greater than
the priority of the connected switches.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-371
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree extend system-id
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree summary Displays a summary of spanning-tree port states.
spanning-tree mst root Configures the MST root switch priority and timers based on the
network diameter.
spanning-tree vlan priority Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-372 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree guard
spanning-tree guard
Use the spanning-tree guard interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to enable root guard or loop guard on all the VLANs associated with the selected interface. Root
guard restricts which interface is allowed to be the spanning-tree root port or the path-to-the root for the
switch. Loop guard prevents alternate or root ports from becoming designated ports when a failure
creates a unidirectional link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree guard {loop | none | root}
no spanning-tree guard
Syntax Description loop Enable loop guard.
none Disable root guard or loop guard.
root Enable root guard.
Defaults Root guard is disabled.
Loop guard is configured according to the spanning-tree loopguard default global configuration
command (globally disabled).
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can enable root guard or loop guard when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree
plus (PVST+), rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
When root guard is enabled, if spanning-tree calculations cause a port to be selected as the root port, the
port transitions to the root-inconsistent (blocked) state to prevent the customer’s switch from becoming
the root switch or being in the path to the root. The root port provides the best path from the switch to
the root switch.
When the no spanning-tree guard or the no spanning-tree guard none command is entered, root guard
is disabled for all VLANs on the selected interface. If this interface is in the root-inconsistent (blocked)
state, it automatically transitions to the listening state.
Do not enable root guard on interfaces that will be used by the UplinkFast feature. With UplinkFast, the
backup interfaces (in the blocked state) replace the root port in the case of a failure. However, if root
guard is also enabled, all the backup interfaces used by the UplinkFast feature are placed in the
root-inconsistent state (blocked) and prevented from reaching the forwarding state. The UplinkFast
feature is not available when the switch is operating in the rapid-PVST+ or MST mode.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-373
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree guard
Loop guard is most effective when it is configured on the entire switched network. When the switch is
operating in PVST+ or rapid-PVST+ mode, loop guard prevents alternate and root ports from becoming
designated ports, and spanning tree does not send bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) on root or alternate
ports. When the switch is operating in MST mode, BPDUs are not sent on nonboundary ports if the port
is blocked by loop guard in all MST instances. On a boundary port, loop guard blocks the port in all MST
instances.
To disable root guard or loop guard, use the spanning-tree guard none interface configuration
command. You cannot enable both root guard and loop guard at the same time.
You can override the setting of the spanning-tree loopguard default global configuration command by
using the spanning-tree guard loop interface configuration command.
Examples This example shows how to enable root guard on all the VLANs associated with the specified interface
on stack member 2:
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/3
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree guard root
This example shows how to enable loop guard on all the VLANs associated with the specified interface
on stack member 2:
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/3
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree guard loop
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File
Management Commands > Configuration File Commands.
spanning-tree cost Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree loopguard default Prevents alternate or root ports from becoming designated
ports because of a failure that leads to a unidirectional link.
spanning-tree mst cost Configures the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst port-priority Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree mst root Configures the MST root switch priority and timers based on
the network diameter.
spanning-tree port-priority Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree vlan priority Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree
instance.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-374 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree link-type
spanning-tree link-type
Use the spanning-tree link-type interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to override the default link-type setting, which is determined by the duplex mode of
the port, and to enable rapid spanning-tree transitions to the forwarding state. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree link-type {point-to-point | shared}
no spanning-tree link-type
Syntax Description point-to-point Specify that the link type of a port is point-to-point.
shared Specify that the link type of a port is shared.
Defaults The switch derives the link type of a port from the duplex mode. A full-duplex port is considered a
point-to-point link, and a half-duplex port is considered a shared link.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can override the default setting of the link type by using the spanning-tree link-type command; for
example, a half-duplex link can be physically connected point-to-point to a single port on a remote
switch running the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) or the rapid per-VLAN spanning-tree plus
(rapid-PVST+) protocol and be enabled for rapid transitions.
Examples This example shows how to specify the link type as shared (regardless of the duplex setting) and to
prevent rapid transitions to the forwarding state:
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree link-type shared
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id or the show
spanning-tree interface interface-id privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-375
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree link-type
Related Commands Command Description
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols Restarts the protocol migration process (force the
renegotiation with neighboring switches) on all interfaces
or on the specified interface.
show spanning-tree interface Displays spanning-tree state information for the specified
interface-id interface.
show spanning-tree mst interface Displays multiple spanning-tree (MST) information for
interface-id the specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-376 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree loopguard default
spanning-tree loopguard default
Use the spanning-tree loopguard default global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to prevent alternate or root ports from becoming designated ports because of a failure
that leads to a unidirectional link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree loopguard default
no spanning-tree loopguard default
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Loop guard is disabled.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can enable the loop guard feature when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree plus
(PVST+), rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
Loop guard is most effective when it is configured on the entire switched network. When the switch is
operating in PVST+ or rapid-PVST+ mode, loop guard prevents alternate and root ports from becoming
designated ports, and spanning tree does not send bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) on root or alternate
ports. When the switch is operating in MST mode, BPDUs are not sent on nonboundary ports if the port
is blocked by loop guard in all MST instances. On a boundary port, loop guard blocks the port in all MST
instances.
Loop guard operates only on ports that are considered point-to-point by the spanning tree.
You can override the setting of the spanning-tree loopguard default global configuration command by
using the spanning-tree guard loop interface configuration command.
Examples This example shows how to globally enable loop guard:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree loopguard default
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-377
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree loopguard default
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference
for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands >
Configuration File Commands.
spanning-tree guard loop Enables the loop guard feature on all the VLANs associated with the
specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-378 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mode
spanning-tree mode
Use the spanning-tree mode global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to enable per-VLAN spanning-tree plus (PVST+), rapid PVST+, or multiple spanning tree (MST)
on your switch. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mode {mst | pvst | rapid-pvst}
no spanning-tree mode
Syntax Description mst Enable MST and Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (based on IEEE 802.1S and
IEEE 802.1W).
pvst Enable PVST+ (based on IEEE 802.1D).
rapid-pvst Enable rapid PVST+ (based on IEEE 802.1W).
Defaults The default mode is PVST+.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The mst and rapid-pvst keywords were added.
Usage Guidelines The switch supports PVST+, rapid PVST+, and MSTP, but only one version can be active at any time:
All VLANs run PVST+, all VLANs run rapid PVST+, or all VLANs run MSTP. All stack members run
the same version of spanning-tree.
When you enable the MST mode, RSTP is automatically enabled.
Caution Changing spanning-tree modes can disrupt traffic because all spanning-tree instances are stopped for
the previous mode and restarted in the new mode.
Examples This example shows to enable MST and RSTP on the switch:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mode mst
This example shows to enable rapid PVST+ on the switch:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mode rapid-pvst
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-379
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mode
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference for
Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands > Configuration
File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-380 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst configuration
spanning-tree mst configuration
Use the spanning-tree mst configuration global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to enter multiple spanning-tree (MST) configuration mode through which you
configure the MST region. Use the no form of this command to return to the default settings.
spanning-tree mst configuration
no spanning-tree mst configuration
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults The default mapping is that all VLANs are mapped to the common and internal spanning-tree (CIST)
instance (instance 0).
The default name is an empty string.
The revision number is 0.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The spanning-tree mst configuration command enables the MST configuration mode. These
configuration commands are available:
• abort: exits the MST region configuration mode without applying configuration changes.
• exit: exits the MST region configuration mode and applies all configuration changes.
• instance instance-id vlan vlan-range: maps VLANs to an MST instance. The range for the
instance-id is 1 to 15. The range for vlan-range is 1 to 4094. You can specify a single VLAN
identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs
separated by a comma.
• name name: sets the configuration name. The name string has a maximum length of 32 characters
and is case sensitive.
• no: negates the instance, name, and revision commands or sets them to their defaults.
• private-vlan: Though visible in the command-line help strings, this command is not supported.
• revision version: sets the configuration revision number. The range is 0 to 65535.
• show [current | pending]: displays the current or pending MST region configuration.
In MST mode, the switch stack supports up to 16 MST instances. The number of VLANs that can be
mapped to a particular MST instance is unlimited.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-381
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst configuration
When you map VLANs to an MST instance, the mapping is incremental, and VLANs specified in the
command are added to or removed from the VLANs that were previously mapped. To specify a range,
use a hyphen; for example, instance 1 vlan 1-63 maps VLANs 1 to 63 to MST instance 1. To specify a
series, use a comma; for example, instance 1 vlan 10, 20, 30 maps VLANs 10, 20, and 30 to MST
instance 1.
All VLANs that are not explicitly mapped to an MST instance are mapped to the common and internal
spanning tree (CIST) instance (instance 0) and cannot be unmapped from the CIST by using the no form
of the command.
For two or more switches to be in the same MST region, they must have the same VLAN mapping, the
same configuration revision number, and the same name.
Examples This example shows how to enter MST configuration mode, map VLANs 10 to 20 to MST instance 1,
name the region region1, set the configuration revision to 1, display the pending configuration, apply the
changes, and return to global configuration mode:
Switch# spanning-tree mst configuration
Switch(config-mst)# instance 1 vlan 10-20
Switch(config-mst)# name region1
Switch(config-mst)# revision 1
Switch(config-mst)# show pending
Pending MST configuration
Name [region1]
Revision 1
Instance Vlans Mapped
-------- ---------------------
0 1-9,21-4094
1 10-20
-------------------------------
Switch(config-mst)# exit
Switch(config)#
This example shows how to add VLANs 1 to 100 to the ones already mapped (if any) to instance 2, to
move VLANs 40 to 60 that were previously mapped to instance 2 to the CIST instance, to add VLAN
10 to instance 10, and to remove all the VLANs mapped to instance 2 and map them to the CIST instance:
Switch(config-mst)# instance 2 vlan 1-100
Switch(config-mst)# no instance 2 vlan 40-60
Switch(config-mst)# instance 10 vlan 10
Switch(config-mst)# no instance 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show pending MST configuration command.
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree mst configuration Displays the MST region configuration.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-382 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst cost
spanning-tree mst cost
Use the spanning-tree mst cost interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to set the path cost for multiple spanning-tree (MST) calculations. If a loop occurs, spanning tree
considers the path cost when selecting an interface to put in the forwarding state. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst instance-id cost cost
no spanning-tree mst instance-id cost
Syntax Description instance-id Range of spanning-tree instances. You can specify a single instance, a range of
instances separated by a hyphen, or a series of instances separated by a comma. The
range is 0 to 15.
cost Path cost is 1 to 200000000, with higher values meaning higher costs.
Defaults The default path cost is computed from the interface bandwidth setting. These are the IEEE default path
cost values:
• 1000 Mbps—20000
• 100 Mbps—200000
• 10 Mbps—2000000
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When you configure the cost, higher values represent higher costs.
Examples This example shows how to set a path cost of 250 on an interface associated with instances 2 and 4:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/4
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 2,4 cost 250
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id privileged
EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-383
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst cost
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree mst Displays MST information for the specified interface.
interface interface-id
spanning-tree mst Configures an interface priority.
port-priority
spanning-tree mst priority Configures the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree
instance.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-384 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst forward-time
spanning-tree mst forward-time
Use the spanning-tree mst forward-time global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to set the forward-delay time for all multiple spanning-tree (MST) instances. The
forwarding time determines how long each of the listening and learning states last before the interface
begins forwarding. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst forward-time seconds
no spanning-tree mst forward-time
Syntax Description seconds Length of the listening and learning states. The range is 4 to 30 seconds.
Defaults The default is 15 seconds.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Changing the spanning-tree mst forward-time command affects all spanning-tree instances.
Examples This example shows how to set the spanning-tree forwarding time to 18 seconds for all MST instances:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst forward-time 18
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree mst Displays MST information.
spanning-tree mst hello-time Sets the interval between hello bridge protocol data units (BPDUs)
sent by root switch configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-age Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree receives
from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops Sets the number of hops in a region before the BPDU is discarded.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-385
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst hello-time
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Use the spanning-tree mst hello-time global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to set the interval between hello bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) sent by root
switch configuration messages. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst hello-time seconds
no spanning-tree mst hello-time
Syntax Description seconds Interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch configuration messages. The
range is 1 to 10 seconds.
Defaults The default is 2 seconds.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines After you set the spanning-tree mst max-age seconds global configuration command, if a switch does
not receive BPDUs from the root switch within the specified interval, the switch recomputes the
spanning-tree topology. The max-age setting must be greater than the hello-time setting.
Changing the spanning-tree mst hello-time command affects all spanning-tree instances.
Examples This example shows how to set the spanning-tree hello time to 3 seconds for all multiple spanning-tree
(MST) instances:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst hello-time 3
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree mst Displays MST information.
spanning-tree mst Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
forward-time
spanning-tree mst max-age Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree receives
from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops Sets the number of hops in a region before the BPDU is discarded.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-386 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst max-age
spanning-tree mst max-age
Use the spanning-tree mst max-age global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to set the interval between messages that the spanning tree receives from the root
switch. If a switch does not receive a bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) message from the root switch
within this interval, it recomputes the spanning-tree topology. Use the no form of this command to return
to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst max-age seconds
no spanning-tree mst max-age
Syntax Description seconds Interval between messages the spanning tree receives from the root switch. The range is
6 to 40 seconds.
Defaults The default is 20 seconds.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines After you set the spanning-tree mst max-age seconds global configuration command, if a switch does
not receive BPDUs from the root switch within the specified interval, the switch recomputes the
spanning-tree topology. The max-age setting must be greater than the hello-time setting.
Changing the spanning-tree mst max-age command affects all spanning-tree instances.
Examples This example shows how to set the spanning-tree max-age to 30 seconds for all multiple spanning-tree
(MST) instances:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst max-age 30
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-387
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst max-age
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree mst Displays MST information.
spanning-tree mst forward-time Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch
configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-hops Sets the number of hops in a region before the BPDU is
discarded.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-388 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst max-hops
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Use the spanning-tree mst max-hops global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to set the number of hops in a region before the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) is
discarded and the information held for a port is aged. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
spanning-tree mst max-hops hop-count
no spanning-tree mst max-hops
Syntax Description hop-count Number of hops in a region before the BPDU is discarded. The range is 1 to 40 hops.
Defaults The default is 20 hops.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The root switch of the instance always sends a BPDU (or M-record) with a cost of 0 and the hop count
set to the maximum value. When a switch receives this BPDU, it decrements the received remaining hop
count by one and propagates the decremented count as the remaining hop count in the generated
M-records. A switch discards the BPDU and ages the information held for the port when the count
reaches 0.
Changing the spanning-tree mst max-hops command affects all spanning-tree instances.
Examples This example shows how to set the spanning-tree max-hops to 10 for all multiple spanning-tree (MST)
instances:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst max-hops 10
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-389
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree mst Displays MST information.
spanning-tree mst forward-time Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch
configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-age Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree
receives from the root switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-390 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst port-priority
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Use the spanning-tree mst port-priority interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to configure an interface priority. If a loop occurs, the Multiple Spanning Tree
Protocol (MSTP) can determine which interface to put in the forwarding state. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority
Syntax Description instance-id Range of spanning-tree instances. You can specify a single instance, a range of
instances separated by a hyphen, or a series of instances separated by a comma. The
range is 0 to 15.
priority The range is 0 to 240 in increments of 16. Valid priority values are 0, 16, 32, 48, 64,
80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160, 176, 192, 208, 224, and 240. All other values are rejected.
The lower the number, the higher the priority.
Defaults The default is 128.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can assign higher priority values (lower numerical values) to interfaces that you want selected first
and lower priority values (higher numerical values) that you want selected last. If all interfaces have the
same priority value, the multiple spanning tree (MST) puts the interface with the lowest interface number
in the forwarding state and blocks other interfaces.
If your switch is a member of a switch stack, you must use the spanning-tree mst [instance-id] cost cost
interface configuration command instead of the spanning-tree mst [instance vlan-id] port-priority
priority interface configuration command to select an interface to put in the forwarding state. Assign
lower cost values to interfaces that you want selected first and higher cost values to interfaces that you
want selected last.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-391
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Examples This example shows how to increase the likelihood that the interface associated with spanning-tree
instances 20 and 22 is placed into the forwarding state if a loop occurs:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/2
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 20,22 port-priority 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree mst interface Displays MST information for the specified interface.
interface-id
spanning-tree mst cost Sets the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst priority Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree
instance.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-392 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst priority
spanning-tree mst priority
Use the spanning-tree mst priority global configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to set the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst instance-id priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance-id priority
Syntax Description instance-id Range of spanning-tree instances. You can specify a single instance, a range of
instances separated by a hyphen, or a series of instances separated by a comma. The
range is 0 to 15.
priority Set the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance. This setting affects
the likelihood that the switch is selected as the root switch. A lower value increases
the probability that the switch is selected as the root switch.
The range is 0 to 61440 in increments of 4096. Valid priority values are 0, 4096,
8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960, 45056, 49152,
53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected.
Defaults The default is 32768.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to set the spanning-tree priority to 8192 for multiple spanning-tree instances
(MST) 20 to 21:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst 20-21 priority 8192
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst instance-id privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree mst instance-id Displays MST information for the specified interface.
spanning-tree mst cost Sets the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst port-priority Configures an interface priority.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-393
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst root
spanning-tree mst root
Use the spanning-tree mst root global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to configure the multiple spanning-tree (MST) root switch priority and timers based on the
network diameter. Use the no form of this command to return to the default settings.
spanning-tree mst instance-id root {primary | secondary} [diameter net-diameter
[hello-time seconds]]
no spanning-tree mst instance-id root
Syntax Description instance-id Range of spanning-tree instances. You can specify a single instance, a range
of instances separated by a hyphen, or a series of instances separated by a
comma. The range is 0 to 15.
root primary Force this switch to be the root switch.
root secondary Set this switch to be the root switch should the primary root switch fail.
diameter net-diameter (Optional) Set the maximum number of switches between any two end
stations. The range is 2 to 7. This keyword is available only for MST
instance 0.
hello-time seconds (Optional) Set the interval between hello bridge protocol data units
(BPDUs) sent by the root switch configuration messages. The range is 1 to 10
seconds. This keyword is available only for MST instance 0.
Defaults The primary root switch priority is 24576.
The secondary root switch priority is 28672.
The hello time is 2 seconds.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Use the spanning-tree mst instance-id root command only on backbone switches.
When you enter the spanning-tree mst instance-id root command, the software tries to set a high
enough priority to make this switch the root of the spanning-tree instance. Because of the extended
system ID support, the switch sets the switch priority for the instance to 24576 if this value will cause
this switch to become the root for the specified instance. If any root switch for the specified instance has
a switch priority lower than 24576, the switch sets its own priority to 4096 less than the lowest switch
priority. (4096 is the value of the least-significant bit of a 4-bit switch priority value.)
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-394 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst root
When you enter the spanning-tree mst instance-id root secondary command, because of support for
the extended system ID, the software changes the switch priority from the default value (32768) to
28672. If the root switch fails, this switch becomes the next root switch (if the other switches in the
network use the default switch priority of 32768 and are therefore unlikely to become the root switch).
Examples This example shows how to configure the switch as the root switch for instance 10 with a network
diameter of 4:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst 10 root primary diameter 4
This example shows how to configure the switch as the secondary root switch for instance 10 with a
network diameter of 4:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst 10 root secondary diameter 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst instance-id privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree mst instance-id Displays MST information for the specified instance.
spanning-tree mst forward-time Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch
configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-age Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree
receives from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops Sets the number of hops in a region before the BPDU is
discarded.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-395
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree port-priority
spanning-tree port-priority
Use the spanning-tree port-priority interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to configure an interface priority. If a loop occurs, spanning tree can determine which
interface to put in the forwarding state. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] port-priority priority
no spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] port-priority
Syntax Description vlan vlan-id (Optional) VLAN range associated with a spanning-tree instance. You can specify a
single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a
hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094.
priority Number from 0 to 240, in increments of 16. Valid values are 0, 16, 32, 48, 64, 80,
96, 112, 128, 144, 160, 176, 192, 208, 224, and 240. All other values are rejected.
The lower the number, the higher the priority.
Defaults The default is 128.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 The value for the vlan-id variable was changed. The priority range values
changed.
Usage Guidelines If the variable vlan-id is omitted, the command applies to the spanning-tree instance associated with
VLAN 1.
You can set the priority on a VLAN that has no interfaces assigned to it. The setting takes effect when
you assign the interface to the VLAN.
If you configure an interface with both the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id port-priority priority command
and the spanning-tree port-priority priority command, the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id port-priority
priority command takes effect.
If your switch is a member of a switch stack, you must use the spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] cost cost
interface configuration command instead of the spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] port-priority priority
interface configuration command to select an interface to put in the forwarding state. Assign lower cost
values to interfaces that you want selected first and higher cost values that you want selected last.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-396 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree port-priority
Examples This example shows how to increase the likelihood that Fast Ethernet interface 0/2 on stack member 2
will be put in the forwarding state if a loop occurs:
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/2
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree vlan 20 port-priority 0
This example shows how to set the port-priority value on VLANs 20 to 25:
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree vlan 20-25 port-priority 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree interface interface-id privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree interface Displays spanning-tree information for the specified interface.
interface-id
spanning-tree cost Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree vlan priority Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-397
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
Use the spanning-tree portfast global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to globally enable bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) filtering on Port Fast-enabled ports, the
BPDU guard feature on Port Fast-enabled ports, or the Port Fast feature on all nontrunking ports. The
BPDU filtering feature prevents the switch port from sending or receiving BPDUs. The BPDU guard
feature puts Port Fast-enabled ports that receive BPDUs in an error-disabled state. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default settings.
spanning-tree portfast {bpdufilter default | bpduguard default | default}
no spanning-tree portfast {bpdufilter default | bpduguard default | default}
Syntax Description bpdufilter default Globally enable BPDU filtering on Port Fast-enabled ports and prevent the
switch port connected to end stations from sending or receiving BPDUs.
bpduguard default Globally enable the BPDU guard feature on Port Fast-enabled ports and place
the ports that receive BPDUs in an error-disabled state.
default Globally enable the Port Fast feature on all nontrunking ports. When the Port
Fast feature is enabled, the port changes directly from a blocking state to a
forwarding state without making the intermediate spanning-tree state
changes.
Defaults The BPDU filtering, the BPDU guard, and the Port Fast features are disabled on all ports unless they are
individually configured.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can enable these features when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree plus (PVST+)
rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
Use the spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default global configuration command to globally enable
BPDU filtering on ports that are Port Fast-enabled (the ports are in a Port Fast-operational state). The
ports still send a few BPDUs at link-up before the switch begins to filter outbound BPDUs. You should
globally enable BPDU filtering on a switch so that hosts connected to switch ports do not receive
BPDUs. If a BPDU is received on a Port Fast-enabled port, the port loses its Port Fast-operational status
and BPDU filtering is disabled.
You can override the spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default global configuration command by
using the spanning-tree bdpufilter interface configuration command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-398 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
Caution Enabling BPDU filtering on an interface is the same as disabling spanning tree on it and can result in
spanning-tree loops.
Use the spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default global configuration command to globally enable
BPDU guard on ports that are in a Port Fast-operational state. In a valid configuration, Port Fast-enabled
ports do not receive BPDUs. Receiving a BPDU on a Port Fast-enabled port signals an invalid
configuration, such as the connection of an unauthorized device, and the BPDU guard feature puts the
port in the error-disabled state. The BPDU guard feature provides a secure response to invalid
configurations because you must manually put the port back in service. Use the BPDU guard feature in
a service-provider network to prevent an access port from participating in the spanning tree.
You can override the spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default global configuration command by
using the spanning-tree bdpuguard interface configuration command.
Use the spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command to globally enable the Port Fast
feature on all nontrunking ports. Configure Port Fast only on ports that connect to end stations;
otherwise, an accidental topology loop could cause a data packet loop and disrupt switch and network
operation. A Port Fast-enabled port moves directly to the spanning-tree forwarding state when linkup
occurs without waiting for the standard forward-delay time.
You can override the spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command by using the
spanning-tree portfast interface configuration command. You can use the no spanning-tree portfast
default global configuration command to disable Port Fast on all ports unless they are individually
configured with the spanning-tree portfast interface configuration command.
Examples This example shows how to globally enable the BPDU filtering feature:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
This example shows how to globally enable the BPDU guard feature:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default
This example shows how to globally enable the Port Fast feature on all nontrunking ports:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree portfast default
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File
Management Commands > Configuration File Commands.
spanning-tree bpdufilter Prevents a port from sending or receiving BPDUs.
spanning-tree bpduguard Puts a port in the error-disabled state when it receives a BPDU.
spanning-tree portfast (interface Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface in all its associated
configuration) VLANs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-399
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)
Use the spanning-tree portfast interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to enable the Port Fast feature on an interface in all its associated VLANs. When the Port Fast
feature is enabled, the interface changes directly from a blocking state to a forwarding state without
making the intermediate spanning-tree state changes. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
spanning-tree portfast [disable | trunk]
no spanning-tree portfast
Syntax Description disable (Optional) Disable the Port Fast feature on the specified interface.
trunk (Optional) Enable the Port Fast feature on a trunking interface.
Defaults The Port Fast feature is disabled on all interfaces; however, it is automatically enabled on
dynamic-access ports.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Use this feature only on interfaces that connect to end stations; otherwise, an accidental topology loop
could cause a data packet loop and disrupt switch and network operation.
You can enable this feature when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree plus (PVST+),
rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
This feature affects all VLANs on the interface.
A port with the Port Fast feature enabled is moved directly to the spanning-tree forwarding state without
waiting the standard forward-time delay.
You can use the spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command to globally enable the
Port Fast feature on all nontrunking interfaces. However, the spanning-tree portfast interface
configuration command can override the global setting.
If you configure the spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command, you can enable Port
Fast on a port that is not a trunk port by using the no spanning-tree portfast interface configuration
command.
The no spanning-tree portfast interface configuration command is the same as the spanning-tree
portfast disable interface configuration command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-400 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)
Examples This example shows how to enable the Port Fast feature on an interface on stack member 2:
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet2/0/2
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree portfast
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File
Management Commands > Configuration File Commands.
spanning-tree bpdufilter Prevents a port from sending or receiving bridge protocol data units
(BPDUs).
spanning-tree bpduguard Puts a port in the error-disabled state when it receives a BPDU.
spanning-tree portfast (global Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature on
configuration) Port Fast-enabled ports or enables the Port Fast feature on all
nontrunking ports.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-401
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree uplinkfast
spanning-tree uplinkfast
Use the spanning-tree uplinkfast global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to accelerate the choice of a new root port when a link or switch fails or when the spanning tree
reconfigures itself. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree uplinkfast [max-update-rate pkts-per-second]
no spanning-tree uplinkfast [max-update-rate]
Syntax Description max-update-rate pkts-per-second (Optional) The number of packets per second at which update
packets are sent. The range is 0 to 32000.
Defaults UplinkFast is disabled.
The update rate is 150 packets per second.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The max-update-rate keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines Use this command only on access switches.
The UplinkFast feature is supported only when the switch is running per-VLAN spanning-tree plus
(PVST+). It is not supported when the switch is operating in the rapid-PVST+ or multiple spanning-tree
(MST) mode.
When you enable UplinkFast, it is enabled for the entire switch and cannot be enabled for individual
VLANs.
When you enable or disable UplinkFast, cross-stack UplinkFast (CSUF) also is automatically enabled
or disabled on all nonstack port interfaces. CSUF accelerates the choice of a new root port when a link
or switch fails or when spanning tree reconfigures itself.
When UplinkFast is enabled, the switch priority of all VLANs is set to 49152. If you change the path
cost to a value less than 3000 and you enable UplinkFast or UplinkFast is already enabled, the path cost
of all interfaces and VLAN trunks is increased by 3000 (if you change the path cost to 3000 or above,
the path cost is not altered). The changes to the switch priority and the path cost reduces the chance that
a switch will become the root switch.
When UplinkFast is disabled, the switch priorities of all VLANs and path costs of all interfaces are set
to default values if you did not modify them from their defaults.
When spanning tree detects that the root port has failed, UplinkFast immediately switches over to an
alternate root port, changing the new root port directly to FORWARDING state. During this time, a
topology change notification is sent.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-402 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree uplinkfast
Do not enable the root guard on interfaces that will be used by the UplinkFast feature. With UplinkFast,
the backup interfaces (in the blocked state) replace the root port in the case of a failure. However, if root
guard is also enabled, all the backup interfaces used by the UplinkFast feature are placed in the
root-inconsistent state (blocked) and prevented from reaching the forwarding state.
If you set the max-update-rate to 0, station-learning frames are not generated, so the spanning-tree
topology converges more slowly after a loss of connectivity.
Examples This example shows how to enable UplinkFast:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree uplinkfast
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree summary privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree summary Displays a summary of the spanning-tree port states.
spanning-tree vlan root primary Forces this switch to be the root switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-403
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree vlan
spanning-tree vlan
Use the spanning-tree vlan global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to configure spanning tree on a per-VLAN basis. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
spanning-tree vlan vlan-id [forward-time seconds | hello-time seconds | max-age seconds |
priority priority | root {primary | secondary} [diameter net-diameter
[hello-time seconds]]]
no spanning-tree vlan vlan-id [forward-time | hello-time | max-age | priority | root]
Syntax Description vlan-id VLAN range associated with a spanning-tree instance. You can specify a
single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated
by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to
4094.
forward-time seconds (Optional) Set the forward-delay time for the specified spanning-tree
instance. The forwarding time determines how long each of the listening
and learning states last before the interface begins forwarding. The range is
4 to 30 seconds.
hello-time seconds (Optional) Set the interval between hello bridge protocol data units
(BPDUs) sent by the root switch configuration messages. The range is 1 to 10
seconds.
max-age seconds (Optional) Set the interval between messages the spanning tree receives
from the root switch. If a switch does not receive a BPDU message from the
root switch within this interval, it recomputes the spanning-tree topology.
The range is 6 to 40 seconds.
priority priority (Optional) Set the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
This setting affects the likelihood that a standalone switch or a switch in the
stack is selected as the root switch. A lower value increases the probability
that the switch is selected as the root switch.
The range is 0 to 61440 in increments of 4096. Valid priority values are
4096, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960,
45056, 49152, 53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected.
root primary (Optional) Force this switch to be the root switch.
root secondary (Optional) Set this switch to be the root switch should the primary root switch
fail.
diameter net-diameter (Optional) Set the maximum number of switches between any two end
stations. The range is 2 to 7.
Defaults Spanning tree is enabled on all VLANs.
The forward-delay time is 15 seconds.
The hello time is 2 seconds.
The max-age is 20 seconds.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-404 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree vlan
The primary root switch priority is 24576.
The secondary root switch priority is 28672.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The value for the vlan-id variable was changed.
Usage Guidelines Disabling the STP causes the VLAN to stop participating in the spanning-tree topology. Interfaces that
are administratively down remain down. Received BPDUs are forwarded like other multicast frames.
The VLAN does not detect and prevent loops when STP is disabled.
You can disable the STP on a VLAN that is not currently active and verify the change by using the show
running-config or the show spanning-tree vlan vlan-id privileged EXEC command. The setting takes
effect when the VLAN is activated.
When disabling or re-enabling the STP, you can specify a range of VLANs that you want to disable or
enable.
When a VLAN is disabled and then enabled, all assigned VLANs continue to be its members. However,
all spanning-tree bridge parameters are returned to their previous settings (the last setting before the
VLAN was disabled).
You can enable spanning-tree options on a VLAN that has no interfaces assigned to it. The setting takes
effect when you assign interfaces to it.
When setting the max-age seconds, if a switch does not receive BPDUs from the root switch within the
specified interval, it recomputes the spanning-tree topology. The max-age setting must be greater than
the hello-time setting.
The spanning-tree vlan vlan-id root command should be used only on backbone switches.
When you enter the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id root command, the software checks the switch priority
of the current root switch for each VLAN. Because of the extended system ID support, the switch sets
the switch priority for the specified VLAN to 24576 if this value will cause this switch to become the
root for the specified VLAN. If any root switch for the specified VLAN has a switch priority lower than
24576, the switch sets its own priority for the specified VLAN to 4096 less than the lowest switch
priority. (4096 is the value of the least-significant bit of a 4-bit switch priority value.)
When you enter the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id root secondary command, because of support for the
extended system ID, the software changes the switch priority from the default value (32768) to 28672.
If the root switch should fail, this switch becomes the next root switch (if the other switches in the
network use the default switch priority of 32768, and therefore, are unlikely to become the root switch).
Examples This example shows how to disable the STP on VLAN 5:
Switch(config)# no spanning-tree vlan 5
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC command. In this
instance, VLAN 5 does not appear in the list.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-405
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree vlan
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree forwarding time to 18 seconds for VLANs 20 and 25:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 20,25 forward-time 18
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree hello-delay time to 3 seconds for VLANs 20 to 24:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 20-24 hello-time 3
This example shows how to set spanning-tree max-age to 30 seconds for VLAN 20:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 20 max-age 30
This example shows how to reset the max-age parameter to the default value for spanning-tree instance
100 and 105 to 108:
Switch(config)# no spanning-tree vlan 100, 105-108 max-age
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree priority to 8192 for VLAN 20:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 20 priority 8192
This example shows how to configure the switch as the root switch for VLAN 10 with a network
diameter of 4:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 10 root primary diameter 4
This example shows how to configure the switch as the secondary root switch for VLAN 10 with a
network diameter of 4:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 10 root secondary diameter 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree vlan vlan-id privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show spanning-tree vlan Displays spanning-tree information.
spanning-tree cost Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree guard Enables the root guard or the loop guard feature for all the VLANs
associated with the selected interface.
spanning-tree port-priority Sets an interface priority.
spanning-tree portfast (global Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature on
configuration) Port Fast-enabled ports or enables the Port Fast feature on all
nontrunking ports.
spanning-tree portfast Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface in all its associated
(interface configuration) VLANs.
spanning-tree uplinkfast Enables the UplinkFast feature, which accelerates the choice of a
new root port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-406 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
speed
speed
Use the speed interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to specify
the speed of a 10/100 Mbps or 10/100/1000 Mbps port. Use the no or default form of this command to
return the port to its default value.
speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | auto | nonegotiate}
no speed
Note You cannot configure speed on small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module ports, but you can configure
speed to not negotiate (nonegotiate) if they are connected to a device that does not support
autonegotiation. See “Usage Guidelines” for exceptions when a 1000BASE-T SFP module is in the SFP
module port.
Syntax Description 10 Port runs at 10 Mbps.
100 Port runs at 100 Mbps.
1000 Port runs at 1000 Mbps. This option is valid and visible only on 10/100/1000
Mbps-ports.
auto Port automatically detects the speed it should run at based on the port at the other
end of the link.
nonegotiate Autonegotiation is disabled, and the port runs at 1000 Mbps. This option is valid and
visible only on SFP ports. When a 1000BASE-T SFP module is in the SFP module
port, the speed can be configured to 10, 100, 1000, or auto, but not nonegotiate.
Defaults The default is auto.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can configure the Fast Ethernet port speed as either 10 or 100 Mbps. You can configure the Gigabit
Ethernet port speed as 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps. You cannot configure speed on SFP module ports, but you
can configure speed to not negotiate (nonegotiate) if connected to a device that does not support
autonegotiation. However, when a 1000BASE-T SFP module is in the SFP module port, you can
configure speed as 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps.
If the speed is set to auto, the switch negotiates with the device at the other end of the link for the speed
setting and then forces the speed setting to the negotiated value. The duplex setting remains as
configured on each end of the link, which could result in a duplex setting mismatch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-407
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
speed
If both ends of the line support autonegotiation, we highly recommend the default autonegotiation
settings. If one interface supports autonegotiation and the other end does not, do use the auto setting on
the supported side, but set the duplex and speed on both interfaces.
For 10/100/1000 Mbps ports, if both the speed and duplex are set to specific values, autonegotiation is
disabled.
For 10/100 Mbps ports, if both speed and duplex are set to specific values, the link operates at the
negotiated speed and duplex value.
Caution Changing the interface speed and duplex mode configuration might shut down and re-enable the
interface during the reconfiguration.
Note For guidelines on setting the switch speed and duplex parameters, refer to the software configuration
guide for this release.
Examples This example shows how to set the specified interface to 100 Mbps:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Switch(config-if)# speed 100
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
duplex Specifies the duplex mode of operation for Fast Ethernet and Gigabit
Ethernet ports.
show interfaces Displays the statistical information specific to all interfaces or to a specific
interface
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-408 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
srr-queue bandwidth limit
srr-queue bandwidth limit
Use the srr-queue bandwidth limit interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to limit the maximum output on a port. Use the no form of this command to return to
the default setting.
srr-queue bandwidth limit weight1
no srr-queue bandwidth limit
Syntax Description weight1 Percentage of the port speed to which the port should be limited. The range is 10 to 90.
Defaults The port is not rate limited and is set to 100 percent.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If you configure this command to 80 percent, the port is idle 20 percent of the time. The line rate drops
to 80 percent of the connected speed. These values are not exact because the hardware adjusts the line
rate in increments of six.
Note The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your QoS
solution.
Examples This example shows how to limit Gigabit Ethernet port 0/1 on stack member 2 to 800 Mbps:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# srr-queue bandwidth limit 80
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] queueing privileged
EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-409
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
srr-queue bandwidth limit
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers Allocates buffers to the queue-set.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map Maps class of service (CoS) values to egress queue or maps
CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an
egress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a
threshold ID.
mls qos queue-set output threshold Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation for the queue-set.
queue-set Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface queueing Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
srr-queue bandwidth shape Assigns the shaped weights and enables bandwidth shaping on
the four egress queues mapped to a port.
srr-queue bandwidth share Assigns the shared weights and enables bandwidth sharing on
the four egress queues mapped to a port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-410 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
srr-queue bandwidth shape
srr-queue bandwidth shape
Use the srr-queue bandwidth shape interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to assign the shaped weights and to enable bandwidth shaping on the four egress
queues mapped to a port. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
srr-queue bandwidth shape weight1 weight2 weight3 weight4
no srr-queue bandwidth shape
Syntax Description weight1 weight2 Specify the weights to determine the percentage of the port that is shaped. The
weight3 weight4 inverse ratio (1/weight) determines the shaping bandwidth for this queue.
Separate each value with a space. The range is 0 to 65535.
Defaults Weight1 is set to 25. Weight2, weight3, and weight4 are set to 0, and these queues are in shared mode.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines In shaped mode, the queues are guaranteed a percentage of the bandwidth, and they are rate-limited to
that amount. Shaped traffic does not use more than the allocated bandwidth even if the link is idle. Use
shaping to smooth bursty traffic or to provide a smoother output over time.
The shaped mode overrides the shared mode.
If you configure a shaped queue weight to 0 by using the srr-queue bandwidth shape interface
configuration command, this queue participates in shared mode. The weight specified with the
srr-queue bandwidth shape command is ignored, and the weights specified with the srr-queue
bandwidth share interface configuration command for a queue come into effect.
When configuring queues for the same port for both shaping and sharing, make sure that you configure
the lowest numbered queue for shaping.
Note The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your QoS
solution.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-411
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
srr-queue bandwidth shape
Examples This example shows how to configure the queues for the same port for both shaping and sharing. Because
the weight ratios for queues 2, 3, and 4 are set to 0, these queues operate in shared mode. The bandwidth
weight for queue 1 is 1/8, which is 12.5 percent. Queue 1 is guaranteed this bandwidth and limited to it;
it does not extend its slot to the other queues even if the other queues have no traffic and are idle. Queues
2, 3, and 4 are in shared mode, and the setting for queue 1 is ignored. The bandwidth ratio allocated for
the queues in shared mode is 4/(4+4+4), which is 33 percent:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# srr-queue bandwidth shape 8 0 0 0
Switch(config-if)# srr-queue bandwidth share 4 4 4 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] queueing privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map Maps class of service (CoS) values to an egress queue or maps
CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an
egress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a
threshold ID.
mls qos queue-set output threshold Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation to a queue-set.
queue-set Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface queueing Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
srr-queue bandwidth share Assigns the shared weights and enables bandwidth sharing on
the four egress queues mapped to a port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-412 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
srr-queue bandwidth share
srr-queue bandwidth share
Use the srr-queue bandwidth share interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to assign the shared weights and to enable bandwidth sharing on the four egress
queues mapped to a port. The ratio of the weights is the ratio of frequency in which the shaped round
robin (SRR) scheduler dequeues packets from each queue. Use the no form of this command to return
to the default setting.
srr-queue bandwidth share weight1 weight2 weight3 weight4
no srr-queue bandwidth share
Syntax Description weight1 weight2 The ratios of weight1, weight2, weight3, and weight4 determine the ratio of the
weight3 weight4 frequency in which the SRR scheduler dequeues packets. Separate each value
with a space. The range is 1 to 255.
Defaults Weight1, weight2, weight3, and weight4 are 25 (1/4 of the bandwidth is allocated to each queue).
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The absolute value of each weight is meaningless, and only the ratio of parameters is used.
In shared mode, the queues share the bandwidth among them according to the configured weights. The
bandwidth is guaranteed at this level but not limited to it. For example, if a queue empties and does not
require a share of the link, the remaining queues can expand into the unused bandwidth and share it
among themselves.
If you configure a shaped queue weight to 0 by using the srr-queue bandwidth shape interface
configuration command, this queue participates in SRR shared mode. The weight specified with the
srr-queue bandwidth shape command is ignored, and the weights specified with the srr-queue
bandwidth share interface configuration command for a queue take effect.
When configuring queues for the same port for both shaping and sharing, make sure that you configure
the lowest numbered queue for shaping.
Note The egress queue default settings are suitable for most situations. You should change them only when
you have a thorough understanding of the egress queues and if these settings do not meet your QoS
solution.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-413
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
srr-queue bandwidth share
Examples This example shows how to configure the weight ratio of the SRR scheduler running on egress port
Gigabit Ethernet 0/1 on stack member 2. Four queues are used. The bandwidth ratio allocated for each
queue in shared mode is 1/(1+2+3+4), 2/(1+2+3+4), 3/(1+2+3+4), and 4/(1+2+3+4), which is
10 percent, 20 percent, 30 percent, and 40 percent for queues 1, 2, 3, and 4. This means that queue 4 has
four times the bandwidth of queue 1, twice the bandwidth of queue 2, and one-and-a-third times the
bandwidth of queue 3.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# srr-queue bandwidth share 1 2 3 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show mls qos interface [interface-id] queueing privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
mls qos queue-set output buffers Allocates buffers to a queue-set.
mls qos srr-queue output cos-map Maps class of service (CoS) values to an egress queue or maps
CoS values to a queue and to a threshold ID.
mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map Maps Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to an
egress queue or maps DSCP values to a queue and to a
threshold ID.
mls qos queue-set output threshold Configures the weighted tail-drop (WTD) thresholds,
guarantees the availability of buffers, and configures the
maximum memory allocation to a queue-set.
queue-set Maps a port to a queue-set.
show mls qos interface queueing Displays quality of service (QoS) information.
srr-queue bandwidth shape Assigns the shaped weights and enables bandwidth shaping on
the four egress queues mapped to a port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-414 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
storm-control
storm-control
Use the storm-control interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
enable broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm control on an interface with the specified threshold level.
Use the no form of this command to disable broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm control on an
interface.
storm-control {broadcast | multicast | unicast} level level [.level]
no storm-control {broadcast | multicast | unicast} level
Syntax Description broadcast Enable broadcast storm control on the interface.
multicast Enable multicast storm control on the interface.
unicast Enable unicast storm control on the interface.
level Storm-control suppression level as a percent of total bandwidth. The range is 0 to
100 percent.
.level (Optional) Fractional storm-control suppression level. The range is 0 to 99.
Defaults Broadcast, multicast, and unicast storm control are disabled.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Storm control is supported only on physical interfaces; it is not supported on EtherChannel port
channels, even though it is available in the command-line interface (CLI).
Storm-control suppression level is entered as a percentage of total bandwidth. A threshold value of
100 percent means that no limit is placed on the specified traffic type. A value of 0.0 means that all
broadcast, multicast, or unicast traffic on that port is blocked.
When the storm control threshold for multicast traffic is reached, all multicast traffic except control
traffic, such as bridge protocol data unit (BDPU) and Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) frames, are
blocked. However, the switch does not differentiate between routing updates, such as Open Shortest Path
First (OSPF) and regular multicast data traffic, so both types of traffic are blocked.
Note For more information about storm control suppression levels, refer to the software configuration guide
for this release.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-415
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
storm-control
Examples This example shows how to enable multicast storm control with a 75.5 percent threshold level:
Switch(config-if)# storm-control multicast level 75.5
This example shows how to disable multicast storm control:
Switch(config-if)# no storm-control multicast level
You can verify your settings by entering the show storm-control privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show storm-control Displays broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm control settings on all
interfaces or on a specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-416 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switch priority
switch priority
Use the switch priority global configuration command on the stack master to change the stack member
priority value.
switch stack-member-number priority new-priority-value
Syntax Description priority new-priority-value Specify the new stack member priority value. The range is 1 to 15.
stack-member-number Specify the current stack member number. The range 1 to 9.
Defaults The default priority value is 1.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If you do not specify a priority value, the default value is assigned.
The new priority value is a factor during a stack-master re-election. Therefore, changing the priority
value does not change the stack master immediately.
Use the reload slot current stack member number privileged EXEC to reset the stack member and apply
this configuration change into effect.
Examples This example shows how to change the priority value of stack member 6 to 9:
Switch(config)# switch 6 priority 9
Changing the Switch Priority of Switch Number 6 to 9
Do you want to continue?[confirm]
Related Commands Command Description
reload Resets the stack member and puts a configuration change into effect.
session Accesses a specific stack member.
switch renumber Changes the stack member number.
show switch Displays information about the switch stack and its stack members.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-417
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switch renumber
switch renumber
Use the switch renumber global configuration command on the stack master to change the stack
member number.
switch current-stack-member-number renumber new-stack-member-number
Syntax Description renumber Specify the new stack member number for the stack member. The
new-stack-member-number range is 1 to 9.
current-stack-member-number Specify the current stack member number. The range is 1 to 9.
Defaults The default stack member number is 1.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If another stack member is already using the member number that you just specified, the stack master
assigns the lowest available number when you reset the stack member.
Note If you change the number of a stack member, and no configuration is associated with the new stack
member number, that stack member loses its current configuration and resets to its default configuration.
For more information about stack member numbers and configurations, see the software configuration
guide.
Use the reload slot current stack member number privileged EXEC to reset the stack member and apply
this configuration change into effect.
Examples This example shows how to change the member number of stack member 6 to 7:
Switch(config)# switch 6 renumber 7
WARNING: Changing the switch number may result in lost
or changed configuration for that switch!
Do you want to continue?[confirm]
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-418 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switch renumber
Related Commands Command Description
reload Resets the stack member and puts a configuration change into effect.
session Accesses a specific stack member.
switch priority Changes the stack member priority value.
show switch Display information about the switch stack and its stack members.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-419
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport
switchport
Use the switchport interface configuration command with no keywords on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to put an interface that is in Layer 3 mode into Layer 2 mode for Layer 2 configuration.
Use the no form of this command to put an interface in Layer 3 mode.
switchport
no switchport
Use the no switchport command (without parameters) to set the interface to the routed-interface status
and to erase all Layer 2 configurations. You must use this command before assigning an IP address to a
routed port.
Note If an interface is configured as a Layer 3 interface, you must first enter this switchport command with
no keywords to configure the interface as a Layer 2 port. Then you can enter additional switchport
commands with keywords, as shown on the pages that follow.
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults By default, all interfaces are in Layer 2 mode.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Entering the no switchport command shuts the port down and then re-enables it, which might generate
messages on the device to which the port is connected.
Examples This example shows how to cause an interface to cease operating as a Layer 2 port and become a
Cisco-routed port.
Switch(config-if)# no switchport
This example shows how to cause the port interface to cease operating as a Cisco-routed port and convert
to a Layer 2-switched interface:
Switch(config-if)# switchport
Note The switchport command without keywords is not used on platforms that do not support Cisco-routed
ports. All physical ports on such platforms are assumed to be Layer 2-switched interfaces.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-420 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport
You can verify the switchport status of an interface by entering the show running-config privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces switchport Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching
(nonrouting) port, including port blocking and port protection settings.
show running-config Displays the current operating configuration. For syntax information,
select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference
for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands >
Configuration File Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-421
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport access
switchport access
Use the switchport access interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to configure a port as a static-access or dynamic-access port. If the switchport mode is set to access, the
port operates as a member of the specified VLAN. If set to dynamic, the port starts discovery of VLAN
assignment based on the incoming packets it receives. Use the no form of this command to reset the
access mode to the default VLAN for the switch.
switchport access vlan {vlan-id | dynamic}
no switchport access vlan
Syntax Description vlan vlan-id Configure the interface as a static access port with the VLAN ID of the
access mode VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
vlan dynamic Specify that the access mode VLAN is dependent on the VLAN Membership
Policy Server (VMPS) protocol. The port is assigned to a VLAN based on
the source MAC address of a host (or hosts) connected to the port. The switch
sends every new MAC address received to the VMPS server to obtain the
VLAN name to which the dynamic-access port should be assigned. If the port
already has a VLAN assigned and the source has already been approved by
the VMPS, the switch forwards the packet to the VLAN.
Defaults The default access VLAN and trunk interface native VLAN is a default VLAN corresponding to the
platform or interface hardware.
A dynamic-access port is initially a member of no VLAN and receives its assignment based on the packet
it receives.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The no switchport access command resets the access mode VLAN to the appropriate default VLAN for
the device.
The port must be in access mode before the switchport access vlan command can take effect.
An access port can be assigned to only one VLAN.
The VMPS server (such as a Catalyst 6000 series switch) must be configured before a port is configured
as dynamic.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-422 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport access
These restrictions apply to dynamic-access ports:
• The software implements the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) client, which can query a VMPS such
as a Catalyst 6000 series switch. The Catalyst 3750 switches are not VMPS servers. The VMPS
server must be configured before a port is configured as dynamic.
• Use dynamic-access ports only to connect end stations. Connecting them to switches or routers (that
use bridging protocols) can cause a loss of connectivity.
• Configure the network so that STP does not put the dynamic-access port into an STP blocking state.
The Port Fast feature is automatically enabled on dynamic-access ports.
• Dynamic-access ports can only be in one VLAN and do not use VLAN tagging.
• Dynamic-access ports cannot be configured as
– Members of an EtherChannel port group (dynamic-access ports cannot be grouped with any
other port, including other dynamic ports).
– Source or destination ports in a static address entry.
– Monitor ports.
Examples This example shows how to cause a port interface that has already been configured as a switched
interface to operate in VLAN 2 instead of the platform’s default VLAN when in access mode:
Switch(config-if)# switchport access vlan 2
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command and examining information in the Administrative Mode and Operational Mode rows.
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces switchport Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching
(nonrouting) port, including port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport mode Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-423
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport block
switchport block
Use the switchport block interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to prevent unknown multicast or unicast packets from being forwarded. Use the no form of this command
to allow forwarding unknown multicast or unicast packets.
switchport block {multicast | unicast}
no switchport block {multicast | unicast}
Syntax Description multicast Specify that unknown multicast traffic should be blocked.
unicast Specify that unknown unicast traffic should be blocked.
Defaults Unknown multicast and unicast traffic is not blocked.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines By default, all traffic with unknown MAC addresses is sent to all ports. You can block unknown multicast
or unicast traffic on protected or nonprotected ports. If unknown multicast or unicast traffic is not
blocked on a protected port, there could be security issues.
Blocking unknown multicast or unicast traffic is not automatically enabled on protected ports; you must
explicitly configure it.
Note For more information about blocking packets, refer to the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples This example shows how to block unknown multicast traffic on an interface:
Switch(config-if)# switchport block multicast
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces switchport Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching
(nonrouting) port, including port blocking and port protection settings.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-424 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport host
switchport host
Use the switchport host interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to optimize a Layer 2 port for a host connection. The no form of this command has no affect on the
system.
switchport host
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults The default is for the port to not be optimized for a host connection.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines To optimize the port for a host connection, the switchport host command sets switch port mode to
access, enables spanning tree Port Fast, and disables channel grouping. Only an end station can accept
this configuration.
Because spanning tree Port Fast is enabled, you should enter the switchport host command only on ports
that are connected to a single host. Connecting other switches, hubs, concentrators, or bridges to a
fast-start port can cause temporary spanning-tree loops.
Enable the switchport host command to decrease the time that it takes to start up packet forwarding.
Examples This example shows how to optimize the port configuration for a host connection:
Switch(config-if)# switchport host
switchport mode will be set to access
spanning-tree portfast will be enabled
channel group will be disabled
Switch(config-if)#
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces switchport Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching
(nonrouting) port, including switchport mode.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-425
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport mode
switchport mode
Use the switchport mode interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to configure the VLAN membership mode of a port. Use the no form of this command to reset the mode
to the appropriate default for the device.
switchport mode {access | dynamic {auto | desirable} | trunk}
no switchport mode {access| dynamic | trunk}
Syntax Description access Set the port to access mode (either static-access or dynamic-access depending
on the setting of the switchport access vlan interface configuration command).
The port is set to access unconditionally and operates as a nontrunking, single
VLAN interface that sends and receives nonencapsulated (non-tagged) frames.
An access port can be assigned to only one VLAN.
dynamic auto Set the interface trunking mode dynamic parameter to auto to specify that the
interface convert the link to a trunk link. This is the default switchport mode.
dynamic desirable Set the interface trunking mode dynamic parameter to desirable to specify that
the interface actively attempt to convert the link to a trunk link.
trunk Set the port to trunk unconditionally. The port is a trunking VLAN Layer-2
interface. The port sends and receives encapsulated (tagged) frames that
identify the VLAN of origination. A trunk is a point-to-point link between two
switches or between a switch and a router.
Defaults The default mode is dynamic auto.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines A configuration that uses the access or trunk keywords takes effect only when you configure the port in
the appropriate mode by using the switchport mode command. The static-access and trunk
configuration are saved, but only one configuration is active at a time.
When you enter access mode, the interface changes to permanent nontrunking mode and negotiates to
convert the link into a nontrunk link even if the neighboring interface does not agree to the change.
When you enter trunk mode, the interface changes to permanent trunking mode and negotiates to
convert the link into a trunk link even if the interface connecting to it does not agree to the change.
When you enter dynamic auto mode, the interface converts the link to a trunk link if the neighboring
interface is set to trunk or desirable mode.
When you enter dynamic desirable mode, the interface becomes a trunk interface if the neighboring
interface is set to trunk, desirable, or auto mode.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-426 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport mode
To autonegotiate trunking, the interfaces must be in the same VTP domain. Trunk negotiation is managed
by the Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP), which is a point-to-point protocol. However, some
internetworking devices might forward DTP frames improperly, which could cause misconfigurations.
To avoid this, you should configure interfaces connected to devices that do not support DTP to not
forward DTP frames, which turns off DTP.
• If you do not intend to trunk across those links, use the switchport mode access interface
configuration command to disable trunking.
• To enable trunking to a device that does not support DTP, use the switchport mode trunk and
switchport nonegotiate interface configuration commands to cause the interface to become a trunk
but to not generate DTP frames.
Access port and trunk ports are mutually exclusive.
The 802.1X feature interacts with switchport modes in these ways:
• If you try to enable 802.1X on a trunk port, an error message appears, and 802.1X is not enabled. If
you try to change the mode of an 802.1X-enabled port to trunk, the port mode is not changed.
• If you try to enable 802.1X on a port set to dynamic auto or dynamic desirable, an error message
appears, and 802.1X is not enabled. If you try to change the mode of an 802.1X-enabled port to
dynamic auto or dynamic desirable, the port mode is not changed.
• If you try to enable 802.1X on a dynamic-access (VLAN Query Protocol [VQP]) port, an error
message appears, and 802.1X is not enabled. If you try to change an 802.1X-enabled port to dynamic
VLAN assignment, an error message appears, and the VLAN configuration is not changed.
Examples This example shows how to configure a port for access mode:
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode access
This example shows how set the interface to dynamic desirable mode:
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode dynamic desirable
This example shows how to configure a port for trunk mode:
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode trunk
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command and examining information in the Administrative Mode and Operational Mode rows.
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces switchport Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching
(nonrouting) port, including port blocking and port protection
settings.
switchport access Configures a port as a static-access or dynamic-access port.
switchport trunk Configures the trunk characteristics when an interface is in trunking
mode.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-427
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport nonegotiate
switchport nonegotiate
Use the switchport nonegotiate interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to specify that Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) negotiation packets are not sent on the Layer 2
interface. The switch does not engage in DTP negotiation on this interface. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
switchport nonegotiate
no switchport nonegotiate
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults The default is to use DTP negotiation to determine trunking status.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The no form of the switchport nonegotiate command removes nonegotiate status.
This command is valid only when the interface switchport mode is access or trunk (configured by using
the switchport mode access or the switchport mode trunk interface configuration command). This
command returns an error if you attempt to execute it in dynamic (auto or desirable) mode.
Internetworking devices that do not support DTP might forward DTP frames improperly and cause
misconfigurations. To avoid this, you should turn off DTP by using the switchport no negotiate
command to configure the interfaces connected to devices that do not support DTP to not forward DTP
frames.
When you enter the switchport nonegotiate command, DTP negotiation packets are not sent on the
interface. The device does or does not trunk according to the mode parameter: access or trunk.
• If you do not intend to trunk across those links, use the switchport mode access interface
configuration command to disable trunking.
• To enable trunking on a device that does not support DTP, use the switchport mode trunk and
switchport nonegotiate interface configuration commands to cause the interface to become a trunk
but to not generate DTP frames.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-428 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport nonegotiate
Examples This example shows how to cause a port interface to refrain from negotiating trunking mode and to act
as a trunk or access port (depending on the mode set):
Switch(config-if)# switchport nonegotiate
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces switchport Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching
(nonrouting) port, including port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport mode Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-429
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
switchport port-security
Use the switchport port-security interface configuration command without keywords on the switch
stack or on a standalone switch to enable port security on the interface. Use the keywords to configure
secure MAC addresses, sticky MAC address learning, a maximum number of secure MAC addresses, or
the violation mode. Use the no form of this command to disable port security or to set the parameters to
their default states.
switchport port-security [aging] [mac-address mac-address [vlan vlan-id] | mac-address sticky
[mac-address]] [maximum value [vlan vlan-list]] [violation {protect | restrict | shutdown}]
no switchport port-security [aging] [mac-address mac-address [vlan vlan-id] | mac-address
sticky [mac-address]] [maximum value [vlan vlan-list]] [violation {protect | restrict |
shutdown}]
Syntax Description aging (Optional) See the switchport port-security aging command.
mac-address mac-address (Optional) Specify a secure MAC address for the interface by entering
a 48-bit MAC address. You can add additional secure MAC addresses
up to the maximum value configured.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) On a trunk port only, specify the VLAN ID and the MAC
address. If no VLAN ID is specified, the native VLAN is used.
mac-address sticky (Optional) Enable the interface for sticky learning by entering only the
[mac-address] mac-address sticky keywords. When sticky learning is enabled, the
interface adds all secure MAC addresses that are dynamically learned to
the running configuration and converts these addresses to sticky secure
MAC addresses.
(Optional) Enter a mac-address to specify a sticky secure MAC address.
maximum value (Optional) Set the maximum number of secure MAC addresses for the
interface.The maximum number of secure MAC addresses that you can
configure on a switch stack is determined by the maximum number of
available MAC addresses allowed in the system. This number is
determined by the active Switch Database Management (SDM)
template. See the sdm prefer command. This number represents the
total of available MAC addresses, including those used for other Layer
2 functions and any other secure MAC addresses configured on
interfaces.
The default setting is 1.
vlan [vlan-list] (Optional) For trunk ports, you can set the maximum number of secure
MAC addresses on a VLAN. If the vlan keyword is not entered, the
default value is used.
• vlan—set a per-VLAN maximum value.
• vlan vlan-list—set a per-VLAN maximum value on a range of
VLANs separated by a hypen or a series of VLANs separated by
commas. For nonspecified VLANs, the per-VLAN maximum value
is used.
violation (Optional) Set the security violation mode or the action to be taken if
port security is violated. The default is shutdown.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-430 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
protect Set the security violation protect mode. In this mode, when the number
of port secure MAC addresses reaches the maximum limit allowed on
the port, packets with unknown source addresses are dropped until you
remove a sufficient number of secure MAC addresses to drop below the
maximum value or increase the number of maximum allowable
addresses. You are not notified that a security violation has occurred.
Note We do not recommend configuring the protect mode on a trunk
port. The protect mode disables learning when any VLAN
reaches its maximum limit, even if the port has not reached its
maximum limit.
restrict Set the security violation restrict mode. In this mode, when the number
of secure MAC addresses reaches the limit allowed on the port, packets
with unknown source addresses are dropped until you remove a
sufficient number of secure MAC addresses or increase the number of
maximum allowable addresses. An SNMP trap is sent, a syslog message
is logged, and the violation counter increments.
shutdown Set the security violation shutdown mode. In this mode, the interface is
error-disabled when a violation occurs and the port LED turns off. An
SNMP trap is sent, a syslog message is logged, and the violation counter
increments. When a secure port is in the error-disabled state, you can
bring it out of this state by entering the errdisable recovery cause
psecure-violation global configuration command, or you can manually
re-enable it by entering the shutdown and no shut down interface
configuration commands.
Defaults The default is to disable port security.
When port security is enabled and no keywords are entered, the default maximum number of secure
MAC addresses is 1.
The default violation mode is shutdown.
Sticky learning is disabled.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The sticky and vlan keywords were added.
Usage Guidelines A secure port has the following limitations:
• A secure port can be an access port or a trunk port; it cannot be a dynamic access port.
• A secure port cannot be a routed port.
• A secure port cannot be a protected port.
• A secure port cannot be a destination port for Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN).
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-431
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
• A secure port cannot belong to a Fast EtherChannel or Gigabit EtherChannel port group.
• You cannot configure static secure or sticky secure MAC addresses in the voice VLAN.
• When you enable port security on an interface that is also configured with a voice VLAN, you must
set the maximum allowed secure addresses on the port to two plus the maximum number of secure
addresses allowed on the access VLAN. When the port is connected to a Cisco IP phone, the Cisco
IP phone requires up to two MAC addresses. The Cisco IP phone address is learned on the voice
VLAN and might also be learned on the access VLAN. Connecting a PC to the Cisco IP phone
requires additional MAC addresses.
• If any type of port security is enabled on the access VLAN, dynamic port security is automatically
enabled on the voice VLAN. You cannot configure port security on a per-VLAN basis.
Note Voice VLAN is supported only on access ports and not on trunk ports.
• When a voice VLAN is configured on a secure port that is also configured as a sticky secure port,
all addresses on the voice VLAN are learned as dynamic secure addresses, and all addresses seen on
the access VLAN to which the port belongs are learned as sticky secure addresses.
• You cannot configure static secure MAC addresses in the voice VLAN.
• When you enter a maximum secure address value for an interface, if the new value is greater than
the previous value, the new value overrides the previously configured value. If the new value is less
than the previous value and the number of configured secure addresses on the interface exceeds the
new value, the command is rejected.
• The switch does not support port security aging of sticky secure MAC addresses.
A security violation occurs when the maximum number of secure MAC addresses are in the address table
and a station whose MAC address is not in the address table attempts to access the interface, or when a
station whose MAC address is configured as a secure MAC address on another secure port attempts to
access the interface.
If you enable port security on a voice VLAN port and if there is a PC connected to the IP phone, you
should set the maximum allowed secure addresses on the port to more than 1.
When a secure port is in the error-disabled state, you can bring it out of this state by entering the
errdisable recovery cause psecure-violation global configuration command, or you can manually
re-enable it by entering the shutdown and no shut down interface configuration commands.
Setting a maximum number of addresses to one and configuring the MAC address of an attached device
ensures that the device has the full bandwidth of the port.
When you enter a maximum secure address value for an interface, this occurs:
• If the new value is greater than the previous value, the new value overrides the previously configured
value.
• If the new value is less than the previous value and the number of configured secure addresses on
the interface exceeds the new value, the command is rejected.
Sticky secure MAC addresses have these characteristics:
• When you enable sticky learning on an interface by using the switchport port-security
mac-address sticky interface configuration command, the interface converts all the dynamic secure
MAC addresses, including those that were dynamically learned before sticky learning was enabled,
to sticky secure MAC addresses and adds all sticky secure MAC addresses to the running
configuration.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-432 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
• If you disable sticky learning by using the no switchport port-security mac-address sticky
interface configuration command or the running configuration is removed, the sticky secure MAC
addresses remain part of the running configuration but are removed from the address table. The
addresses that were removed can be dynamically reconfigured and added to the address table as
dynamic addresses.
• When you configure sticky secure MAC addresses by using the switchport port-security
mac-address sticky mac-address interface configuration command, these addresses are added to the
address table and the running configuration. If port security is disabled, the sticky secure MAC
addresses remain in the running configuration.
• If you save the sticky secure MAC addresses in the configuration file, when the switch restarts or
the interface shuts down, the interface does not need to relearn these addresses. If you do not save
the sticky secure addresses, they are lost. If sticky learning is disabled, the sticky secure MAC
addresses are converted to dynamic secure addresses and are removed from the running
configuration.
• If you disable sticky learning and enter the switchport port-security mac-address sticky
mac-address interface configuration command, an error message appears, and the sticky secure
MAC address is not added to the running configuration.
Examples This example shows how to enable port security on Gigabit Ethernet port 12 on stack member 2 and to
set the maximum number of secure addresses to 5. The violation mode is the default, and no secure MAC
addresses are configured.
Switch(config)# interface gigahitethernet 2/0/12
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode access
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security maximum 5
This example shows how to configure a secure MAC address and a VLAN ID on Gigabit Ethernet port
12 on stack member 2.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 2/0/12
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode trunk
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address 1000.2000.3000 vlan 3
This example shows how to enable sticky learning and to enter two sticky secure MAC addresses:
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky 0000.0000.4141
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky 0000.0000.000f
You can verify your settings by using the show port-security privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show port-security address Displays all the secure addresses configured on the switch.
show port-security Displays port security configuration for the switch or for the
interface interface-id specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-433
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security aging
switchport port-security aging
Use the switchport port-security aging interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to set the aging time and type for secure address entries or to change the aging behavior
for secure addresses on a particular port. Use the no form of this command to disable port security aging
or to set the parameters to their default states.
switchport port-security aging {static | time time | type {absolute | inactivity}}
no switchport port-security aging {static | time | type}
Syntax Description static Enable aging for statically configured secure addresses on this port.
time time Specify the aging time for this port. The range is 0 to 1440 minutes. If the time
is 0, aging is disabled for this port.
type Set the aging type.
absolute Set absolute aging type. All the secure addresses on this port age out exactly after
the time (minutes) specified and are removed from the secure address list.
inactivity Set the inactivity aging type. The secure addresses on this port age out only if there
is no data traffic from the secure source address for the specified time period.
Defaults The port security aging feature is disabled. The default time is 0 minutes.
The default aging type is absolute.
The default static aging behavior is disabled.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines To enable secure address aging for a particular port, set the aging time to a value other than 0 for that
port.
To allow limited time access to particular secure addresses, set the aging type as absolute. When the
aging time lapses, the secure addresses are deleted.
To allow continuous access to a limited number of secure addresses, set the aging type as inactivity. This
removes the secure address when it become inactive, and other addresses can become secure.
To allow unlimited access to a secure address, configure it as a secure address, and disable aging for the
statically configured secure address by using the no switchport port-security aging static interface
configuration command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-434 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security aging
Examples This example sets the aging time as 2 hours for absolute aging for all the secure addresses on Gigabit
Ethernet interface 0/1 on stack member 1.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/1
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security aging time 120
This example sets the aging time as 2 minutes for inactivity aging type with aging enabled for configured
secure addresses on Gigabit Ethernet interface 0/2 on stack member 1.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security aging time 2
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security aging type inactivity
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security aging static
This example shows how to disable aging for configured secure addresses.
Switch(config-if)# no switchport port-security aging static
Related Commands Command Description
show port-security Displays the port security settings defined for the port.
switchport port-security Enables port security on a port, restricts the use of the port to a
user-defined group of stations, and configures secure MAC addresses.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-435
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport priority extend
switchport priority extend
Use the switchport priority extend interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to set a port priority for the incoming untagged frames or the priority of frames
received by the IP phone connected to the specified port. Use the no form of this command to return to
the default setting.
switchport priority extend {cos value | trust}
no switchport priority extend
Syntax Description cos value Set the IP phone port to override the 802.1P priority received from the PC or the
attached device with the specified class of service (CoS) value. The range is 0 to 7.
Seven is the highest priority. The default is 0.
trust Set the IP phone port to trust the 802.1P priority received from the PC or the attached
device.
Defaults The default port priority is set to a CoS value of 0 for untagged frames received on the port.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When voice VLAN is enabled, you can configure the switch to send the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP)
packets to instruct the IP phone how to send data packets from the device attached to the access port on
the Cisco IP Phone. You must enable CDP on the switch port connected to the Cisco IP Phone to send
the configuration to the Cisco IP Phone. (CDP is enabled by default globally and on all switch
interfaces.)
You should configure voice VLAN on switch access ports. You can only configure a voice VLAN on
Layer 2 ports.
Before you enable voice VLAN, we recommend that you enable quality of service (QoS) on the switch
by entering the mls qos global configuration command and configure the port trust state to trust by
entering the mls qos trust cos interface configuration command.
Examples This example shows how to configure the IP phone connected to the specified port to trust the received
802.1P priority:
Switch(config-if)# switchport priority extend trust
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-436 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport priority extend
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching
(nonrouting) port.
switchport voice vlan Configures the voice VLAN on the port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-437
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport protected
switchport protected
Use the switchport protected interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to isolate unicast, multicast, and broadcast traffic at Layer 2 from other protected ports on the
same switch. Use the no form of this command to disable protection on the port.
switchport protected
no switchport protected
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults No protected port is defined. All ports are nonprotected.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The switchport protection feature is local to the switch; communication between protected ports on the
same switch is possible only through a Layer 3 device. To prevent communication between protected
ports on different switches, you must configure the protected ports for unique VLANs on each switch
and configure a trunk link between the switches. A protected port is different from a secure port.
A protected port does not forward any unicast, multicast, or broadcast traffic to any other protected port.
A protected port continues to forward unicast, multicast, and broadcast traffic to unprotected ports and
vice versa.
Because a switch stack represents a single logical switch, Layer 2 traffic is not forwarded between any
protected ports in the switch stack, whether they are on the same or different switches in the stack.
Port monitoring does not work if both the monitor and monitored ports are protected ports.
Examples This example shows how to enable a protected port on an interface:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet1/0/3
Switch(config-if)# switchport protected
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-438 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport protected
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching (nonrouting)
switchport port, including port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport block Prevents unknown multicast or unicast traffic on the interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-439
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport trunk
switchport trunk
Use the switchport trunk interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to set the trunk characteristics when the interface is in trunking mode. Use the no form of this command
to reset a trunking characteristic to the default.
switchport trunk {allowed vlan vlan-list | encapsulation {dot1q | isl | negotiate} |
native vlan vlan-id | pruning vlan vlan-list}
no switchport trunk {allowed vlan | encapsulation | native vlan | {pruning vlan}
Syntax Description allowed vlan vlan-list Set the list of allowed VLANs that can receive and send traffic on this
interface in tagged format when in trunking mode. See the following vlan-list
format. The none keyword is not valid. The default is all.
encapsulation dot1q Set the encapsulation format on the trunk port to 802.1Q. With this format,
the switch supports simultaneous tagged and untagged traffic on a port.
encapsulation isl Set the encapsulation format on the trunk port to Inter-Switch Link (ISL).
The switch encapsulates all received and sent packets with an ISL header and
filters native frames received from an ISL trunk port.
encapsulation Specify that if Dynamic Inter-Switch Link (DISL) and Dynamic Trunking
negotiate Protocol (DTP) negotiation do not resolve the encapsulation format, ISL is
the selected format.
native vlan vlan-id Set the native VLAN for sending and receiving untagged traffic when the
interface is in 802.1Q trunking mode. The range is 1 to 4094.
pruning vlan vlan-list Set the list of VLANs that are eligible for VTP pruning when in trunking
mode. The all keyword is not valid.
The vlan-list format is all | none | [add | remove | except] vlan-atom [,vlan-atom...] where:
• all specifies all VLANs from 1 to 4094. This keyword is not allowed on commands that do not
permit all VLANs in the list to be set at the same time.
• none means an empty list. This keyword is not allowed on commands that require certain VLANs
to be set or at least one VLAN to be set.
• add adds the defined list of VLANs to those currently set instead of replacing the list. Valid IDs are
from 1 to 1005; extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs greater than 1005) are valid in some cases.
Note You can add extended-range VLANs to the allowed VLAN list, but not to the
pruning-eligible VLAN list.
Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma; use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-440 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport trunk
• remove removes the defined list of VLANs from those currently set instead of replacing the list.
Valid IDs are from 1 to 1005; extended-range VLAN IDs are valid in some cases.
Note You can remove extended-range VLANs from the allowed VLAN list, but you cannot
remove them from the pruning-eligible list.
Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma; use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
• except lists the VLANs that should be calculated by inverting the defined list of VLANs. (VLANs
are added except the ones specified.) Valid IDs are from 1 to 1005. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN
IDs with a comma; use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
• vlan-atom is either a single VLAN number from 1 to 4094 or a continuous range of VLANs
described by two VLAN numbers, the lesser one first, separated by a hyphen.
Defaults The default encapsulation is negotiate.
VLAN 1 is the default native VLAN ID on the port.
The default for all VLAN lists is to include all VLANs.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The allowed vlan vlan-list add, remove, and except keywords were modified
to accept the VLAN1 and VLANs 1002 to 1005 values.
Usage Guidelines Encapsulation:
• The switchport trunk encapsulation command is supported only for platforms and interface
hardware that can support both ISL and 802.1Q formats.
• You cannot configure one end of the trunk as an 802.1Q trunk and the other end as an ISL or
nontrunk port. However, you can configure one port as an ISL trunk and a different port on the same
switch as an 802.1Q trunk.
• If you enter the negotiate keywords and DTP negotiation does not resolve the encapsulation format,
ISL is the selected format. The no form of the command resets the trunk encapsulation format to the
default.
• The no form of the encapsulation command resets the encapsulation format to the default.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-441
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport trunk
Native VLANs:
• All untagged traffic received on an 802.1Q trunk port is forwarded with the native VLAN configured
for the port.
• If a packet has a VLAN ID that is the same as the sending-port native VLAN ID, the packet is sent
without a tag; otherwise, the switch sends the packet with a tag.
• The no form of the native vlan command resets the native mode VLAN to the appropriate default
VLAN for the device.
Allowed VLAN:
• To reduce the risk of spanning-tree loops or storms, you can disable VLAN 1 on any individual
VLAN trunk port by removing VLAN 1 from the allowed list. When you remove VLAN 1 from a
trunk port, the interface continues to send and receive management traffic, for example, Cisco
Discovery Protocol (CDP), Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP), Link Aggregation Control Protocol
(LACP), Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP), and VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) in VLAN 1.
• The no form of the allowed vlan command resets the list to the default list, which allows all VLANs.
Trunk pruning:
• The pruning-eligible list applies only to trunk ports.
• Each trunk port has its own eligibility list.
• If you do not want a VLAN to be pruned, remove it from the pruning-eligible list. VLANs that are
pruning-ineligible receive flooded traffic.
• VLAN 1, VLANs 1002 to 1005, and extended-range VLANs (VLANs 1006 to 4094) cannot be
pruned.
Examples This example shows how to cause a port interface configured as a switched interface to encapsulate in
802.1Q trunking format regardless of its default trunking format in trunking mode:
Switch(config-if)# switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q
This example shows how to configure VLAN 3 as the default port to send all untagged traffic:
Switch(config-if)# switchport trunk native vlan 3
This example shows how to add VLANs 1, 2, 5, and 6 to the allowed list:
Switch(config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 1,2,5,6
This example shows how to remove VLANs 3 and 10 to 15 from the pruning-eligible list:
Switch(config-if)# switchport trunk pruning vlan remove 3,10-15
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces switchport Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching
(nonrouting) port, including port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport mode Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-442 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport voice vlan
switchport voice vlan
Use the switchport voice vlan interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone
switch to configure voice VLAN on the port. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
switchport voice vlan {vlan-id | dot1p | none | untagged}
no switchport voice vlan
Syntax Description vlan-id Specify the VLAN to be used for voice traffic. The range is 1 to 4094. By default, the
IP phone forwards the voice traffic with an 802.1Q priority of 5.
dot1p Configure the telephone to use 802.1P priority tagging and uses VLAN 0 (the native
VLAN). By default, the Cisco IP phone forwards the voice traffic with an 802.1P
priority of 5.
none Do not instruct the IP telephone about the voice VLAN. The telephone uses the
configuration from the telephone key pad.
untagged Configure the telephone to send untagged voice traffic. This is the default for the
telephone.
Defaults The switch default is not to automatically configure the telephone (none).
The telephone default is not to tag frames.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should configure voice VLAN on Layer 2 access ports.
You must enable Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) on the switchport connected to the Cisco IP phone for
the switch to send configuration information to the phone. CDP is enabled by default globally and on the
interface.
Before you enable voice VLAN, we recommend you enable quality of service (QoS) on the switch by
entering the mls qos global configuration command and configure the port trust state to trust by entering
the mls qos trust cos interface configuration command.
When you enter a VLAN ID, the IP phone forwards voice traffic in 802.1Q frames, tagged with the
specified VLAN ID. The switch puts 802.1Q voice traffic in the voice VLAN.
When you select dot1q, none, or untagged, the switch puts the indicated voice traffic in the access
VLAN.
In all configurations, the voice traffic carries a Layer 2 IP precedence value. The default is 5 for voice
traffic.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-443
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
switchport voice vlan
When you enable port security on an interface that is also configured with a voice VLAN, you must set
the maximum allowed secure addresses on the port to at least two. When the port is connected to a Cisco
IP phone, the IP phone requires two MAC addresses: one for the access VLAN and the other for the voice
VLAN. Connecting a PC to the IP phone requires additional MAC addresses.
If any type of port security is enabled on the access VALN, dynamic port security is automatically
enabled on the voice VLAN.
You cannot configure static secure MAC addresses in the voice VLAN.
The Port Fast feature is automatically enabled when voice VLAN is configured. When you disable voice
VLAN, the Port Fast feature is not automatically disabled.
Examples This example shows how to configure VLAN 2 as the voice VLAN:
Switch(config-if)# switchport voice vlan 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands Command Description
show interfaces interface-id switchport Displays the administrative and operational status of a
switching (nonrouting) port.
switchport priority extend Determines how the device connected to the specified port
handles priority traffic received on its incoming port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-444 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
system mtu
system mtu
Use the system global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to set the
maximum packet size or maximum transmission unit (MTU) size for Gigabit Ethernet ports or for Fast
Ethernet (10/100) ports. Use the no form of this command to restore the global MTU value to its default
value.
system mtu {bytes | jumbo bytes}
no system mtu
Syntax Description bytes Set the system MTU for Fast Ethernet (10/100) ports. The range is 1500 to
1546 bytes.
jumbo bytes Set the system jumbo frame size (MTU) for Gigabit Ethernet ports. The
range is 1500 to 9000 bytes.
Defaults The default MTU size for all ports is 1500 bytes.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When you use this command to change the MTU size, you must reset the switch before the new
configuration takes effect.
Gigabit Ethernet ports are not affected by the system mtu command; Fast Ethernet ports are not affected
by the system mtu jumbo command.
If you enter a value that is outside the range for the specific type of switch, the value is not accepted.
Note The switch does not support setting the MTU on a per-interface basis.
The size of frames that can be received by the switch CPU is limited to 1500 bytes, no matter what value
was entered with the system mtu command. Although frames that are forwarded or routed typically are
not received by the CPU, in some cases packets are sent to the CPU, such as traffic sent to control traffic,
SNMP, Telnet, or routing protocols.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-445
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
system mtu
Examples This example shows how to set the maximum packet size for Gigabit Ethernet ports to 1800 bytes:
Switch(config)# system mtu jumbo 1800
Switch(config)# exit
Switch# reload
You can verify your setting by entering the show system mtu privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show system mtu Displays the packet size set for Fast Ethernet and Gigabit
Ethernet ports.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-446 78-15165-02
2]
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac
traceroute mac
Use the traceroute mac privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
display the Layer 2 path taken by the packets from the specified source MAC address to the specified
destination MAC address.
traceroute mac [interface interface-id] {source-mac-address} [interface interface-id]
{destination-mac-address} [vlan vlan-id] [detail]
Syntax Description interface interface-id (Optional) Specify an interface on the source or destination switch.
source-mac-address Specify the MAC address of the source switch in hexadecimal format.
destination-mac-address Specify the MAC address of the destination switch in hexadecimal format.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Specify the VLAN on which to trace the Layer 2 path that the
packets take from the source switch to the destination switch. Valid VLAN
IDs are from 1 to 4094.
detail (Optional) Specify that detailed information appears.
Defaults There is no default.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The Layer 2 traceroute feature is available on these switches:
• Catalyst 2950 switches running Release 12.1(12c)EA1 or later
• Catalyst 2955 switches running Release 12.1(12c)EA1 or later
• Catalyst 2970 switches running Release 12.1(14)EA1 or later
• Catalyst 3550 switches running Release 12.1(12c)EA1 or later
• Catalyst 3750 switches running Release 12.1(14)EA1 or later
• Catalyst 4000 switches running Catalyst software Release 6.2 or later for the supervisor engine
• Catalyst 5000 switches running Catalyst software Release 6.1 or later for the supervisor engine
• Catalyst 6000 switches running Catalyst software Release 6.1 or later for the supervisor engine
For Layer 2 traceroute to function properly, Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) must be enabled on all the
switches in the network. Do not disable CDP.
When the switch detects a device in the Layer 2 path that does not support Layer 2 traceroute, the switch
continues to send Layer 2 trace queries and lets them time out.
The maximum number of hops identified in the path is ten.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-447
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac
Layer 2 traceroute supports only unicast traffic. If you specify a multicast source or destination MAC
address, the physical path is not identified, and an error message appears.
The traceroute mac command output shows the Layer 2 path when the specified source and destination
addresses belong to the same VLAN. If you specify source and destination addresses that belong to
different VLANs, the Layer 2 path is not identified, and an error message appears.
If the source or destination MAC address belongs to multiple VLANs, you must specify the VLAN to
which both the source and destination MAC addresses belong. If the VLAN is not specified, the path is
not identified, and an error message appears.
The Layer 2 traceroute feature is not supported when multiple devices are attached to one port through
hubs (for example, multiple CDP neighbors are detected on a port). When more than one CDP neighbor
is detected on a port, the Layer 2 path is not identified, and an error message appears.
This feature is not supported in Token Ring VLANs.
Examples This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by specifying the source and destination MAC
addresses:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0000.0201.0201
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6[WS-C3750-12T] (2.2.6.6)
con6 (2.2.6.6) :Gi0/0/1 => Gi0/0/3
con5 (2.2.5.5 ) : Gi0/0/3 => Gi0/0/1
con1 (2.2.1.1 ) : Gi0/0/1 => Gi0/0/2
con2 (2.2.2.2 ) : Gi0/0/2 => Gi0/0/1
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by using the detail keyword:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0000.0201.0201 detail
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6[WS-C3750-12T] (2.2.6.6)
con6 / WS-C3750-12T / 2.2.6.6 :
Gi0/0/2 [auto, auto] => Gi0/0/3 [auto, auto]
con5 / WS-C2950G-24-EI / 2.2.5.5 :
Fa0/3 [auto, auto] => Gi0/1 [auto, auto]
con1 / WS-C3550-12G / 2.2.1.1 :
Gi0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/2 [auto, auto]
con2 / WS-C3550-24 / 2.2.2.2 :
Gi0/2 [auto, auto] => Fa0/1 [auto, auto]
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed.
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by specifying the interfaces on the source and
destination switches:
Switch# traceroute mac interface fastethernet0/1 0000.0201.0601 interface fastethernet0/3
0000.0201.0201
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6[WS-C3750-12T] (2.2.6.6)
con6 (2.2.6.6) :Gi0/0/1 => Gi0/0/3
con5 (2.2.5.5 ) : Gi0/0/3 => Gi0/0/1
con1 (2.2.1.1 ) : Gi0/0/1 => Gi0/0/2
con2 (2.2.2.2 ) : Gi0/0/2 => Gi0/0/1
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-448 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac
This example shows the Layer 2 path when the switch is not connected to the source switch:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0501 0000.0201.0201 detail
Source not directly connected, tracing source .....
Source 0000.0201.0501 found on con5[WS-C3750-12T] (2.2.5.5)
con5 / WS-C3750-12T / 2.2.5.5 :
Gi0/0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/0/3 [auto, auto]
con1 / WS-C3550-12G / 2.2.1.1 :
Gi0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/2 [auto, auto]
con2 / WS-C3550-24 / 2.2.2.2 :
Gi0/2 [auto, auto] => Fa0/1 [auto, auto]
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed.
This example shows the Layer 2 path when the switch cannot find the destination port for the source
MAC address:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0011.1111 0000.0201.0201
Error:Source Mac address not found.
Layer2 trace aborted.
This example shows the Layer 2 path when the source and destination devices are in different VLANs:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0000.0301.0201
Error:Source and destination macs are on different vlans.
Layer2 trace aborted.
This example shows the Layer 2 path when the destination MAC address is a multicast address:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0100.0201.0201
Invalid destination mac address
This example shows the Layer 2 path when source and destination switches belong to multiple VLANs:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0000.0201.0201
Error:Mac found on multiple vlans.
Layer2 trace aborted.
Related Commands Command Description
traceroute mac ip Displays the Layer 2 path taken by the packets from the specified source IP
address or hostname to the specified destination IP address or hostname.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-449
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac ip
traceroute mac ip
Use the traceroute mac ip privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
display the Layer 2 path taken by the packets from the specified source IP address or hostname to the
specified destination IP address or hostname.
traceroute mac ip {source-ip-address | source-hostname} {destination-ip-address |
destination-hostname} [detail]
Syntax Description source-ip-address Specify the IP address of the source switch as a 32-bit quantity in
dotted-decimal format.
destination-ip-address Specify the IP address of the destination switch as a 32-bit quantity in
dotted-decimal format.
source-hostname Specify the IP hostname of the source switch.
destination-hostname Specify the IP hostname of the destination switch.
detail (Optional) Specify that detailed information appears.
Defaults There is no default.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The Layer 2 traceroute feature is available on these switches:
• Catalyst 2950 switches running Release 12.1(12c)EA1 or later
• Catalyst 2955 switches running Release 12.1(12c)EA1 or later
• Catalyst 2970 switches running Release 12.1(14)EA1 or later
• Catalyst 3550 switches running Release 12.1(12c)EA1 or later
• Catalyst 3750 switches running Release 12.1(14)EA1 or later
• Catalyst 4000 switches running Catalyst software Release 6.2 or later for the supervisor engine
• Catalyst 5000 switches running Catalyst software Release 6.1 or later for the supervisor engine
• Catalyst 6000 switches running Catalyst software Release 6.1 or later for the supervisor engine
For Layer 2 traceroute to function properly, Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) must be enabled on all the
switches in the network. Do not disable CDP.
When the switch detects an device in the Layer 2 path that does not support Layer 2 traceroute, the switch
continues to send Layer 2 trace queries and lets them time out.
The maximum number of hops identified in the path is ten.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-450 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac ip
The traceroute mac ip command output shows the Layer 2 path when the specified source and
destination IP addresses are in the same subnet. When you specify the IP addresses, the switch uses
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) to associate the IP addresses with the corresponding MAC addresses
and the VLAN IDs.
• If an ARP entry exists for the specified IP address, the switch uses the associated MAC address and
identifies the physical path.
• If an ARP entry does not exist, the switch sends an ARP query and tries to resolve the IP address.
The IP addresses must be in the same subnet. If the IP address is not resolved, the path is not
identified, and an error message appears.
The Layer 2 traceroute feature is not supported when multiple devices are attached to one port through
hubs (for example, multiple CDP neighbors are detected on a port). When more than one CDP neighbor
is detected on a port, the Layer 2 path is not identified, and an error message appears.
This feature is not supported in Token Ring VLANs.
Examples This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by specifying the source and destination IP
addresses and by using the detail keyword:
Switch# traceroute mac ip 2.2.66.66 2.2.22.22 detail
Translating IP to mac .....
2.2.66.66 => 0000.0201.0601
2.2.22.22 => 0000.0201.0201
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6[WS-C2950G-24-EI] (2.2.6.6)
con6 / WS-C3750-12T / 2.2.6.6 :
Gi0/0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/0/3 [auto, auto]
con5 / WS-C2950G-24-EI / 2.2.5.5 :
Fa0/3 [auto, auto] => Gi0/1 [auto, auto]
con1 / WS-C3550-12G / 2.2.1.1 :
Gi0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/2 [auto, auto]
con2 / WS-C3550-24 / 2.2.2.2 :
Gi0/2 [auto, auto] => Fa0/1 [auto, auto]
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed.
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by specifying the source and destination hostnames:
Switch# traceroute mac ip con6 con2
Translating IP to mac .....
2.2.66.66 => 0000.0201.0601
2.2.22.22 => 0000.0201.0201
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6
con6 (2.2.6.6) :Gi0/0/1 => Gi0/0/3
con5 (2.2.5.5 ) : Gi0/0/3 => Gi0/1
con1 (2.2.1.1 ) : Gi0/0/1 => Gi0/2
con2 (2.2.2.2 ) : Gi0/0/2 => Fa0/1
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2
Layer 2 trace completed
This example shows the Layer 2 path when ARP cannot associate the source IP address with the
corresponding MAC address:
Switch# traceroute mac ip 2.2.66.66 2.2.77.77
Arp failed for destination 2.2.77.77.
Layer2 trace aborted.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-451
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac ip
Related Commands Command Description
traceroute mac Displays the Layer 2 path taken by the packets from the specified source MAC
address to the specified destination MAC address.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-452 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
trust
trust
Use the trust policy-map class configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
define a trust state for traffic classified through the class policy-map configuration or the class-map
global configuration command. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
trust [cos | dscp | ip-precedence]
no trust [cos | dscp | ip-precedence]
Syntax Description cos (Optional) Classify an ingress packet by using the packet class of service (CoS)
value. For an untagged packet, the port default CoS value is used.
dscp (Optional) Classify an ingress packet by using the packet Differentiated Services
Code Point (DSCP) values (most significant 6 bits of 8-bit service-type field). For
a non-IP packet, the packet CoS value is used if the packet is tagged. If the packet
is untagged, the default port CoS value is used to map CoS to DSCP.
ip-precedence (Optional) Classify an ingress packet by using the packet IP-precedence value
(most significant 3 bits of 8-bit service-type field). For a non-IP packet, the packet
CoS value is used if the packet is tagged. If the packet is untagged, the port default
CoS value is used to map CoS to DSCP.
Defaults The action is not trusted. If no keyword is specified when the command is entered, the default is dscp.
Command Modes Policy-map class configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Use this command to distinguish the quality of service (QoS) trust behavior for certain traffic from other
traffic. For example, incoming traffic with certain DSCP values can be trusted. You can configure a class
map to match and trust the DSCP values in the incoming traffic.
Trust values set with this command supersede trust values set with the mls qos trust interface
configuration command.
The trust command is mutually exclusive with set policy-map class configuration command within the
same policy map.
If you specify trust cos, QoS uses the received or default port CoS value and the CoS-to-DSCP map to
generate a DSCP value for the packet.
If you specify trust dscp, QoS uses the DSCP value from the ingress packet. For non-IP packets that are
tagged, QoS uses the received CoS value; for non-IP packets that are untagged, QoS uses the default port
CoS value. In either case, the DSCP value for the packet is derived from the CoS-to-DSCP map.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-453
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
trust
If you specify trust ip-precedence, QoS uses the IP precedence value from the ingress packet and the
IP-precedence-to-DSCP map. For non-IP packets that are tagged, QoS uses the received CoS value; for
non-IP packets that are untagged, QoS uses the default port CoS value. In either case, the DSCP for the
packet is derived from the CoS-to-DSCP map.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
Examples This example shows how to define a port trust state to trust incoming DSCP values for traffic classified
with class1:
Switch(config)# policy-map policy1
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# trust dscp
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 20000 exceed-action policed-dscp-transmit
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
class Defines a traffic classification match criteria (through the police, set,
and trust policy-map class configuration commands) for the
specified class-map name.
police Defines a policer for classified traffic.
policy-map Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
interfaces to specify a service policy.
set Classifies IP traffic by setting a DSCP or IP-precedence value in the
packet.
show policy-map Displays QoS policy maps.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-454 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
udld (global configuration)
udld (global configuration)
Use the udld global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to enable
aggressive or normal mode in the UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD) and to set the configurable
message timer time. Use the no form of the command to disable aggressive or normal mode UDLD on
all fiber-optic ports.
udld {aggressive | enable | message time message-timer-interval}
no udld {aggressive | enable | message}
Syntax Description aggressive Enable UDLD in aggressive mode on all fiber-optic interfaces.
enable Enable UDLD in normal mode on all fiber-optic interfaces.
message time Configure the period of time between UDLD probe messages on ports that
message-timer-interval are in the advertisement phase and are determined to be bidirectional. The
range is 7 to 90 seconds.
Defaults UDLD is disabled on all interfaces.
The message timer is set at 60 seconds.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines In normal mode, if UDLD is in the advertisement or in the detection phase and all the neighbor cache
entries are aged out, UDLD restarts the link-up sequence to try to resynchronize with any potentially
out-of-sync neighbors.
If you enable aggressive mode, when all the neighbors of a port have aged out either in the advertisement
or in the detection phase, UDLD restarts the link-up sequence to resynchronize with any potentially
out-of-sync neighbor. UDLD shuts down the port if, after the fast train of messages, the link state is still
undetermined. Use aggressive mode on point-to-point links where no failure between two neighbors is
allowed. In this situation, UDLD probe packets can be considered as a heart beat whose presence
guarantees the health of the link. Conversely, the link must be shut down if it is not possible to
re-establish a bidirectional link.
If you change the message time between probe packets, you are making a trade-off between the detection
speed and the CPU load. By decreasing the time, you can make the detection-response faster but increase
the load on the CPU.
This command affects fiber-optic interfaces only. Use the udld interface configuration command to
enable UDLD on other interface types.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-455
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
udld (global configuration)
Examples This example shows how to enable UDLD on all fiber-optic interfaces:
Switch(config)# udld enable
You can verify your setting by entering the show udld privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show udld Displays UDLD administrative and operational status for all ports
or the specified port.
udld (interface configuration) Enables UDLD on an individual interface or prevents a fiber-optic
interface from being enabled by the udld global configuration
command.
udld reset Resets all interfaces shut down by UDLD and permits traffic to
again pass through.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-456 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
udld (interface configuration)
udld (interface configuration)
Use the udld interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to enable the
UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD) on an individual interface or prevent a fiber-optic interface from
being enabled by the udld global configuration command. Use the no form of this command to return to
the udld global configuration command setting or to disable UDLD if entered on a nonfiber-optic port.
udld port {aggressive | disable}
no udld port {aggressive | disable}
Syntax Description aggressive Enable UDLD in aggressive mode on the specified interface.
disable Disable UDLD on the specified interface. This keyword applies only to
fiber-optic interfaces.
enable Enable UDLD in normal mode on the specified interface.
Defaults On fiber-optic interfaces, UDLD is not enabled, in aggressive mode, or disabled. For this reason,
fiber-optic interfaces enable UDLD according to the state of the udld enable or udld aggressive global
configuration command.
On nonfiber-optic interfaces, UDLD is disabled.
Command Modes Interface configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines A UDLD-capable port cannot detect a unidirectional link if it is connected to a UDLD-incapable port of
another switch.
In normal mode, if UDLD is in the advertisement or in the detection phase and all the neighbor cache
entries are aged out, UDLD restarts the link-up sequence to try to resynchronize with any potentially
out-of-sync neighbors.
If you enable aggressive mode, after all the neighbors of a port have aged out either in the advertisement
or in the detection phase, UDLD restarts the link-up sequence to resynchronize with any potentially
out-of-sync neighbor. UDLD disables the port if, after the fast train of messages, the link state is still
undetermined. Use aggressive mode on point-to-point links where no failure between two neighbors is
allowed. In this situation, UDLD probe packets can be considered as a heart beat whose presence
guarantees the health of the link. Conversely, the loss of the heart beat that the link must be shut down
if it is not possible to re-establish a bidirectional link.
Use the no udld enable command on fiber-optic ports to return control of UDLD to the udld enable
global configuration command or to disable UDLD on nonfiber-optic ports.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-457
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
udld (interface configuration)
Use the udld aggressive command on fiber-optic ports to override the setting of the udld enable or udld
aggressive global configuration command. Use the no form on fiber-optic ports to remove this setting
and to return control of UDLD enabling to the udld global configuration command or to disable UDLD
on nonfiber-optic ports.
The disable keyword is supported on fiber-optic ports only. Use the no form of this command to remove
this setting and to return control of UDLD to the udld global configuration command.
If the switch software detects a GBIC module change and the port changes from fiber optic to nonfiber
optic or vice versa, all configurations are maintained.
Examples This example shows how to enable UDLD on an port 11 of stack member 6:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet6/0/11
Switch(config-if)# udld enable
This example shows how to disable UDLD on a fiber-optic interface despite the setting of the udld
global configuration command:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet6/0/11
Switch(config-if)# udld disable
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config or the show udld interface privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command
Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands
> Configuration File Commands.
show udld Displays UDLD administrative and operational status for all ports or
the specified port.
udld (global configuration) Enables aggressive or normal mode in UDLD or sets the configurable
message timer time.
udld reset Resets all interfaces shut down by UDLD and permits traffic to again
pass through.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-458 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
udld reset
udld reset
Use the udld reset privileged EXEC command to reset all interfaces disabled by the UniDirectional Link
Detection (UDLD) and permit traffic to begin passing through them again (though other features, such
as spanning tree, Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP), and Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) still have
their normal effects, if enabled).
udld reset
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If the interface configuration is still enabled for UDLD, these ports begin to run UDLD again and are
disabled for the same reason if the problem has not been corrected.
Examples This example shows how to reset all interfaces disabled by UDLD:
Switch# udld reset
1 ports shutdown by UDLD were reset.
You can verify your setting by entering the show udld privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config Displays the running configuration on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command
Reference for Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS File Management Commands
> Configuration File Commands.
show udld Displays UDLD administrative and operational status for all ports or
the specified port.
udld (global configuration) Enables aggressive or normal mode in UDLD or sets the configurable
message timer time.
udld (interface Enables UDLD on an individual interface or prevents a fiber-optic
configuration) interface from being enabled by the udld global configuration
command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-459
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (global configuration)
vlan (global configuration)
Use the vlan global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to add a
VLAN and to enter the config-vlan mode. Use the no form of this command to delete the VLAN.
Configuration information for normal-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1 to 1005) is always saved in the
VLAN database. When VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) mode is transparent, you can create
extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs greater than 1005), and the VTP mode, domain name, and the
VLAN configuration are saved in the switch running configuration file. You can save configurations in
the switch startup configuration file by entering the copy running-config startup-config privileged
EXEC command.
vlan vlan-id
no vlan vlan-id
Syntax Description vlan-id ID of the VLAN to be added and configured. For vlan-id, the range is 1 to 4094. You
can enter a single VLAN ID, a series of VLAN IDs separated by commas, or a range
of VLAN IDs separated by hyphens.
Defaults This command has no default settings.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You must use the vlan vlan-id global configuration command to add extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs
1006 to 4094). Before configuring VLANs in the extended range, you must use the vtp transparent
global configuration or VLAN configuration command to put the switch in VTP transparent mode.
Extended-range VLANs are not learned by VTP and are not added to the VLAN database, but when VTP
mode is transparent, VTP mode and domain name and all VLAN configurations are saved in the running
configuration, and you can save them in the switch startup configuration file.
When you save the VLAN and VTP configurations in the startup configuration file and reboot the switch,
the configuration is determined in these ways:
• If both the VLAN database and the configuration file show the VTP mode as transparent and the
VTP domain names match, the VLAN database is ignored. The VTP and VLAN configurations in
the startup configuration file are used. The VLAN database revision number remains unchanged in
the VLAN database.
• If the VTP mode is server, or if the startup VTP mode or domain names do not match the VLAN
database, the VTP mode and the VLAN configuration for the first 1005 VLANs use the VLAN
database information.
If you try to create an extended-range VLAN when the switch is not in VTP transparent mode, the VLAN
is rejected, and you receive an error message.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-460 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (global configuration)
If you enter an invalid VLAN ID, you receive an error message and do not enter config-vlan mode.
Entering the vlan command with a VLAN ID enables config-vlan mode. When you enter the VLAN ID
of an existing VLAN, you do not create a new VLAN, but you can modify VLAN parameters for that
VLAN. The specified VLANs are added or modified when you exit the config-vlan mode. Only the
shutdown command (for VLANs 1 to 1005) takes effect immediately.
These configuration commands are available in config-vlan mode. The no form of each command returns
the characteristic to its default state.
Note Although all commands are visible, the only config-vlan command supported on extended-range VLANs
is mtu mtu-size. For extended-range VLANs, all other characteristics must remain at the default state.
• are are-number: defines the maximum number of all-routes explorer (ARE) hops for this VLAN.
This keyword applies only to TrCRF VLANs.The range is 0 to 13. The default is 7. If no value is
entered, 0 is assumed to be the maximum.
• backupcrf: specifies the backup CRF mode. This keyword applies only to TrCRF VLANs.
– enable backup CRF mode for this VLAN.
– disable backup CRF mode for this VLAN (the default).
• bridge {bridge-number| type}: specifies the logical distributed source-routing bridge, the bridge
that interconnects all logical rings having this VLAN as a parent VLAN in FDDI-NET, Token
Ring-NET, and TrBRF VLANs. The range is 0 to 15. The default bridge number is 0 (no
source-routing bridge) for FDDI-NET, TrBRF, and Token Ring-NET VLANs. The type keyword
applies only to TrCRF VLANs and is one of these:
– srb (source-route bridging)
– srt (source-route transparent) bridging VLAN
• exit: applies changes, increments the VLAN database revision number (VLANs 1 to 1005 only), and
exits config-vlan mode.
• media: defines the VLAN media type. See Table 2-28 for valid commands and syntax for different
media types.
Note The switch supports only Ethernet ports. You configure only FDDI and Token Ring
media-specific characteristics for VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) global advertisements to
other switches. These VLANs are locally suspended.
– ethernet is Ethernet media type (the default).
– fddi is FDDI media type.
– fd-net is FDDI network entity title (NET) media type.
– tokenring is Token Ring media type if the VTP v2 mode is disabled, or TrCRF if the VTP
version 2 (v) mode is enabled.
– tr-net is Token Ring network entity title (NET) media type if the VTP v2 mode is disabled or
TrBRF media type if the VTP v2 mode is enabled.
• mtu mtu-size: specifies the maximum transmission unit (MTU) (packet size in bytes). The range is
1500 to 18190. The default is 1500 bytes.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-461
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (global configuration)
• name vlan-name: names the VLAN with an ASCII string from 1 to 32 characters that must be unique
within the administrative domain. The default is VLANxxxx where xxxx represents four numeric
digits (including leading zeros) equal to the VLAN ID number.
• no: negates a command or returns it to the default setting.
• parent parent-vlan-id: specifies the parent VLAN of an existing FDDI, Token Ring, or TrCRF
VLAN. This parameter identifies the TrBRF to which a TrCRF belongs and is required when
defining a TrCRF. The range is 0 to 1005. The default parent VLAN ID is 0 (no parent VLAN) for
FDDI and Token Ring VLANs. For both Token Ring and TrCRF VLANs, the parent VLAN ID must
already exist in the database and be associated with a Token Ring-NET or TrBRF VLAN.
Note Though visible in the command-line interface, the private-vlan command is not supported.
• remote-span: configure the VLAN as a Remote SPAN (RSPAN) VLAN. When the RSPAN feature
is added to an existing VLAN, the VLAN is first deleted and is then recreated with the RSPAN
feature. Any access ports are deactivated until the RSPAN feature is removed. If VTP is enabled, the
new RSPAN VLAN is propagated by VTP for VLAN-IDs that are lower than 1024. Learning is
disabled on the VLAN. See the remote-span command for more information.
• ring ring-number: defines the logical ring for an FDDI, Token Ring, or TrCRF VLAN. The range is
1 to 4095. The default for Token Ring VLANs is 0. For FDDI VLANs, there is no default.
• said said-value: specifies the security association identifier (SAID) as documented in IEEE 802.10.
The range is 1 to 4294967294, and the number must be unique within the administrative domain.
The default value is 100000 plus the VLAN ID number.
• shutdown: shuts down VLAN switching on the VLAN. This command takes effect immediately.
Other commands take effect when you exit config-vlan mode.
• state: specifies the VLAN state:
– active means the VLAN is operational (the default).
– suspend means the VLAN is suspended. Suspended VLANs do not pass packets.
• ste ste-number: defines the maximum number of spanning-tree explorer (STE) hops. This keyword
applies only to TrCRF VLANs. The range is 0 to 13. The default is 7.
• stp type: defines the spanning-tree type for FDDI-NET, Token Ring-NET, or TrBRF VLANs. For
FDDI-NET VLANs, the default STP type is ieee. For Token Ring-NET VLANs, the default STP
type is ibm. For FDDI and Token Ring VLANs, the default is no type specified.
– ieee for IEEE Ethernet STP running source-route transparent (SRT) bridging.
– ibm for IBM STP running source-route bridging (SRB).
– auto for STP running a combination of source-route transparent bridging (IEEE) and
source-route bridging (IBM).
• tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id and tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id: specifies the first and second VLAN to which this
VLAN is translationally bridged. Translational VLANs translate FDDI or Token Ring to Ethernet,
for example. The range is 0 to 1005. If no value is specified, 0 (no transitional bridging) is assumed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-462 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (global configuration)
Table 2-28 Valid Commands and Syntax for Different Media Types
Media Type Valid Syntax
Ethernet name vlan-name, media ethernet, state {suspend | active}, said said-value, mtu
mtu-size, remote-span, tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id, tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
FDDI name vlan-name, media fddi, state {suspend | active}, said said-value,
mtu mtu-size, ring ring-number, parent parent-vlan-id, tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id,
tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
FDDI-NET name vlan-name, media fd-net, state {suspend | active}, said said-value, mtu
mtu-size, bridge bridge-number, stp type {ieee | ibm | auto}, tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id,
tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
If VTP v2 mode is disabled, do not set the stp type to auto.
Token Ring VTP v1 mode is enabled.
name vlan-name, media tokenring, state {suspend | active}, said said-value,
mtu mtu-size, ring ring-number, parent parent-vlan-id, tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id,
tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
Token Ring VTP v2 mode is enabled.
concentrator
name vlan-name, media tokenring, state {suspend | active}, said said-value,
relay function
mtu mtu-size, ring ring-number, parent parent-vlan-id, bridge type {srb | srt},
(TrCRF)
are are-number, ste ste-number, backupcrf {enable | disable},
tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id, tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
Token Ring-NET VTP v1 mode is enabled.
name vlan-name, media tr-net, state {suspend | active}, said said-value,
mtu mtu-size, bridge bridge-number, stp type {ieee | ibm}, tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id,
tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
Token Ring VTP v2 mode is enabled.
bridge relay name vlan-name, media tr-net, state {suspend | active}, said said-value,
function (TrBRF) mtu mtu-size, bridge bridge-number, stp type {ieee | ibm | auto},
tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id, tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-463
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (global configuration)
Table 2-29 describes the rules for configuring VLANs.
Table 2-29 VLAN Configuration Rules
Configuration Rule
VTP v2 mode is enabled, and you Specify a parent VLAN ID of a TrBRF that already exists in the
are configuring a TrCRF VLAN database.
media type. Specify a ring number. Do not leave this field blank.
Specify unique ring numbers when TrCRF VLANs have the same
parent VLAN ID. Only one backup concentrator relay function
(CRF) can be enabled.
VTP v2 mode is enabled, and you Do not specify a backup CRF.
are configuring VLANs other than
TrCRF media type.
VTP v2 mode is enabled, and you Specify a bridge number. Do not leave this field blank.
are configuring a TrBRF VLAN
media type.
VTP v1 mode is enabled. No VLAN can have an STP type set to auto.
This rule applies to Ethernet, FDDI, FDDI-NET, Token Ring, and
Token Ring-NET VLANs.
Add a VLAN that requires The translational bridging VLAN IDs that are used must already
translational bridging (values are exist in the database.
not set to zero). The translational bridging VLAN IDs that a configuration points
to must also contain a pointer to the original VLAN in one of the
translational bridging parameters (for example, Ethernet points to
FDDI, and FDDI points to Ethernet).
The translational bridging VLAN IDs that a configuration points
to must be different media types than the original VLAN (for
example, Ethernet can point to Token Ring).
If both translational bridging VLAN IDs are configured, these
VLANs must be different media types (for example, Ethernet can
point to FDDI and Token Ring).
Examples This example shows how to add an Ethernet VLAN with default media characteristics. The default
includes a vlan-name of VLANxxx, where xxxx represents four numeric digits (including leading zeros)
equal to the VLAN ID number. The default media option is ethernet; the state option is active. The
default said-value variable is 100000 plus the VLAN ID; the mtu-size variable is 1500; the stp-type
option is ieee. When you enter the exit config-vlan configuration command, the VLAN is added if it did
not already exist; otherwise, this command does nothing.
This example shows how to create a new VLAN with all default characteristics and enter config-vlan
mode:
Switch(config)# vlan 200
Switch(config-vlan)# exit
Switch(config)#
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-464 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (global configuration)
This example shows how to create a new extended-range VLAN with all the default characteristics, to
enter config-vlan mode, and to save the new VLAN in the switch startup configuration file:
Switch(config)# vtp mode transparent
Switch(config)# vlan 2000
Switch(config-vlan)# end
Switch# copy running-config startup config
You can verify your setting by entering the show vlan privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show running-config vlan Displays all or a range of VLAN-related configurations on the switch.
show vlan Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the
VLAN ID or name is specified) in the administrative domain.
vlan (VLAN Configures normal-range VLANs in the VLAN database.
configuration)
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-465
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (VLAN configuration)
vlan (VLAN configuration)
Use the vlan VLAN configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to configure
VLAN characteristics for a normal-range VLAN (VLAN IDs 1 to 1005) in the VLAN database. You
access VLAN configuration mode by entering the vlan database privileged EXEC command. Use the
no form of this command without additional parameters to delete a VLAN. Use the no form with
parameters to change its configured characteristics.
vlan vlan-id [are are-number] [backupcrf {enable | disable}] [bridge bridge-number |
type {srb | srt}] [media {ethernet | fddi | fdi-net | tokenring | tr-net}] [mtu mtu-size]
[name vlan-name] [parent parent-vlan-id] [ring ring-number] [said said-value]
[state {suspend | active}] [ste ste-number] [stp type {ieee | ibm | auto}]
[tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
no vlan vlan-id [are are-number] [backupcrf {enable | disable}] [bridge bridge-number |
type {srb | srt}] [media {ethernet | fddi | fdi-net | tokenring | tr-net}] [mtu mtu-size]
[name vlan-name] [parent parent-vlan-id] [ring ring-number] [said said-value]
[state {suspend | active}] [ste ste-number] [stp type {ieee | ibm | auto}]
[tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
Extended-range VLANs (with VLAN IDs from 1006 to 4094) cannot be added or modified by using
these commands. To add extended-range VLANs, use the vlan (global configuration) command to enter
config-vlan mode.
Note The switch supports only Ethernet ports. You configure only FDDI and Token Ring media-specific
characteristics for VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) global advertisements to other switches. These
VLANs are locally suspended.
Syntax Description vlan-id ID of the configured VLAN. The range is 1 to 1005 and must be unique
within the administrative domain. Do not enter leading zeros.
are are-number (Optional) Specify the maximum number of all-routes explorer (ARE)
hops for this VLAN. This keyword applies only to TrCRF VLANs. The
range is 0 to 13. If no value is entered, 0 is assumed to be the maximum.
backupcrf {enable | disable} (Optional) Specify the backup CRF mode. This keyword applies only
to TrCRF VLANs.
• enable backup CRF mode for this VLAN.
• disable backup CRF mode for this VLAN.
bridge bridge-number| (Optional) Specify the logical distributed source-routing bridge, the
type {srb | srt} bridge that interconnects all logical rings having this VLAN as a parent
VLAN in FDDI-NET, Token Ring-NET, and TrBRF VLANs.
The range is 0 to 15.
The type keyword applies only to TrCRF VLANs and is one of these:
• srb (source-route bridging)
• srt (source-route transparent) bridging VLAN
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-466 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (VLAN configuration)
media {ethernet | fddi | (Optional) Specify the VLAN media type. Table 2-30 lists the valid
fd-net | tokenring | tr-net} syntax for each media type.
• ethernet is Ethernet media type (the default).
• fddi is FDDI media type.
• fd-net is FDDI network entity title (NET) media type.
• tokenring is Token Ring media type if the VTP v2 mode is
disabled, or TrCRF if the VTP v2 mode is enabled.
• tr-net is Token Ring network entity title (NET) media type if the
VTP v2 mode is disabled or TrBRF media type if the VTP v2 mode
is enabled.
mtu mtu-size (Optional) Specify the maximum transmission unit (MTU) (packet size
in bytes). The range is 1500 to 18190.
name vlan-name (Optional) Specify the VLAN name, an ASCII string from 1 to 32
characters that must be unique within the administrative domain.
parent parent-vlan-id (Optional) Specify the parent VLAN of an existing FDDI, Token Ring,
or TrCRF VLAN. This parameter identifies the TrBRF to which a
TrCRF belongs and is required when defining a TrCRF. The range is 0
to 1005.
ring ring-number (Optional) Specify the logical ring for an FDDI, Token Ring, or TrCRF
VLAN. The range is 1 to 4095.
said said-value (Optional) Enter the security association identifier (SAID) as
documented in IEEE 802.10. The range is 1 to 4294967294, and the
number must be unique within the administrative domain.
state {suspend | active} (Optional) Specify the VLAN state:
• If active, the VLAN is operational.
• If suspend, the VLAN is suspended. Suspended VLANs do not
pass packets.
ste ste-number (Optional) Specify the maximum number of spanning-tree explorer
(STE) hops. This keyword applies only to TrCRF VLANs. The range
is 0 to 13.
stp type {ieee | ibm | auto} (Optional) Specify the spanning-tree type for FDDI-NET, Token
Ring-NET, or TrBRF VLAN.
• ieee for IEEE Ethernet STP running source-route transparent
(SRT) bridging.
• ibm for IBM STP running source-route bridging (SRB).
• auto for STP running a combination of source-route transparent
bridging (IEEE) and source-route bridging (IBM).
tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id (Optional) Specify the first and second VLAN to which this VLAN is
translationally bridged. Translational VLANs translate FDDI or Token
and tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id
Ring to Ethernet, for example. The range is 0 to 1005. Zero is assumed
if no value is specified.
Table 2-30 shows the valid syntax options for different media types.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-467
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (VLAN configuration)
Table 2-30 Valid Syntax for Different Media Types
Media Type Valid Syntax
Ethernet vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media ethernet [state {suspend | active}]
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
FDDI vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media fddi [state {suspend | active}]
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [ring ring-number] [parent parent-vlan-id]
[tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
FDDI-NET vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media fd-net [state {suspend | active}]
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [bridge bridge-number]
[stp type {ieee | ibm | auto}] [tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
If VTP v2 mode is disabled, do not set the stp type to auto.
Token Ring VTP v1 mode is enabled.
vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media tokenring [state {suspend | active}]
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [ring ring-number] [parent parent-vlan-id]
[tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
Token Ring VTP v2 mode is enabled.
concentrator
vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media tokenring [state {suspend | active}]
relay function
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [ring ring-number] [parent parent-vlan-id]
(TrCRF)
[bridge type {srb | srt}] [are are-number] [ste ste-number]
[backupcrf {enable | disable}] [tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
Token Ring-NET VTP v1 mode is enabled.
vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media tr-net [state {suspend | active}]
[said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [bridge bridge-number]
[stp type {ieee | ibm}] [tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
Token Ring VTP v2 mode is enabled.
bridge relay vlan vlan-id [name vlan-name] media tr-net [state {suspend | active}]
function (TrBRF) [said said-value] [mtu mtu-size] [bridge bridge-number]
[stp type {ieee | ibm | auto}] [tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id] [tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id]
Table 2-31 describes the rules for configuring VLANs.
Table 2-31 VLAN Configuration Rules
Configuration Rule
VTP v2 mode is enabled, and you Specify a parent VLAN ID of a TrBRF that already exists in the
are configuring a TrCRF VLAN database.
media type. Specify a ring number. Do not leave this field blank.
Specify unique ring numbers when TrCRF VLANs have the same
parent VLAN ID. Only one backup concentrator relay function
(CRF) can be enabled.
VTP v2 mode is enabled, and you Do not specify a backup CRF.
are configuring VLANs other than
TrCRF media type.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-468 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (VLAN configuration)
Table 2-31 VLAN Configuration Rules (continued)
Configuration Rule
VTP v2 mode is enabled, and you Specify a bridge number. Do not leave this field blank.
are configuring a TrBRF VLAN
media type.
VTP v1 mode is enabled. No VLAN can have an STP type set to auto.
This rule applies to Ethernet, FDDI, FDDI-NET, Token Ring, and
Token Ring-NET VLANs.
Add a VLAN that requires The translational bridging VLAN IDs that are used must already
translational bridging (values are exist in the database.
not set to zero).
The translational bridging VLAN IDs that a configuration points
to must also contain a pointer to the original VLAN in one of the
translational bridging parameters (for example, Ethernet points to
FDDI, and FDDI points to Ethernet).
The translational bridging VLAN IDs that a configuration points
to must be different media types than the original VLAN (for
example, Ethernet can point to Token Ring).
If both translational bridging VLAN IDs are configured, these
VLANs must be different media types (for example, Ethernet can
point to FDDI and Token Ring).
Defaults The ARE value is 7.
Backup CRF is disabled.
The bridge number is 0 (no source-routing bridge) for FDDI-NET, TrBRF, and Token Ring-NET
VLANs.
The media type is ethernet.
The default mtu size is 1500 bytes.
The vlan-name variable is VLANxxxx, where xxxx represents four numeric digits (including leading
zeros) equal to the VLAN ID number.
The parent VLAN ID is 0 (no parent VLAN) for FDDI and Token Ring VLANs. For TrCRF VLANs,
you must specify a parent VLAN ID. For both Token Ring and TrCRF VLANs, the parent VLAN ID
must already exist in the database and be associated with a Token Ring-NET or TrBRF VLAN.
The ring number for Token Ring VLANs is 0. For FDDI VLANs, there is no default.
The said value is 100000 plus the VLAN ID.
The state is active.
The STE value is 7.
The STP type is ieee for FDDI-NET and ibm for Token Ring-NET VLANs. For FDDI and Token Ring
VLANs, the default is no type specified.
The tb-vlan1-id and tb-vlan2-id variables are zero (no translational bridging).
Command Modes VLAN configuration
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-469
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (VLAN configuration)
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can only use this command mode for configuring normal-range VLANs, that is, VLAN IDs 1 to
1005.
Note To configure extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1006 to 4094), use the vlan global configuration
command.
VLAN configuration is always saved in the VLAN database. If VTP mode is transparent, it is also saved
in the switch running configuration file, along with the VTP mode and domain name. You can then save
it in the switch startup configuration file by using the copy running-config startup-config privileged
EXEC command.
When you save VLAN and VTP configuration in the startup configuration file and reboot the switch, the
configuration is determined in these ways:
• If both the VLAN database and the configuration file show the VTP mode as transparent and the
VTP domain names match, the VLAN database is ignored. The VTP and VLAN configurations in
the startup configuration file are used. The VLAN database revision number remains unchanged in
the VLAN database.
• If the VTP mode is server, or if the startup VTP mode or domain names do not match the VLAN
database, the VTP mode and the VLAN configuration for the first 1005 VLANs use VLAN database
information.
The following are the results of using the no vlan commands:
• When the no vlan vlan-id form is used, the VLAN is deleted. Deleting VLANs automatically resets
to zero any other parent VLANs and translational bridging parameters that refer to the deleted
VLAN.
• When the no vlan vlan-id bridge form is used, the VLAN source-routing bridge number returns to
the default (0). The vlan vlan-id bridge command is used only for FDDI-NET and Token Ring-NET
VLANs and is ignored in other VLAN types.
• When the no vlan vlan-id media form is used, the media type returns to the default (ethernet).
Changing the VLAN media type (including the no form) resets the VLAN MTU to the default MTU
for the type (unless the mtu keyword is also present in the command). It also resets the VLAN parent
and translational bridging VLAN to the default (unless the parent, tb-vlan1, or tb-vlan2 are also
present in the command).
• When the no vlan vlan-id mtu form is used, the VLAN MTU returns to the default for the applicable
VLAN media type. You can also modify the MTU by using the media keyword.
• When the no vlan vlan-id name vlan-name form is used, the VLAN name returns to the default
name (VLANxxxx, where xxxx represent four numeric digits [including leading zeros] equal to the
VLAN ID number).
• When the no vlan vlan-id parent form is used, the parent VLAN returns to the default (0). The
parent VLAN resets to the default if the parent VLAN is deleted or if the media keyword changes
the VLAN type or the VLAN type of the parent VLAN.
• When the no vlan vlan-id ring form is used, the VLAN logical ring number returns to the default
(0).
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-470 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan (VLAN configuration)
• When the no vlan vlan-id said form is used, the VLAN SAID returns to the default (100,000 plus
the VLAN ID).
• When the no vlan vlan-id state form is used, the VLAN state returns to the default (active).
• When the no vlan vlan-id stp type form is used, the VLAN spanning-tree type returns to the default
(ieee).
• When the no vlan vlan-id tb-vlan1 or no vlan vlan-id tb-vlan2 form is used, the VLAN
translational bridge VLAN (or VLANs, if applicable) returns to the default (0). Translational bridge
VLANs must be a different VLAN type than the affected VLAN, and if two are specified, the two
must be different VLAN types from each other. A translational bridge VLAN resets to the default if
the translational bridge VLAN is deleted, if the media keyword changes the VLAN type, or if the
media keyword changes the VLAN type of the corresponding translation bridge VLAN.
Examples This example shows how to add an Ethernet VLAN with default media characteristics. The default
includes a vlan-name of VLANxxx, where xxxx represents four numeric digits (including leading zeros)
equal to the VLAN ID number. The default media option is ethernet; the state option is active. The
default said-value variable is 100000 plus the VLAN ID; the mtu-size variable is 1500; the stp-type
option is ieee. When you enter the exit or apply vlan configuration command, the VLAN is added if it
did not already exist; otherwise, this command does nothing.
Switch(vlan)# vlan 2
VLAN 2 added:
Name: VLAN0002
Switch(vlan)# exit
APPLY completed.
Exiting....
This example shows how to modify an existing VLAN by changing its name and MTU size:
Switch(vlan)# no vlan name engineering mtu 1200
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show vlan Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the VLAN
ID or name is specified) in the administrative domain.
vlan (global Enters config-vlan mode for configuring normal-range and extended-range
configuration) VLANs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-471
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan access-map
vlan access-map
Use the vlan access-map global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to create or modify a VLAN map entry for VLAN packet filtering. This entry changes the mode to the
VLAN access map configuration. Use the no form of this command to delete a VLAN map entry. Use
the vlan filter interface configuration command to apply a VLAN map to one or more VLANs.
vlan access-map name [number]
no vlan access-map name [number]
Syntax Description name Name of the VLAN map.
number (Optional) The sequence number of the map entry that you want to create or modify (0
to 65535). If you are creating a VLAN map and the sequence number is not specified,
it is automatically assigned in increments of 10, starting from 10. This number is the
sequence to insert to, or delete from, a VLAN access-map entry.
Defaults There are no VLAN map entries and no VLAN maps applied to a VLAN.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines In global configuration mode, use this command to create or modify a VLAN map. This entry changes
the mode to VLAN access-map configuration, where you can use the match access-map configuration
command to specify the access lists for IP or non-IP traffic to match and use the action command to set
whether a match causes the packet to be forwarded or dropped.
In VLAN access map configuration mode, these commands are available:
• action: sets the action to be taken (forward or drop).
• default: sets a command to its defaults
• exit: exits from VLAN access-map configuration mode
• match: sets the values to match (IP address or MAC address).
• no: negates a command or set its defaults
When you do not specify an entry number (sequence number), it is added to the end of the map.
There can be only one VLAN map per VLAN and it is applied as packets are received by a VLAN.
You can use the no vlan access-map name [number] command with a sequence number to delete a single
entry.
In global configuration mode, use the vlan filter interface configuration command to apply the map to
one or more VLANs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-472 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan access-map
Note For more information about VLAN map entries, refer to the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples This example shows how to create a VLAN map named vac1 and apply matching conditions and actions
to it. If no other entries already exist in the map, this will be entry 10.
Switch(config)# vlan access-map vac1
Switch(config-access-map)# match ip address acl1
Switch(config-access-map)# action forward
This example shows how to delete VLAN map vac1:
Switch(config)# no vlan access-map vac1
Related Commands Command Description
action Sets the action for the VLAN access map entry.
match (access-map Sets the VLAN map to match packets against one or more access
configuration)) lists.
show vlan access-map Displays information about a particular VLAN access map or all
VLAN access maps.
vlan filter Applies the VLAN access map to one or more VLANs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-473
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan database
vlan database
Use the vlan database privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to enter
VLAN configuration mode. From this mode, you can add, delete, and modify VLAN configurations for
normal-range VLANs and globally propagate these changes by using the VLAN Trunking Protocol
(VTP). Configuration information is saved in the VLAN database.
vlan database
Note VLAN configuration mode is only valid for VLAN IDs 1 to 1005.
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can use the VLAN database configuration commands to configure VLANs 1 to 1005. To configure
extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1006 to 4094), use the vlan (global configuration) command to
enter config-vlan mode. You can also configure VLAN IDs 1 to 1005 by using the vlan global
configuration command.
To return to the privileged EXEC mode from the VLAN configuration mode, enter the exit command.
Note This command mode is different from other modes because it is session-oriented. When you add, delete,
or modify VLAN parameters, the changes are not applied until you exit the session by entering the apply
or exit command. When the changes are applied, the VTP configuration version is incremented. You can
also not apply the changes to the VTP database by entering abort.
When you are in VLAN configuration mode, you can access the VLAN database and make changes by
using these commands:
• vlan: accesses subcommands to add, delete, or modify values associated with a single VLAN. For
more information, see the vlan (VLAN configuration) command.
• vtp: accesses subcommands to perform VTP administrative functions. For more information, see the
vtp (VLAN configuration) command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-474 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan database
When you have modified VLAN or VTP parameters, you can use these editing buffer manipulation
commands:
• abort: exits the mode without applying the changes. The VLAN configuration that was running
before you entered VLAN configuration mode continues to be used.
• apply: applies current changes to the VLAN database, increments the database configuration
revision number, propagates it throughout the administrative domain, and remains in VLAN
configuration mode.
Note You cannot use this command when the switch is in VTP client mode.
• exit: applies all configuration changes to the VLAN database, increments the database configuration
number, propagates it throughout the administrative domain, and returns to privileged EXEC mode.
• no: negates a command or set its defaults; valid values are vlan and vtp.
• reset: abandons proposed changes to the VLAN database, resets the proposed database to the
implemented VLAN database on the switch, and remains in VLAN configuration mode.
• show: displays VLAN database information.
• show changes [vlan-id]: displays the differences between the VLAN database on the switch and the
proposed VLAN database for all normal-range VLAN IDs (1 to 1005) or the specified VLAN ID (1
to 1005).
• show current [vlan-id]: displays the VLAN database on the switch or on a selected VLAN (1 to
1005).
• show proposed [vlan-id]: displays the proposed VLAN database or a selected VLAN (1 to 1005)
from the proposed database. The proposed VLAN database is not the running configuration until
you use the exit or apply VLAN configuration command.
You can verify that VLAN database changes have been made or aborted by using the show vlan
privileged EXEC command. This output is different from the show VLAN database configuration
command output.
Examples This example shows how to enter the VLAN configuration mode from the privileged EXEC mode and
to display VLAN database information:
Switch# vlan database
Switch(vlan)# show
VLAN ISL Id: 1
Name: default
Media Type: Ethernet
VLAN 802.10 Id: 100001
State: Operational
MTU: 1500
Translational Bridged VLAN: 1002
Translational Bridged VLAN: 1003
VLAN ISL Id: 2
Name: VLAN0002
Media Type: Ethernet
VLAN 802.10 Id: 100002
State: Operational
MTU: 1500
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-475
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan database
VLAN ISL Id: 1002
Name: fddi-default
Media Type: FDDI
VLAN 802.10 Id: 101002
State: Operational
MTU: 1500
Bridge Type: SRB
Ring Number: 0
Translational Bridged VLAN: 1
Translational Bridged VLAN: 1003
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show changes command:
Switch(vlan)# show changes
DELETED:
VLAN ISL Id: 4
Name: VLAN0004
Media Type: Ethernet
VLAN 802.10 Id: 100004
State: Operational
MTU: 1500
MODIFIED:
VLAN ISL Id: 7
Current State: Operational
Modified State: Suspended
This example shows how to display the differences between VLAN 7 in the current database and the
proposed database.
Switch(vlan)# show changes 7
MODIFIED:
VLAN ISL Id: 7
Current State: Operational
Modified State: Suspended
This is an example of output from the show current 20 command. It displays only VLAN 20 of the
current database.
Switch(vlan)# show current 20
VLAN ISL Id: 20
Name: VLAN0020
Media Type: Ethernet
VLAN 802.10 Id: 100020
State: Operational
MTU: 1500
Related Commands Command Description
show vlan Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs in the administrative
domain.
shutdown vlan Shuts down (suspends) local traffic on the specified VLAN.
vlan (global Enters config-vlan mode for configuring normal-range and extended-range
configuration) VLANs.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-476 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan filter
vlan filter
Use the vlan filter global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to apply
a VLAN map to one or more VLANs. Use the no form of this command to remove the map.
vlan filter mapname vlan-list {list | all}
no vlan filter mapname vlan-list {list | all}
Syntax Description mapname Name of the VLAN map entry.
list The list of one or more VLANs in the form tt, uu-vv, xx, yy-zz, where spaces
around commas and dashes are optional. The range is 1 to 4094.
all Remove the filter from all VLANs.
Defaults There are no VLAN filters.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines To avoid accidentally dropping too many packets and disabling connectivity in the middle of the
configuration process, we recommend that you completely define the VLAN access map before applying
it to a VLAN.
Note For more information about VLAN map entries, refer to the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples This example applies VLAN map entry map1 to VLANs 20 and 30:
Switch(config)# vlan filter map1 vlan-list 20, 30
This example shows how to delete VLAN map entry mac1 from VLAN 20:
Switch(config)# no vlan filter map1 vlan-list 20
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan filter privileged EXEC command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-477
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vlan filter
Related Commands Command Description
show vlan access-map Displays information about a particular VLAN access map or all VLAN
access maps.
show vlan filter Displays information about all VLAN filters or about a particular VLAN
or VLAN access map.
vlan access-map Creates a VLAN map entry for VLAN packet filtering.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-478 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC)
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC)
Use the vmps reconfirm privileged EXEC command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
immediately send VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) queries to reconfirm all dynamic VLAN assignments
with the VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS).
vmps reconfirm
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults No default is defined.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to immediately send VQP queries to the VMPS:
Switch# vmps reconfirm
You can verify your setting by entering the show vmps privileged EXEC command and examining the
VMPS Action row of the Reconfirmation Status section. The show vmps command shows the result of
the last time the assignments were reconfirmed either because the reconfirmation timer expired or
because the vmps reconfirm command was entered.
Related Commands Command Description
show vmps Displays VQP and VMPS information.
vmps reconfirm (global Changes the reconfirmation interval for the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP)
configuration) client.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-479
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vmps reconfirm (global configuration)
vmps reconfirm (global configuration)
Use the vmps reconfirm global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch
to change the reconfirmation interval for the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) client. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default setting.
vmps reconfirm interval
no vmps reconfirm
Syntax Description interval Reconfirmation interval for VQP client queries to the VLAN Membership Policy
Server (VMPS) to reconfirm dynamic VLAN assignments. The range is 1 to 120
minutes.
Defaults The default reconfirmation interval is 60 minutes.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to set the VQP client to reconfirm dynamic VLAN entries every 20 minutes:
Switch(config)# vmps reconfirm 20
You can verify your setting by entering the show vmps privileged EXEC command and examining
information in the Reconfirm Interval row.
Related Commands Command Description
show vmps Displays VQP and VMPS information.
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC) Sends VQP queries to reconfirm all dynamic VLAN
assignments with the VMPS.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-480 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vmps retry
vmps retry
Use the vmps retry global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
configure the per-server retry count for the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) client. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
vmps retry count
no vmps retry
Syntax Description count Number of attempts to contact the VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) by the
client before querying the next server in the list. The range is 1 to 10.
Defaults The default retry count is 3.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to set the retry count to 7:
Switch(config)# vmps retry 7
You can verify your setting by entering the show vmps privileged EXEC command and examining
information in the Server Retry Count row.
Related Commands Command Description
show vmps Displays VQP and VMPS information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-481
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vmps server
vmps server
Use the vmps server global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to
configure the primary VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) and up to three secondary servers. Use
the no form of this command to remove a VMPS server.
vmps server ipaddress [primary]
no vmps server [ipaddress]
Syntax Description ipaddress IP address or host name of the primary or secondary VMPS servers. If you specify
a host name, the Domain Name System (DNS) server must be configured.
primary (Optional) Determines whether primary or secondary VMPS servers are being
configured.
Defaults No primary or secondary VMPS servers are defined.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The first server entered is automatically selected as the primary server whether or not primary is
entered. The first server address can be overridden by using primary in a subsequent command.
If a member switch in a cluster configuration does not have an IP address, the cluster does not use the
VMPS server configured for that member switch. Instead, the cluster uses the VMPS server on the
command switch, and the command switch proxies the VMPS requests. The VMPS server treats the
cluster as a single switch and uses the IP address of the command switch to respond to requests.
When using the no form without specifying the ipaddress, all configured servers are deleted. If you
delete all servers when dynamic-access ports are present, the switch cannot forward packets from new
sources on these ports because it cannot query the VMPS.
Examples This example shows how to configure the server with IP address 191.10.49.20 as the primary VMPS
server. The servers with IP addresses 191.10.49.21 and 191.10.49.22 are configured as secondary
servers:
Switch(config)# vmps server 191.10.49.20 primary
Switch(config)# vmps server 191.10.49.21
Switch(config)# vmps server 191.10.49.22
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-482 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vmps server
This example shows how to delete the server with IP address 191.10.49.21:
Switch(config)# no vmps server 191.10.49.21
You can verify your setting by entering the show vmps privileged EXEC command and examining
information in the VMPS Domain Server row.
Related Commands Command Description
show vmps Displays VQP and VMPS information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-483
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vtp (global configuration)
vtp (global configuration)
Use the vtp global configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to set or modify
the VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) configuration characteristics. Use the no form of this command to
remove the settings or to return to the default settings.
vtp {domain domain-name | file filename | interface name [only] | mode {client | server |
transparent} | password password | pruning | version number}
no vtp {file | interface | mode | password | pruning | version}
Syntax Description domain domain-name Specify the VTP domain name, an ASCII string from 1 to 32 characters that
identifies the VTP administrative domain for the switch. The domain name
is case sensitive.
file filename Specify the IOS file system file where the VTP VLAN configuration is
stored.
interface name Specify the name of the interface providing the VTP ID updated for this
device.
only (Optional) Use only the IP address of this interface as the VTP IP updater.
mode Specify the VTP device mode as client, server, or transparent.
client Place the switch in VTP client mode. A switch in VTP client mode is enabled
for VTP, and can send advertisements, but does not have enough nonvolatile
storage to store VLAN configurations. You cannot configure VLANs on the
switch. When a VTP client starts up, it does not send VTP advertisements
until it receives advertisements to initialize its VLAN database.
server Place the switch in VTP server mode. A switch in VTP server mode is
enabled for VTP and sends advertisements. You can configure VLANs on the
switch. The switch can recover all the VLAN information in the current VTP
database from nonvolatile storage after reboot.
transparent Place the switch in VTP transparent mode. A switch in VTP transparent
mode is disabled for VTP, does not send advertisements or learn from
advertisements sent by other devices, and cannot affect VLAN
configurations on other devices in the network. The switch receives VTP
advertisements and forwards them on all trunk ports except the one on which
the advertisement was received.
When VTP mode is transparent, the mode and domain name are saved in the
switch running configuration file, and you can save them in the switch
startup configuration file by entering the copy running-config startup
config privileged EXEC command.
password password Set the administrative domain password for the generation of the 16-byte
secret value used in MD5 digest calculation to be sent in VTP advertisements
and to validate received VTP advertisements. The password can be an ASCII
string from 1 to 32 characters. The password is case sensitive.
pruning Enable VTP pruning on the switch.
version number Set VTP version to version 1 or version 2.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-484 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vtp (global configuration)
Defaults The default filename is flash:vlan.dat.
The default mode is server mode.
No domain name or password is defined.
No password is configured.
Pruning is disabled.
The default version is version 1.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When you save VTP mode, domain name, and VLAN configurations in the switch startup configuration
file and reboot the switch, the VTP and VLAN configurations are determined by these conditions:
• If both the VLAN database and the configuration file show the VTP mode as transparent and the
VTP domain names match, the VLAN database is ignored. The VTP and VLAN configurations in
the startup configuration file are used. The VLAN database revision number remains unchanged in
the VLAN database.
• If the startup VTP mode is server mode, or the startup VTP mode or domain names do not match the
VLAN database, VTP mode and VLAN configuration for the first 1005 VLANs are determined by
VLAN database information, and VLANs greater than 1005 are configured from the switch
configuration file.
The vtp file filename cannot be used to load a new database; it renames only the file in which the existing
database is stored.
Follow these guidelines when configuring a VTP domain name:
• The switch is in the no-management-domain state until you configure a domain name. While in the
no-management-domain state, the switch does not send any VTP advertisements even if changes
occur to the local VLAN configuration. The switch leaves the no-management-domain state after it
receives the first VTP summary packet on any port that is trunking or after you configure a domain
name by using the vtp domain command. If the switch receives its domain from a summary packet,
it resets its configuration revision number to 0. After the switch leaves the no-management-domain
state, it can no be configured to re-enter it until you clear the nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM) and reload
the software.
• Domain names are case-sensitive.
• After you configure a domain name, it cannot be removed. You can only reassign it to a different
domain.
Follow these guidelines when setting VTP mode:
• The no vtp mode command returns the switch to VTP server mode.
• The vtp mode server command is the same as no vtp mode except that it does not return an error
if the switch is not in client or transparent mode.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-485
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vtp (global configuration)
• If the receiving switch is in client mode, the client switch changes its configuration to duplicate the
configuration of the server. If you have switches in client mode, be sure to make all VTP or VLAN
configuration changes on a switch in server mode. If the receiving switch is in server mode or
transparent mode, the switch configuration is not changed.
• Switches in transparent mode do not participate in VTP. If you make VTP or VLAN configuration
changes on a switch in transparent mode, the changes are not propagated to other switches in the
network.
• If you change the VTP or VLAN configuration on a switch that is in server mode, that change is
propagated to all the switches in the same VTP domain.
• The vtp mode transparent command disables VTP from the domain but does not remove the
domain from the switch.
• The VTP mode must be transparent for you to add extended-range VLANs or for VTP and VLAN
information to be saved in the running configuration file.
• If extended-range VLANs are configured on the switch and you attempt to set the VTP mode to
server or client, you receive an error message, and the configuration is not allowed.
• VTP can be set to either server or client mode only when dynamic VLAN creation is disabled.
Follow these guidelines when setting a VTP password:
• Passwords are case sensitive. Passwords should match on all switches in the same domain.
• When you use the no vtp password form of the command, the switch returns to the no-password
state.
Follow these guidelines when setting VTP pruning:
• VTP pruning removes information about each pruning-eligible VLAN from VTP updates if there
are no stations belonging to that VLAN.
• If you enable pruning on the VTP server, it is enabled for the entire management domain for VLAN
IDs 1 to 1005.
• Only VLANs in the pruning-eligible list can be pruned.
• Pruning is supported with VTP version 1 and version 2.
Follow these guidelines when setting the VTP version:
• Toggling the version 2 (v2) mode state modifies parameters of certain default VLANs.
• Each VTP switch automatically detects the capabilities of all the other VTP devices. To use version
2, all VTP switches in the network must support version 2; otherwise, you must configure them to
operate in VTP version 1 mode.
• If all switches in a domain are VTP version 2-capable, you need only to configure version 2 on one
switch; the version number is then propagated to the other version-2 capable switches in the VTP
domain.
• If you are using VTP in a Token Ring environment, VTP version 2 must be enabled.
• If you are configuring a Token Ring bridge relay function (TrBRF) or Token Ring concentrator relay
function (TrCRF) VLAN media type, you must use version 2.
• If you are configuring a Token Ring or Token Ring-NET VLAN media type, you must use version 1.
You cannot save password, pruning, and version configurations in the switch configuration file.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-486 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vtp (global configuration)
Examples This example shows how to rename the filename for VTP configuration storage to vtpfilename:
Switch(config)# vtp file vtpfilename
This example shows how to clear the device storage filename:
Switch(config)# no vtp file vtpconfig
Clearing device storage filename.
This example shows how to specify the name of the interface providing the VTP updater ID for this
device:
Switch(config)# vtp interface gigabitethernet
This example shows how to set the administrative domain for the switch:
Switch(config)# vtp domain OurDomainName
This example shows how to place the switch in VTP transparent mode:
Switch(config)# vtp mode transparent
This example shows how to configure the VTP domain password:
Switch(config)# vtp password ThisIsOurDomain’sPassword
This example shows how to enable pruning in the VLAN database:
Switch(config)# vtp pruning
Pruning switched ON
This example shows how to enable version 2 mode in the VLAN database:
Switch(config)# vtp version 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show vtp status privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show vtp status Displays the VTP statistics for the switch and general information about the
VTP management domain status.
vtp (VLAN Configures VTP domain-name, password, pruning, version, and mode.
configuration)
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-487
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vtp (VLAN configuration)
vtp (VLAN configuration)
Use the vtp VLAN configuration command on the switch stack or on a standalone switch to configure
VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) characteristics. You access VLAN configuration mode by entering the
vlan database privileged EXEC command. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
settings, disable the characteristic, or remove the password.
vtp {domain domain-name | password password | pruning | v2-mode | {server | client |
transparent}}
no vtp {client | password | pruning | transparent | v2-mode}
Note VTP configuration in VLAN configuration mode is saved in the VLAN database when applied.
Syntax Description domain domain-name Set the VTP domain name by entering an ASCII string from 1 to 32
characters that identifies the VTP administrative domain for the switch. The
domain name is case sensitive.
password password Set the administrative domain password for the generation of the 16-byte
secret value used in MD5 digest calculation to be sent in VTP advertisements
and to validate received VTP advertisements. The password can be an ASCII
string from 1 to 32 characters. The password is case sensitive.
pruning Enable pruning in the VTP administrative domain. VTP pruning causes
information about each pruning-eligible VLAN to be removed from VTP
updates if there are no stations belonging to that VLAN.
v2-mode Enable VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) version 2 in the administrative
domains.
client Place the switch in VTP client mode. A switch in VTP client mode is enabled
for VTP, can send advertisements, but does not have enough nonvolatile
storage to store VLAN configurations. You cannot configure VLANs on it.
When a VTP client starts up, it does not send VTP advertisements until it
receives advertisements to initialize its VLAN database.
server Place the switch in VTP server mode. A switch in VTP server mode is
enabled for VTP and sends advertisements. You can configure VLANs on it.
The switch can recover all the VLAN information in the current VTP
database from nonvolatile storage after reboot.
transparent Place the switch in VTP transparent mode. A switch in VTP transparent
mode is disabled for VTP, does not send advertisements or learn from
advertisements sent by other devices, and cannot affect VLAN
configurations on other devices in the network. The switch receives VTP
advertisements and forwards them on all trunk ports except the one on which
the advertisement was received.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-488 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vtp (VLAN configuration)
Defaults The default mode is server mode.
No domain name is defined.
No password is configured.
Pruning is disabled.
VTP version 2 (v2 mode) is disabled.
Command Modes VLAN configuration
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If the VTP mode is transparent, the mode and domain name are saved in the switch running configuration
file, and you can save the configuration in the switch startup configuration file by using the copy
running-config startup-config privileged EXEC command.
Follow these guidelines when setting the VTP mode:
• The no vtp client and no vtp transparent forms of the command return the switch to VTP server
mode.
• The vtp server command is the same as no vtp client or no vtp transparent except that it does not
return an error if the switch is not in client or transparent mode.
• If the receiving switch is in client mode, the client switch changes its configuration to duplicate the
configuration of the server. If you have switches in client mode, make sure to make all VTP or
VLAN configuration changes on a switch in server mode. If the receiving switch is in server mode
or transparent mode, the switch configuration is not changed.
• Switches in transparent mode do not participate in VTP. If you make VTP or VLAN configuration
changes on a switch in transparent mode, the changes are not propagated to other switches in the
network.
• If you make a change to the VTP or VLAN configuration on a switch in server mode, that change is
propagated to all the switches in the same VTP domain.
• The vtp transparent command disables VTP from the domain but does not remove the domain from
the switch.
• The VTP mode must be transparent for you to add extended-range VLANs or for the VTP and the
VLAN configurations to be saved in the running configuration file.
• If extended-range VLANs are configured on the switch and you attempt to set the VTP mode to
server or client, you receive an error message and the configuration is not allowed.
• VTP can be set to either server or client mode only when dynamic VLAN creation is disabled.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-489
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vtp (VLAN configuration)
Follow these guidelines when configuring a VTP domain name:
• The switch is in the no-management-domain state until you configure a domain name. While in the
no-management-domain state, the switch does not send any VTP advertisements even if changes
occur to the local VLAN configuration. The switch leaves the no-management-domain state after
receiving the first VTP summary packet on any port that is currently trunking or after configuring a
domain name with the vtp domain command. If the switch receives its domain from a summary
packet, it resets its configuration revision number to zero. After the switch leaves the
no-management-domain state, it can never be configured to reenter it until you clear the nonvolatile
RAM (NVRAM) and reload the software.
• Domain names are case sensitive.
• After you configure a domain name, it cannot be removed. You can reassign it only to a different
domain.
Follow these guidelines when configuring a VTP password:
• Passwords are case sensitive. Passwords should match on all switches in the same domain.
• When the no vtp password form of the command is used, the switch returns to the no-password
state.
Follow these guidelines when enabling VTP pruning:
• If you enable pruning on the VTP server, it is enabled for the entire management domain.
• Only VLANs included in the pruning-eligible list can be pruned.
• Pruning is supported with VTP version 1 and version 2.
Follow these guidelines when enabling VTP version 2 (v2-mode):
• Toggling the version (v2-mode) state modifies certain parameters of certain default VLANs.
• Each VTP switch automatically detects the capabilities of all the other VTP devices. To use VTP
version 2, all VTP switches in the network must support version 2; otherwise, you must configure
them to operate in VTP version 1 (no vtp v2-mode).
• If all switches in a domain are VTP version 2-capable, you need only to enable VTP version 2 on
one switch; the version number is then propagated to the other version-2 capable switches in the
VTP domain.
• If you are using VTP in a Token Ring environment or configuring a Token Ring bridge relay function
(TrBRF) or Token Ring concentrator relay function (TrCRF) VLAN media type, VTP version 2
(v2-mode) must be enabled.
• If you are configuring a Token Ring or Token Ring-NET VLAN media type, you must use VTP
version 1.
Examples This example shows how to place the switch in VTP transparent mode:
Switch(vlan)# vtp transparent
Setting device to VTP TRANSPARENT mode.
This example shows how to set the administrative domain for the switch:
Switch(vlan)# vtp domain OurDomainName
Changing VTP domain name from cisco to OurDomainName
This example shows how to configure the VTP domain password:
Switch(vlan)# vtp password private
Setting device VLAN database password to private.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-490 78-15165-02
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vtp (VLAN configuration)
This example shows how to enable pruning in the proposed new VLAN database:
Switch(vlan)# vtp pruning
Pruning switched ON
This example shows how to enable v2 mode in the proposed new VLAN database:
Switch(vlan)# vtp v2-mode
V2 mode enabled.
You can verify your settings by entering the show vtp status privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands Command Description
show vtp status Displays the VTP statistics for the switch and general information about the
VTP management domain status.
switchport trunk Configures the VLAN pruning-eligible list for ports in trunking mode.
pruning
vtp (global Configures the VTP filename, interface, domain name, and mode.
configuration)
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 2-491
Chapter 2 Cisco IOS Commands
vtp (VLAN configuration)
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
2-492 78-15165-02
A P P E N D I X A
Boot Loader Commands
This appendix describes the boot loader commands on the Catalyst 3750 switches. Unless otherwise
noted, the term switch refers to a standalone switch and to a switch stack.
During normal boot loader operation, you are not presented with the boot loader command-line prompt.
You gain access to the boot loader command line if the switch is set to manually boot, if an error occurs
during power-on self test (POST) DRAM testing, or if an error occurs while loading the operating system
(a corrupted IOS image). You can also access the boot loader if you have lost or forgotten the switch
password.
Note The default configuration for Catalyst 3750 switches allows an end user with physical access to the
switch to recover from a lost password by interrupting the boot process while the switch is powering up
and then entering a new password. The password recovery disable feature allows the system
administrator to protect access to the switch password by disabling part of this functionality and allowing
the user to interrupt the boot process only by agreeing to set the system back to the default configuration.
With password recovery disabled, the user can still interrupt the boot process and change the password,
but the configuration file (config.text) and the VLAN database file (vlan.dat) are deleted. For more
information, refer to the software configuration guide for this release.
You can access the boot loader through a switch console connection at 9600 bps. Unplug the switch
power cord, and press the switch Mode button while reconnecting the power cord. You can release the
Mode button a second or two after the LED above port 1X goes off. You should then see the boot loader
Switch: prompt. The boot loader performs low-level CPU initialization, performs POST, and loads a
default operating system image into memory.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-1
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
boot
boot
Use the boot boot loader command to load and boot an executable image and to enter the command-line
interface.
boot [-post | -n | -p | flag] filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description -post (Optional) Run the loaded image with an extended or comprehensive power-on
self-test (POST). Using this keyword causes POST to take longer to complete.
-n (Optional) Pause for the IOS debugger immediately after launching.
-p (Optional) Pause for the JTAG debugger right after loading the image.
filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/file-url (Optional) Path (directory) and name of a bootable image. Separate image names
with a semicolon.
Defaults The switch attempts to automatically boot the system by using information in the BOOT environment
variable. If this variable is not set, the switch attempts to load and execute the first executable image it
can by performing a recursive, depth-first search throughout the Flash file system. In a depth-first search
of a directory, each encountered subdirectory is completely searched before continuing the search in the
original directory.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines When you enter the boot command without any arguments, the switch attempts to automatically boot the
system by using the information in the BOOT environment variable, if any. If you supply an image name for
the file-url variable, the boot command attempts to boot the specified image.
When you set boot loader boot command options, they are executed immediately and apply only to the current
boot loader session. These settings are not saved for the next boot operation.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
Examples This example shows how to boot the switch using the new-image.bin image:
switch: boot flash:/new-images/new-image.bin
After entering this command, you are prompted to start the setup program.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-2 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
boot
Related Commands Command Description
set Sets the BOOT environment variable to boot a specific image when the
BOOT keyword is appended to the command.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-3
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
cat
cat
Use the cat boot loader command to display the contents of one or more files.
cat filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/file-url Path (directory) and name of the files to display. Separate each filename with a space.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
If you specify a list of files, the contents of each file is sequentially displayed.
Examples This example shows how to display the contents of two files:
switch: cat flash:/new-images/info flash:env_vars
version_suffix: i5q3l2-121-11.AX
version_directory: c3750-i5q3l2-mz.121-11.AX
image_name: c3750-i5q3l2-mz.121-11.AX.bin
ios_image_file_size: 3049472
total_image_file_size: 4551168
image_feature: LAYER_3|MIN_DRAM_MEG=64
image_family: C3750
info_end:
BAUD=57600
MANUAL_BOOT=no
Related Commands Command Description
more Displays the contents of one or more files.
type Displays the contents of one or more files.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-4 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
copy
copy
Use the copy boot loader command to copy a file from a source to a destination.
copy [-b block-size] filesystem:/source-file-url filesystem:/destination-file-url
Syntax Description -b block-size (Optional) This option is used only for internal development and testing.
filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/source-file-url Path (directory) and filename (source) to be copied.
/destination-file-url Path (directory) and filename of the destination.
Defaults The default block size is 4 KB.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
Directory names are limited to 45 characters between the slashes (/); the name cannot contain control
characters, spaces, deletes, slashes, quotes, semicolons, or colons.
Filenames are limited to 45 characters; the name cannot contain control characters, spaces, deletes,
slashes, quotes, semicolons, or colons.
If you are copying a file to a new directory, the directory must already exist.
Examples This example show how to copy a file at the root:
switch: copy flash:test1.text flash:test4.text
.
File "flash:test1.text" successfully copied to "flash:test4.text"
You can verify that the file was copied by entering the dir filesystem: boot loader command.
Related Commands Command Description
delete Deletes one or more files from the specified file system.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-5
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
delete
delete
Use the delete boot loader command to delete one or more files from the specified file system.
delete filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/file-url Path (directory) and filename to delete. Separate each filename with a space.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
The switch prompts you for confirmation before deleting each file.
Examples This example shows how to delete two files:
switch: delete flash:test2.text flash:test5.text
Are you sure you want to delete "flash:test2.text" (y/n)?y
File "flash:test2.text" deleted
Are you sure you want to delete "flash:test5.text" (y/n)?y
File "flash:test2.text" deleted
You can verify that the files were deleted by entering the dir flash: boot loader command.
Related Commands Command Description
copy Copies a file from a source to a destination.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-6 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
dir
dir
Use the dir boot loader command to display a list of files and directories on the specified file system.
dir filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/file-url (Optional) Path (directory) and directory name whose contents you want to
display. Separate each directory name with a space.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Directory names are case sensitive.
Examples This example shows how to display the files in Flash memory:
switch: dir flash:
Directory of flash:/
3 -rwx 1839 Mar 01 2002 00:48:15 config.text
11 -rwx 1140 Mar 01 2002 04:18:48 vlan.dat
21 -rwx 26 Mar 01 2002 00:01:39 env_vars
9 drwx 768 Mar 01 2002 23:11:42 html
16 -rwx 1037 Mar 01 2002 00:01:11 config.text
14 -rwx 1099 Mar 01 2002 01:14:05 homepage.htm
22 -rwx 96 Mar 01 2002 00:01:39 system_env_vars
17 drwx 192 Mar 06 2002 23:22:03 c3750-i5q3l2-mz.121-11.64.AX
15998976 bytes total (6397440 bytes free)
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-7
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
dir
Table A-1 describes the fields in the display.
Table A-1 dir Field Descriptions
Field Description
2 Index number of the file.
-rwx File permission, which can be any or all of the following:
• d—directory
• r—readable
• w—writable
• x—executable
1644045 Size of the file.
<date> Last modification date.
env_vars Filename.
Related Commands Command Description
mkdir Creates one or more directories.
rmdir Removes one or more directories.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-8 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
flash_init
flash_init
Use the flash_init boot loader command to initialize the Flash file system.
flash_init
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults The Flash file system is automatically initialized during normal system operation.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines During the normal boot process, the Flash file system is automatically initialized.
Use this command to manually initialize the Flash file system. For example, you use this command
during the recovery procedure for a lost or forgotten password.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-9
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
format
format
Use the format boot loader command to format the specified file system and destroy all data in that file
system.
format filesystem:
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Caution Use this command with care; it destroys all data on the file system and renders your system unusable.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-10 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
fsck
fsck
Use the fsck boot loader command to check the file system for consistency.
fsck [-test | -f] filesystem:
Syntax Description -test (Optional) Initialize the file system code and perform extra POST on Flash memory.
An extensive, nondestructive memory test is performed on every byte that makes up
the file system.
-f (Optional) Initialize the file system code and perform a fast file consistency check.
Cyclic redundancy checks (CRCs) in the flashfs sectors are not checked.
filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
Defaults No file system check is performed.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines To stop an in-progress file system consistency check, disconnect the switch power and then reconnect
the power.
Examples This example shows how to perform an extensive file system check on Flash memory:
switch: fsck -test flash:
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-11
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
help
help
Use the help boot loader command to display the available commands.
help
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You can also use the question mark (?) to display a list of available boot loader commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-12 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
load_helper
load_helper
Use the load_helper boot loader command to load and initialize one or more helper images, which
extend or patch the functionality of the boot loader.
load_helper filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/file-url Path (directory) and a list of loadable helper files to dynamically load during
loader initialization. Separate each image name with a semicolon.
Defaults No helper files are loaded.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The load_helper command searches for loadable files only if the HELPER environment variable is set.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-13
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
memory
memory
Use the memory boot loader command to display memory heap utilization information.
memory
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to display memory heap utilization information:
switch: memory
Text: 0x00700000 - 0x0071cf24 (0x0001cf24 bytes)
Rotext: 0x00000000 - 0x00000000 (0x00000000 bytes)
Data: 0x0071cf24 - 0x00723a0c (0x00006ae8 bytes)
Bss: 0x0072529c - 0x00746f94 (0x00021cf8 bytes)
Stack: 0x00746f94 - 0x00756f94 (0x00010000 bytes)
Heap: 0x00756f98 - 0x00800000 (0x000a9068 bytes)
Bottom heap utilization is 22 percent.
Top heap utilization is 0 percent.
Total heap utilization is 22 percent.
Total bytes: 0xa9068 (692328)
Bytes used: 0x26888 (157832)
Bytes available: 0x827e0 (534496)
Alternate heap utilization is 0 percent.
Total alternate heap bytes: 0x6fd000 (7327744)
Alternate heap bytes used: 0x0 (0)
Alternate heap bytes available: 0x6fd000 (7327744)
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-14 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
memory
Table A-2 describes the fields in the display.
Table A-2 memory Field Descriptions
Field Description
Text Beginning and ending address of the text storage area.
Rotext Beginning and ending address of the read-only text storage area. This part of the data
segment is grouped with the Text entry.
Data Beginning and ending address of the data segment storage area.
Bss Beginning and ending address of the block started by symbol (Bss) storage area. It
is initialized to zero.
Stack Beginning and ending address of the area in memory allocated to the software to
store automatic variables, return addresses, and so forth.
Heap Beginning and ending address of the area in memory that memory is dynamically
allocated to and freed from.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-15
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
mkdir
mkdir
Use the mkdir boot loader command to create one or more new directories on the specified file system.
mkdir filesystem:/directory-url ...
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/directory-url Name of the directories to create. Separate each directory name with a space.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Directory names are case sensitive.
Directory names are limited to 45 characters between the slashes (/); the name cannot contain control
characters, spaces, deletes, slashes, quotes, semicolons, or colons.
Examples This example shows how to make a directory called Saved_Configs:
switch: mkdir flash:Saved_Configs
Directory "flash:Saved_Configs" created
This example shows how to make two directories:
switch: mkdir flash:Saved_Configs1 flash:Test
Directory "flash:Saved_Configs1" created
Directory "flash:Test" created
You can verify that the directory was created by entering the dir filesystem: boot loader command.
Related Commands Command Description
dir Displays a list of files and directories on the specified file system.
rmdir Removes one or more directories from the specified file system.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-16 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
more
more
Use the more boot loader command to display the contents of one or more files.
more filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/file-url Path (directory) and name of the files to display. Separate each filename with
a space.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
If you specify a list of files, the contents of each file is sequentially displayed.
Examples This example shows how to display the contents of two files:
switch: more flash:/new-images/info flash:env_vars
version_suffix: i5q3l2-121-11.AX
version_directory: c3750-i5q3l2-mz.121-11.AX
image_name: c3750-i5q3l2-mz.121-11.AX.bin
ios_image_file_size: 3049472
total_image_file_size: 4551168
image_feature: LAYER_3|MIN_DRAM_MEG=64
image_family: C3750
info_end:
BAUD=57600
MANUAL_BOOT=no
Related Commands Command Description
cat Displays the contents of one or more files.
type Displays the contents of one or more files.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-17
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
rename
rename
Use the rename boot loader command to rename a file.
rename filesystem:/source-file-url filesystem:/destination-file-url
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/source-file-url Original path (directory) and filename.
/destination-file-url New path (directory) and filename.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
Directory names are limited to 45 characters between the slashes (/); the name cannot contain control
characters, spaces, deletes, slashes, quotes, semicolons, or colons.
Filenames are limited to 45 characters; the name cannot contain control characters, spaces, deletes,
slashes, quotes, semicolons, or colons.
Examples This example shows a file named config.text being renamed to config1.text:
switch: rename flash:config.text flash:config1.text
You can verify that the file was renamed by entering the dir filesystem: boot loader command.
Related Commands Command Description
copy Copies a file from a source to a destination.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-18 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
reset
reset
Use the reset boot loader command to perform a hard reset on the system. A hard reset is similar to
power-cycling the switch, clearing the processor, registers, and memory.
reset
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to reset the system:
switch: reset
Are you sure you want to reset the system (y/n)?y
System resetting...
Related Commands Command Description
boot Loads and boots an executable image and enters the command-line interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-19
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
rmdir
rmdir
Use the rmdir boot loader command to remove one or more empty directories from the specified file
system.
rmdir filesystem:/directory-url ...
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/directory-url Path (directory) and name of the empty directories to remove. Separate each
directory name with a space.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Directory names are case sensitive and limited to 45 characters between the slashes (/); the name cannot
contain control characters, spaces, deletes, slashes, quotes, semicolons, or colons.
Before removing a directory, you must first delete all the files in the directory.
The switch prompts you for confirmation before deleting each directory.
Examples This example shows how to remove a directory:
switch: rmdir flash:Test
You can verify that the directory was deleted by entering the dir filesystem: boot loader command.
Related Commands Command Description
dir Displays a list of files and directories on the specified file system.
mkdir Creates one or more new directories on the specified file system.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-20 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
set
set
Use the set boot loader command to set or display environment variables, which can be used to control
the boot loader or any other software running on the switch.
set variable value
Note Under normal circumstances, it is not necessary to alter the setting of the environment variables.
Syntax Description variable value Use one of these keywords for variable and value:
MANUAL_BOOT—Determines whether the switch automatically or manually
boots.
Valid values are 1, yes, 0, and no. If it is set to no or 0, the boot loader attempts to
automatically boot the system. If it is set to anything else, you must manually boot
the switch from the boot loader mode.
BOOT filesystem:/file-url— A semicolon-separated list of executable files to try to
load and execute when automatically booting.
If the BOOT environment variable is not set, the system attempts to load and execute
the first executable image it can find by using a recursive, depth-first search through
the flash: file system. If the BOOT variable is set but the specified images cannot be
loaded, the system attempts to boot the first bootable file that it can find in the Flash
file system.
ENABLE_BREAK—Determines whether the automatic boot process can be
interrupted by using the Break key on the console.
Valid values are 1, yes, on, 0, no, and off. If it is set to 1, yes, or on, you can interrupt
the automatic boot process by pressing the Break key on the console after the Flash
file system has initialized.
HELPER filesystem:/file-url— A semicolon-separated list of loadable files to
dynamically load during the boot loader initialization. Helper files extend or patch
the functionality of the boot loader.
PS1 prompt—A string that is used as the command-line prompt in boot loader mode.
CONFIG_FILE flash:/file-url—The filename that IOS uses to read and write a
nonvolatile copy of the system configuration.
BAUD rate—The rate in bits per second (bps) used for the console. The IOS
software inherits the baud rate setting from the boot loader and continues to use this
value unless the configuration file specifies another setting. The range is from 0 to
4294967295 bps. Valid values are 50, 75, 110, 150, 300, 600, 1200, 1800, 2000,
2400, 3600, 4800, 7200, 9600, 14400, 19200, 28800, 38400, 56000, 57600, 115200,
and 128000.
The most commonly used values are 300, 1200, 2400, 9600, 19200, 57600, and
115200.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-21
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
set
BOOTHLPR filesystem:/file-url—The name of the IOS helper image that is first
loaded into memory so that it can then load a second IOS image into memory and
launch it. This variable is used only for internal development and testing.
HELPER_CONFIG_FILE filesystem:/file-url—The name of the configuration file
to be used by the IOS helper image. If this is not set, the file specified by the
CONFIG_FILE environment variable is used by all versions of IOS that are loaded,
including the helper image. This variable is used only for internal development and
testing.
Defaults The environment variables have these default values:
MANUAL_BOOT: No (0)
BOOT: Null string
ENABLE_BREAK: No (Off or 0) (the automatic boot process cannot be interrupted by pressing the
Break key on the console).
HELPER: No default value (helper files are not automatically loaded).
PS1: switch:
CONFIG_FILE: config.text
BAUD: 9600 bps
BOOTHLPR: No default value (no helper images are specified).
HELPER_CONFIG_FILE: No default value (no helper configuration file is specified).
SWITCH_NUMBER: 1
SWITCH_PRIORITY: 1
Note Environment variables that have values are stored in the Flash file system in various files. The format of
these files is that each line contains an environment variable name and an equal sign followed by the
value of the variable. A variable has no value if it is not listed in this file; it has a value if it is listed in
the file even if the value is a null string. A variable that is set to a null string (for example, “ ”) is a
variable with a value. Many environment variables are predefined and have default values.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-22 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
set
Usage Guidelines Environment variables are case sensitive and must be entered as documented.
Environment variables that have values are stored in Flash memory outside of the Flash file system.
The MANUAL_BOOT environment variable can also be set by using the boot manual global
configuration command.
The BOOT environment variable can also be set by using the boot system filesystem:/file-url global
configuration command.
The ENABLE_BREAK environment variable can also be set by using the boot enable-break global
configuration command.
The HELPER environment variable can also be set by using the boot helper filesystem:/file-url global
configuration command.
The CONFIG_FILE environment variable can also be set by using the boot config-file flash:/file-url
global configuration command.
The BOOTHLPR environment variable can also be set by using the boot boothlpr filesystem:/file-url
global configuration command.
The HELPER_CONFIG_FILE environment variable can also be set by using the boot helper-config-file
filesystem:/file-url global configuration command.
The HELPER_CONFIG_FILE environment variable can also be set by using the boot helper-config-file
filesystem:/file-url global configuration command.
The SWITCH_NUMBER environment variable can also be set by using the switch
current-stack-member-number renumber new-stack-member-number global configuration command.
The SWITCH_PRIORITY environment variable can also be set by using the switch
stack-member-number priority priority-number global configuration command.
The boot loader prompt string (PS1) can be up to 120 printable characters except the equal sign (=).
Examples This example shows how to change the boot loader prompt:
switch: set PS1 loader:
loader:
You can verify your setting by using the set boot loader command.
Related Commands Command Description
unset Resets one or more environment variables to its previous setting.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-23
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
type
type
Use the type boot loader command to display the contents of one or more files.
type filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description filesystem: Alias for a Flash file system. Use flash: for the system board Flash device.
/file-url Path (directory) and name of the files to display. Separate each filename with
a space.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
If you specify a list of files, the contents of each file is sequentially displayed.
Examples This example shows how to display the contents of two files:
switch: type flash:/new-images/info flash:env_vars
version_suffix: i5q3l2-121-11.AX
version_directory: c3750-i5q3l2-mz.121-11.AX
image_name: c3750-i5q3l2-mz.121-11.AX.bin
ios_image_file_size: 3049472
total_image_file_size: 4551168
image_feature: LAYER_3|MIN_DRAM_MEG=64
image_family: C3750
info_end:
BAUD=57600
MANUAL_BOOT=no
Related Commands Command Description
cat Displays the contents of one or more files.
more Displays the contents of one or more files.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-24 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
unset
unset
Use the unset boot loader command to reset one or more environment variables.
unset variable ...
Note Under normal circumstances, it is not necessary to alter the setting of the environment variables.
Syntax Description variable Use one of these keywords for variable:
MANUAL_BOOT—Determines whether the switch automatically or
manually boots.
BOOT—Resets the list of executable files to try to load and execute when
automatically booting. If the BOOT environment variable is not set, the
system attempts to load and execute the first executable image it can find by
using a recursive, depth-first search through the Flash file system. If the
BOOT variable is set but the specified images cannot be loaded, the system
attempts to boot the first bootable file that it can find in the Flash file system.
ENABLE_BREAK—Determines whether the automatic boot process can
be interrupted by using the Break key on the console after the Flash file
system has been initialized.
HELPER—A semicolon-separated list of loadable files to dynamically load
during the boot loader initialization. Helper files extend or patch the
functionality of the boot loader.
PS1—A string that is used as the command-line prompt in boot loader mode.
CONFIG_FILE—Resets the filename that IOS uses to read and write a
nonvolatile copy of the system configuration.
BAUD—Resets the rate in bits per second (bps) used for the console. The
IOS software inherits the baud rate setting from the boot loader and
continues to use this value unless the configuration file specifies another
setting.
BOOTHLPR—Resets the name of the IOS helper image that is first loaded
into memory so that it can then load a second IOS image into memory and
launch it. This variable is used only for internal development and testing.
HELPER_CONFIG_FILE—Resets the name of the configuration file to be
used by the IOS helper image. If this is not set, the file specified by the
CONFIG_FILE environment variable is used by all versions of IOS that are
loaded, including the helper image. This variable is used only for internal
development and testing.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-25
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
unset
Usage Guidelines The MANUAL_BOOT environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot manual global
configuration command.
The BOOT environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot system global configuration
command.
The ENABLE_BREAK environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot enable-break
global configuration command.
The HELPER environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot helper global configuration
command.
The CONFIG_FILE environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot config-file global
configuration command.
The BOOTHLPR environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot boothlpr global
configuration command.
The HELPER_CONFIG_FILE environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot
helper-config-file global configuration command.
Examples This example shows how to reset the prompt string to its previous setting:
switch: unset PS1
switch:
Related Commands Command Description
set Sets or displays environment variables.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-26 78-15165-02
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
version
version
Use the version boot loader command to display the boot loader version.
version
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes Boot loader
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Examples This example shows how to display the boot loader version:
switch: version
C3750 Boot Loader (C3750-HBOOT-M) Version 12.1(11)AX
Compiled Wed 21-Feb-02 14:58 by devgoyal
switch:
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 A-27
Appendix A Boot Loader Commands
version
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
A-28 78-15165-02
A P P E N D I X B
Debug Commands
This appendix describes the debug privileged EXEC commands that have been created or changed for
use with the Catalyst 3750 switch. These commands are helpful in diagnosing and resolving
internetworking problems and should be enabled only under the guidance of Cisco technical support
staff.
Caution Because debugging output is assigned high priority in the CPU process, it can render the system
unusable. For this reason, use the debug commands only to troubleshoot specific problems or during
troubleshooting sessions with Cisco technical support staff. It is best to use the debug commands during
periods of lower network traffic and fewer users. Debugging during these periods decreases the
likelihood that increased debug command processing overhead will affect system use.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-1
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug autoqos
debug autoqos
Use the debug autoqos privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the automatic quality of
service (auto-QoS) feature. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug autoqos
no debug autoqos
Syntax Description This command has no keywords or arguments.
Defaults Auto-QoS debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines To display the QoS configuration that is automatically generated when auto-QoS is enabled, enable
debugging before you enable auto-QoS. You enable debugging by entering the debug autoqos privileged
EXEC command.
The undebug autoqos command is the same as the no debug autoqos command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Examples This example shows how to display the QoS configuration that is automatically generated when
auto-QoS is enabled:
Switch# debug autoqos
AutoQoS debugging is on
Switch# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# auto qos voip cisco-phone
21:29:41: mls qos map cos-dscp 0 8 16 26 32 46 48 56
21:29:41: mls qos
21:29:42: no mls qos srr-queue input cos-map
21:29:42: no mls qos srr-queue output cos-map
21:29:42: mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 3 0
21:29:42: mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 1 threshold 2 1
21:29:42: mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 1 2
21:29:42: mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 2 4 6 7
21:29:43: mls qos srr-queue input cos-map queue 2 threshold 3 3 5
21:29:43: mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 1 threshold 3 5
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-2 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug autoqos
21:29:43: mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 2 threshold 3 3 6 7
21:29:44: mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 3 threshold 3 2 4
21:29:44: mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 4 threshold 2 1
21:29:44: mls qos srr-queue output cos-map queue 4 threshold 3 0
21:29:44: no mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map
21:29:44: no mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map
21:29:44: mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
21:29:45: mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
21:29:45: mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3 32
21:29:45: mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 1 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
21:29:45: mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2 26 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
21:29:46: mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
21:29:46: mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 2 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
21:29:46: mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 24 25 27 28 29 30 31 40
21:29:47: mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
21:29:47: mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 1 threshold 3 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
21:29:47: mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 24 25 27 28 29 30 31 48
21:29:47: mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56
21:29:48: mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 2 threshold 3 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
21:29:48: mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 3 threshold 3 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
21:29:48: mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 3 threshold 3 26 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
21:29:48: mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 3 threshold 3 39
21:29:49: mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 1 8
21:29:49: mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
trs(config-if)#
21:29:49: mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map queue 4 threshold 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
21:29:49: no mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue 1
21:29:49: no mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue 2
21:29:50: mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth 90 10
21:29:50: no mls qos srr-queue input buffers
21:29:50: mls qos queue-set output 1 buffers 20 20 20 40
21:29:50: interface GigabitEthernet2/0/1
21:29:50: mls qos trust device cisco-phone
21:29:50: mls qos trust cos
21:29:50: no queue-set 1
21:29:50: srr-queue bandwidth shape 10 0 0 0
21:29:50: srr-queue bandwidth share 10 10 60 20
Related Commands Command Description
auto qos voip Configures auto-QoS for voice over IP (VoIP) within a QoS domain.
show auto qos Displays the initial configuration that is generated by the automatic auto-QoS
feature
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command
Reference For IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System Management
Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-3
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug cluster
debug cluster
Use the debug cluster privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of cluster-specific events. Use
the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug cluster {discovery | events | extended | hsrp | http | ip [packet] | members | nat | neighbors
| platform | snmp | vqpxy}
no debug cluster {discovery | events | extended | hsrp | http | ip [packet] | members | nat |
neighbors | platform | snmp | vqpxy}
Syntax Description discovery Display cluster discovery debug messages.
events Display cluster event debug messages.
extended Display extended discovery debug messages.
hsrp Display the Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) debug messages.
http Display Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) debug messages.
ip [packet] Display IP or transport packet debug messages.
members Display cluster member debug messages.
nat Display Network Address Translation (NAT) debug messages.
neighbors Display cluster neighbor debug messages.
platform Display platform-specific cluster debug messages.
snmp Display Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) debug messages.
vqpxy Display VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) proxy debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines This command is available only on the cluster command switch stack or cluster command switch.
The undebug cluster command is the same as the no debug cluster command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-4 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug cluster
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show cluster Displays the cluster status and a summary of the cluster to which the
switch belongs.
show cluster candidates Displays a list of candidate switches when entered on the command
switch.
show cluster members Displays information about cluster members when executed on the
command switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-5
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug dot1x
debug dot1x
Use the debug dot1x privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the 802.1X feature. Use the no
form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug dot1x {all | errors | events | packets | registry | state-machine}
no debug dot1x {all | errors | events | packets | registry | state-machine}
Syntax Description all Display all 802.1X debug messages.
errors Display 802.1X error debug messages.
events Display 802.1X event debug messages.
packets Display 802.1X packet debug messages.
registry Display 802.1X registry invocation debug messages.
state-machine Display state-machine related-events debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The authsm, backend, besm, core, and reauthsm keywords were removed.
The errors, events, packets registry, and state-machine keywords were
added.
Usage Guidelines The undebug dot1x command is the same as the no debug dot1x command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show dot1x Displays 802.1X statistics, administrative status, and operational status for
the switch or for the specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-6 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug dtp
debug dtp
Use the debug dtp privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the Dynamic Trunking Protocol
(DTP) activity. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug dtp {aggregation | all | decision | events | oserrs | packets | queue | states | timers}
no debug dtp {aggregation | all | decision | events | oserrs | packets | queue | states | timers}
Syntax Description aggregation Display DTP user-message aggregation debug messages.
all Display all DTP debug messages.
decision Display the DTP decision-table debug messages.
events Display the DTP event debug messages.
oserrs Display DTP operating system-related error debug messages.
packets Display DTP packet-processing debug messages.
queue Display DTP packet-queueing debug messages.
states Display DTP state-transition debug messages.
timers Display DTP timer-event debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug dtp command is the same as the no debug dtp command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show dtp Displays DTP information for the switch or for a specified interface.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-7
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug etherchannel
debug etherchannel
Use the debug etherchannel privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
EtherChannel/PAgP shim. This shim is the software module that is the interface between the Port
Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) software module and the port manager software module. Use the no form
of this command to disable debugging output.
debug etherchannel [all | detail | error | event | idb]
no debug etherchannel [all | detail | error | event | idb]
Syntax Description all (Optional) Display all EtherChannel debug messages.
detail (Optional) Display detailed EtherChannel debug messages.
error (Optional) Display EtherChannel error debug messages.
event (Optional) Debug major EtherChannel event messages.
idb (Optional) Display PAgP interface descriptor block debug messages.
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the linecard keyword is not supported.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If you do not specify a keyword, all debug messages are displayed.
The undebug etherchannel command is the same as the no debug etherchannel command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show etherchannel Displays EtherChannel information for the channel.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-8 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug interface
debug interface
Use the debug interface privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of interface-related activities.
Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug interface {interface-id | null interface-number | port-channel port-channel-number |
vlan vlan-id}
no debug interface {interface-id | null interface-number | port-channel port-channel-number |
vlan vlan-id}
Syntax Description interface-id Display debug messages for the specified physical interface, identified by
type switch number/module number/ port, for example gigabitethernet
6/0/3.
null interface-number Display debug messages for null interfaces. The interface-number is always
0.
port-channel Display debug messages for the specified EtherChannel port-channel
port-channel-number interface. The port-channel-number range is 1 to 12.
vlan vlan-id Display debug messages for the specified VLAN. The vlan-id range is 1 to
4094.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If you do not specify a keyword, all debug messages are displayed.
The undebug interface command is the same as the no debug interface command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show etherchannel Displays EtherChannel information for the channel.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-9
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug ip igmp filter
debug ip igmp filter
Use the debug ip igmp filter privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) filter events. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging
output.
debug ip igmp filter
no debug ip igmp filter
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug ip igmp filter command is the same as the no debug ip igmp filter command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-10 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug ip igmp max-groups
debug ip igmp max-groups
Use the debug ip igmp max-groups privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) maximum groups events. Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging output.
debug ip igmp max-groups
no debug ip igmp max-groups
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug ip igmp max-groups command is the same as the no debug ip igmp max-groups
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-11
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug ip igmp snooping
debug ip igmp snooping
Use the debug igmp snooping privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping activity. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging
output.
debug ip igmp snooping [group | management | router | timer]
no debug ip igmp snooping [group | management | router | timer]
Syntax Description group (Optional) Display IGMP snooping group activity debug messages.
management (Optional) Display IGMP snooping management activity debug messages.
router (Optional) Display IGMP snooping router activity debug messages.
timer (Optional) Display IGMP snooping timer event debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug ip igmp snooping command is the same as the no debug ip igmp snooping command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
debug platform ip Displays information about platform-dependent IGMP snooping activity.
igmp snooping
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-12 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug lacp
debug lacp
Use the debug lacp privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of Link Aggregation Control
Protocol (LACP) activity. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug lacp [all | event | fsm | misc | packet]
no debug lacp [all | event | fsm | misc | packet]
Syntax Description all (Optional) Display all LACP debug messages.
event (Optional) Display LACP event debug messages.
fsm (Optional) Display LACP finite state-machine debug messages.
misc (Optional) Display miscellaneous LACP debug messages.
packet (Optional) Display LACP packet debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug lacp command is the same as the no debug lacp command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show lacp Displays LACP channel-group information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-13
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug mac-notification
debug mac-notification
Use the debug mac-notification privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of MAC notification
events. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug mac-notification
no debug mac-notification
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug mac-notification command is the same as the no debug mac-notification command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show Displays the MAC address notification information for all interfaces or the
mac-address-table specified interface.
notification
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-14 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug matm
debug matm
Use the debug matm privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of platform-independent MAC
address management. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug matm
no debug matm
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug matm command is the same as the no debug matm command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
debug platform matm Displays information about platform-dependent MAC address management.
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-15
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug monitor
debug monitor
Use the debug monitor privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the Switched Port Analyzer
(SPAN) feature. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug monitor {all | errors | idb-update | info | list | notifications | platform | requests | snmp}
no debug monitor {all | errors | idb-update | info | list | notifications | platform | requests | snmp}
Syntax Description all Display all SPAN debug messages.
errors Display detailed SPAN error debug messages.
idb-update Display SPAN interface description block (IDB) update-trace debug messages.
info Display SPAN informational-tracing debug messages.
list Display SPAN port and VLAN-list tracing debug messages.
notifications Display SPAN notification debug messages.
platform Display SPAN platform-tracing debug messages.
requests Display SPAN request debug messages.
snmp Display SPAN and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) tracing
debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug monitor command is the same as the no debug monitor command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show monitor Displays information about all SPAN and remote SPAN (RSPAN) sessions
on the switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-16 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug mvrdbg
debug mvrdbg
Use the debug mvrdbg privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of Multicast VLAN
Registration (MVR). Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug mvrdbg {all | events | igmpsn | management | ports}
no debug mvrdbg {all | events | igmpsn | management | ports}
Syntax Description all Display all MVR activity debug messages.
events Display MVR event-handling debug messages.
igmpsn Display MVR Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping-activity
debug messages.
management Display MVR management-activity debug messages.
ports Display MVR port debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug mvrdbg command is the same as the no debug mvrdbg command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show mvr Displays the current MVR configuration.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-17
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug nvram
debug nvram
Use the debug nvram privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of nonvolatile random-access
memory (NVRAM) activity. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug nvram
no debug nvram
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug nvram command is the same as the no debug nvram command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-18 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug pagp
debug pagp
Use the debug pagp privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of Port Aggregation Protocol
(PAgP) activity. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug pagp [all | event | fsm | misc | packet]
no debug pagp [all | event | fsm | misc | packet]
Syntax Description all (Optional) Display all PAgP debug messages.
event (Optional) Display PAgP event debug messages.
fsm (Optional) Display PAgP finite state-machine debug messages.
misc (Optional) Display miscellaneous PAgP debug messages.
packet (Optional) Display PAgP packet debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug pagp command is the same as the no debug pagp command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show pagp Displays PAgP channel-group information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-19
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform acl
debug platform acl
Use the debug platform acl privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the access control list
(ACL) manager. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform acl {all | exit | label | main | racl | stack | vacl | vlmap | warn}
no debug platform acl {all | exit | label | main | racl | stack | vacl | vlmap | warn}
Syntax Description all Display all ACL manager debug messages.
exit Display ACL exit-related debug messages.
label Display ACL label-related debug messages.
main Display the main or important ACL debug messages.
racl Display router ACL related debug messages.
stack Display ACL stack-related debug messages.
vacl Display VLAN ACL-related debug messages.
vlmap Display ACL VLAN-map-related debug messages.
warn Display ACL warning-related debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform acl command is the same as the no debug platform acl command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-20 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform cli-redirection main
debug platform cli-redirection main
Use the debug platform cli-redirection main privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
main (important) command-line interface (CLI) redirection events. Use the no form of this command to
disable debugging output.
debug platform cli-redirection main
no debug platform cli-redirection main
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform cli-redirection main command is the same as the no debug platform
cli-redirection main command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-21
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform configuration
debug platform configuration
Use the debug platform configuration privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of
configuration file activity across the stack. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging
output.
debug platform configuration {all | reception | transmission}
no debug platform configuration {all | reception | transmission}
Syntax Description all Display debug messages for all configuration file transmission and reception events
throughout the stack.
reception Display debug messages for configuration file reception from other stack members.
transmission Display debug messages for configuration file transmission to other stack members.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform configuration command is the same as the no debug platform configuration
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-22 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform cpu-queues
debug platform cpu-queues
Use the debug platform cpu-queues privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of platform
central processing unit (CPU) receive queues. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging
output.
debug platform cpu-queues {broadcast-q | cbt-to-spt-q | cpuhub-q | host-q | icmp-q |
igmp-snooping-q | layer2-protocol-q | logging-q | remote-console-q | routing-protocol-q |
rpffail-q | software-fwd-q | stp-q}
no debug platform cpu-queues {broadcast-q | cbt-to-spt-q | cpuhub-q | host-q | icmp-q |
igmp-snooping-q | layer2-protocol-q | logging-q | remote-console-q | routing-protocol-q |
rpffail-q | software-fwd-q | stp-q}
Syntax Description broadcast-q Display debug messages about packets received by the broadcast queue.
cbt-to-spt-q Display debug messages about packets received by the core-based tree to
shortest-path tree (cbt-to-spt) queue.
cpuhub-q Display debug messages about packets received by the CPU heartbeat queue.
host-q Display debug messages about packets received by the host queue.
icmp-q Display debug messages about packets received by the Internet Control Message
Protocol (ICMP) queue.
igmp-snooping-q Display debug messages about packets received by the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP)-snooping queue.
layer2-protocol-q Display debug messages about packets received by the Layer 2 protocol queue.
logging-q Display debug messages about packets received by the logging queue.
remote-console-q Display debug messages about packets received by the remote console queue.
routing-protocol-q Display debug messages about packets received by the routing protocol queue.
rpffail-q Display debug messages about packets received by the reverse path forwarding
(RFP) failure queue.
software-fwd-q Debug packets received by the software forwarding queue.
stp-q Debug packets received by the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) queue.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-23
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform cpu-queues
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform cpu-queues command is the same as the no debug platform cpu-queues
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-24 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform device-manager
debug platform device-manager
Use the debug platform device-manager privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
platform-dependent device manager. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform device-manager {all | device-info | poll | port-download | trace}
no debug platform device-manager {all | device-info | poll | port-download | trace}
Syntax Description all Display all platform device manager debug messages.
device-info Display platform device manager device structure debug messages.
poll Display platform device manager 1-second poll debug messages.
port-download Display platform device manager remote procedure call (RPC) usage debug
messages.
trace Trace platform device manager function entry and exit debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform device-manager command is the same as the no debug platform
device-manager command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-25
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform dot1x
debug platform dot1x
Use the debug platform dot1x privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of stack-related 802.1X
events. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform dot1x {initialization | interface-configuration | rpc}
no debug platform dot1x {initialization | interface-configuration | rpc}
Syntax Description initialization Display 802.1X initialization sequence debug messages.
interface-configuration Display 802.1X interface configuration-related debug messages.
rpc Display 802.1X remote procedure call (RPC) request debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform dot1x command is the same as the no debug platform dot1x command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-26 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform etherchannel
debug platform etherchannel
Use the debug platform etherchannel privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of
platform-dependent EtherChannel events. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform etherchannel {init | link-up | rpc-detailed | rpc-generic | warnings}
no debug platform etherchannel {init | link-up | rpc-detailed | rpc-generic | warnings}
Syntax Description init Display EtherChannel module initialization debug messages.
link-up Display EtherChannel link-up and link-down related debug messages.
rpc-detailed Display detailed EtherChannel remote procedure call (RPC) debug messages.
rpc-generic Display EtherChannel RPC generic debug messages.
warnings Display EtherChannel warning debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform etherchannel command is the same as the no debug platform etherchannel
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-27
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform fallback-bridging
debug platform fallback-bridging
Use the debug platform fallback-bridging privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
platform-dependent fallback bridging manager. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging
output.
debug platform fallback-bridging [error | retry | rpc {events | messages}]
no debug platform fallback-bridging [error | retry | rpc {events | messages}]
Syntax Description error (Optional) Display fallback bridging manager error condition messages.
retry (Optional) Display fallback bridging manager retry messages.
rpc {events | messages} (Optional) Display fallback bridging debugging information. The
keywords have these meanings:
• events—Display remote procedure call (RPC) events.
• messages—Display RPC messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If you do not specify a keyword, all fallback bridging manager debug messages are displayed.
The undebug platform fallback-bridging command is the same as the no debug platform
fallback-bridging command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-28 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform forw-tcam
debug platform forw-tcam
Use the debug platform forw-tcam privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the forwarding
ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) manager. Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging output.
debug platform forw-tcam [adjustment | allocate | audit | error | move | read | write]
no debug platform forw-tcam [adjustment | allocate | audit | error | move | read | write]
Syntax Description adjustment (Optional) Display TCAM manager adjustment debug messages.
allocate (Optional) Display TCAM manager allocation debug messages.
audit (Optional) Display TCAM manager audit messages.
error (Optional) Display TCAM manager error messages.
move (Optional) Display TCAM manager move messages.
read (Optional) Display TCAM manager read messages.
write (Optional) Display TCAM manager write messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines If you do not specify a keyword, all forwarding TCAM manager debug messages are displayed.
The undebug platform forw-tcam command is the same as the no debug platform forw-tcam
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-29
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform ip igmp snooping
debug platform ip igmp snooping
Use the debug platform ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of
platform-dependent Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping. Use the no form of this
command to disable debugging output.
debug platform ip igmp snooping {all | di | error | event | group | mgmt | pak | retry | rpc | warn}
debug platform ip igmp snooping pak {ip-address | error | ipopt | leave| query | report | rx | svi
| tx}
debug platform ip igmp snooping rpc [cfg | l3mm | misc | vlan]
no debug platform ip igmp snooping {all | di | error | event | group | mgmt | pak | retry | rpc |
warn}
Syntax Description all Display all IGMP snooping debug messages.
di Display IGMP snooping destination index (di) coordination remote procedure
call (RPC) debug messages.
error Display IGMP snooping error messages.
event Display IGMP snooping event debug messages.
group Display IGMP snooping group debug messages.
mgmt Display IGMP snooping management debug messages.
pak {ip-address | Display IGMP snooping packet event debug messages. The keywords have
error | ipopt | leave | these meanings:
query | report | rx |
• ip-address—IP address of the IGMP group.
svi | tx}
• error—Display IGMP snooping packet error debug messages.
• ipopt—Display IGMP snooping IP bridging options debug messages.
• leave—Display IGMP snooping leave debug messages.
• query—Display IGMP snooping query debug messages.
• report—Display IGMP snooping report debug messages.
• rx—Display IGMP snooping received packet debug messages.
• svi—Display IGMP snooping switched virtual interface (SVI) packet
debug messages.
• tx—Display IGMP snooping sent packet debug messages.
retry Display IGMP snooping retry debug messages.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-30 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform ip igmp snooping
rpc [cfg | l3mm | misc Display IGMP snooping remote procedure call (RPC) event debug messages.
| vlan] The keywords have these meanings:
• cfg—(Optional) Display IGMP snooping RPC debug messages.
• l3mm—(Optional) IGMP snooping Layer 3 multicast router group RPC
debug messages.
• misc—(Optional) IGMP snooping miscellaneous RPC debug messages.
• vlan—(Optional) IGMP snooping VLAN assert RPC debug messages.
warn Display IGMP snooping warning messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform ip igmp snooping command is the same as the no debug platform ip igmp
snooping command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
debug ip igmp Displays information about platform-independent IGMP snooping activity.
snooping
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-31
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform ip multicast
debug platform ip multicast
Use the debug platform ip multicast privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of IP multicast
routing. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform ip multicast {all | mdb | mdfs-rp-retry | midb | mroute-rp | resources | retry |
rpf-throttle | snoop-events | software-forward | swidb-events | vlan-locks}
no debug platform ip multicast {all | mdb | mdfs-rp-retry | midb | mroute-rp | resources | retry
| rpf-throttle | snoop-events | software-forward | swidb-events | vlan-locks}
Syntax Description all Display all platform IP-multicast event debug messages.
Note Using this command can degrade the performance of the switch.
mdb Display IP-multicast debug messages for multicast distributed fast switching
(MDFS) multicast descriptor block (mdb) events.
mdfs-rp-retry Display IP-multicast MDFS rendezvous point (RP) retry event debug messages.
midb Display IP-multicast MDFS multicast interface descriptor block (MIDB) debug
messages.
mroute-rp Display IP-multicast RP event debug messages.
resources Display IP-multicast hardware resource debug messages.
retry Display IP-multicast retry processing event debug messages.
rpf-throttle Display IP-multicast reverse path forwarding (RPF) throttle event debug
messages.
snoop-events Display IP-multicast IGMP snooping event debug messages.
software-forward Display IP-multicast software forwarding event debug messages.
swidb-events Display IP-multicast MDFS software interface descriptor block (swidb) or
global event debug messages.
vlan-locks Display IP-multicast VLAN lock and unlock event debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-32 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform ip multicast
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform ip multicast command is the same as the no debug platform ip multicast
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-33
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform ip unicast
debug platform ip unicast
Use the debug platform ip unicast privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of
platform-dependent IP unicast routing. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform ip unicast {adjacency | all | arp | dhcp | errors | events | interface | mpath |
registries | retry | route | rpc | standby | statistics}
no debug platform ip unicast {adjacency | all | arp | dhcp | errors | events | interface | mpath |
registries | retry | route | rpc | standby | statistics}
Syntax Description adjacency Display IP unicast routing adjacency programming event debug messages.
all Display all platform IP unicast routing debug messages.
Note Using this command can degrade the performance of the switch.
arp Display IP unicast routing Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) and ARP throttling debug
messages.
dhcp Display IP unicast routing Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) dynamic
address-related event debug messages.
errors Display all IP unicast routing error debug messages, including resource allocation
failures.
events Display all IP unicast routing event debug messages, including registry and
miscellaneous events.
interface Display IP unicast routing interface event debug messages.
mpath Display IP unicast routing multi-path adjacency programming event debug messages
(present when performing equal or unequal cost routing).
registries Display IP unicast routing forwarding information database (FIB), adjacency add,
update, and delete registry event debug messages.
retry Display IP unicast routing reprogram FIBs with ternary content addressable memory
(TCAM) allocation failure debug messages.
route Display IP unicast routing FIB TCAM programming event debug messages.
rpc Display IP unicast routing Layer 3 unicast remote procedure call (RPC) interaction
debug messages.
standby Display IP unicast routing standby event debug messages, helpful in troubleshooting Hot
Standby Routing Protocol (HSRP) issues.
statistics Display IP unicast routing statistics gathering-related event debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-34 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform ip unicast
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform ip unicast command is the same as the no debug platform ip unicast command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-35
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform ipc
debug platform ipc
Use the debug platform ipc privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the platform-dependent
Interprocess Communication (IPC) Protocol. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging
output.
debug platform ipc {all | init | receive | send | trace}
no debug platform {all | init | receive | send | trace}
Syntax Description all Display all platform IPC debug messages.
Note Using this command can degrade the performance of the switch.
init Display debug messages related to IPC initialization.
receive Display IPC traces each time an IPC packet is received by the switch.
send Display IPC traces each time an IPC packet is sent by the switch.
trace Display IPC trace debug messages, tracing the code path as the IPC functions are
executed.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform ipc command is the same as the no debug platform ipc.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-36 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform led
debug platform led
Use the debug platform led privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of light-emitting diode
(LED) actions. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform led {generic | signal | stack}
no debug platform led {generic | signal | stack}
Syntax Description generic Display LED generic action debug messages.
signal Display LED signal bit map debug messages.
stack Display LED stack action debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform led command is the same as the no debug platform led command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-37
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform matm
debug platform matm
Use the debug platform matm privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of platform-dependent
MAC address management. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform matm {aging | all | ec-aging | errors | learning | rpc | secure-address | warnings}
no debug platform matm {aging | all | ec-aging | errors | learning | rpc | secure-address |
warnings}
Syntax Description aging Display MAC address aging debug messages.
all Display all platform MAC address management event debug messages.
ec-aging Display EtherChannel address aging-related debug messages.
errors Display MAC address management error messages.
learning Display MAC address management address-learning debug messages.
rpc Display MAC address management remote procedure call (RPC) related debug
messages.
secure-address Display MAC address management secure address learning debug messages.
warning Display MAC address management warning messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform matm command is the same as the no debug platform matm command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
debug matm Displays information about platform-independent MAC address management.
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals Command
Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System Management
Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-38 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform messaging application
debug platform messaging application
Use the debug platform messaging application privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of
application messaging activity. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform messaging application {all | badpak | cleanup | events | memerr | messages |
stackchg | usererr}
no debug platform messaging application {all | badpak | cleanup | events | memerr | messages
| stackchg | usererr}
Syntax Description all Display all application-messaging debug messages.
badpak Display bad-packet debug messages.
cleanup Display clean-up debug messages.
events Display event debug messages.
memerr Display memory-error debug messages.
messages Display application-messaging debug messages.
stackchg Display stack-change debug messages.
usererr Display user-error debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform messaging application command is the same as the no debug platform
messaging application command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-39
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform phy
debug platform phy
Use the debug platform phy privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of PHY driver
information. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform phy {automdix | flowcontrol | forced | init-seq | link-status | read | sfp |
show-controller | speed | write}
no debug platform phy {automdix | flowcontrol | forced | init-seq | link-status | read | sfp |
show-controller | speed | write}
Syntax Description automdix Display PHY automatic media-dependent-interface crossover (Auto MDIX)
debug messages.
flowcontrol Display PHY flowcontrol debug messages.
forced Display PHY forced-mode debug messages.
init-seq Display PHY initialization-sequence debug messages.
link-status Display PHY link-status debug messages.
read Display PHY-read debug messages.
sfp Display PHY small form-factor pluggable (SFP) modules debug messages.
show-controller Display PHY show-controller debug messages.
speed Display PHY speed-change debug messages.
write Display PHY-write debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The automdix keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform phy command is the same as the no debug platform phy command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-40 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform phy
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-41
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform pm
debug platform pm
Use the debug platform pm privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the platform-dependent
port manager software module. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform pm {all | counters | errdisable | etherchnl | exceptions | hpm-events | idb-events
| if-numbers | ios-events | link-status | platform | pm-events | pm-vectors [detail] | rpc
[general | oper-info | state | vectors | vp-events] | soutput | stack-manager | sync | vlans}
no debug platform pm {all | counters | errdisable | etherchnl | exceptions | hpm-events |
idb-events | if-numbers | ios-events | link-status | platform | pm-events | pm-vectors [detail]
| rpc [general | oper-info | state | vectors | vp-events] | soutput | stack-manager | sync | vlans}
Syntax Description all Display all port-manager debug messages.
counters Display counters for remote procedure call (RPC) debug messages.
errdisable Display error-disabled related-events debug messages.
etherchnl Display EtherChannel related-events debug messages.
exceptions Display system exception debug messages.
hpm-events Display platform port-manager event debug messages.
idb-events Display interface descriptor block (IDB) related-events debug messages.
if-numbers Display interface-number translation-event debug messages.
ios-events Display IOS event debug messages.
link-status Display interface link-detection event debug messages.
platform Display port-manager function-event debug messages.
pm-events Display port manager event debug messages.
pm-vectors [detail] Display port-manager vector-related-event debug messages. The keyword has
this meaning:
• detail—Display vector-function details.
rpc [general | Display RPC related-event debug messages. The keywords have these
oper-info | state | meanings:
vectors | vp-events] • general—(Optional) Display RPC general events.
• oper-info—(Optional) Display operational- and informational-related
RPC messages.
• state—(Optional) Display administrative- and operational-related RPC
messages.
• vectors—(Optional) Display vector-related RPC messages.
• vp-events—(Optional) Display virtual ports related-events RP messages.
soutput Display IDB output vector event debug messages.
stack-manager Display stack-manager related-events debug messages.
sync Display operational synchronization and VLAN line-state event debug
messages.
vlans Display VLAN creation and deletion event debug messages.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-42 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform pm
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform pm command is the same as the no debug platform pm command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-43
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform port-asic
debug platform port-asic
Use the debug platform port-asic privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the port
application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) driver. Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging output.
debug platform port-asic {interrupt | periodic | read | stack | write}
no debug platform port-asic {interrupt | periodic | read | stack | write}
Syntax Description interrupt Display port-ASIC interrupt-related function debug messages.
periodic Display port-ASIC periodic-function-call debug messages.
read Display port-ASIC read debug messages.
stack Display stacking-related function debug messages.
write Display port-ASIC write debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform port-asic command is the same as the no debug platform port-asic command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-44 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform port-security
debug platform port-security
Use the debug platform port-security privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of
platform-dependent port-security information. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging
output.
debug platform port-security {add | aging | all | delete | errors | rpc | warnings}
no debug platform port-security {add | aging | all | delete | errors | rpc | warnings}
Syntax Description add Display secure address addition debug messages.
aging Display secure address aging debug messages.
all Display all port-security debug messages.
delete Display secure address deletion debug messages.
errors Display port-security error debug messages.
rpc Display remote procedure call (RPC) debug messages.
warnings Display warning debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform port-security command is the same as the no debug platform port-security
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-45
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform qos-acl-tcam
debug platform qos-acl-tcam
Use the debug platform qos-acl-tcam privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the quality
of service (QoS) and access control list (ACL) ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) manager
software. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform qos-acl-tcam {all | ctcam | errors | labels | mask | rpc | tcam}
no debug platform qos-acl-tcam {all | ctcam | errors | labels | mask | rpc | tcam}
Syntax Description all Display all QoS and ACL TCAM (QATM) manager debug messages.
ctcam Display Cisco TCAM (CTCAM) related-events debug messages.
errors Display QATM error-related-events debug messages.
labels Display QATM label-related-events debug messages.
mask Display QATM mask-related-events debug messages.
rpc Display QATM remote procedure call (RPC) related-events debug messages.
tcam Display QATM TCAM-related events debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform qos-acl-tcam command is the same as the no debug platform qos-acl-tcam
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-46 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform remote-commands
debug platform remote-commands
Use the debug platform remote-commands privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of remote
commands. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform remote-commands
no debug platform remote-commands
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform remote-commands command is the same as the no debug platform
remote-commands command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-47
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform resource-manager
debug platform resource-manager
Use the debug platform resource-manager privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
resource manager software. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform resource-manager {all | dm | erd | errors | madmed | sd | stats | vld}
no debug platform resource-manager {all | dm | erd | errors | madmed | sd | stats | vld}
Syntax Description all Display all resource manager debug messages.
dm Display destination-map debug messages.
erd Display equal-cost-route descriptor-table debug messages.
errors Display error debug messages.
madmed Display the MAC address descriptor table and multi-expansion descriptor table
debug messages.
sd Display the station descriptor table debug messages.
stats Display statistics debug messages.
vld Display the VLAN-list descriptor debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform resource-manager command is the same as the no debug platform
resource-manager command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-48 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform snmp
debug platform snmp
Use the debug platform snmp privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
platform-dependent Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) software. Use the no form of this
command to disable debugging output.
debug platform snmp
no debug platform snmp
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform snmp command is the same as the no debug platform snmp command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-49
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform span
debug platform span
Use the debug platform span privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
platform-dependent Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) software. Use the no form of this command to
disable debugging output.
debug platform span
no debug platform span
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform span command is the same as the no debug platform span command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-50 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform stack-manager
debug platform stack-manager
Use the debug platform stack-manager privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the stack
manager software. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform stack-manager {all | rpc | sdp | sim | ssm | trace}
no debug platform stack-manager {all | rpc | sdp | sim | ssm | trace}
Syntax Description all Display all stack manager debug messages.
rpc Display stack manager remote procedure call (RPC) usage debug messages.
sdp Display the Stack Discovery Protocol (SDP) debug messages.
sim Display the stack information module debug messages.
ssm Display the stack state-machine debug messages.
trace Trace the stack manager entry and exit debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform stack-manager command is the same as the no debug platform
stack-manager command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-51
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform supervisor-asic
debug platform supervisor-asic
Use the debug platform supervisor-asic privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
supervisor application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC). Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging output.
debug platform supervisor-asic {all | errors | receive | send}
no debug platform supervisor-asic {all | errors | receive | send}
Syntax Description all Display all supervisor-ASIC event debug messages.
errors Display the supervisor-ASIC error debug messages.
receive Display the supervisor-ASIC receive debug messages.
send Display the supervisor-ASIC send debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform supervisor-asic command is the same as the no debug platform
supervisor-asic command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-52 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform sw-bridge
debug platform sw-bridge
Use the debug platform sw-bridge privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the software
bridging function. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform sw-bridge {broadcast | control | multicast | packet | unicast}
no debug platform sw-bridge {broadcast | control | multicast | packet | unicast}
Syntax Description broadcast Display broadcast-data debug messages.
control Display protocol-packet debug messages.
multicast Display multicast-data debug messages.
packet Display sent and received data debug messages.
unicast Display unicast-data debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform sw-bridge command is the same as the no debug platform sw-bridge
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-53
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform tcam
debug platform tcam
Use the debug platform tcam privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of ternary content
addressable memory (TCAM) access and lookups. Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging output.
debug platform tcam {log | read | search | write}
debug platform tcam log l2 {acl {input | output} | local | qos}
debug platform tcam log l3 {acl {input | output} | ipv6 {acl {input | output} | local | qos |
secondary} | local | qos | secondary}
debug platform tcam read {reg | ssram | tcam}
debug platform tcam search
debug platform tcam write {forw-ram | reg | tcam}
no debug platform tcam {log | read | search | write}
no debug platform tcam log l2 {acl {input | output} | local | qos}
no debug platform tcam log l3 {acl {input | output} | ipv6 {acl {input | output} | local | qos |
secondary} | local | qos | secondary}
no debug platform tcam read {reg | ssram | tcam}
no debug platform tcam search
no debug platform tcam write {forw-ram | reg | tcam}
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-54 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform tcam
Syntax Description log l2 {acl {input | output} | Display Layer-2 field-based CAM look-up type debug messages. The
local | qos} keywords have these meanings:
• acl {input | output}—Display input or output ACL look-up debug
messages.
• local—Display local forwarding look-up debug messages.
• qos—Display classification and quality of service (QoS) look-up
debug messages.
l3 {acl {input | output} | Display Layer-3 field-based CAM look-up type debug messages. The
ipv6 {acl {input | output} | keywords have these meanings:
local | qos | secondary} |
• acl {input | output}—Display input or output ACL look-up debug
local | qos | secondary}
messages.
• ipv6 {acl {input | output} | local | qos | secondary}—Display
IPv6-based look-up debug messages. Options include displaying
input or output ACL look-up, local forwarding look-up,
classification and QoS look-up, or secondary forwarding look-up
debug messages.
• local—Display local forwarding look-up debug messages.
• qos—Display classification and quality of service (QoS) look-up
debug messages.
• secondary—Display secondary forwarding look-up debug
messages.
read {reg | ssram | tcam} Display TCAM-read debug messages. The keywords have these
meanings:
• reg—Display TCAM-register read debug messages.
• ssram—Display synchronous static RAM (SSRAM)-read debug
messages.
• tcam—Display TCAM-read debug messages.
search Display supervisor-initiated TCAM-search results debug messages.
write {forw-ram | reg | Display TCAM-write debug messages. The keywords have these
tcam} meanings:
forw-ram—Display forwarding-RAM write debug messages.
reg—Display TCAM-register write debug messages.
tcam—Display TCAM-write debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-55
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform tcam
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform tcam command is the same as the no debug platform tcam command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-56 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform udld
debug platform udld
Use the debug platform udld privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
platform-dependent UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD) software. Use the no form of this command
to disable debugging output.
debug platform udld [all | error | rpc {events | messages}]
no debug platform udld [all | error | rpc {events | messages}]
Syntax Description all (Optional) Display all UDLD debug messages.
error (Optional) Display error condition debug messages.
rpc {events | messages} (Optional) Display UDLD remote procedure call (RPC) debug messages.
The keywords have these meanings:
• events—Display UDLD RPC events.
• messages—Display UDLD RPC messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform udld command is the same as the no debug platform udld command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-57
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug platform vlan
debug platform vlan
Use the debug platform vlan privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the VLAN manager
software. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug platform vlan {errors | mvid | rpc}
no debug platform vlan {errors | mvid | rpc}
Syntax Description errors Display VLAN error debug messages.
mvid Display mapped VLAN ID allocations and free debug messages.
rpc Display remote procedure call (RPC) debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug platform vlan command is the same as the no debug platform vlan command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-58 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug pm
debug pm
Use the debug pm privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of port manager (PM) activity. The
port manager is a state machine that controls all the logical and physical interfaces. All features, such as
VLANs, UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD), and so forth, work with the port manager to provide
switch functions. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug pm {all | assert | card | cookies | etherchnl | messages | port | registry | sm | span | split |
vlan | vp}
no debug pm {all | assert | card | cookies | etherchnl | messages | port | registry | sm | span | split |
vlan | vp}
Syntax Description all Display all PM debug messages.
assert Display assert debug messages.
card Display line-card related-events debug messages.
cookies Display internal PM cookie validation debug messages.
etherchnl Display EtherChannel related-events debug messages.
hatable Display Host Access Table events debug messages.
messages Display PM debug messages.
port Display port related-events debug messages.
registry Display PM registry invocation debug messages.
sm Display state-machine related-events debug messages.
span Display spanning-tree related-events debug messages.
split Display split-processor debug messages.
vlan Display VLAN related-events debug messages.
vp Display virtual port related-events debug messages.
Note Though visible in the command-line help strings, the scp and pvlan keywords are not supported.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The hatable keyword was added.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-59
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug pm
Usage Guidelines The undebug pm command is the same as the no debug pm command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-60 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug port-security
debug port-security
Use the debug port-security privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the allocation and
states of the port security subsystem. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug port-security
no debug port-security
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug port-security command is the same as the no debug port-security command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show port-security Displays port-security settings for an interface or for the switch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-61
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug qos-manager
debug qos-manager
Use the debug qos-manager privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the quality of service
(QoS) manager software. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug qos-manager {all | event | verbose}
no debug qos-manager {all | event | verbose}
Syntax Description all Display all QoS-manager debug messages.
event Display QoS-manager related-event debug messages.
verbose Display QoS-manager detailed debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug qos-manager command is the same as the no debug qos-manager command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, refer to the Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-62 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree
debug spanning-tree
Use the debug spanning-tree privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of spanning-tree
activities. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug spanning-tree {all | backbonefast | bpdu | bpdu-opt | config | csuf/csrt | etherchannel |
events | exceptions | general | mstp | pvst+ | root | snmp | switch | synchronization |
uplinkfast}
no debug spanning-tree {all | backbonefast | bpdu | bpdu-opt | config | csuf/csrt | etherchannel
| events | exceptions | general | mstp | pvst+ | root | snmp | switch | synchronization |
uplinkfast}
Syntax Description all Display all spanning-tree debug messages.
backbonefast Display BackboneFast-event debug messages.
bpdu Display spanning-tree bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) debug messages.
bpdu-opt Display optimized BPDU handling debug messages.
config Display spanning-tree configuration change debug messages.
csuf/csrt Display cross-stack UplinkFast and cross-stack rapid transition activity debug
messages.
etherchannel Display EtherChannel-support debug messages.
events Display spanning-tree topology event debug messages.
exceptions Display spanning-tree exception debug messages.
general Display general spanning-tree activity debug messages.
mstp Debug Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol events.
pvst+ Display per-VLAN spanning-tree plus (PVST+) event debug messages.
root Display spanning-tree root-event debug messages.
snmp Display spanning-tree Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
handling debug messages.
synchronization Display the spanning-tree synchronization event debug messages.
switch Display switch shim command debug messages. This shim is the software
module that is the interface between the generic Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)
code and the platform-specific code of various switch platforms.
uplinkfast Display UplinkFast-event debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-63
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The mstp and csuf/csrt keywords were added.
Usage Guidelines The undebug spanning-tree command is the same as the no debug spanning-tree command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show spanning-tree Displays spanning-tree state information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-64 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree backbonefast
debug spanning-tree backbonefast
Use the debug spanning-tree backbonefast privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of
spanning-tree BackboneFast events. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug spanning-tree backbonefast [detail | exceptions]
no debug spanning-tree backbonefast [detail | exceptions]
Syntax Description detail (Optional) Display detailed BackboneFast debug messages.
exceptions (Optional) Display spanning-tree BackboneFast-exception debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug spanning-tree backbonefast command is the same as the no debug spanning-tree
backbonefast command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show spanning-tree Displays spanning-tree state information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-65
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree bpdu
debug spanning-tree bpdu
Use the debug spanning-tree bpdu privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of sent and
received spanning-tree bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging output.
debug spanning-tree bpdu [receive | transmit]
no debug spanning-tree bpdu [receive | transmit]
Syntax Description receive (Optional) Display the nonoptimized path for received BPDU debug messages.
transmit (Optional) Display the nonoptimized path for transmitted BPDU debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug spanning-tree bpdu command is the same as the no debug spanning-tree bpdu
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show spanning-tree Displays spanning-tree state information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-66 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt
debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt
Use the debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of optimized
spanning-tree bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) handling. Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging output.
debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt [detail | packet]
no debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt [detail | packet]
Syntax Description detail (Optional) Display detailed optimized BPDU-handling debug messages.
packet (Optional) Display packet-level optimized BPDU-handling debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug spanning-tree bpdu-opt command is the same as the no debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show spanning-tree Displays spanning-tree state information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-67
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree mstp
debug spanning-tree mstp
Use the debug spanning-tree mstp privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the Multiple
Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) software. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging
output.
debug spanning-tree mstp {all | boundary | bpdu-rx | bpdu-tx | errors | flush | init | migration |
pm | proposals | region | roles | sanity_check | sync | tc | timers}
no debug spanning-tree mstp {all | boundary | bpdu-rx | bpdu-tx | errors | flush | init | migration
| pm | proposals | region | roles | sanity_check | sync | tc | timers}
Syntax Description all Enable all the debugging messages.
boundary Debug flag changes at these boundaries:
• An multiple spanning-tree (MST) region and a single spanning-tree region
running Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)
• An MST region and a single spanning-tree region running 802.1D
• An MST region and another MST region with a different configuration
bpdu-rx Debug the received MST bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).
bpdu-tx Debug the transmitted MST BPDUs.
errors Debug MSTP errors.
flush Debug the port flushing mechanism.
init Debug the initialization of the MSTP data structures.
migration Debug the protocol migration state machine.
pm Debug MSTP port manager events.
proposals Debug handshake messages between the designated switch and the root switch.
region Debug the region synchronization between the switch processor (SP) and the route
processor (RP).
roles Debug MSTP roles.
sanity_check Debug the received BPDU sanity check messages.
sync Debug the port synchronization events.
tc Debug topology change notification events.
timers Debug the MSTP timers for start, stop, and expire events.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-68 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree mstp
Usage Guidelines The undebug spanning-tree mstp command is the same as the no debug spanning-tree mstp
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show spanning-tree Displays spanning-tree state information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-69
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree switch
debug spanning-tree switch
Use the debug spanning-tree switch privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the software
interface between the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) software module and the port manager software
module. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug spanning-tree switch {all | errors | flush | general | helper | pm | rx {decode | errors |
interrupt | process} | state | tx [decode] | uplinkfast}
no debug spanning-tree switch {all | errors | flush | general | helper | pm | rx {decode | errors |
interrupt | process} | state | tx [decode] | uplinkfast}
Syntax Description all Display all spanning-tree switch debug messages.
errors Display debug messages for the interface between the spanning-tree software
module and the port manager software module.
flush Display debug messages for the shim flush operation.
general Display general event debug messages.
helper Display spanning-tree helper-task debug messages. Helper tasks handle bulk
spanning-tree updates.
pm Display port-manager event debug messages.
rx Display received bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) handling debug messages. The
keywords have these meanings:
• decode—Display decoded received packets.
• errors—Display receive error debug messages.
• interrupt—Display interrupt service request (ISR) debug messages.
• process—Display process receive BPDU debug messages.
state Display spanning-tree port state change debug messages;
tx [decode] Display transmitted BPDU handling debug messages. The keyword has this
meaning:
• decode—(Optional) Display decoded transmitted packets.
uplinkfast Display uplinkfast packet transmission debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
12.1(14)EA1 The flush and uplinkfast keywords were added.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-70 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree switch
Usage Guidelines The undebug spanning-tree switch command is the same as the no debug spanning-tree switch
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show spanning-tree Displays spanning-tree state information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-71
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree uplinkfast
debug spanning-tree uplinkfast
Use the debug spanning-tree uplinkfast privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of
spanning-tree UplinkFast events. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug spanning-tree uplinkfast [exceptions]
no debug spanning-tree uplinkfast [exceptions]
Syntax Description exceptions (Optional) Display spanning-tree UplinkFast-exception debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug spanning-tree uplinkfast command is the same as the no debug spanning-tree
uplinkfast command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show spanning-tree Displays spanning-tree state information.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-72 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug sw-vlan
debug sw-vlan
Use the debug sw-vlan privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of VLAN manager activities.
Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug sw-vlan {badpmcookies | cfg-vlan {bootup | cli} | events | ifs | management | notification
| packets | registries | vtp}
no debug sw-vlan {badpmcookies | cfg-vlan {bootup | cli} | events | ifs | management |
notification | packets | registries | vtp}
Syntax Description badpmcookies Display debug messages for VLAN manager incidents of bad port manager
cookies.
cfg-vlan {bootup | cli} Display config-vlan debug messages. The keywords have these meanings:
• bootup—Display messages when the switch is booting up.
• cli—Display messages when the command-line interface (CLI) is in
config-vlan mode.
events Display debug messages for VLAN manager events.
ifs See the debug sw-vlan ifs command.
management Display debug messages for VLAN manager management of internal
VLANs.
notification See the debug sw-vlan notification command.
packets Display debug messages for packet handling and encapsulation processes.
registries Display debug messages for VLAN manager registries.
vtp See the debug sw-vlan vtp command.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug sw-vlan command is the same as the no debug sw-vlan command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-73
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug sw-vlan
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show vlan Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the
VLAN name or ID is specified) in the administrative domain.
show vtp Displays general information about VTP management domain, status, and
counters.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-74 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug sw-vlan ifs
debug sw-vlan ifs
Use the debug sw-vlan ifs privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the VLAN manager IOS
file system (IFS) error tests. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug sw-vlan ifs {open {read | write} | read {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} | write}
no debug sw-vlan ifs {open {read | write} | read {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} | write}
Syntax Description open {read | write} Display VLAN manager IFS file-open operation debug messages. The
keywords have these meanings:
• read—Display VLAN manager IFS file-read operation debug messages.
• write—Display VLAN manager IFS file-write operation debug messages.
read {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} Display file-read operation debug messages for the specified error test (1, 2, 3,
or 4).
write Display file-write operation debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug sw-vlan ifs command is the same as the no debug sw-vlan ifs command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
When determining the file read operation, Operation 1 reads the file header, which contains the header
verification word and the file version number. Operation 2 reads the main body of the file, which
contains most of the domain and VLAN information. Operation 3 reads type length version (TLV)
descriptor structures. Operation 4 reads TLV data.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show vlan Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the
VLAN name or ID is specified) in the administrative domain.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-75
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug sw-vlan notification
debug sw-vlan notification
Use the debug sw-vlan notification privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the activation
and deactivation of Inter-Link Switch (ISL) VLAN IDs. Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging output.
debug sw-vlan notification {accfwdchange | allowedvlancfgchange | fwdchange | linkchange |
modechange | pruningcfgchange | statechange}
no debug sw-vlan notification {accfwdchange | allowedvlancfgchange | fwdchange |
linkchange | modechange | pruningcfgchange | statechange}
Syntax Description accfwdchange Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of aggregated
access interface spanning-tree forward changes.
allowedvlancfgchange Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of changes to the
allowed VLAN configuration.
fwdchange Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of spanning-tree
forwarding changes.
linkchange Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of interface
link-state changes.
modechange Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of interface mode
changes.
pruningcfgchange Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of changes to the
pruning configuration.
statechange Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of interface state
changes.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug sw-vlan notification command is the same as the no debug sw-vlan notification
command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-76 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug sw-vlan notification
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show vlan Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the
VLAN name or ID is specified) in the administrative domain.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-77
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug sw-vlan vtp
debug sw-vlan vtp
Use the debug sw-vlan vtp privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the VLAN Trunking
Protocol (VTP) code. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug sw-vlan vtp {events | packets | pruning [packets | xmit] | xmit}
no debug sw-vlan vtp {events | packets | pruning | xmit}
Syntax Description events Display debug messages for general-purpose logic flow and detailed VTP
messages generated by the VTP_LOG_RUNTIME macro in the VTP
code.
packets Display debug messages for the contents of all incoming VTP packets
that have been passed into the VTP code from the IOS VTP
platform-dependent layer, except for pruning packets.
pruning [packets | xmit] Display debug messages generated by the pruning segment of the VTP
code. The keywords have these meanings:
• packets—(Optional) Display debug messages for the contents of all
incoming VTP pruning packets that have been passed into the VTP
code from the IOS VTP platform-dependent layer.
• xmit—(Optional) Display debug messages for the contents of all
outgoing VTP packets that the VTP code requests the IOS VTP
platform-dependent layer to send.
xmit Display debug messages for the contents of all outgoing VTP packets that
the VTP code requests the IOS VTP platform-dependent layer to send,
except for pruning packets.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug sw-vlan vtp command is the same as the no debug sw-vlan vtp command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
If no further parameters are entered after the pruning keyword, VTP pruning debugging messages are
displayed. They are generated by the VTP_PRUNING_LOG_NOTICE, VTP_PRUNING_LOG_INFO,
VTP_PRUNING_LOG_DEBUG, VTP_PRUNING_LOG_ALERT, and
VTP_PRUNING_LOG_WARNING macros in the VTP pruning code.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-78 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug sw-vlan vtp
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show vtp Displays general information about VTP management domain, status, and
counters.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-79
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug udld
debug udld
Use the debug udld privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the UniDirectional Link
Detection (UDLD) feature. Use the no form of this command to disable UDLD debugging.
debug udld {events | packets | registries}
no debug udld {events | packets | registries}
Syntax Description events Display debug messages for UDLD process events as they occur.
packets Display debug messages for the UDLD process as it receives packets from the
packet queue and tries to send them at the request of the UDLD protocol code.
registries Display debug messages for the UDLD process as it processes registry calls from
the UDLD process-dependent module and other feature modules.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug udld command is the same as the no debug udld command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
For debug udld events, these debugging messages are displayed:
• General UDLD program logic flow
• State machine state changes
• Program actions for the set and clear ErrDisable state
• Neighbor cache additions and deletions
• Processing of configuration commands
• Processing of link-up and link-down indications
For debug udld packets, these debugging messages are displayed:
• General packet processing program flow on receipt of an incoming packet
• Indications of the contents of the various pieces of packets received (such as type length versions
[TLVs]) as they are examined by the packet reception code
• Packet transmission attempts and the outcome
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-80 78-15165-02
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug udld
For debug udld registries, these categories of debugging messages are displayed:
• Sub-block creation
• Fiber-port status changes
• State change indications from the port manager software
• MAC address registry calls
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
show udld Displays UDLD administrative and operational status for all ports or the
specified port.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 B-81
Appendix B Debug Commands
debug vqpc
debug vqpc
Use the debug vqpc privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the VLAN Query Protocol
(VQP) client. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging output.
debug vqpc [all | cli | events | learn | packet]
no debug vqpc [all | cli | events | learn | packet]
Syntax Description all (Optional) Display all VQP client debug messages.
cli (Optional) Display the VQP client command-line interface (CLI) debug
messages.
events (Optional) Display VQP client event debug messages.
learn (Optional) Display VQP client address learning debug messages.
packet (Optional) Display VQP client packet information debug messages.
Defaults Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines The undebug vqpc command is the same as the no debug vqpc command.
When you enable debugging, it is enabled only on the stack master. To enable debugging on a stack
member, you must start a session from the stack master by using the session switch-number privileged
EXEC command. Then enter the debug command at the command-line prompt of the stack member.
Related Commands Command Description
show debugging Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference for IOS Release 12.1 > Cisco IOS System
Management Commands > Troubleshooting Commands.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
B-82 78-15165-02
A P P E N D I X C
Show Platform Commands
This appendix describes the show platform privileged EXEC commands that have been created or
changed for use with the Catalyst 3750 switch. These commands display information helpful in
diagnosing and resolving internetworking problems and should be used only under the guidance of Cisco
technical support staff.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-1
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform acl
show platform acl
Use the show platform acl privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent access control list
(ACL) manager information.
show platform acl {interface interface-id | label label-number [detail] | statistics asic-number |
vlan vlan-id} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description interface interface-id Display per-interface ACL manager information for the specified interface.
The interface can be a physical interface or a VLAN.
label label-number Display per-label ACL manager information. The label-number range is 0 to
[detail] 255. The keyword has this meaning:
• detail—(Optional) Display detailed ACL manager label information.
statistics asic-number Display per-ASIC ACL manager information. The asic-number is the port
ASIC number, either 0 or 1.
vlan vlan-id Display per-VLAN ACL manager information. The vlan-id range is from 1 to
4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-2 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform configuration
show platform configuration
Use the show platform configuration privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
configuration-manager related information.
show platform configuration {config-output | default | running | startup} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description config-output Display the output of the last auto-configuration application.
default Display whether or not the system is running the default configuration.
running Display a snapshot of the backed-up running configuration on the local
switch.
startup Display a snapshot of the backed-up startup configuration on the local switch.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-3
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform etherchannel
show platform etherchannel
Use the show platform etherchannel privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
EtherChannel information.
show platform etherchannel {flags | time-stamps} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description flags Display EtherChannel port flags.
time-stamps Display EtherChannel time stamps.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-4 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform forward
show platform forward
Use the show platform forward privileged EXEC command for an interface to determine how the
hardware would forward a frame that matches the specified parameters.
show platform forward interface-id [vlan vlan-id] src-mac dst-mac [l3protocol-id] [sap | snap]
[cos cos] [ip src-ip dst-ip [frag field] [dscp dscp] {l4protocol-id | icmp icmp-type icmp-code |
igmp igmp-version igmp-type | tcp src-port dst-port flags | udp src-port dst-port} [ | {begin |
exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description interface-id The input physical interface, the port on which the packet comes in to the
switch (including type, stack member, module, and port number).
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Input VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. If not specified, and
the input interface is not a routed port, the default is 1.
src-mac 48-bit source MAC address.
dst-mac 48-bit destination MAC address.
l3protocol-id (Optional) The Layer 3 protocol used in the packet. The number is a
value 0 to 65535.
sap (Optional) Service access point (SAP) encapsulation type.
snap (Optional) Subnetwork Access Protocol (SNAP) encapsulation type.
cos cos (Optional) Class of service (CoS) value of the frame. The range is 0 to 7.
ip src-ip dst-ip (Optional, but required for IP packets) Source and destination IP
addresses in dotted decimal notation.
frag field (Optional) The IP fragment field for a fragmented IP packet. The range
is 0 to 65535.
dscp dscp (Optional) Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) field in the IP
header. The range is 0 to 63.
l4protocol-id The numeric value of the Layer 4 protocol field in the IP header. The
range is 0 to 255. For example, 47 is generic routing encapsulation
(GRE), and 89 is Open Shortest Path First (OSPF). If the protocol is TCP,
UDP, ICMP, or IGMP, you should use the appropriate keyword instead
of a numeric value.
icmp icmp-type Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) parameters. The icmp-type
icmp-code and icmp-code ranges are 0 to 255.
igmp igmp-version Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) parameters. The
igmp-type igmp-version range is 1 to 15; the igmp-type range is 0 to 15.
tcp src-port dst-port Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) parameters: TCP source port,
flags destination port, and the numeric value of the TCP flags byte in the
header. The src-port and dst-port ranges are 0 to 65535. The flag range
is from 0 to 1024.
udp src-port dst-port User Datagram Protocol (UDP) parameters. The src-port and dst-port
ranges are 0 to 65535.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-5
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform forward
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples Refer to the “Troubleshooting” chapter of the software configuration guide for this release for examples
of the show platform forward command output displays and what they mean.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-6 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform ip igmp snooping
show platform ip igmp snooping
Use the show platform ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping information.
show platform ip igmp snooping {all | control [di] | counters | flood [vlan vlan-id] | group
ip-address | hardware | retry [count | local [count] | remote [count]]} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description all Display all IGMP snooping platform IP multicast information.
control [di] Display IGMP snooping control entries. The keyword has this meaning:
• di—(Optional) Display IGMP snooping control destination index
entries.
counters Display IGMP snooping counters.
flood [vlan vlan-id] Display IGMP snooping flood information. The keyword has this meaning:
• vlan vlan-id—(Optional) Display flood information for the specified
VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
group ip-address Display the IGMP snooping multicast group information, where ip-address is
the IP address of the group.
hardware Display IGMP snooping information loaded into hardware.
retry [count | local Display IGMP snooping retry information. The keywords have these
[count] meanings:
• count—(Optional) Display only the retry count.
• local—(Optional) Display local retry entries.
remote [count] Display remote entries. The keyword has this meaning:
• count—(Optional) Display only the remote count.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-7
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform ip igmp snooping
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-8 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform ip multicast
show platform ip multicast
Use the show platform ip multicast privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent IP
multicast tables and other information.
show platform ip multicast {counters | groups | hardware [detail] | interfaces | locks |
mdfs-routes | mroute-retry | retry | trace} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description counters Display IP multicast counters and statistics.
groups Display IP multicast routes per group.
hardware [detail] Display IP multicast routes loaded into hardware. The keyword has this
meaning:
• detail—(Optional) Display port members in destination index and route
index.
interfaces Display IP multicast interfaces.
locks Display IP multicast destination-index locks.
mdfs-routes Display multicast distributed fast switching (MDFS) IP multicast routes.
mroute-retry Display the IP multicast route retry queue.
retry Display the IP multicast routes in the retry queue.
trace Display the IP multicast trace buffer.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-9
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform ip unicast
show platform ip unicast
Use the show platform ip unicast privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent IP unicast
routing information.
show platform ip unicast {adjacency | cef-idb | counts | dhcp | failed {adjacency | arp [A.B.C.D]
| route} | mpaths | route | standby | statistics | trace} [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description adjacency Display the platform adjacency database.
cef-idb Display platform information corresponding to Cisco Express Forwarding
(CEF) interface descriptor block.
counts Display the current counts for the Layer 3 unicast databases.
dhcp Display the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) system dynamic
addresses.
failed {adjacency | Display the hardware resource failures. The keywords have these meanings:
arp [A.B.C.D] | route}
• adjacency—Display the adjacency entries that failed to be programmed
in hardware.
• arp—Display the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) deletions because
of failure and because of retries.
• A.B.C.D—(Optional) Prefix of the ARP entries to display.
• route—Display the route entries that failed to be programmed in
hardware.
mpaths Display the Layer 3 unicast routing multipath adjacency database.
route Display the platform route database.
standby Display the platform standby information.
statistics Display the Layer 3 unicast routing accumulated statistics.
trace Display the platform event trace logs.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-10 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform ip unicast
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-11
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform ipc trace
show platform ipc trace
Use the show platform ipc trace privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
Interprocess Communication (IPC) Protocol trace log information.
show platform ipc trace [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-12 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform layer4op
show platform layer4op
Use the show platform layer4op privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent Layer 4
operator information.
show platform layer4op {acl | qos [port-asic]} {and-or | map | or-and | vcu} [ | {begin | exclude
| include} expression]
Syntax Description acl Display access control list (ACL) Layer 4 operators information.
qos [port-asic] Display quality of service (QoS) Layer 4 operators information. The keyword has
this meaning:
• port-asic—(Optional) QoS port ASIC number. The value can be 0 or 1.
and-or Display AND-OR registers information.
map Display select map information.
or-and Display OR-AND registers information.
vcu Display value compare unit (VCU) register information.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-13
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform mac-address-table
show platform mac-address-table
Use the show platform mac-address-table privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
MAC address table information.
show platform mac-address-table [aging-array | hash-table | mac-address mac-address] [vlan
vlan-id]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description aging-array (Optional) Display the MAC address table aging array.
hash-table (Optional) Display the MAC address table hash table.
mac-address mac-address (Optional) Display the MAC address table MAC address information,
where mac-address is the 48-bit hardware address.
vlan vlan-id (Optional) Display information for the specified VLAN. The range is 1
to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-14 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform messaging
show platform messaging
Use the show platform messaging privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
application and performance message information.
show platform messaging {application [incoming | outgoing | summary] | hiperf
[class-number]} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description application [incoming | Display application message information. The keywords have these
outgoing | summary] meanings:
• incoming—(Optional) Display only information about incoming
application messaging requests.
• outgoing—(Optional) Display only information about incoming
application messaging requests.
• summary—(Optional) Display summary information about all
application messaging requests.
hiperf [class-number] Display outgoing high-performance message information. Specify the
class-number option to display information about high-performance
messages for this class number. The range is 0 to 36.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-15
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform monitor
show platform monitor
Use the show platform monitor privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent Switched
Port Analyzer (SPAN) information.
show platform monitor [session session-number] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description session (Optional) Display SPAN information for the specified SPAN session. The
session-number range is 1 to 66.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-16 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform mvr table
show platform mvr table
Use the show platform mvr table privileged EXEC command to display the platform-dependent
Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR) multi-expansion descriptor (MED) group mapping table.
show platform mvr table [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-17
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform pm
show platform pm
Use the show platform pm privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent port-manager
information.
show platform pm {counters | group-masks | idbs {active-idbs | deleted-idbs} | if-numbers |
link-status | platform-block | port-info interface-id | stack-view | vlan {info | line-state}
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description counters Display module counters information.
group-masks Display EtherChannel group masks information.
idbs {active-idbs | Display interface data block (IDB) information. The keywords have these
deleted-idbs} meanings:
• active-idbs—Display active IDB information.
• deleted-idbs—Display deleted and leaked IDB information.
if-numbers Display interface numbers information.
link-status Display local port link status information.
platform-block Display platform port block information.
port-info interface-id Display port administrative and operation fields for the specified interface.
stack-view Display status information for the stack.
vlan {info | line-state} Display platform VLAN information. The keywords have these meanings:
• info—Display information for active VLANs.
• line-state—Display line-state information.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with your technical support
representative while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless your technical support
representative asks you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-18 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform port-asic
show platform port-asic
Use the show platform port-asic privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent port
application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) register information.
show platform port-asic {cpu-queue-map-table [asic number | port number [asic number]] |
dest-map index number |
etherchannel-info [asic number | port number [asic number]] |
exception [asic number | port number [asic number]] |
global-status [asic number | port number [asic number]] |
learning [asic number | port number [asic number]] |
mac-info [asic number | port number [asic number]] |
mvid [asic number] |
packet-info-ram [asic number | index number [asic number]] |
port-info [asic number | port number [asic number]] |
prog-parser [asic number | port number [asic number]] |
receive {buffer-queue | port-fifo | supervisor-sram} [asic number | port number [asic
number]] |
span [vlan-id [asic number] | [asic number]
stack {control | dest-map | learning | messages | mvid | prog-parser | span | stats [asic
number | port number [asic number]]
stats {drop | enqueue | miscellaneous | supervisor} [asic number | port number [asic
number]] |
transmit {port-fifo | queue | supervisor-sram} [asic number | port number [asic number]]
vct [asic number | port number [asic number]]}
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description cpu-queue-map-table Display the CPU queue-map table entries. The keywords have
[asic number | port number these meanings:
[asic number]] • asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27.
dest-map index number Display destination-map information for the specified index. The
range is 0 to 65535.
etherchannel-info [asic number | Display the contents of the EtherChannel information register. The
port number [asic number]] keywords have these meanings:
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27, where
0 is the supervisor and 1 to 25 are the ports.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-19
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform port-asic
exception [asic number | port Display the exception-index register information. The keywords
number [asic number]] have these meanings:
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27, where
0 is the supervisor and 1 to 25 are the ports.
global-status [asic number | Display global and interrupt status. The keywords have these
port number [asic number]] meanings:
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27, where
0 is the supervisor and 1 to 25 are the ports.
learning [asic number | port Display entries in the learning cache. The keywords have these
number [asic number]] meanings:
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27, where
0 is the supervisor and 1 to 25 are the ports.
mac-info [asic number | Display the contents of the MAC information register. The
port number [asic number]] keywords have these meanings:
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27, where
0 is the supervisor and 1 to 25 are the ports.
mvid [asic number] Display the mapped VLAN ID table. The keyword has this
meaning:
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
packet-info-ram [asic number | Display the packet information RAM. The keywords have these
index number [asic number]] meanings:
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• index number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified packet RAM index number and ASIC number. The
range is 0 to 63.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-20 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform port-asic
port-info [asic number | port Display port information register values. The keywords have these
number [asic number]] meanings:
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27, where
0 is the supervisor and 1 to 25 are the ports.
prog-parser [asic number | port Display the programmable parser tables. The keywords have these
number [asic number]] meanings:
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27, where
0 is the supervisor and 1 to 25 are the ports.
receive {buffer-queue | port-fifo | Display receive information. The keywords have these meanings:
supervisor-sram} [asic number |
• buffer-queue—Display the buffer queue information.
port number [asic number]]
• port-fifo—Display the port-FIFO information.
• supervisor-sram—Display the supervisor static RAM
(SRAM) information.
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27, where
0 is the supervisor and 1 to 25 are the ports.
span [vlan-id | asic number] Display the Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN)-related information.
The keywords have these meanings:
• vlan-id—(Optional) Display information for the specified
VLAN. The range is 0 to 1023.
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-21
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform port-asic
stack {control | dest-map | Display stack-related information. The keywords have these
learning | messages | mvid | meanings:
prog-parser | span | stats [asic
• control—Display stack control-status register information.
number | port number [asic
number]] • dest-map—Display destination-map information.
• learning—Display entries in the learning-cache.
• messages—Display the stack-message register information.
• mvid—Display entries in the mapped VLAN-ID table.
• prog-parser—Display the programmable parser tables.
• span—Display SPAN-related information.
• stats—Display raw statistics for the port ASIC.
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27, where
0 is the supervisor and 1 to 25 are the ports.
stats {drop | enqueue | Display raw statistics for the port ASIC. The keywords have these
miscellaneous | supervisor} [asic meanings:
number | port number [asic
• drop—Display drop statistics.
number]]
• enqueue—Display enqueue statistics.
• miscellaneous—Display miscellaneous statistics.
• supervisor—Display supervisor statistics.
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27, where
0 is the supervisor and 1 to 25 are the ports.
transmit {port-fifo | queue | Display transmit information. The keywords have these meanings:
supervisor-sram} [asic number |
• port-fifo—Display the contents of the port-FIFO information
port number [asic number]]
register.
• queue—Display the contents of the queue information
register.
• supervisor-sram—Display supervisor SRAM information.
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27, where
0 is the supervisor and 1 to 25 are the ports.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-22 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform port-asic
vct [asic number | port number Display the VLAN compression table entries for the specified
[asic number]] ASIC or for the specified port and ASIC. The keywords have these
meanings:
• asic number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified port and ASIC number. The range is 0 to 27, where
0 is the supervisor and 1 to 25 are the ports.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the
expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified
expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with your technical support
representative while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless your technical support
representative asks you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-23
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform port-security
show platform port-security
Use the show platform port-security privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
port-security information.
show platform port-security [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with your technical support
representative while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless your technical support
representative asks you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-24 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform qos
show platform qos
Use the show platform qos privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent quality of service
(QoS) information.
show platform qos {label asic number | policer {parameters asic number |
port alloc number asic number}} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description label asic number Display QoS label maps for the specified ASIC.
(Optional) For asic number, the range is 0 to 1.
policer {parameters asic number | Display policer information. The keywords have these
port alloc number asic number} meanings:
• parameters asic number—Display parameter
information for the specified ASIC. The range is 0 to 1.
• port alloc number asic number—Display port allocation
information for the specified port and ASIC. The port
allocation range is 0 to 25. The ASIC range is 0 to 1.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the
expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified
expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with your technical support
representative while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless your technical support
representative asks you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-25
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform resource-manager
show platform resource-manager
Use the show platform resource-manager privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
resource-manager information.
show platform resource-manager {dm [index number] | erd [index number] |
mad [index number] | med [index number] | mod | sd [index number] |
vld [index number]} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description dm [index number] Display the destination map. The keyword has this meaning:
• index number—(Optional) Display the specified index. The range is 0 to
65535.
erd [index number] Display the equal-cost-route descriptor table for the specified index. The
keyword has this meaning:
• index number—(Optional) Display the specified index. The range is 0 to
65535.
mad [index number] Display the MAC-address descriptor table for the specified index. The
keyword has this meaning:
• index number—(Optional) Display the specified index. The range is 0 to
65535.
med [index number] Display the multi-expansion descriptor table for the specified index. The
keyword has this meaning:
• index number—(Optional) Display the specified index. The range is 0 to
65535.
mod Display the resource-manager module information.
sd [index number] Display the station descriptor table for the specified index. The keyword has
this meaning:
• index number—(Optional) Display the specified index. The range is 0 to
65535.
vld [index number] Display the VLAN-list descriptor table for the specified index. The keyword
has this meaning:
• index number—(Optional) Display the specified index. The range is 0 to
65535.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-26 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform resource-manager
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with your technical support
representative while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless your technical support
representative asks you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-27
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform snmp counters
show platform snmp counters
Use the show platform snmp counters privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) counter information.
show platform snmp counters [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with your technical support
representative while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless your technical support
representative asks you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-28 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform spanning-tree
show platform spanning-tree
Use the show platform spanning-tree privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
spanning-tree information.
show platform spanning-tree synchronization [detail | vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description synchronization Display spanning-tree state synchronization information. The keywords have
[detail | vlan these meanings:
vlan-id] • detail—(Optional) Display detailed spanning-tree information.
• vlan vlan-id—(Optional) Display VLAN switch spanning-tree information
for the specified VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with your technical support
representative while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless your technical support
representative asks you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-29
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform stp-instance
show platform stp-instance
Use the show platform stp-instance privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
spanning-tree instance information.
show platform stp-instance vlan-id [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description vlan-id Display spanning-tree instance information for the specified VLAN. The range
is 1 to 4094.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with your technical support
representative while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless your technical support
representative asks you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-30 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform stack-manager
show platform stack-manager
Use the show platform stack-manager privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
switch-stack information.
show platform stack-manager {all | counters | trace [sdp [reverse] | state [reverse]]}
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description all Display all information for the entire switch stack.
counters Display the stack manager counters.
trace [sdp [reverse]] Display trace information. The keywords have these meanings:
• sdp—(Optional) Display Stack Discovery Protocol (SDP) information.
• reverse—(Optional) Display trace information in reverse chronological
order (from recent to older chronological sequence).
trace [state [reverse]] Display trace information. The keywords have these meanings:
• state—(Optional) Display stack state machine information.
• reverse—(Optional) Display trace information in reverse chronological
order (from recent to older chronological sequence).
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with your technical support
representative while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless your technical support
representative asks you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
These are the states displayed in the summary information about the switch stack:
• Waiting—The stage when a switch is booting up and waiting for communication from other switches
in the stack. The switch has not yet determined whether it is a stack master or not.
Stack members not participating in a stack master election remain in the waiting state until the stack
master is elected and ready.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-31
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform stack-manager
• Initializing—The stage when a switch has determined whether it is the stack master or not. If the
switch is not the stack master, it is receiving its system- and interface-level configuration from the
stack master and loading it.
• Ready—The stage when the stack member has completed loading the system- and interface-level
configuration and is ready to forward traffic.
• Master Re-Init—The stage immediately after a stack master re-election and a different stack
member is elected stack master. The new stack master is re-initializing its configuration. This state
applies only to the new stack master.
• Ver Mismatch—The stage of a switch in version mismatch (VM) mode. VM mode is when a switch
joining the switch stack has a different stack protocol minor version number from the stack master.
A typical state transition for a stack member (including a stack master) booting up is Waiting ->
Initializing -> Ready.
A typical state transition for a stack member becoming a stack master after a stack master election is
Ready -> Master Re-Init -> Ready.
A typical state transition for a stack member in version mismatch (VM) mode is Waiting ->
Ver Mismatch.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-32 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform tb
show platform tb
Use the show platform tb privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent trusted-boundary
information during a stack master change to a new stack master.
show platform tb [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description | begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(14)EA1 This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with your technical support
representative while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless your technical support
representative asks you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples This is an example of output from the show platform tb command:
Switch# show platform tb
Print TB sub-block information
(Fa1/0/2) device:(Cisco phone)
/* current interfaces with TB enabled, and the trust device type */
Current master switch:(Yes)
/* Is this switch the current master switch? */
New elected master :(No)
/* Is the master switch-over occurred and this is the new master switch? */
Master ready :(No)
/* Is the Master switch in ready state? */
HULC TB process on :(No)
/* Is the TB platform process currently running? */
CDP stable timer ON :(No)(360 secs)
/* Is the CDP stable timer running? After the CDP stable timer expired, CDP neighbors of
all the TB enabled interfaces will be verified to make sure the replacement of IP phone
and PC did not happen during the master switch-over. */
Print TB residue trust ports information
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-33
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform tb
/* The interfaces with TB enabled right before master switch-over. */
Print port CDP neighbor information
/* Is the CDP message still received after switch-over? */
HULC TB is not detecting CDP events
/* Currently, this switch is not detecting any CDP event. */
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-34 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform tcam
show platform tcam
Use the show platform tcam privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent ternary content
addressable memory (TCAM) driver information.
show platform tcam {handle number | log-results | table {acl | all | equal-cost-route | ipv6 {acl |
qos | secondary} local | mac-address | multicast-expansion | qos | secondary | station |
vlan-list} | usage} [asic number [detail [invalid]] | [index number [detail [invalid]] | invalid
| num number [detail [invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] | [num number [detail [invalid]] |
invalid]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show platform tcam table acl [asic number [detail [invalid]] | [index number [detail [invalid]] |
invalid | num number [detail [invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] | [num number [detail [invalid]]
| invalid]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show platform tcam table all [asic number [detail [invalid]] | [index number [detail [invalid]] |
invalid | num number [detail [invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] | [num number [detail [invalid]]
| invalid]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show platform tcam table equal-cost-route [asic number [detail [invalid]] | [index number
[detail [invalid]] | invalid | num number [detail [invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] | [num number
[detail [invalid]] | invalid]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show platform tcam table ipv6 {acl | qos | secondary} [asic number [detail [invalid]] | [index
number [detail [invalid]] | invalid | num number [detail [invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] | [num
number [detail [invalid]] | invalid]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show platform tcam table local [asic number [detail [invalid]] | [index number [detail [invalid]]
| invalid | num number [detail [invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] | [num number [detail [invalid]]
| invalid]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show platform tcam table mac-address [asic number [detail [invalid]] | [index number [detail
[invalid]] | invalid | num number [detail [invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] | [num number [detail
[invalid]] | invalid]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show platform tcam table multicast-expansion [asic number [detail [invalid]] | [index number
[detail [invalid]] | invalid | num number [detail [invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] | [num number
[detail [invalid]] | invalid]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show platform tcam table qos [asic number [detail [invalid]] | [index number [detail [invalid]] |
invalid | num number [detail [invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] | [num number [detail [invalid]]
| invalid]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show platform tcam table secondary [asic number [detail [invalid]] | [index number [detail
[invalid]] | invalid | num number [detail [invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] | [num number [detail
[invalid]] | invalid]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show platform tcam table station [asic number [detail [invalid]] | [index number [detail
[invalid]] | invalid | num number [detail [invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] | [num number [detail
[invalid]] | invalid]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show platform tcam table vlan-list [[asic number [detail [invalid]] | [index number [detail
[invalid]] | invalid | num number [detail [invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] | [num number [detail
[invalid]] | invalid]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-35
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform tcam
Syntax Description handle number Display the TCAM handle. The range is 0 to 4294967295.
log-results Display the TCAM log results.
table {acl | all | equal-cost-route Display lookup and forwarding table information. The keywords
| ipv6 {acl | qos | secondary} have these meanings:
local | mac-address |
• acl—Display the access-control list (ACL) table.
multicast-expansion | qos |
secondary | station | vlan-list} • all—Display all the TCAM tables.
• equal-cost-route—Display the equal-cost-route table.
• ipv6—Display IPv6 information.
– acl—Display the IPv6 ACL-table information.
– qos—Display the IPv6 QoS-table information.
– secondary—Display the IPv6 secondary-table
information.
• local—Display the local table.
• mac-address—Display the MAC-address table.
• multicast-expansion—Display the IPv6 multicast-expansion
table.
• qos—Display the QoS table.
• secondary—Display the secondary table.
• station—Display the station table.
• vlan-list—Display the VLAN list table.
usage Display the CAM and forwarding table usage.
[[asic number [detail [invalid]] | Display information. The keywords have these meanings:
[index number [detail [invalid]] |
• asic number—Display information for the specified ASIC
invalid | num number [detail
device ID. The range is 0 to 15.
[invalid]] | invalid] | [invalid] |
[num number [detail [invalid]] | • detail [invalid]—(Optional) Display valid or invalid details.
invalid]] • index number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified TCAM table index. The range is 0 to 32768.
• num number—(Optional) Display information for the
specified TCAM table number. The range is 0 to 32768.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the
expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified
expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-36 78-15165-02
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform tcam
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with your technical support
representative while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless your technical support
representative asks you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 C-37
Appendix C Show Platform Commands
show platform vlan
show platform vlan
Use the show platform vlan privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent VLAN
information.
show platform vlan {misc | mvid | prune | refcount | rpc {receive | transmit}} [ | {begin | exclude
| include} expression]
Syntax Description misc Display miscellaneous VLAN module information.
mvid Display the mapped VLAN ID (MVID) allocation information.
prune Display the stack pruning database.
refcount Display the VLAN lock module-wise reference counts.
rpc {receive | Display remote procedure call (RPC) messages. The keywords have these
transmit} meanings:
• receive—Display received information.
• transmit—Display transmitted information.
| begin (Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude (Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include (Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes Privileged EXEC
Command History Release Modification
12.1(11)AX This command was first introduced.
Usage Guidelines You should use this command only when you are working directly with your technical support
representative while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless your technical support
representative asks you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
C-38 78-15165-02
I N D EX
action command 2-3
Numerics
address aliasing 2-166
802.1X aggregate-port learner 2-171
and switchport modes 2-427 allowed VLANs 2-440
See also port-based authentication apply command 2-475
violation error recovery 2-84 archive copy-sw command 2-5
archive download-sw command 2-7
archive tar command 2-10
A
archive upload-sw command 2-13
aaa authentication dot1x command 2-1 audience xv
AAA methods 2-1 authorization state of controlled port 2-72
abort command 2-475 autonegotiation of duplex mode 2-81
access control entries auto qos voip command 2-15
See ACEs
access control lists
B
See ACLs
access groups BackboneFast, for STP 2-364
IP 2-95 boot (boot loader) command A-2
MAC, displaying 2-267 boot auto-copy-sw command 2-19
access lists boot boothlpr command 2-20
IP 2-95 boot config-file command 2-21
on Layer 2 interfaces 2-95 boot enable-break command 2-22
access map configuration mode 2-121 boot helper command 2-23
access mode 2-426 boot helper-config file command 2-24
access ports 2-426 booting
ACEs 2-64, 2-177 displaying environment variables 2-215
ACLs interrupting 2-22
deny 2-62 IOS image 2-27
displaying 2-209 manually 2-25
for non-IP protocols 2-115
matching 2-121
permit 2-175
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 IN-1
Index
boot loader
C
accessing A-1
booting candidate switches
helper image 2-23 See clusters
IOS image A-2 cat (boot loader) command A-4
directories caution, description xvi
creating A-16 channel-group command 2-28
displaying a list of A-7 channel-protocol command 2-32
removing A-20 class command 2-33
displaying class-map command 2-35
available commands A-12 class maps
memory heap utilization A-14 creating 2-35
version A-27 defining the match criteria 2-123
environment variables displaying 2-217
described A-21 class of service
displaying settings A-21 See CoS
location of A-23 clear lacp command 2-37
setting A-21 clear mac-address-table command 2-38
unsetting A-25 clear pagp command 2-39
files clear setup express command 2-40
copying A-5 clear spanning-tree counters command 2-41
deleting A-6 clear spanning-tree detected-protocols command 2-42
displaying a list of A-7 clear vmps statistics command 2-43
displaying the contents of A-4, A-17, A-24 clear vtp counters command 2-44
renaming A-18 cluster commander-address command 2-45
file system cluster discovery hop-count command 2-47
formatting A-10 cluster enable command 2-48
initializing Flash A-9 cluster holdtime command 2-50
running a consistency check A-11 cluster member command 2-51
loading helper images A-13 cluster outside-interface command 2-53
prompt A-1 cluster run command 2-54
resetting the system A-19 clusters
boot manual command 2-25 adding candidates 2-51
boot private-config-file command 2-26 binding to HSRP group 2-55
boot system command 2-27 building manually 2-51
BPDU filtering, for spanning tree 2-365, 2-398 communicating with
BPDU guard, for spanning tree 2-367, 2-398 devices outside the cluster 2-53
broadcast storm control 2-415 members by using Telnet 2-187
broadcast traffic counters 2-254 debug messages, display B-4
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
IN-2 78-15165-02
Index
clusters (continued)
D
displaying
candidate switches 2-220 debug autoqos command B-2
debug messages B-4 debug cluster command B-4
member switches 2-222 debug dot1x command B-6
status 2-218 debug dtp command B-7
hop-count limit for extended discovery 2-47 debug etherchannel command B-8
HSRP standby groups 2-55 debug interface command B-9
redundancy 2-55 debug ip igmp filter command B-10
SNMP trap 2-355 debug ip igmp max-groups command B-11
cluster standby-group command 2-55 debug ip igmp snooping command B-12
cluster timer command 2-57 debug lacp command B-13
command modes defined 1-2 debug mac-notification command B-14
command switch debug matm command B-15
See clusters debug monitor command B-16
configuration files debug mvrdbg command B-17
password recovery disable considerations A-1 debug nvram command B-18
specifying the name 2-21, 2-26 debug pagp command B-19
configuring multiple interfaces 2-90 debug platform acl command B-20
config-vlan mode debug platform cli-redirection main command B-21
commands 2-461 debug platform configuration command B-22
description 1-5 debug platform cpu-queues command B-23
entering 2-460 debug platform device-manager command B-25
summary 1-2 debug platform dot1x command B-26
conventions debug platform etherchannel command B-27
command xvi debug platform fallback-bridging command B-28
for examples xvi debug platform forw-tcam command B-29
publication xvi debug platform ipc command B-36
text xvi debug platform ip igmp snooping command B-30
copy (boot loader) command A-5 debug platform ip multicast command B-32
CoS debug platform ip unicast command B-34
assigning default value to incoming packets 2-131 debug platform led command B-37
overriding the incoming value 2-131 debug platform matm command B-38
CoS-to-DSCP map 2-135 debug platform messaging application command B-39
CPU ASIC statistics, displaying 2-224 debug platform phy command B-40
debug platform pm command B-42
debug platform port-asic command B-44
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 IN-3
Index
debug platform port-security command B-45 documentation
debug platform qos-acl-tcam command B-46 feedback xviii
debug platform remote-commands command B-47 obtaining
debug platform resource-manager command B-48 CD-ROM xvii
debug platform snmp command B-49 world wide web xvii
debug platform span command B-50 ordering xviii
debug platform stack-manager command B-51 related xvii
debug platform supervisor-asic command B-52 document conventions xvi
debug platform sw-bridge command B-53 domain name, VTP 2-484, 2-488
debug platform tcam command B-54 dot1x default command 2-65
debug platform udld command B-57 dot1x guest-vlan command 2-66
debug platform vlan command B-58 dot1x host-mode command 2-67
debug pm command B-59 dot1x initialize command 2-69
debug port-security command B-61 dot1x max-req command 2-70
debug qos-manager command B-62 dot1x multiple-hosts command 2-71
debug spanning-tree backbonefast command B-65 dot1x port-control command 2-72
debug spanning-tree bpdu command B-66 dot1x re-authenticate command 2-74
debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt command B-67 dot1x re-authentication command 2-75
debug spanning-tree command B-63 dot1x reauthentication command 2-76
debug spanning-tree mstp command B-68 dot1x system-auth-control command 2-77
debug spanning-tree switch command B-70 dot1x timeout command 2-78
debug spanning-tree uplinkfast command B-72 dropping packets, with ACL matches 2-3
debug sw-vlan command B-73 DSCP-to-CoS map 2-135
debug sw-vlan ifs command B-75 DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map 2-135
debug sw-vlan notification command B-76 DTP 2-427
debug sw-vlan vtp command B-78 DTP flap
debug udld command B-80 error detection for 2-82
debug vqpc command B-82 error recovery timer 2-84
define interface-range command 2-58 duplex command 2-80
delete (boot loader) command A-6 dynamic-access ports
delete command 2-60 configuring 2-422
deny command 2-62 restrictions 2-423
detect mechanism, causes 2-82 dynamic auto VLAN membership mode 2-426
dir (boot loader) command A-7 dynamic desirable VLAN membership mode 2-426
directories, deleting 2-60 Dynamic Trunking Protocol
See DTP
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
IN-4 78-15165-02
Index
Ethernet controller, internal register display 2-226
E
Ethernet statistics, collecting 2-193
EAP-request/identity frame examples, conventions for xvi
maximum number to send 2-70 exit command 2-475
response time before retransmitting 2-78 extended discovery of candidate switches 2-47
encapsulation methods 2-440 extended-range VLANs
environment variables, displaying 2-215 and allowed VLAN list 2-440
errdisable detect cause command 2-82 and pruning-eligible list 2-440
errdisable recovery command 2-84 configuring 2-460
error conditions, displaying 2-241 extended system ID for STP 2-371
error disable detection 2-82
error-disabled interfaces, displaying 2-248
EtherChannel
F
assigning Ethernet interface to channel group 2-28 fan information, displaying 2-237
creating port-channel logical interface 2-88 feedback to Cisco Systems, web xviii
debug EtherChannel/PAgP, display B-8 file name, VTP 2-484
debug platform-specific events, display B-27 files, deleting 2-60
displaying 2-245 flash_init (boot loader) command A-9
interface information, displaying 2-248 flowcontrol command 2-86
LACP format (boot loader) command A-10
clearing channel-group information 2-37 forwarding packets, with ACL matches 2-3
debug messages, display B-13 forwarding results, display C-5
displaying 2-263 frame forwarding information, displaying C-5
modes 2-28 fsck (boot loader) command A-11
port priority for hot-standby ports 2-107
restricting a protocol 2-32
system priority 2-109 G
load-distribution methods 2-184 global configuration mode 1-2, 1-4
PAgP
aggregate-port learner 2-171
clearing channel-group information 2-39 H
debug messages, display B-19
hardware ACL statistics 2-209
displaying 2-310
help (boot loader) command A-12
error detection for 2-82
hop-count limit for clusters 2-47
error recovery timer 2-84
host connection, port configuration 2-425
learn method 2-171
HSRP
modes 2-28
binding HSRP group to cluster 2-55
physical-port learner 2-171
standby group 2-55
priority of interface for transmitted traffic 2-173
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 IN-5
Index
ip igmp filter command 2-100
I
ip igmp max-groups command 2-101
IGMP filters ip igmp profile command 2-102
applying 2-100 ip igmp snooping command 2-104
debug messages, display B-10 IP multicast addresses 2-165
IGMP groups, setting maximum 2-101 IP phones
IGMP maximum groups, debugging B-11 auto-QoS configuration 2-15
IGMP profiles trusting packets sent from 2-158
creating 2-102 IP-precedence-to-DSCP map 2-135
displaying 2-257
IGMP snooping
displaying 2-258, 2-260
J
enabling 2-104 jumbo frames. See MTU
images
See software images
Immediate-Leave feature, MVR 2-168 L
Immediate-Leave processing 2-104 LACP
interface command 2-93 See EtherChannel
interface configuration mode 1-2, 1-4 lacp port-priority command 2-107
interface port-channel command 2-88 lacp system-priority command 2-109
interface range command 2-90 Layer 2 mode, enabling 2-420
interface-range macros 2-58 Layer 2 traceroute
interfaces IP addresses 2-450
assigning Ethernet interface to channel group 2-28 MAC addresses 2-447
configuring 2-80 Layer 3 mode, enabling 2-420
configuring multiple 2-90 line configuration mode 1-3, 1-6
creating port-channel logical 2-88 Link Aggregation Control Protocol
debug messages, display B-9 See EtherChannel
disabling 2-353 link flap
displaying the MAC address table 2-279 error detection for 2-82
restarting 2-353 error recovery timer 2-84
interface speed, configuring 2-407 load_helper (boot loader) command A-13
internal registers, displaying 2-226, 2-230 load-distribution methods for EtherChannel 2-184
invalid GBIC logging file command 2-111
error detection for 2-82 logical interface 2-88
error recovery timer 2-84 loopback error
ip address command 2-98 detection for 2-82
IP addresses, setting 2-98 recovery timer 2-84
IP address matching 2-121
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
IN-6 78-15165-02
Index
loop guard, for spanning tree 2-373, 2-377 manual
audience xv
purpose of xv
M
maps
mac access-group command 2-113 QoS
MAC access-groups, displaying 2-267 defining 2-135
MAC access list configuration mode 2-115 displaying 2-296
mac access-list extended command 2-115 VLAN
MAC access lists 2-62 creating 2-472
MAC addresses defining 2-121
displaying displaying 2-344
aging time 2-273 match (access-map configuration) command 2-121
all 2-271 match (class-map configuration) command 2-123
dynamic 2-277 maximum transmission unit
Layer 2 multicast entries 2-281 See MTU
notification settings 2-283 mdix auto command 2-125
number of addresses in a VLAN 2-275 member switches
per interface 2-279 See clusters
per VLAN 2-287 memory (boot loader) command A-14
static 2-285 mkdir (boot loader) command A-16
static and dynamic entries 2-269 mls qos aggregate-policer command 2-129
dynamic mls qos command 2-127
aging time 2-117 mls qos cos command 2-131
deleting 2-38 mls qos dscp-mutation command 2-133
displaying 2-277 mls qos map command 2-135
enabling MAC address notification 2-118 mls qos queue-set output buffers command 2-138
matching 2-121 mls qos queue-set output threshold command 2-140
static mls qos srr-queue input bandwidth command 2-142
adding and removing 2-120 mls qos srr-queue input buffers command 2-144
displaying 2-285 mls qos-srr-queue input cos-map command 2-146
tables 2-271 mls qos srr-queue input dscp-map command 2-148
MAC address notification, debugging B-14 mls qos srr-queue input priority-queue command 2-150
mac address-table aging-time 2-113, 2-121 mls qos srr-queue input threshold command 2-152
mac-address-table aging-time command 2-117 mls qos-srr-queue output cos-map command 2-154
mac-address-table notification command 2-118 mls qos srr-queue output dscp-map command 2-156
mac-address-table static command 2-120 mls qos trust command 2-158
macros, interface range 2-58, 2-90 mode, MVR 2-165
Mode button, and password recovery 2-197
modes, commands 1-2
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 IN-7
Index
monitor session command 2-160 MSTP (continued)
more (boot loader) command A-17 state changes
MSTP blocking to forwarding state 2-400
displaying 2-324 enabling BPDU filtering 2-365, 2-398
interoperability 2-42 enabling BPDU guard 2-367, 2-398
link type 2-375 enabling Port Fast 2-398, 2-400
MST region forward-delay time 2-385
aborting changes 2-381 length of listening and learning states 2-385
applying changes 2-381 rapid transition to forwarding 2-375
configuration name 2-381 shutting down Port Fast-enabled ports 2-398
configuration revision number 2-381 state information display 2-323
current or pending display 2-381 MTU
displaying 2-324 configuring size 2-445
MST configuration mode 2-381 displaying global setting 2-334
VLANs-to-instance mapping 2-381 multicast group address, MVR 2-168
path cost 2-383 multicast groups, MVR 2-166
protocol mode 2-379 multicast router learning method 2-104
restart protocol migration process 2-42 multicast router ports, configuring 2-104
root port multicast storm control 2-415
loop guard 2-373 multicast traffic counters 2-254
preventing from becoming designated 2-373 multicast VLAN, MVR 2-165
restricting which can be root 2-373 multicast VLAN registration
root guard 2-373 See MVR
root switch multiple hosts on authorized port 2-67
affects of extended system ID 2-371 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
hello-time 2-386, 2-394 See MSTP
interval between BDPU messages 2-387 MVR
interval between hello BPDU messages 2-386, 2-394 and address aliasing 2-166
max-age 2-387 configuring 2-165
maximum hop count before discarding BPDU 2-389 configuring interfaces 2-168
port priority for selection of 2-391 debug messages, display B-17
primary or secondary 2-394 displaying 2-304
switch priority 2-393 displaying interface information 2-306
members, displaying 2-308
mvr (global configuration) command 2-165
mvr (interface configuration) command 2-168
mvr vlan group command 2-169
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
IN-8 78-15165-02
Index
policy maps
N
applying to an interface 2-199, 2-204
native VLANs 2-440 creating 2-182
nonegotiate displaying 2-312
DTP messaging 2-428 policers
speed 2-407 displaying 2-290
non-IP protocols for a single class 2-178
denying 2-62 for multiple classes 2-129, 2-180
forwarding 2-175 policed-DSCP map 2-135
non-IP traffic access lists 2-115 traffic classification
non-IP traffic forwarding defining the class 2-33
denying 2-62 defining trust states 2-453
permitting 2-175 setting DSCP or IP precedence values 2-202
normal-range VLANs 2-460, 2-466 Port Aggregation Protocol
note, description xvi See EtherChannel
no vlan command 2-460, 2-470 port-based authentication
AAA method list 2-1
debug messages, display B-6
P
enabling 802.1X
PAgP globally 2-77
See EtherChannel per interface 2-72
pagp learn-method command 2-171 guest VLAN 2-66
pagp port-priority command 2-173 host modes 2-67
password, VTP 2-484, 2-488 initialize an interface 2-69
password-recovery mechanism, enabling and manual control of authorization state 2-72
disabling 2-197 multiple hosts on authorized port 2-67
permit command 2-175
periodic re-authentication
per-VLAN spanning-tree plus enabling 2-76
See STP time between attempts 2-78
physical-port learner 2-171
quiet period between failed authentication
PIM-DVMRP, as multicast router learning method 2-104 exchanges 2-78
police aggregate command 2-180 re-authenticating 802.1X-enabled ports 2-74
police command 2-178 resetting configurable 802.1X parameters 2-65
policed-DSCP map 2-135 statistics and status display 2-232
policy-map command 2-182 switch-to-authentication server retransmission
time 2-78
switch-to-client frame-retransmission number 2-70
switch-to-client retransmission time 2-78
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 IN-9
Index
port-channel load-balance command 2-184 QoS (continued)
Port Fast, for spanning tree 2-400 displaying configuration information 2-212, 2-289
port ranges, defining 2-58 DSCP trusted ports
ports, debugging B-59 applying DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map to 2-133
ports, protected 2-438 defining DSCP-to-DSCP-mutation map 2-135
port security egress queues
aging 2-434 allocating buffers 2-138
debug messages, display B-61 defining the CoS output queue threshold map 2-154
enabling 2-430 defining the DSCP output queue threshold map 2-156
violation error recovery 2-84 displaying buffer allocations 2-293
port trust states for QoS 2-158 displaying CoS output queue threshold map 2-296
port types, MVR 2-168 displaying DSCP output queue threshold map 2-296
power information, displaying 2-237 displaying queueing strategy 2-293
priority value, stack member 2-331, 2-417 displaying queue-set settings 2-299
privileged EXEC mode 1-2, 1-3 enabling bandwidth shaping and scheduling 2-411
protected ports, displaying 2-252 enabling bandwidth sharing and scheduling 2-413
pruning limiting the maximum output on a port 2-409
VLANs 2-440 mapping a port to a queue-set 2-186
VTP mapping CoS values to a queue and threshold 2-154
displaying interface information 2-248 mapping DSCP values to a queue and threshold 2-156
enabling 2-484, 2-488 setting maximum and reserved memory
allocations 2-140
pruning-eligible VLAN list 2-442
setting WTD thresholds 2-140
publications for products, technologies, and network
solutions xix enabling 2-127
PVST+ ingress queues
See STP allocating buffers 2-144
assigning SRR scheduling weights 2-142
defining the CoS input queue threshold map 2-146
Q
defining the DSCP input queue threshold map 2-148
QoS displaying buffer allocations 2-293
auto-QoS displaying CoS input queue threshold map 2-296
configuring 2-15 displaying DSCP input queue threshold map 2-296
debug messages, display B-2 displaying queueing strategy 2-293
displaying 2-212 displaying settings for 2-291
class maps enabling the priority queue 2-150
creating 2-35 mapping CoS values to a queue and threshold 2-146
defining the match criteria 2-123 mapping DSCP values to a queue and threshold 2-148
displaying 2-217 setting WTD thresholds 2-152
defining the CoS value for an incoming packet 2-131
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
IN-10 78-15165-02
Index
QoS (continued) receiving flow-control packets 2-86
maps recovery mechanism
defining 2-135, 2-146, 2-148, 2-154, 2-156 causes 2-84
displaying 2-296 display 2-239, 2-243
policy maps timer interval 2-84
applying an aggregate policer 2-180 redundancy for cluster switches 2-55
applying to an interface 2-199, 2-204 reload command 2-189
creating 2-182 remote command command 2-190
defining policers 2-129, 2-178 remote-span command 2-191
displaying policers 2-290 Remote Switched Port Analyzer
displaying policy maps 2-312 See RSPAN
policed-DSCP map 2-135 rename (boot loader) command A-18
setting DSCP or IP precedence values 2-202 reset (boot loader) command A-19
traffic classifications 2-33 reset command 2-475
trust states 2-453 resource templates, displaying 2-319
port trust states 2-158 rmdir (boot loader) command A-20
statistics rmon collection stats command 2-193
in-profile and out-of-profile packets 2-293 root guard, for spanning tree 2-373
packets enqueued or dropped 2-293 routed ports
sent and received CoS values 2-293 IP addresses on 2-99
sent and received DSCP values 2-293 number supported 2-99
trusted boundary for IP phones 2-158 RSPAN
quality of service configuring 2-160
See QoS displaying 2-301
querytime, MVR 2-165 filter RSPAN traffic 2-160
queue-set command 2-186 remote-span command 2-191
sessions
add interfaces to 2-160
R
displaying 2-301
rapid per-VLAN spanning-tree plus start new 2-160
See STP
rapid PVST+
S
See STP
rcommand command 2-187 SDM mismatch mode 2-195, 2-332
re-authenticating 802.1X-enabled ports 2-74 sdm prefer command 2-194
re-authentication secure ports, limitations 2-431
periodic 2-76 sending flow-control packets 2-86
time between attempts 2-78 service password-recovery command 2-197
receiver ports, MVR 2-168 service-policy command 2-199
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 IN-11
Index
session command 2-201 show mac-address-table notification command 2-283
set (boot loader) command A-21 show mac-address-table static command 2-285
set command 2-202 show mac-address-table vlan command 2-287
setup command 2-204 show mls qos aggregate-policer command 2-290
setup express command 2-207 show mls qos command 2-289
show access-lists command 2-209 show mls qos input-queue command 2-291
show auto qos command 2-212 show mls qos interface command 2-293
show boot command 2-215 show mls qos maps command 2-296
show changes command 2-475 show mls qos queue-set command 2-299
show class-map command 2-217 show monitor command 2-301
show cluster candidates command 2-220 show mvr command 2-304
show cluster command 2-218 show mvr interface command 2-306
show cluster members command 2-222 show mvr members command 2-308
show controllers cpu-interface command 2-224 show pagp command 2-310
show controllers ethernet-controller command 2-226 show platform acl command C-2
show controllers tcam command 2-230 show platform configuration command C-3
show current command 2-475 show platform etherchannel command C-4
show dot1x command 2-232 show platform forward command C-5
show dtp 2-235 show platform igmp snooping command C-7
show env command 2-237 show platform ipc trace command C-12
show errdisable detect command 2-239 show platform ip multicast command C-9
show errdisable flap-values command 2-241 show platform ip unicast command C-10
show errdisable recovery command 2-243 show platform layer4op command C-13
show etherchannel command 2-245 show platform mac-address-table command C-14
show interfaces command 2-248 show platform messaging command C-15
show interfaces counters command 2-254 show platform monitor command C-16
show ip igmp profile command 2-257 show platform mvr table command C-17
show ip igmp snooping command 2-258 show platform pm command C-18
show ip igmp snooping mrouter command 2-260 show platform port-asic command C-19
show ip igmp snooping multicast command 2-261 show platform port-security command C-24
show lacp command 2-263 show platform qos command C-25
show mac access-group command 2-267 show platform resource-manager command C-26
show mac-address-table address command 2-271 show platform snmp counters command C-28
show mac-address-table aging time command 2-273 show platform spanning-tree command C-29
show mac-address-table command 2-269 show platform stack-manager command C-31
show mac-address-table count command 2-275 show platform stp-instance command C-30
show mac-address-table dynamic command 2-277 show platform tb command C-33
show mac-address-table interface command 2-279 show platform tcam command C-35
show mac address-table multicast command 2-281 show platform vlan command C-38
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
IN-12 78-15165-02
Index
show policy-map command 2-312 SPAN
show port security command 2-314 configuring 2-160
show proposed command 2-475 debug messages, display B-16
show running-config vlan command 2-317 displaying 2-301
show sdm prefer command 2-319 filter SPAN traffic 2-160
show setup express command 2-322 sessions
show spanning-tree command 2-323 add interfaces to 2-160
show storm-control command 2-329 displaying 2-301
show switch command 2-331 start new 2-160
show system mtu command 2-334 spanning-tree backbonefast command 2-364
show trust command 2-453 spanning-tree bpdufilter command 2-365
show udld command 2-335 spanning-tree bpduguard command 2-367
show version command 2-338 spanning-tree cost command 2-369
show vlan access-map command 2-344 spanning-tree extend system-id command 2-371
show vlan command 2-340 spanning-tree guard command 2-373
show vlan command, fields 2-341 spanning-tree link-type command 2-375
show vlan filter command 2-345 spanning-tree loopguard default command 2-377
show vmps command 2-346 spanning-tree mode command 2-379
show vtp command 2-349 spanning-tree mst configuration command 2-381
shutdown command 2-353 spanning-tree mst cost command 2-383
shutdown vlan command 2-354 spanning-tree mst forward-time command 2-385
SNMP host, specifying 2-358 spanning-tree mst hello-time command 2-386
SNMP informs, enabling the sending of 2-355 spanning-tree mst max-age command 2-387
snmp-server enable traps command 2-355 spanning-tree mst max-hops command 2-389
snmp-server host command 2-358 spanning-tree mst port-priority command 2-391
snmp trap mac-notification command 2-362 spanning-tree mst priority command 2-393
SNMP traps spanning-tree mst root command 2-394
enabling MAC address notification trap 2-362 spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
command 2-398
enabling the MAC address notification feature 2-118
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)
enabling the sending of 2-355
command 2-400
software images
spanning-tree port-priority command 2-396
copying 2-5
Spanning Tree Protocol
deleting 2-60
See STP
downloading 2-7
spanning-tree uplinkfast command 2-402
upgrading 2-5, 2-7
spanning-tree vlan command 2-404
uploading 2-13
speed command 2-407
software version, displaying 2-338
srr-queue bandwidth limit command 2-409
source ports, MVR 2-168
srr-queue bandwidth shape command 2-411
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 IN-13
Index
srr-queue bandwidth share command 2-413 STP (continued)
stack member root switch
access 2-201 affects of extended system ID 2-371, 2-405
number 2-331, 2-418 hello-time 2-404
priority value 2-417 interval between BDPU messages 2-404
reloading 2-189 interval between hello BPDU messages 2-404
stacks, switch max-age 2-404
reloading 2-189 port priority for selection of 2-396
stack member access 2-201 primary or secondary 2-404
stack member number 2-331, 2-418 switch priority 2-404
stack member priority value 2-331, 2-417 state changes
static-access ports, configuring 2-422 blocking to forwarding state 2-400
statistics, Ethernet group 2-193 enabling BPDU filtering 2-365, 2-398
sticky learning, enabling 2-430 enabling BPDU guard 2-367, 2-398
storm-control command 2-415 enabling Port Fast 2-398, 2-400
STP enabling timer to recover from error state 2-84
BackboneFast 2-364 forward-delay time 2-404
counters, clearing 2-41 length of listening and learning states 2-404
debug messages, display shutting down Port Fast-enabled ports 2-398
BackboneFast events B-65 state information display 2-323
MSTP B-68 VLAN options 2-393, 2-404
optimized BPDUs handling B-67 SVIs
spanning-tree activity B-63 creating 2-93
switch shim B-70 Switched Port Analyzer
transmitted and received BPDUs B-66 See SPAN
UplinkFast B-72 switching characteristics
detection of indirect link failures 2-364 modifying 2-420, 2-428
extended system ID 2-371 returning to interfaces 2-420, 2-428
path cost 2-369 switchport access command 2-422
protocol modes 2-379 switchport block command 2-424
root port switchport command 2-420
accelerating choice of new 2-402 switchport host command 2-425
loop guard 2-373 switchport mode command 2-426
preventing from becoming designated 2-373 switchport nonegotiate command 2-428
restricting which can be root 2-373 switchport port-security aging command 2-434
root guard 2-373 switchport port-security command 2-430
UplinkFast 2-402 switchport priority extend command 2-436
switchport protected command 2-438
switchports, displaying 2-248
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
IN-14 78-15165-02
Index
switchport trunk command 2-440 UDLD (continued)
switchport voice vlan command 2-443 enable per interface 2-457
switch priority command 2-417 error recovery timer 2-84
switch renumber command 2-418 message timer 2-455
system message logging, save message to Flash 2-111 normal mode 2-455, 2-457
system mtu command 2-445 reset a shutdown interface 2-459
system resource templates 2-194 status 2-335
udld (global configuration) command 2-455
udld (interface configuration) command 2-457
T
udld reset command 2-459
TAC unicast storm control 2-415
toll-free telephone numbers xix unicast traffic counters 2-254
website xviii UniDirectional Link Detection
tar files, creating, listing, and extracting 2-10 See UDLD
technical assistance unknown multicast traffic, preventing 2-424
case priority definitions xix unknown unicast traffic, preventing 2-424
opening a case xix unset (boot loader) command A-25
TAC website xviii upgrading, software images 2-5, 2-7
toll-free telephone numbers xix UplinkFast, for STP 2-402
Telnetting to cluster switches 2-187 user EXEC mode 1-2, 1-3
temperature information, displaying 2-237
templates, system resources 2-194
V
traceroute mac command 2-447
traceroute mac ip command 2-450 version (boot loader) command A-27
trunking, VLAN mode 2-426 version mismatch mode 2-332
trunk mode 2-426 vlan (global configuration) command 2-460
trunk ports 2-426 vlan (VLAN configuration) command 2-466
trunks, to non-DTP device 2-427 vlan access-map command 2-472
trusted boundary for QoS 2-158 VLAN access map configuration mode 2-472
trusted port states for QoS 2-158 VLAN access maps
type (boot loader) command A-24 actions 2-3
displaying 2-344
VLAN configuration
U
rules 2-464, 2-468
UDLD saving 2-460, 2-470
aggressive mode 2-455, 2-457
debug messages, display B-80
enable globally 2-455
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 IN-15
Index
VLAN configuration mode VLAN Trunking Protocol
commands See VTP
VLAN 2-466 VM mode 2-332
VTP 2-488 VMPS
description 1-5 configuring servers 2-482
entering 2-474 displaying 2-346
summary 1-3 error recovery timer 2-84
vlan database command 2-474 reconfirming dynamic VLAN assignments 2-479
vlan filter command 2-477 vmps reconfirm (global configuration) command 2-480
VLAN filters, displaying 2-345 vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC) command 2-479
VLAN ID range 2-460, 2-466 vmps retry command 2-481
VLAN maps vmps server command 2-482
applying 2-477 voice VLAN
creating 2-472 configuring 2-443
defining 2-121 setting port priority 2-436
displaying 2-344 VQP
VLAN Query Protocol and dynamic-access ports 2-423
See VQP clearing client statistics 2-43
VLANs displaying information 2-346
adding 2-460 per-server retry count 2-481
configuring 2-460, 2-466 reconfirmation interval 2-480
debug messages, display reconfirming dynamic VLAN assignments 2-479
ISL B-76 VTP
VLAN IOS file system error tests B-75 changing characteristics 2-484
VLAN manager activity B-73 clearing pruning counters 2-44
VTP B-78 configuring
displaying configurations 2-317, 2-340 domain name 2-484, 2-488
extended-range 2-460 file name 2-484
MAC addresses mode 2-484, 2-488
displaying 2-287 password 2-484, 2-488
number of 2-275 counters display fields 2-350
media types 2-463, 2-468 displaying information 2-349
normal-range 2-460, 2-466 enabling
restarting 2-354 pruning 2-484, 2-488
saving the configuration 2-460 version 2 2-484, 2-488
shutting down 2-354 mode 2-484, 2-488
SNMP traps for VTP 2-356, 2-359 pruning 2-484, 2-488
suspending 2-354 saving the configuration 2-460, 2-470
variables 2-466 statistics 2-349
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
IN-16 78-15165-02
Index
VTP (continued)
status 2-349
status display fields 2-351
vtp (global configuration) command 2-484
vtp (VLAN configuration) command 2-488
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
78-15165-02 IN-17
Index
Catalyst 3750 Switch Command Reference
IN-18 78-15165-02
You might also like
- Network Security All-in-one: ASA Firepower WSA Umbrella VPN ISE Layer 2 SecurityFrom EverandNetwork Security All-in-one: ASA Firepower WSA Umbrella VPN ISE Layer 2 SecurityNo ratings yet
- Cisco CCNA Command Guide: An Introductory Guide for CCNA & Computer Networking Beginners: Computer Networking, #3From EverandCisco CCNA Command Guide: An Introductory Guide for CCNA & Computer Networking Beginners: Computer Networking, #34.5/5 (2)
- Cisco ME-C3750-24TE-M Command Reference 12.2.44SENo ratings yetCisco ME-C3750-24TE-M Command Reference 12.2.44SE939 pages
- Catalyst 2950 and Catalyst 2955 Switch Command Reference, 12.1 (22) EA11 and LaterNo ratings yetCatalyst 2950 and Catalyst 2955 Switch Command Reference, 12.1 (22) EA11 and Later674 pages
- Catalyst 3750 Switch Software Configuration Guide: Cisco IOS Release 12.2 (46) SE August 2008No ratings yetCatalyst 3750 Switch Software Configuration Guide: Cisco IOS Release 12.2 (46) SE August 20081,298 pages
- Catalyst 3750 Switch Software Configuration Guide: Cisco IOS Release 12.1 (14) EA1 July 2003No ratings yetCatalyst 3750 Switch Software Configuration Guide: Cisco IOS Release 12.1 (14) EA1 July 2003942 pages
- Catalyst 3750 Switch Software Configuration GuideNo ratings yetCatalyst 3750 Switch Software Configuration Guide1,088 pages
- Cisco Mobility Express Command Reference, Release 8.3100% (1)Cisco Mobility Express Command Reference, Release 8.31,158 pages
- Catalyst 3750 Switch Software Configuration Guide: Cisco IOS Release 12.2 (40) SE August 2007No ratings yetCatalyst 3750 Switch Software Configuration Guide: Cisco IOS Release 12.2 (40) SE August 20071,256 pages
- Catalyst 2960 Switch Software Configuration GuideNo ratings yetCatalyst 2960 Switch Software Configuration Guide714 pages
- Catalyst 4500 Series Switch Cisco IOS Software Config GuideNo ratings yetCatalyst 4500 Series Switch Cisco IOS Software Config Guide570 pages
- Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 For HP Command Reference: Cisco IOS Release 12.2 (25) SEF June 2006No ratings yetCisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3020 For HP Command Reference: Cisco IOS Release 12.2 (25) SEF June 2006744 pages
- Catalyst 3560 Switch Software Configuration GuideNo ratings yetCatalyst 3560 Switch Software Configuration Guide1,288 pages
- Catalyst 2940 Switch Software Configuration Guide: Cisco IOS Release 12.1 (22) EA2 November 2004No ratings yetCatalyst 2940 Switch Software Configuration Guide: Cisco IOS Release 12.1 (22) EA2 November 2004454 pages
- Cisco Catalyst 3500 Series XL Command ReferenceNo ratings yetCisco Catalyst 3500 Series XL Command Reference346 pages
- Catalyst 4500 Series Switch Cisco IOS Software Configuration GuideNo ratings yetCatalyst 4500 Series Switch Cisco IOS Software Configuration Guide608 pages
- Catalyst 2900 XL and Catalyst 3500 XL Software Configuration Guide, 12.0 (5) WC4 and 12.0 (5) WC5No ratings yetCatalyst 2900 XL and Catalyst 3500 XL Software Configuration Guide, 12.0 (5) WC4 and 12.0 (5) WC5368 pages
- Command Reference, Cisco IOS XE 17.15.x (Catalyst 9400 Switches)No ratings yetCommand Reference, Cisco IOS XE 17.15.x (Catalyst 9400 Switches)2,468 pages
- Catalyst 4500 Series Switch Software Configuration Guide, 12.2 (53) SGNo ratings yetCatalyst 4500 Series Switch Software Configuration Guide, 12.2 (53) SG1,358 pages
- Cisco Catalyst 2960G-48TC Switch: Product Bulletin No. 3268No ratings yetCisco Catalyst 2960G-48TC Switch: Product Bulletin No. 32683 pages
- Cisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3130 For Dell Software Configuration GuideNo ratings yetCisco Catalyst Blade Switch 3130 For Dell Software Configuration Guide1,226 pages
- 4500 Switch Cisco Ios Software Configuration GuideNo ratings yet4500 Switch Cisco Ios Software Configuration Guide438 pages
- Catalyst 3560 Switch Software Configuration Guide: Cisco IOS Release 12.2 (25) SEC July 2005No ratings yetCatalyst 3560 Switch Software Configuration Guide: Cisco IOS Release 12.2 (25) SEC July 20051,034 pages
- Catalyst 3560 Switch Software Configuration Guide: Cisco IOS Release 12.2 (25) SEC July 2005No ratings yetCatalyst 3560 Switch Software Configuration Guide: Cisco IOS Release 12.2 (25) SEC July 20051,034 pages
- Network with Practical Labs Configuration: Step by Step configuration of Router and Switch configurationFrom EverandNetwork with Practical Labs Configuration: Step by Step configuration of Router and Switch configurationNo ratings yet
- WAN TECHNOLOGY FRAME-RELAY: An Expert's Handbook of Navigating Frame Relay NetworksFrom EverandWAN TECHNOLOGY FRAME-RELAY: An Expert's Handbook of Navigating Frame Relay NetworksNo ratings yet
- CISCO PACKET TRACER LABS: Best practice of configuring or troubleshooting NetworkFrom EverandCISCO PACKET TRACER LABS: Best practice of configuring or troubleshooting NetworkNo ratings yet
- Linux DevOps Tools Engineer (701) Practice Tests: 400 Questions to Ace Your CertificationFrom EverandLinux DevOps Tools Engineer (701) Practice Tests: 400 Questions to Ace Your CertificationNo ratings yet
- FortiGate 7.4 Admin Study Notes: 499 Study Notes for Accelerated Certification SuccessFrom EverandFortiGate 7.4 Admin Study Notes: 499 Study Notes for Accelerated Certification SuccessNo ratings yet
- PLC: Programmable Logic Controller – Arktika.: EXPERIMENTAL PRODUCT BASED ON CPLD.From EverandPLC: Programmable Logic Controller – Arktika.: EXPERIMENTAL PRODUCT BASED ON CPLD.No ratings yet
- LEARN MPLS FROM SCRATCH PART-B: A Beginners guide to next level of networkingFrom EverandLEARN MPLS FROM SCRATCH PART-B: A Beginners guide to next level of networkingNo ratings yet
